Fusion Falls Remake

Chapters

Summer Break
Tourist Trap
Headhunters
The Hand That Rocks the Mabel
The Inconveniencing
Dipper vs. Manliness
Double Dipper
Irrational Treasure
The Time Traveler's Pig
Fight Fighters
Not So Little Dipper
Summerween
Boss Mabel
Bottomless Pit
The Deep End
Carpet Diem
Boy’s Crazy
The Land Before Swine
Dreamscaperers
Gideon Rises
Scary-oke
The Merge
The Legend of the Gobblewonker

Summer Break

Summer Break -

'Dipper Pines here on the first day of summer. Me and my sister Mabel have been sent to stay with our great uncle who lives way north in formerly Gravity Falls, Oregon. The town was fused with another town of Brighton and it was decided to renamed the town to Gravity Falls Brighton. Our parents thought it be a good idea to send us out of Piedmont, California which thanks to what people have called the Merge is also part of Republic City. Home to millions from the 4 nations who each can bend one of the four elements with only Korra the avatar being able to use all four at once, along with spirit energy. They're also some of the few people from a magical like world who can still use their powers. But it’s not actual magic but spiritual energy, like how some people from worlds where fighters can throw energy attacks by using their ki or chi.'

'Our world has really changed since the Merge, with many worlds being fused together or bits and pieces of others. There are many worlds where magic use to be real, but in this new world there isn't any magic left. According to Star Butterfly of Echo Creek, she had destroyed the magic that allowed magic to exist in her dimension that also linked to other dimensions. Which the best guess is that when the merge happen it also got rid of the other magics of the other worlds also pulled together. The kind that is used to cast spells with, seeing how there are two kinds of magic. Spell magic which was destroyed and passive magic that is just there. Like how the ponyheads can be how they are and live on magic clouds with all the buildings and things that don't just fall through like with normal clouds.'

'It changed things for all the magic users who found themselves in this world. Like in Japan there are some magical girls who now without magic have become idols there. Sailormoon and other magical girls from the anime and mangas are based on the real life ones. Some of them miss their magic, which without magic have fallen on hard times as they depend on magic so much and were so isolated, they had no idea how to live without magic. While others who had magical curses on them are now free of them, no magic means no magical curse.’

‘There are expectations like the witches from the Demon Realm, which turns out, Edalyn "Eda" Clawthorne, the Owl Lady, the most powerful witch of the Boiling Isles, is the ex-wife of uncle Stan. They married in Las Vegas and she took off in his car and his winnings. She and the other Witches are able to use magic thanks to their magic being different. Like the three girls in LA where they used power gems to defeat the big bad behind the frog invasion. Magic that has one source of magic like the magic realm that Star destroyed, are gone while other sources of magic are still around. Which the magic users who lost their magic have found to be like putting diesel into a car that isn’t made to handle it. They can use different sources but it damages their bodies when they used it, power at a price short of thing. Some magic users just drop dead from the strain using magic puts their bodies through. On the most part, easy to use magic but a few exceptions is gone.’ (1)

'The merge also revealed aliens who have been living on some of the other Earths. Like that Zim guy a little green alien who just wore a wig, contacts, which no one on his world could see through, even with him having no nose. The only person who saw through it was my online friend Dib, which no matter what happen like the time a big alien went and crash into his classroom in front of everyone. That no one cared about and quickly forgot about that and just laugh at Dib when a bird poop on his shoulder.'

'Now with magical creatures and other non-humans walking around, Dib is no longer seen as crazy. He even made friends with a boy name Lincoln and another 2 kids Clyde and Ronnie. They made a web series of them going around and learning about the new creatures and non-humans. Which is a big hit and how I became friends with them, as they share my love for the supernatural. Even if there isn't any magic anymore.'

'People just got use to all the non-humans and creatures instead of the whole we go to war and all that which was the main reason why in some worlds they hide with magic. And having been proven so wrong in their views on normal humans, many of the younger generation who had wanted to reveal themselves but were stop by those above them, who refused to even think that they might be wrong. The younger generation have broken away from their old culture and stop listening to their elders. Like the American dragon of New York, who can still change from human to dragon. He has been very publicly denouncing the old ways of hiding from humans and that because of the elders of the magical world having the mindset that humans will always seek to kill them because they're different, and that there is no way the younger generation would think differently. Having been proven so wrong has help with Star Butterfly and a Juniper Lee in helping people to adjust to their new world. They started clubs where kids of both human and non-humans can meet up and become friends, as we're the ones who will change things and not the older generation.’

'I did some research on Gravity Falls and it was just a small sleepy town in the middle of the forest. Our uncle Stan turns his home into a tourist trap the Mystery Shack which played on all the many supernatural occurrences there. Of course, now that the merge happens, our uncle still runs the trap but mostly with all the weird things that still found there. Like the Maw a huge ship resort that appeared that was an actual a prison for children who are fed to the guests who come to the ship to feast. It was cleaned up and now is serving as a home for many non-humans and humans who moved in.'

‘The town of Brighton which has merged with Gravity Falls, has a portal to a ghost world with the current leader of the ghost world Scratch living with a human family. The ghosts appear in the town and hang out, getting tourists to come to the town. It’s still strange how a midwestern town ended up In Oregon of all places. But that’s not the only out of place town that appeared near Gravity Falls Brighton.’

'There is also Equestia county home to both talking ponies and colorful humans like the old Doug cartoon. The ponies come in 3 types normal or Earth, pegasus and unicorns, with 3 royal ponies who are all 3. They used to be able to use magic, that allowed them to do many things but without it they have become limited in being able to do what they use to do. There are also other races that came with them and have spread out since the merge. They're still ruled by their princesses but the news of the white one abandoning her daughter has caused her to step down from her throne and now her sister and niece are ruling the ponies. As for the daughter, Sun something she's helping her aunt and cousin in modernizing everything. She turned the entire county into a resort and is now a big tourist hot spot, which uncle Stan is also making money from.'

'There is also a town of Peach Creek between Gravity Falls Brighton and Equestia County. There's also Canterlot City that sits on the land above the valley. And a few miles away is Big Apple City, which the people there are really into baking and other food stuffs, and is home to a version of Strawberry Shortcake and her friends. There is also Rainbowland home to Rainbow Brite and the color kids, they also still have their powers thanks to them being more like superpowers than magic. And yeah, that's it for the big locations that have appeared thanks to the merge around Gravity Falls Brighton.'

'There is a summer camp that appeared in Gravity Falls Brighton next to the lake near a lighthouse which also appeared. Camp Lake Bottom which is run by a sasquatch, a zombie and a normal human woman when it appeared. It's now a camp for both human and non-human kids to spend summer together and learn to become friends. Both Dib and his gang are going to the summer camp along with a whole other bunch of kids across the country. I'll finally be able to meet in person my online friends during the summer.'

Dipper put down his journal he has started writing ever since the merged. He's been writing his thoughts and writing down what he sees so that all the new and strange things he encounters would be recorded. He looks to his sister Mabel who is busy looking up things with her phone, which is just cat videos. A flash of memory of an older Mabel in a rundown apartment... Why does he keep having these strange flashes?

Elsewhere -

"Ready to go?" Ronnie asks as she got out of her brother's car to join the others at the bus station. They would take a bus for about 2 days before making it to their camp.

"I'm ready," Clyde said. His dads were busy making sure all the things he needs would be in his bags, which turns out that won't all be able to fit in the bus. So they're rearranging and taking out things from the bags with the bus driver having told them there is too many bags.

"I can finally be alone and away from my family," Lincoln said who came with Dib so that he wouldn't have to spend any more time then needed with his family.

Ever since the merge the relationship with Lincoln and his family has changed. News came out about how his family had kick him out of the house because of them thinking he's bad luck. The only reason why the Loud family wasn't broken up with the parents in jail and the kids sent to foster homes, is because of all the confusion that happen because of the merge. With so many worlds all pulled together, and no one knew what laws were still in effect and who was allowed to serve it, the police had their hands full in dealing with all the chaos and looting. Seeing how the city that became fused with Royal Woods had some very... strange laws to say the least.

But with that said the Loud family became a broken one once news came out of them kicking out Lincoln. The parents lost their jobs and their old friends stop being their friends, with them having to get new jobs in the city that... was just a dump compared to Royal Woods. The people from the Royal have been constantly befuddled by the sheer insane amounts of apathy and stupidly shown by just about everyone in the city. To the point where they name their city, The City, even their schools are spelled Skool to show how dumb most of the people are. Needless to say the people of Royal Woods avoided going over to the City side of their new city, which is half The City and half Royal Woods, the new city is now called Royalwoods City. With how different and insane most people are in the City part few Royalwoods venture into that crapsack part of the city. Which both parents now had to work in to put money on the table, it’s also the main reason why they weren't put into jail thanks to their home falling into the City side, which has their own laws from the Royalwoods side.

The girls of the Loud house also suffered as they became outcasts in their schools once it became known what they did to their brother. The girls tried to make things right, but Lincoln gave up on them ever treating him as they would if he was born as a girl. He's expected to be the good brother while all of them get to do what they want while expecting him to drop whatever he was doing to help them. The only one Lincoln still sees as a sister is Lily, who is now walking and talking. Now he spends most of his time away from his family besides Lily and hang out with his friends, especially Dib who shares his love in the supernatural.

Lori lost all of her friends and Bobby broke up with her. The same with Leni in losing all of her friends with both older sisters losing their jobs and having to find work in the City. Luna got kick out of her band and no one would hire her, forcing her to look in the City which was just bad. Luan also lost all of her customers and the only ones who would hire her is in the City which, usually has her being pelted with waste if she's lucky and heckled. Lynn became blacklisted from sports because of how bad of a sore loser she is with no team wanting her, even being the last being pick for PE. And no one paid or listen to anything she says pretending she wasn't even there. Lucy likewise was kick out of her circle of friends, along with everyone learning she likes reading the cute pony comic. As were the twins Lana and Lola, with the latter being blacklisted in beauty pageants. Lisa has to face being mocked by her peers for believing in something like someone is bad luck and being seen and treated as the small child that she is. In all the entire family is seen and treated as if they came from the City, who are avoided and not talk to at all. (2)

"Tell me about it," Dib said.

Dib love how the merge brought people who weren't at all like the people around him. He quickly transferred out of his old Skool and went to the school that Lincoln goes to for a better education. Which also meant Gaz got in as well, seeing how both of them were the only students who tried and actually could understand what the better school taught. And where Dib being into the supernatural and aliens was seen as cool. Especially after he, Lincoln, Ronnie, and Clyde exposed Zim as an alien, to people who weren't from the City. Then there's their website and blog where the share what happens to them and what supernatural things and beings they discover. Their online videos are mostly about how to interact with all the new nonhumans and for said non humans learn how to not treat humans. Both sides having different customs and cultures needing to learn how to work together, with them mostly focusing on the kids around their age then adults.

"I'm surprise your sister isn't coming," Ronnie said to Dib.

"Please ever since she learned about online gaming, she's been posting and streaming herself playing games, which makes her money so she can buy more games and make more money. She’s even entering game tournaments and winning quite a few of them. And Dad is too busy as all he cares about is all the new technology for him to study. But he and Gaz are doing better after the merge happen. Dad no longer having to be the only smart guy that keeps everything running and Gaz no longer has to deal with being surrounded by idiots all the time, is much more relax and calm. She has been nicer for her, anyways and dad has more time to spend time with both of us," Dib said.

“What about the clone of your dad, Clembrane?” Lincoln asked.

“Oh, he’s still taking care of the house and helping dad now and then,” Dib said. “He’s been learning how to cook different kinds of pudding.”

Clembrane is a failed clone of Professor Membrane created by Zim in the past as part of an aborted plan to swap him out with the real Membrane and have him ground Dib forever. Zim gave up on him, not because the clone obviously looks, sounds and acts absolutely nothing like the real Professor Membrane, but because the clone couldn't make pudding just the way Dib likes... even though Dib doesn't even like pudding. He’s has gotten use to the new world they’re all in, better than others for, their world.

The City part of Royalwoods City only lasted about a month before it all fell apart. In fact, all the people from Dib's world had the rude awakening of where their stupidity isn't rewarded or ignored, they actually have to deal with the consequences of their actions. Most people quickly found themselves kick out of their old jobs seeing how people from other worlds weren't dumb and just let someone who is completely incompetent for the job to keep it. Many children found themselves in foster care which caused its own problems. Which is why both Dib and Lincoln avoided going into the foster care system seeing how overwhelm the workers were and how bad things were. The city part of Royalwoods is only running because of people from the Royalwoods side now in charge of things once the government of the city was disbanded. But people only worked there because of the pay or like the Loud parents because no one else would hire them. The City part is the bad side of the tracks and the people over there are morons, with only a few of them being competent enough to do low skill jobs.

"It's still strange in how busy he is that the only time he can spend time with you and your sister is once a year in your old world," Clyde said.

"I gotten used to it and now he has more free time," Dib said.

"So, what's so special about Gravity Falls Brighton? You 3 been going on about it since we signed up for the camp," Ronnie ask.

"From what we been hearing unlike everywhere else in the world. Gravity Falls Brighton is a weak point between worlds and magical items appear now and then. It’s like how in the Demon Realm human stuff ended up washing ashore on the Boiling Isles, something happens in the valley and the surrounding area. And normal people like us can use magic from there,” Lincoln said.

“Actually the magic there are ritual magic, completely different from the wand and chanting types. More powerful but you do have to setup everything just right or it won’t work,” Clyde said.

“Oh like dancing under the light of a full moon while waving a dead chicken or being hit in the face with a tuna a hundred times?” Ronnie asked.

“Yup,” Dib said.

“Tuna?” Clyde asks.

“Cartoon, Mr Pickles about an evil dog. The ritual is for switching bodies, hitting with a fish, eating out of a sloth’s butt of mice butts, bats tied to eyelids, a boar licking beetle spit from a bellybutton, lizards pooping in the ears while saying name backwards, and eating a brussel sprout,” Ronnie explains.

“Eewww,” Lincoln and Clyde said.

“Yeah that sounds like something you would have to do for a ritual. All the easy to use magic have been destroyed, well for the ones that people can learn to do anyways,” Dib said.

“Wait a boar and a sloth? But those animals live on different landmasses separated by the sea. How would you be able to do that ritual before people even made it across the sea?” Lincoln asked.

“Not to mention brussel sprouts wouldn’t be even around as we know them back in the old times,” Clyde adds.

“It’s a cartoon, don’t have to make sense,” Ronnie said Causing the two boys to shrug it off.

“Also while there, i can try recharging some magical items I gotten. The magic that powered them is gone but maybe if I’m in a place where there is magic long enough it be like recharging a solar battery,” Dib said.

"Well don't expect to use any of those old magical girl transformation crap. There is no way I'm dressing up like them. Running around in those mini-skirts showing off their underwear for the world to see," Ronnie said.

"Would never dream of it," Lincoln said, which cause Ronnie glared at him before punching one of his shoulders.

Elsewhere -

"That's wonderful, glad to see how well the Sparrow Scouts are doing in making friends with non-humans," Juniper Lee said as she chats with a young green haired girl name Hilda.

"Yes, the Frea brothers and sisters are helping in keeping the wild new creatures away from the town and farms. Me and the rest of the kids think it is neat having some friendly trolls around. The adults are still uneasy with them. They’re also talking with the trolls of my world and are trying to figure out a safe way to move the mother troll underneath Trollsberg without destroying the city,” Hilda said.

"By the way how’s Thor doing?" Juniper asks.

"He's still touring around and showing off in those shows. I never imagine a god be like... well him," Hilda said.

"Tell me about it. I'm surprise that he still has some of his old powers. Is he still acting like Marvel comics Thor?" Juniper asks. Thinking how Thor while losing the lion share of his powers, still has super strength, lightning powers and being immortal. With his hammer still being magical, with his metal gloves that lets him handle the hammer and the magical belt that makes him even stronger.

"Oh yes he's all dress like him and even trim his beard to be like what Thor has in End Game. And helping the police whenever he can," Hilda said.

"Nice to see someone like him doing my old job," Juniper said.

"So how are things now that you no longer have to protect the magical world?" Hilda asks.

"Great, I can finally have a normal life, I can leave the city as the barrier is gone. My human friends and non-human friends get along and got to show everything that I have wanted to tell and do. Sure, we had problems at first and with the whole merge thing but we quickly bounce back, with us kids leading the way," Juniper said.

"You did had super powers," Hilda said.

"Well thanks to the merge I no longer have magic and no longer trap in the barrier, since it's gone for good. Seems the magic my world used is like the magic source of Star’s world and was destroyed. So all the magic of my world but for a few exceptions like Thor is gone," Juniper said. "I can't believe all of this time of hiding because of the magical elders feared that humans couldn't be trusted not to go to war was all for nothing."

"Same here with those wizards who now without magic are just muggles now. The magic that magic users of my world requires intensive study, even if the actual incantation is only a simple phrase. However, once the requisite spell and gestures are memorized you're usually good to go unless you need ingredients. And you have to make sure the runes are right if you want them to work. Not to mention be able to calculate in your head to be able to use magic, which is why my friend Frida is able to learn to use magic, she’s good at math. There is no skipping on the advanced math and physical labor involved in creating potions and powders that forms the backbone of sustainable magic. Lots of magic users who lost their magic came here to learn and flunk out as they’re use to just being able to use magic or are poor in math. Well, there is those Spell Drives but those are expensive. It’s too bad with all the separated worlds because of how things were in the past. There was so much we could had done," Hilda said.

"Grandma took it bad when she realized that if she started when she was younger, like I'm doing with the younger kids to learn to be friends with monsters that she wasted her life in keeping a broken system going," Juniper said sadly as her grandma has been depress once she realized that fact.

"I never understood that. Even before the merge happen in my world we always knew about the magical world and just learned to live with it. And now school has some non-humans attending. In my class we have the goblin twins Gine and Gina, Max a small breed of arachne, Jak a cyclope, Sally a mermaid who uses a wheelchair on land, and Anne a dragon like Jake," Hilda explains.

"Same here and even with non-humans in the classroom. School is still school," Juniper said. (3)

Elsewhere -

Jake stood in front of the dragon council with his grandfather being a member. Much has changed since the merge and the magical world couldn't hide anymore. With all the things happening with figuring out who is running the government and all the other stuff. Jake help at first but once things settle down, he just stop being the American dragon and just let the police handle things, seeing how they also been hiring non humans to serve as law enforcement too. He and his friends started a club where kids could make friends with non-humans. Seeing how everything the council did to hide because they genuinely believe that muggles will never be ready for them, only was true because no one ever tried to change things. Which he told them in their faces before abandoning being the American dragon.

Jake and his friends got the young of both groups together, to ignore what the older generation thought was right and make friends with each other. Using the civil rights moment where it was the younger generation who just didn't care about the old ways and their parents who stubbornly held that the color of someone skins is all that matters, to become friends with kids their own ages, no matter if they're human or non-human. And it spread quickly across the world as the young were the ones who did the most to adapt to the new world, they're in while many of the adults held onto their ways till it was either change or be shoved out of the way. (4)

"Yeah, so what do you want?" Jake asks showing no respect towards any of the elders. He like many of the younger generation of the magical world look down at the elders who kept the worlds separated, which they been proven so wrong.

"Jake, we call you here for an important mission," Luong Lao Shi said to his grandson.

"Why not have Haley do it. She's still wants to be the American dragon. I made it clear I don't want to ever see any of you again or work for you. Not after what you all tried to do," Jake said. The dragon council had joined with other magical councils to try to restore the veil that hides the magical world from humans and erase everyone's memory of what happen. It works for only a couple of hours before the magic just faded like every other magic spell that was cast in the early days. As some magic sources lingered like pools of water before drying up. Once it was discovered what happen it cause many to distrust the different magic councils.

"Now kid, I know you don't want anything to do with your gramps and the others. But this is a big deal," Fu Dog said who had led Jake into the chamber.

"Well, what is it?" Jake asks.

"There might be a way to restore magic," Fu Dog said.

"As if I didn't hear that before," Jake growls out. "Let me guess it's something like those wizards tried in a ritual that has them offering the blood of thousands of babies to regain their lost magic."

"Don't remind me," Fu Dog said remembering the massive backlash to hit the magic users after that. Seeing how the babies weren't all human but other races, the wizards also gathered those who still could use magic in the hopes that it would restore theirs. In the end the magic world of witches and wizards of England was destroyed. All the wizards and witches of from that world they came from, were hunted down and killed. And the ritual didn’t even work, making what they did all for nothing, not that there was any left from that world.

"No. Nothing like that. There is a place called Gravity Falls Brighton a weak point in the dimensional barriers. Magical items keep on appearing there. We need to find the source where the items are coming from and maybe it will lead to a new source of magic,” Lao Shi said.

“In other words a source of easy to use magic, which you can use without it ending up killing you. Like what happen to the ones who casted the spell to recreate the veil and erase the memories of the magic world,” Jake said causing the elders to look uncomfortable, some of their members had tried to recast the spell that failed using other magic but ended up killing them horribly. “Of course seeing how you are the only members left who aren’t in jail but are still under house arrest, none of you can go out and find out yourselves.”

After the failed second spell, many members of the magical councils were arrested and put into jail to make sure they can’t try it again. Only a few members who weren’t on the second attempt didn’t ended up being arrested. But they’re all being closely watched and under house arrest.

“Many magical beings are at a lost without being able to use magic kid. And they are paying for everything,” Fu Dog said.

"So why me?" Jake asks.

"We don't want to make a big scene and seeing how there is a summer camp for humans and non-humans...," Fu Dog began.

"And you want me to go and check things out, seeing," Jake said.

"Not just you. We're sending Trixie, Spud, and Rose to maintain cover of kids going to the summer camp. With the kingdom of Equestia being around Gravity Falls Brighton, the council doesn't want...," Lao Shi was interrupted by Jake.

"Don't want people to flock to get their hands on the source before you,” Jake said. Without their magic and the lost of faith from the younger generation, the council lost much of its power. The elders like his grandfather are also under house arrest with ankle bracelets and be thrown into jail for real if they tried to do anything without informing the people monitoring them.

“We do need something before things turn ugly. Lots of people moved to the Boiling Isles in hopes of being able to use magic again and that didn’t worked out thanks to the witches not needing an outside source to use their magic,” Fu Dog said.

"Well at least it be a nice place to spend summer," Jake said. He and the others have been leading the movement for the young to become friends with non-humans and the camp would be a big event. Him and his friends going would be a big PR move and it’s not like he has to tell the elders what he finds or only tell them.

"Also, Juniper is going as well," Fu Dog adds.

"Cool, we finally be able to speak face to face," Jake said.

Elsewhere -

XJ9 or Jenny was busy as usually as she with XJ8 track down some rouge animal machines. The merge had brought with it a complex from a world that had been wipe clean of life and only brought back to life by the A.I. Gaia. Along with humans that live in a world that have been teraformed by machine like animals, in the ruins of a technology advance world.

Now in the rebuilt GAIA Prime, Ms. Wakeman, Jenny's mom was able to repair and restart GAIA and get all the robots from that world under control. Now she's the CEO of GAIA Prime that uses the teraforming technology to help make the world a better place. Like turning ruin fields into fertile fields and cleaning polluted waters and using the bio-fuel that the grazer animals make into the new main fuel source instead of oil.

Jenny used the cauldron where the robot animals are built to upgrade her sisters, giving them new bodies that are like hers. Now each of them are shattered around the country to help protect the nation. Seeing how Skyway Patrol was disbanded after the current government was formed, saw how incompetent they are in doing anything without tons of paperwork being filed to do anything. They simply refused to do anything without orders signed in triplicate, sent in, sent back, queried, lost, found, subjected to public inquiry, lost again, and recycled. Not to mention that they used a pigeon to deliver attack forms to let Skyway Patrol to do anything.

A new unit was from name S.C.P. Secure, Contain, Protect, which now is running all of the old Skyway Patrol bases and are actually doing the job in protecting without all the paperwork that use to have to be filed first. As for the former members of Skyway Patrol they were laid off with them being informed that they're a bunch of over-glorified legalese bureaucrats who expect people to fill out paperwork in duplicate and triplicate before taking any action whatsoever, and any heroic action done without proper paperwork is considered dangerous.

When Skyway Patrol tried to fight against it, they were given a taste of their own bureaucrat ways by giving them overwhelming heaps of paperwork to be filled out in duplicate, triplicate, and other multiples beyond that, leaving them with a burden full of excessive paperwork to be authorized and notarized. All just to get the forms they need to fill out for a reversal of their disbanding of their agency. The former members are all now out of government work and looking for new jobs. And needlessly to say they’re all discovering that besides some very limited number of jobs where filing papers in duplicate and triplicate like in law firms and banks, they weren’t wanted. With many having to put up with their new jobs having them do things without filing the right paperwork, with them having to work to earn their paycheck. (5)

Jenny and her sisters are now working with the SCP in keeping the US safe. Containing any dangerous creatures and arresting people, placing them in cells design to hold them. Her world already had supervillains so there were already people who know how to safely contain people with superpowers. There are other agencies that deal with strange things too, like the one that dealt with a demon family and onis who could summon ninjas. All of them are working together to handle any big treat.

Jenny and her sisters have also been called to help with big problems around the world. Jenny and her sisters enjoy having people who like having them around. Not taking them for granted in all that they do in saving the day. And that they're not seen as easily replaceable like their mom Wakeman sees them, which is why all the sisters have been avoiding being with her. Each of them are now living in one of the newly built cauldrons for their home base, where they can recharge their power cells, refuel, and rearm themselves. And they been getting along with GAIA who they view as their new mother figure, who still send them to deal with rogue machines that appear now and then. Mostly when people try to modify the machine animals, causing them to go out of control.

"For some reason, the rogue machines have been appearing in the area around Equestia," GAIA informed XJ9.

"Is there an unaccounted cauldron near there?" XJ9 ask.

"There isn't but the machines aren't just mine, there are those malfunctioning Robco robots showing up as well," GAIA said.

"Maybe a vault or a group of robots like Captain Ironside's crew?" XJ9 ask. "Or maybe someone like the Mechanist?"

Pieces of that atomic post-apocalypse world had appeared during the merge, the casino home of Mr. House, the USS Constitution, and the underground complex that was taken over by the Mechanist, are the only known ones. Mr. House has restarted his company Robco and started to mass produce his robots again, but without the atomic power packs.

"Yes, that's what I'm thinking as well," GAIA said.

"So, who's the closest?" XJ9 ask.

"XJ6 is the closest," GAIA said.

"Alright better inform everyone who needs to know," XJ9 said.

She's happy that her sisters get to go around and save the day like her and they're much happier. But she doesn't go out as much anymore as she's stuck in her sector unless her sisters need help and even then, it's the closest sisters who comes to the aide of the one who calls for help. Then again, she is now part of a real family and not just a project that her mom made and then turns off and sticks her in the basement to replace her with a new sister.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

Inside the bookstore Book Marks the Spot, that her friend Libby Stein-Torres family owns, Molly McGee is listening to the latest song from the Alraunes. Things have really changed since the town been fused with another town and ghosts are now common knowledge. Molly and Libby are setting up book display of the Alraunes, entertainers from Garden Grove in Equestria.

Rose Petal, a pink-haired, pink-clad woman whose singing keeps the other flowers alive.

Sunny Sunflower, a yellow haired and clad tomboy who tells jokes to make the other flowers laugh.

Iris, a purple and white clad painter of the group. Her paintings of flowers are for sale in the gift shops of the garden.

Orchid, a purple clad shopaholic with white hair.

Lily Fair, a blue haired and clad ballet dancer.

Daffodil, another yellow haired clad maiden, and this one obsessed with finance.

Fuchsia, is a fashion designer, whose floral creations are the rage around the garden.

Gladiola, is a happy-go-lucky tap dancer with a lot of get-up-and-go.

Marigold, the party girl who loves to throw parties. She can organize and affair - at a moments notice when someone wants to have a party or an event at the garden.

Cherry Blossom, is the resident interior decorator. She has a real eye for color and style.

Sweet Violet, is a southern actress with a star quality and taste for the dramatic.

Canterbury Belle, is the British baker who's always cooking up scrumptious treats for her friends.

Then there are the Kindles books for younger readers also being sold, with small picture books being sold with the dolls.

Beami, the shortest and loves to make her friends laugh.

Flashi, who is the most vibrant, outspoken of the group.

Glar, the serious one and the director of the chorus.

Gleami, the kindest of the group and the most intelligent.

Glorali, the musical one who loves to play her guitar.

Sparkli, the leader of the group.

“Wow I can’t believe your mom manage to get these promotional books,” Molly said.

“Sunset is trying to make as much money as she can. Both groups do have interesting backstories,” Libby said. “By the way where is Scratch?”

“Another meeting,” Molly said.

“Still can’t believe that Scratch is now the ghost in charge of the ghost world,” Libby said.

“At least the Frightmares are being taken care of by Danny and Dani Phantom. I had no idea that the Flow of Failed Phantoms was also a prison for dangerous ghosts,” Molly said.

“At least they’re being taken prisoner by that warden from the Ghost Zone,” Libby said.

“Scratch said that it’s part of a deal the warden made with the government to handle ghosts that cause trouble and need to be lock up,” Molly said as she and Libby return back to stocking the display with books.

In Canterlot Castle -

Sunset sat in her office as she looks over the latest sales reports and figures from all the assets that now belong to her, after her mother Celestia step down. Which she didn't had much choice, not after Sunset drop the bombshell that she abandons her because she wasn't what she wanted and replace her with a student who would bark and jump when told. Her own adopted daughter who she took in to raised and then cast aside when she wasn't the tool she wanted.

Now she rules with her aunt Luna and cousin Cadance over Equestria in this new world. Sunset prove herself as a ruler by heading the charges that were needed to be done to keep the kingdom together. As a unicorn by birth and thanks to being transformed into a human which she is now stuck as, she knows how both sides think and act. She managed to get Equestria be like a Native American reservation once the new government began to get everything up and running across the country again. They are self-governing on the most part but still follow the laws of the state and the federal.

Sunset had her hands full in getting the ponies to get use to the new worlds they're in and how much of their magic is now gone. All the unicorns can still use telekinesis, but now in this new world magic spells for most unicorns could only be used a spell up to 3 times before they’re out, unless their talent is magic.

The pegasuses can still fly but they can’t control the weather of this world, they can control the clouds from their world or made from the weather factory but other clouds they can’t.

Earth ponies can no longer be able to just grow crops super fast anymore, as crops need fertilizers, and good soil. They couldn’t just put seeds in the ground anymore and let magic do the rest.

No more spell casting magic, weather control, or fast-growing crops. Needless to say, the ponies as Sunset remembers them, all panic and ran around screaming.

Once she was sitting on the throne Sunset quickly went to work to get things into order. Firing all the guards and having them replace by humans who actually do the job in protecting then doing nothing and leaving it to a group of young ponies to do it instead. The only way the old guards would be able to get their old jobs back would be retraining by human standards so that, when something happens, they actually show up. Which after the whole Changeling invasion with the only ones who did anything to stop it were the human polices while the royal guards were nowhere to be found and only showed up afterwards when everything was over. Gave Sunset all the excuse she needed to fired them on the spot, both Luna and the real Cadance agreed with her. Seeing how none of them were there to help during the battle, the captain was under mind control and Celestia was going with a wedding when there was a threat to the kingdom, which discredit her.

Sunset still had to go to school but on her spare time she helps run things with Luna and Cadance. Who followed her plan in turning Equestria into a resort, once things had settle down and there was a government to run the infrastructure to keep the country running. Other countries weren't lucky and are still in chaos, with other countries who got everything in order helping where they can.

As for the human counterparts of the ponies, the local government is still around helping to run the new Equestria. Sunset plan to turn Equestria into a resort distraction went well, the money was coming in from people who wanted time away from the chaos back home. They also made money from the crops, the gem mines with the growing gem crystals and gold mines where the bits came from. And the biggest draw of people who went crazy over cute talking ponies.

Currently she’s looking over the numbers the new entertainments she has hired are bringing in.

The Alraunes a group of tiny flower women, till the use of a crystal that can change the size of things once it’s attached to a flashlight change them to full size women. They do have abilities, from being able to spread pollen, from the giant flowers on their heads, that are often mistaken for hats, they also can grow vines and some of them can grow thorns. They’re working as entertainers in the Garden Grove, a large park with many different areas for the tourists to walk around in, go to the restaurants, shops, the indoor or outdoor theaters. As well as gardeners thanks to their plant growing powers.

Then there are the Kindles another group of former tiny women before they were grown to human size. They are six young women who are mushroom women. Like the Alraunes they have mushroom abilities, spreading spores that grow into edible mushrooms and they glow in the dark. They also work in the garden, mostly in the area for young children. And in the mushroom farm where fresh mushrooms are harvested for the restaurants.

With the Kindles ability to grow any kind of mushrooms anywhere that is dark and damp, the mushroom farm is growing rare and expensive mushrooms. Truffles that could only be found in certain regions and environments, are now being farmed when they couldn’t before or not as hard to get them to grow. Not to mention being able to grow them out of their season.

The phone on Sunset's desk rang and she answers it. She talks to the person on the other end before ending the call. She began calling another number and waited for the person to pick up.

"Danny, I need you and Dani to look into something for me," Sunset said to her heroes for hirer.

"What is it this time?" Danny asks his boss.

"It seems that the machines and robots that have been causing trouble are being drawn to here for some reason. Got a call from the SCP about one of the XJ sisters, XJ6 coming over to investigate the matter. You and Dani while on patrol are to help her whenever you can," Sunset said.

"Right away boss," Danny said before hanging up.

"Calling on your hired heroes again?" a voice ask her.

"What is it Discord?" Sunset ask not bothering to look up from her paperwork.

"Oh, you're no fun," Discord said appearing in front of her.

"Well seeing how you most of the reality bending magic you use to have with only your shape shifting powers left. You are not that scary compared to what the other worlds have to offer. Besides after getting to know, you, all you really needed were people who unlike the ponies who ran and scream if they couldn't control it, found you funny and wanted to be your friends," Sunset said.

"Finally taking Celestia's lessons to heart?" Discord asks.

"She made a better teacher than mother," Sunset said bitterly. "That's why she's now working as a teacher with her human counterpart."

"Well, you are running things better and more open to things that are different. Like giving me a royal pardon after having served my time," Discord said.

"The SCP have been imprisoning people like you ever since they were setup. And with your knowledge of things that are chaos in nature, it's better to have you around to help then being imprison. And you being able to shapeshift with no known limits, like Impossible Man from Marvel, makes you way too useful. Celestia just cuddled the ponies too much, they're still scared of humans because we eat meat," Sunset said.

"Yes, you eating those porkchops at the royal party with the other meat eaters did shock many of the ponies," Discord said.

"Well, they just have to get use to it. Besides my human family lives on a pig farm. I like pork," Sunset said before looking up at Discord. "So why you drop by? Is it about Twilight?"

"Nope sorry still can't find a hair of her," Discord said.

"She needs to be found. Cadance and Luna are worried sick about her, I thought she would be just Celestia's lap dog, but she did try to expose the Changelings, till the merge did it for her," Sunset said.

"Yes, I have heard of things like that happening but never been apart of it before. Shorts out all magic when it happens no matter how powerful like freeing me. But that Star Butterfly destroying most of the magic sources, now that's something else," Discord said snapping his fingers and making a soda appear in his hands and took a drink. “I still have some of my old magic but her destroying magic has depowered me from what I use to be.”

"That's why I have you on the payroll. You know things that no one else knows," Sunset said. It was Discord who revealed that because of certain actions all taking place at the same time in the worlds that are whole when they merged, is the reason why it happens as it did. Star's dimension would had only merged with the ones closest to hers. But as Discord said because of people doing something that open a hole in time and space at that very moment, or something like Lisa Loud's radio managing to get the right wavelength to sync with the merge, the number of worlds merged got bigger, not to mention bits and pieces of others. Also thanks to what happen with the three girls in the frog world, the Boiling Isles, all happening in the same world at the same time didn’t help matters.

"Also, there is something strange about Gravity Falls. I can enter and leave whenever I want but I'm sure that if I was at full power, I wouldn't be able to leave," Discord said.

"Aunt Luna said the same thing when she first visits the town. What do you make of it?" Sunset asks.

"I have no idea. I heard of places that are design to trap beings once they enter but never encounter one myself," Discord said.

"Well, I guess I can always ask Star when she gets here. She and her family are coming to stay for the summer," Sunset said.

"Oh, that's great, I always wanted to meet her," Discord said.

"Well from what I was told your show is a big hit at Echo Creek," Sunset said.

"I really should had visited the human world when I had the chance. They're so much more fun than ponies," Discord said.

"The show wouldn't be held back by the shows budget if you had," Sunset said. “Any new ideas why this all happen or why so many places ended up here of all places?”

"I'll say it's a weak spot that opens to other dimensions. While you can open portals to other worlds anywhere, it is easier to open one where it's the weakest, like breaking a wall where there's a crack already. You know where to apply the pressure to break through. And would explain all the things that keep on appearing around Gravity Falls. The crack won't allow anything that powerful to slip through but till it's sealed things will keep on appearing. Like a leaking dam, all dams leak but once you see water coming out in streams that’s when things will get bad," Discord said looking around the office. “Which is why you have so many magical items to put on display.”

Sunset has been collecting magical items that have been appearing around Gravity Falls Brighton. Either sending people to collect them or people turning them in for the reward money she’s offering for any item found. She’s been using them as displays for her office.

A golden lance that looks to be nothing more than a simple short staff. Once activated for battle, it sprouts two long blades on each tip, then splits into a pair of swords. (Galtar and the Golden Lance)

A encrusted magic armlet that fires ice if the diamond is pressed and fire if the ruby is pressed, the emerald doesn’t do anything. (Galtar and the Golden Lance)

A long boomerang that is made up of three different smaller boomerangs, red, blue, and yellow, that splits up into pieces when thrown and combine back together when they return. (Galtar and the Golden Lance)

A compass that points to what the holder desires. (Pirates of the Caribbean)

A magic lightsaber. (Thundarr the barbarian)

A trio of different colored pearls. The blue pearl that gives to the person who carries it a strength so great that no power can resist them. The pink pearl protects its owner and anyone they touches from all dangers that may threaten, no matter what the source. The white pearl can speak, and its words are always wise and helpful. (Land of Oz)

Magical eyeglasses that reveal the immediate future to the wearer. (Land of Oz)

A magic umbrella that can take the holder anywhere in the world, by flying there and the user holding onto it. It is a large umbrella, as long as an eight- or nine-year-old child is tall. It is far from new; once covered in thick brown cloth, it has faded with the years to a dull drab (except in the creases). It has been described as looking common and very old-fashioned. Its wooden handle is carved in the shape of an elephant's head, the long trunk was curved to form the crook of the handle. The elephant has small red gems for eyes, and two tiny tusks of ivory. (Land of Oz)

What looks like a supersuit that would give the wearer incredible powers, if it wasn’t for there isn’t a battery to power it. (Earthworm Jim)

Several magic wands and staffs, most of them don’t work anymore.

The size changing crystal.

A jug that has the power to trap anything or anyone inside of it when the one using it says ‘Get In’ on what they can see. Once inside the jug nothing can break out from the inside. Can only hold one thing at a time.

A American penny that while being held by someone who makes contact with something will turn anything into copper. The effect can be reverse by the user touching the thing that was change into copper a second time while holding the penny. (SCP - 1015)

A pocket watch that allows the user to control any linear process. It specifically allows the user to slow down, speed up, reverse, pause, or prolong any process, be it the firing of a bullet, a fall from a great height, the time of day, or the age of a person or object. The catch is that once a process has been finished, it's completely beyond their control; for instance, the user can't float back in the air once they hits the ground, and they can't "unbreak" what's already been broken.

A metal bracelet that cause any type of damage or status effect hitting the wearer, the damage and effect be done to the attacker instead.

A staff with a purple orb on top of it that has the power to nullifies all forms of power, in a radius of at the maximum range of a mile. It doesn't matter what kind of power or magic or being it is, once in the field of effect, all powers and abilities will be gone. Making the area of effect completely normal, where beings and things either lose all their powers or just cease to be.

A ring that allows the user to use less energy while using magic.

A necklace that protects the wearer from any form of magic by absorbing it and restoring the wearer's health and energy.

A rune in a small crystal ball that Sunset calls it the Rune of Friendship. The owner of the rune can enhance all of their personal belongings so that only their friends can touch or use the item. Can only be freely given away to someone willingly who is the owners friend. Which is why Sunset is able to have all of the magical items on display as people who aren’t her friends just have no desire to touch the items on display.

Sunset herself is sitting on a magical chair. It’s a large chair made of varnished oak and bleached leather, carved in the form of a reclining woman in a restful state. (SCP-1609)

"Can’t have them just floating around and be misused. Too many former magic users will do anything to get their hands on these items. At least Tartarus is up and running to hold the sapient ones that are dangerous," Sunset said.

"Celly really didn't like you handing over the prison for the deal you made with the government," Discord said.

"It's not like there was any reason to hold onto it. All the prisoners escape when the merge happen. Which besides the magic cells the only guard was the dog with 3 heads," Sunset said. (6)

"Well, whatever they're doing there is big," Discord said having seen all the construction going on over there.

"Building it to be a real prison and expanding it. Locking away people and things that are simply too dangerous to ever be allowed to be let loose," Sunset said.

"Like the Changeling Queen?" Discord asks.

"Have no idea where they lock her away. The magic of the Changelings magic thing disappeared and the only one that didn't change was her," Sunset said.

"Well, I have a show to do," Discord said as he transforms into a bird and flew out the window.

Sunset went back to work on the plans she's working on to keep Equestria running. Not to mention the schoolwork she still needs to do. She might be a ruler of Equestria, but she is still underage and expected to have an education. And the only reason why she goes to the same school, is that it be too much of a bother to go to one of those ivy schools that are still running. Not to mention she's already dealing with stuck up nobles who think they're better than anyone else.

Secret Location -

Reagan Ridley sat in front of her terminal as she looks over the data coming in. The tests done on Anne Savisa Boonchuy, Sasha Elizabeth Waybright, and Marcy Regina Wu, came up with that while they do have trace amounts of the power they used to fight the artificial moon in the frog world. What’s left isn’t enough for them to be able to use their super forms, and that Boonchuy is a copy of the original who sacrificed herself to stop the moon. Who according to what she revealed, would become the next guardian of the multiverse from the guardian who created her from the original after she dies at the age of 91. They are a multidimensional entity who created the Calamity Gems and implanted them in Amphibia as a test to find a replacement.

Reagan wanted to contact the guardian to know what happen to cause the merge to happen but there’s no way to contact the guardian. She turn to the Butterfly family but the only one who would have any idea, was Glossaryck and the Magic High Commission, who are all gone once magic of their world was destroyed. And Discord the only spirit of chaos around that they can talk to, said that he has no idea who the guardian is or who Glossaeyck was. Explaining that just because he’s a spirit of chaos and very old, doesn't mean he knows beings who are higher level than him or know that many others. At best he has heard stories of other beings in the rare times he has interacted with other beings like himself. Which in his own words, is very rare as the last time he actually talked with someone else like him was back when there was an evil magical goat running around.

Then there’s what happening in Connecticut in the town of Gravesfield. A portal to the demon realm and on the decaying body of a titan that is the Boiling Isles. The witch race who can still use magic, closely control who enters the Boiling Isles. They don’t want former magic users going crazy trying to get their magic back. While those wizards and witches from that Harry Potter world in England are all dead, they didn’t want to take any chances with a repeat. And they’re still rebuilding their homes. The Collector has gone off somewhere in space and there isn’t anyway to contact him for information. But seeing how the Collector is just a child who didn’t understood what death meant, he might not know anything.

When all the changes that happen thanks to the merge, many of the secret groups had been exposed and other secrets, to the point it couldn’t be covered up causing her bosses to change their plans. The Order of the Black Robes, the heads of the Illuminati, the Deep State, the Atlantis and Hollow Earth coverups, and a dozen other conspiracies, and they are secretly pulling the strings of every major government on Earth... And also act like a normal, surprisingly civil board of directors, have decided to change up things now that so many things have been completely been blown out into the open. Also that most of the worlds merged with theirs, aren’t populated by idiots, with the world where Professor Membrane hails from is even more dumb to the point it’s amazing that they even managed to survive for that long. (7)

They’re changing their plans and reorganizing things, leaving Reagan to see if she couldn’t figure out how the merge happen and what could be done to reverse it. They’re too busy dealing with new rival groups that have popped up and dealing with people who aren’t too dumb to live. It all came to ahead as the many different groups went against each other in a shadow war, when suddenly they all found themselves short of money causing many employees to leave once their paychecks began bouncing. Leaving most of the groups and the Black Robes just a hollowed out husk of their former selves, with them losing control of the groups and governments they use to pull the strings of, ending with them just disappearing. (8)

With many people leaving Cognito Inc. and other groups, Reagan reorganized the company as SCP, Secure, Contain, Protect, to became a police force to handle the many new dangers and the villains that have appear, all funded by the government with the group working for them. Which she had to as like all the other groups, they did do shady things but they also kept many dangers locked up. Which is why she reached out to other groups when she decided to create the SCP And pooling what’s left of their groups remaining resources together.

Reagan rubs her head as she’s getting nowhere fast, and she has other responsibilities to attend to, with how she’s the head of SCP. Leaving her to handle the minutia necessary to keep things running. She’s not working for the Black Robes anymore but she still wants to see if she can figure out why all of this happen and if there’s a way to reverse it. She brings up a screen on her terminal.

On the screen is Dr. Amelia Buck, a researcher who ended up in this world during the merge with a small group. Who has joined up with Cognito Inc. shortly after the merge, seeing how they have no way to get back home as there are infinite universes to go through just to find the right one. And where she got the idea to form a group modeled after the SCP, but more open and less cloak and dagger.

“Ridley what do, I owe the pleasure?” Buck ask.

“Get your team ready, I’m sending you all to Equestria. The new base near the crash spaceship is nearly complete and the prison is up and running. Items are appearing in the nearby town of Gravity Falls Brighton and even before the merge strange things kept on happening around there. I need your team to figure out what’s happening there and also get in touch with Danny Phantom. He knows Clockwork the ghost of time and can get in contact with him and we can see what he knows,” Reagan said.

“Isn’t there anyone else?” Buck ask.

“No, most of the old guard are gone or training new recruits or like me are up to our necks with the day to day tasks and paperwork to keep things running. My schedule is too pack for me to just go off no do stuff like I use to, and no Brett is busy working in Human Resources,” Reagan said.

“I’ll inform the others,” Buck said signing off.

Reagan brings up another screen showing pictures of a triangle with one eye. From cave paintings, pots, and more recent, the triangle creature keeps on appearing. Even in the Demon Realm there are pictures and stories of a strange dream demon that keeps on appearing. Which all seem to come from the valley where Gravity Falls Brighton is located. She needs to find someone who knows something about this Bill Cipher.

Author's Note

1 - Seeing how easy it is for magic to be used in Star Vs Evil is, in this story all the safe to use magic is now gone, where it was like using a tool is now like in fiction where using power is cast from lifespans. Where using a simple spell to lift a piece of paper is now costing you a year off of your life each time you used a spell. For the magic users who lost their magic and try using a different source of magic, which in real life is you using diesel in a gas engine, which will gum up and damage your car. The only expeditions are the magic users who have been using it already like a diesel engine won’t be harm at all by the diesel used to power it unlike a gas one.

2 - With how much of a crapsack world Invader Zim's Earth is with almost all the humans very dumb to the point where someone like Zim can do what he does and no one even notice him. People from a more realistic setting would avoid them at all cost.

3 - The sad part is that even with a school that has monsters and other non humans going to it with the human children. It's still school with all the pains that come with it.

4 - The fictions where people actually know about the magical and supernatural world and do their best to live with each other is low. Thanks to it's just makes a better story for the magic world to remain fearful that the muggles will always just go to war just because of how people acted in the past. Instead of making a plot where it's the younger generation who made the changes and stop listening to their elders in how to act towards each other. Like in real life where younger people who don't care about what so and so did in the past, makes a friend out of someone according to how the elders say they should be bitter enemies.

5 - With Skyway Patrol being expected to fight and save the day, them being a military force is completely unbelievable.

6 - With how useless all the guards are, I'm surprise how one 3 headed guard dog kept the big bad villains from escaping.

7 - The world setting of Inside Job only works because like Invader Zim, most of the people both human and non humans, are too dumb to live.

8 - Seeing what kind of world Inside Job is, having the many different groups suddenly having money problems and paychecks begin to bounce, many of the groups would have people leaving in mass.

Tourist Trap

Dipper was busy as he stacks the shelves with packages of candy, both him and Mabel are working for the summer in The Mystery Shack. The shack has tons of displays of things like the Ham-pire, a piece of ham with fake vampire teeth is on display. Which is just a con that Stan made up to lure in tourist, but he does have several items that are the real deal, like the flesh-eating blanket is kept behind a plastic cage.

An old army canteen that never runs out of water, a bottle of cough syrup that also never runs dry, which Stan bottles and sells as Mystery Water and Mystery cough syrup. A chair when anyone sits on it will fart, a giant stone head that breaths and is wrap in plastic to show the breath on the sheet, a steering wheel from an ancient ship creaks, groans, and occasionally thunders. There are also 4 jars of red, green, blue, and yellow slime that all sing in a wordless, barbershop style harmony.

There is also the Dollar Bill vending machine that Stan gotten a hold of somehow. It has the upper body of an automaton of a man dress like in old times which can still talk and greet customers. There is even a kinetoscope that shows a Battleship Bay of a city called Columbia, according to the labels on the machines.

There was a number of buildings 25 in all that came from a floating city that fell out of the sky after the merge happen. Whatever was powering the floating, had flickered off like all the power did after the merge happen, with some of the more exotic power sources staying off. The buildings were picked through and was discovered it came from an early 1900’s world that had a flying city. Which Stan managed to get his hands on some of the items from there.

Like some Dimwit and Duke puppets still in the arcade machine of Flawless Flinklock that still works, some toys, a voxophone, and a big doll of some sort of birdman robot. A working Sky-hook in a glass case, alongside with a display of a dozen silver eagles which are real silver coins. There is also a display of fake coins, which the shop sells.

And a collection of Vigor bottles, Old Man Winter a blue bottle with the top being the upper head of an old bearded and bald man,

Ironsides a bottle shape like a ship,

Peeping Tom a green bottle shape like a woman covering her chest with a folding hand fan.

Possession a green bottle with a woman reclining on top.

Bucking Bronco a bronze bottle of the upper half of a horse with a cowboy riding on it.

Murder of Crows a blue and black bottle with a crow's head on top.

Devil's Kiss a red bottle shape like a female demon.

Shock Jockey a purple bottle with a jockey riding on a lightning bolt on top.

Charge a green bottle shape like a ram's head.

Undertow a blue bottle with a tentacle for the cork.

Return to Sender a bronze bottle shape like an ancient Greek soldier, which are all empty.

From what Dipper heard there's a big black market for bottles that still have something in them, seeing how they give people superpowers. He heard of ruins of a city underneath the sea, which is being picked through by salvagers and underwater races. The city couldn’t be rebuilt, it looks like the city’s main power station blew up and destroyed the entire city, combine with the saltwater and underwater sea creatures have damaged the entire structures that remained, the city was nothing but a ruin that’s only useful for salvage. But like the 25 buildings that fell out of the sky, there are bottles called plasmids that also gives people powers. Due to the city blowing up and being exposed to the cold sea, most of the bottles are either broken or the contents have gone bad. The few good bottles are worth more than gold, there are plenty of people trying to figure it how to make more of the stuff. Which after an underwater gold rush, the city has already been picked clean with only scraps and the rare find now and then. (2)

Mabel was busy out back feeding the live attractions that Stan managed to get somehow. One is a piranha plant that is as big as a sunflower which people pay to feed, the same goes for the Scampfire a spider like thing that is a living campfire that people pay overprice marshmallows to feed. There is a giant praying mantis the size of a large cat in a cage. There are 5 vampire fruit bats in a large walk-in bird cage, a jackalope in its own pen and an orthros name Frank who is a two headed dog all from Equestria who acts as the guard dog for the shack. There is also the strider the machine animal that Stan gotten into a pen and used to make the bio-fuel called blaze it makes from the plant matter it eats.

There are also two other human employees who work at the shack with them. There's Soos the handyman of the shack who can fix just about anything and Wendy who works behind the counter. There is also the Mr. Handy that Stan somehow got his hands on who helps and repairs the machines around the shack. Both the twins were told not to bother the Mr. Handy as it is dangerous if handled wrong.

The Mr. Handy's are from the Robco company that makes them along with Protectrons. Because of them being radioactive they're a hot issue in having them around but because of how useful they are, they been rebuilt to be able to use the power cells of the machine animals. Of course, there are the rogue ones and older models that are still around, who came from a bad future where most of the world is a radiation filled wasteland. Dipper had no idea if the Mr. Handy Stan has is one of the older types or not, till Stan showed him that Rusty runs on a power cell. The Mr. Handy has the standard pincer arm, buzz-saw and torch arms. Stan has named the Mr. Handy, Rusty seeing how it was rusty till Soos fix it up by ordering replacement parts.

Stan has also showed the twins around town when they went into town for supplies. Since the merge and the close location to Equestria, Canterlot City, and people have been moving into the town for a cheaper place to live. There is alot of construction work being done around the town with new homes and apartment buildings being built. And with new people new stores and businesses are also opening around the region.

Brighton the town that merged with Gravity Falls, creating the town of Gravity Falls Brighton has also changed many things. Namely the ghosts that come visit from the ghost world with Scratch the new leader who has the ghost heroes Danny and Dani Phantom to keep the frightmares under control. Which has drawn many people to visit the town and meet up with the ghosts.

There is also the combine Gravity Falls mall and Davenport's Outlet Mall in the town which is also a big draw for people who drive along the highway to stop by. With the two malls next to each other it was turn into one of those big malls. Which also draws people from the nearby town of Peach Creek which doesn't have a mall.

Peach Creek is a suburban town that ended up next to Gravity Falls after the merge, consisting of newly built houses sitting on the edge of some larger town or city that can be seen looming away on the horizon before the merge happen. Peach Creek still maintains its suburban roots, with all types of greenery including the woods and the creek. Yet Peach Creek still has some traces of urban development, such as the junkyard, the construction site and the trailer park. It also has a downtown area with many highways leading in and out. Which the highways were either destroyed or became a part of the new highway that leads out of the valley, connecting to either Equestria, Canterlot City.

There is also the Maw, which is now like one of those mega blocks in those future sci-fi cities where it is like an entire city within one building. When it first appeared after the merge people didn't know what it was till, they look inside and found a horror show within. There were these sagging, gluttonous creatures that look human but were so big and fat. They attack and ate some of the first people who enter the Maw, causing the highway patrol and the local police to seal it off till a swat team could be sent to handle it along with the national guard. Which took a couple of days with all the chaos that was happening after the merge. By then the guests as they were called from the ship’s logbook called the creatures, had eaten just about everything and turn on each other.

A search of the ship found the owner of the Maw who was a tall slender woman who dressed as a geisha and wore a mask to hide her ugly face. She been dead for several days with no signs of how she was killed. Her personal journals revealed much of her world and what happens to the guests who board the Maw, not to mention the children that she brings on board. They become food for the new guests who come on board.

Searching the Maw and dealing with the remaining guests and the giant leeches that walk on two legs. They found the remaining children who still lived, as well as the gnome like creatures who are children who were transformed by the Lady. They also found the Janitor with both his arms cut off and had died of blood lost. An old woman was found in a flooded section of the lower levels, having been killed when a tv fell into the water she was found in while it was still plugged in. Shadow creatures with porcelain masks, who were wipe out by flashlights. A creature found in the shoe pit that was hunted down and killed. But for the two chefs they found no trace of them.

Once it was empty of dangerous creatures, the Maw become home to people that had nowhere else to go. A number of ghosts have made it their home outside of the ghost world. The Manotaurs a race of half man and half bull have also moved into the Maw, finding it manly. And there are female Manotaurs who are even bigger and stronger than the males, and only pick the manliest of them to become their husbands.

A clan of elves who are skilled in magic tech who also made the Maw their home have been rebuilding the Maw using robots to make the manmade island more livable. Some of it became living spaces while others became a factory where the waste and trash are sorted and recycled. Thanks to the recyclers they had gotten from the space station Talos 2, which breaks down the trash into material cubes. The organic cubes are shipped out with the mineral, synthetic and exotic cubes, or used as fuel for the furnaces of the Maw. Which powers the Maw and provides power to the power grid, which is how the Maw makes money, as well as waste management.

And with no one having claimed the Maw, Mr. Davenport was able to become the owner thanks to no one else claiming it. He became the owner of the Maw, which on paper is like a large apartment building. He did so to be able to keep up with the other rich family in Gravity Falls Brighton, the Northwest family.

Then there was Equestria that both Dipper and Mabel are interested to going and see for themselves. Not to mention that with the Camp Lakebottom grand opening for human and non-human children to learn to become friends with each other. There be plenty of kids of all kinds for them to meet over the summer. With all the things that they can do, Dipper figures that it will be an interesting summer after all.

"Dipper I need you to go into the forest and put up some signs," Stan said handing Dipper a hammer, nails and the signs.

"Alright," Dipper said grabbing the things he needs. But he wonders why he is so willing to do it, like there's something telling him to just do it.

"And remember if you see some strange creature in the woods. Make sure they use currency that I can use before you tell them how to get to the shack. I'm tired of those guys trying to barter or trade something like acorns and berries, or fish," Stan said.

"Yes Stan," Dipper said as he left the shack with something guiding him as if he had already walked the path long ago.

Walking into the wood Dipper began to hammer up signs in places that just seems to be where it did so before. Ever since the merge he kept having flashes of a rundown apartment and something that looks to be Mabel with a pig skull for a head, saying they be together forever. He's been doing things by himself and spending less time with Mabel who wants him to be with her more.

As Dipper walk through the woods, he spotted some people and other things in the forest. He spotted someone in a yellow raincoat running through the woods with a plastic bag in their hands. Wendy and Soos told him about someone digging in the trash and running off when anyone came close during the first couple of months of the merge, since then the figure in the yellow coat is only seen every now and then. Walking up a hill Dipper got a good overview of some parts of the town and the lake, where the summer camp is located at. He did spot a pair, a man and a woman who are dress alike but couldn't make out more, what caught his eyes was that they're dress as if they came out of the 1800's or something. He also spotted someone in a dark green suit walking away from him into the forest, and the only thing he could make out was the figure’s head that is floating over its body. Dipper just shook it off as with all the people and creatures that have appeared since the merged someone like that isn't out of place anymore.

Then Dipper came across a pine tree that's covered in moss and mushrooms. The tree drew him in as if he needed to go to it. Dipper didn't know how he knew, he just felt around the truck till he found the hidden compartment that's been curved into the truck. Opening the metal door, he found a machine of some kind inside and he just flip the switch on top of it. Opening another hidden compartment this time on the ground nearby. Looking down into the hole, he saw an old book with golden handprint on the cover, which had six fingers on it. He reached in and pulled the book out, blowing the dust away and began flipping through the book but felt like he was rereading something he had read before.

Canterlot Castle -

Sunset walk down the hall to greet the guests that have just arrived. With summer break Sunset could go back to important work instead of wasting time in school. Which said school has been merged with the castle resulting in some construction here and there to separate what's the school and which part is the castle. Which how much a mess the castle became with the school merging with it, the government work is done in the town hall of human Equestria, while the castle part of the school has become the residents of the royal family and staff. As well as a dorm for students who live on campus and for V.I.P. guests for the castle part.

The school is still a high school for grades 7 to 12, but what use to be the royal guard section is now a community college. Basically, the whole castle school been separated into three parts that are walled off from each other, with construction still going on to build more buildings for the different schools. The college part is still being built and new buildings being made to the other parts of castle as well. Once Sunset fired the guards and moved the government parts to the human government buildings, it freed alot of space in the castle for the school part.

For guards, Sunset just hired human guards to replace the pony ones with only the ponies who were retrained by human standards allowed to have their jobs back. Which the royal guards are more of a security force then an army, as that's one of the things that needed to be cut so Equestria would be independent. Not to mention Sunset is investing in having a robot security force.

"Sunset," the pony Celestia said as she caught up with her daughter.

Celestia has been adjusting to life without magic or being able to move the sun around anymore. She woke up many times trying to move the sun when she remembered that she couldn't do that anymore. And the biggest change being that she no longer wore her crown as it now belongs to her daughter Sunset, who is nothing like the little pony she remembered. Which Sunset coldly told her that she is who made her into the person she is now.

"What you want?" Sunset ask coldly. Their relationship is still a cold one since the merge with Sunset barely talking to her.

"It's about the changes that you have done," Celestia said. "Disbanding the army has caused much unrest."

"If any of the old staff want their jobs back, they just have to be retrained in doing them. The guards you had were just a joke. When is the last time they actually did anything besides cleaning up afterwards? The pony army isn't worth the money to have around, which is the reason why I disbanded them to help with the deals that, I made with the government to keep our independents. Besides the human guards I hired actually do their jobs instead of just waiting for someone else to do their jobs for them. And I didn't fired all of them, I reassigned some of them to other jobs," Sunset said.

"You have the Wonderbolts doing air shows for the tourists," Celestia said.

"And the remaining guards as nothing but for show for the attractions, while the real guards are behind the scene. What's your point?" Sunset ask.

"There are many who are now jobless," Celestia said.

"Being a mother to all of your ponies, just not the one that actually mattered," Sunset said. Causing Celestia to stop as she stared at Sunset.

"Sunset please, I wasn't the mother you needed, but the ponies are still scared of all the changes," Celestia said remembering how their first meeting with each other ended, with her in tears of losing any bond she once had with her daughter.

"And that's the reason why they need me to lead them. They're use and expect you to handle everything themselves, which is why they're having such a hard time adjusting to our new world. No more magic or being able to control their environment anymore, having to stop using bits and using the currency that the rest of the nation uses. The only reason things haven't gone worse is how I been taking charge of things. I had to make so many deals I had to make just so that Equestria would still be as close as an independent kingdom as it is. Do you even realize how much of a mess that you left behind for me to fix?" Sunset asks.

"Many, I have seen the files that Luna and Cadance have shared with me," Celestia said.

"Knowing that the ponies wouldn't survive without a princess leading and telling them what to do. I had to make choices that you couldn't when it came to your little ponies. I managed to get us the status of a reservation so that we be able to have self-governance. I turn much of Equestria into a popular holiday spot for the nations of this new world. With how the farms aren't doing well, and the mines of gems and metals that we have aren't up to the standards of the other races that came with us, seeing how ponies grew most of the food and traded for the things they needed. The tourism industry is the only thing that’s keeping Equestria afloat. So I have to take steps to keep the industry fatcats and the tourist happy. Including passing laws that strip away many things that the ponies once took for granted. Giving out land leashes to selling land so that hotels and businesses can be built, while forcing the ponies who use to live there out. But it's that or total economic collapse with us losing our independents like others who tried the same thing," Sunset explains.

"They fear you," Celestia said.

"What's your point?" Sunset asks.

"Don't you want to be loved?" Celestia ask.

"Pointless seeing how well that turned out for you. You cuddled the ponies and they’re very isolated and once they have to deal with problems that can’t be easily dealt with or just ignored, you seen the results," Sunset said.

"Sunset you spread fear with what you're doing and there's the selling off so many relics and artifacts. You have emptied most of the treasury and have been taking assets from ponies," Celestia said.

"You have any idea how much it cost to modernize a country not to mention the entire economy being based on farming, which was completely dependent upon magic to grow plants, which are failing by the way. Have to retool the farms that are left, hire people to teach the ponies to abandon their traditions so that they won't lose their farms and get them modern equipment’s that have to be custom made to be used by ponies? It was easier to just abandon that idea and go with tourist base economy, not to mention the debt I would have to burden future rulers with that would take hundreds of years just to pay off. It just cost less to go with making Equestria into a resort. Even with me stripping most of the junk from the castle and emptying the vaults, I still needed to take out loans from banks to have the funding for all of it. The ponies just belly ache about all the things I have to do just to keep this kingdom afloat when we're so deep in the red," Sunset said. (3)

"You're being a tyrant to them," Celestia said.

"I have to be the bad guy, the villainess to get things done around here. With how the ponies are like, I have to be to get them to accept that there's no going back to how things use to be. Besides the humans and other races do appreciate what I have been doing, seeing how the ponies use to have more rights than other races while under your rule. And it's only because of our human counterparts that we haven't become bankrupt yet, seeing how they're willing to give up things so that things won't become worse unlike your ponies," Sunset said.

"I was only protecting our subjects," Celestia said.

"And under the old laws the ponies always had more rights, always had their word have more weight, can just dump their children onto other relatives or just let them take care of themselves for years at a time, build anywhere they want without making sure that no one else uses that piece of land, not to mention allowing them be bigots to any race that isn't like them. Now that I have strip them of those rights as well as others, with this world unable to be controlled like the old one, the ponies are being fearful. Mainly because of how much of control freaks they are, Everfree forest is just a normal forest but is a nightmare and a place of evil because, nature there take care of themselves. Not to mention that cutie marks are how ponies tell what job they're suited for and they can't work in any other field but that, unless their talent isn't one that would allow them to work a job. Which now in a magicless world is meaningless, and I gotten rid of that old system and strip the nobles of their power seeing how they didn't do anything to help me or anything else after the merge. I can’t believe I actually wanted to takeover before the merge," Sunset said.

"They pester me to have their status back," Celestia said.

"As if that changes anything or you have any real power anymore. With the world changing many of the ex-nobles lost their wealth and power they once had, I just took away their meaningless titles. Yes, it's all they had left for many but there is no reason for nobles who don't do anything," Sunset said. "Which is also why you're a teacher now. Seeing how little you actually do to with things that matter. And yes I already know about your plan of teaching Twilight. Being the trickster mentor, sending her and her ex-friends to handle problems. Like not even helping when Discord broke free, yes sending her all the reports did help her, but you did nothing else but that. And look what that got you. Her mental state was so mess up that once she saw you as I see you, it completely broke her view of the world around her, causing her to have a complete mental break down. Instead of putting her into a mental ward like I wanted to help her. You just gave her to her parents to look after her, which allowed her to escape and disappear," Sunset said.

"I know I failed you and her," Celestia said.

"Then stop trying to help and thinking that you have any say in anything anymore. If I didn't go and gotten the human police to help, the changelings would had taken over. For all of your talk of things like making friends, in the end you don't have friends, all you have is just subjects. Who you treated better than me who you should care more? But then again you banish Aunt Luna to the moon all by herself. So why should I ever think you could be a mother," Sunset said leaving Celestia in the hallway in tears again.

Once outside Sunset saw the bus with the Butterfly family. Star with her parents River and Moon, Eclipsa, her husband Globgor and their young daughter Meterora, they also brought along the Diaz family with their children Marco and Mariposa. There is also Pony Head a floating unicorn head, Kelly a woolett, and Buff Frog with his kids who are going to be taken on another bus to camp Lakebottom. Looking at the frog children, Sunset remembered that two of them were conjoined by their heads but with some surgery, they're now separated with metal skull caps where they use to be connected.

They're not the only royal family either as there is Melody from the underwater kingdom Atlantica, who is half mermaid and human. She's going to Camp Lakebottom and her grandfather King Triton ask Sunset to keep an eye on her. She hopes in being on friendly terms with his granddaughter she can stamp out a good trade deal with him. There is also Korra the avatar who unlike many still has her powers like the other benders, but she can't use the avatar state anymore, and Asami Sato both of whom are spending the summer here as a vacation. Both just wanted to spend some time alone with each other.

"Welcome to Equestria," Sunset greeted them as she walks up to the guests and give them the grand tour, she really needs to sell them a great vacation and bring in more people with deep pockets.

Camp Lakebottom -

The 3 original camp counselors of the summer camp, Sawyer a lovable zombie, with a multipurpose tool taking the place of his left hand, Armand a sasquatch with a passion for performing arts, and Rosebud a short, bitter woman who serves as the camp's cook. All 3 of them are excited to have their summer camp having been remodeled and made bigger, as the summer camp for humans and non-humans to make friends with each other. Kids from all races and across the country even some from other countries are coming over for the summer. Even their first 3 campers were also coming back, McGee, Gretchen, and Squirt.

With how big the camp has gotten thanks to donations and privet funding; they hired more workers for the camp. There's David and Gwen who were camp counselors for their old camp Cambell. There was also Quartermaster the groundskeeper, but he wasn’t hired for being Quartermaster.

Gloriosa Daisy and Timber Spruce who because of the merge ending up with their camp in the middle of Everfree forest with all the dangerous animals in it. Their camp was moved by the help of some unicorns who just carried the empty buildings and place them in their new home of Lakebottom, when the two camps merged together. And it was actually cheaper to just move the camp buildings of camp Everfree to Lakebottom than building new buildings.

There is also Mr. Slinkman who is a smart, nice and friendly banana slug who has legs and arms. He’s from one of those worlds where most animals are sapient and have humanoid bodies. He came to work for the camp after Camp Kidney was closed down, when the scout master of the camp, Lumpus was arrested. For not being the real scout master who he tied up and lock in a closet and was just a crazy guy.

There is also Huntress Wizard who after losing her magic and ending up alone in this world, took up using a real bow and is going to teach archery.

Then there's Bill the swim teacher who is a gillman who look like the creature from the black lagoon.

Violet who is a sphinx who is a cat woman with wings on her back.

Sam a pigman who is the camp's nurse.

Mesa who is a 20-foot tall treewoman who looks like one of the Ents in Lord of the Rings but has a woman's face.

Then there are some local teens of Gravity Falls working there for the summer, Lee, Nate, Tambry, and Thompson.

The camp is near the cliff face that a lighthouse appeared on, operated by a Maxine "Max" Caulfield who said that the lighthouse use to be in the town of Arcadia Bay, Oregon. Somehow she ended up far inland and the only one from her world to ended up in the merge. She still operates the lighthouse, turning on the lighthouse whenever there’s a storm or fog covering the lake.

The buses of campers are unloading all the campers which are made up of many different races. The children are being broken up into groups with girls one side and the boys on the other. Where they waited in line as David and Gloriosa Daisy sat at tables checking off names and assigning the kids cabins. There are also 4 protectron's who were gifted to the camp, two fire brigadiers who have internal cryo-guns, a utility one and a guardian. There are also 5 eyebots that can keep track of the campers on walks through the woods, and a Mr. Handy who helps out in the kitchen.

"Hi Jake," Juniper said spotting her fellow magical guardian. She isn't alone as her friends Jody Irwin, Ophelia Ramirez, Roger Radcliffe, and Lila came along for the trip. As well as Monroe who even with Jun no longer being the Te Xuan Ze still tagged along for research of the magic of Gravity Falls. Both of Jun's brothers stayed home as she wanted to really hang out with her friends for a change. Both Ray Ray and Dennis are looking after things back home, with them having made friends with some of the new nonhumans that showed up after the merged.

"Hi Juniper, it's nice to see you face to face," Jake said shaking her hand.

"Cool we finally get to meet your west coast counterpart," Spud said.

"Hi girl," Trixie said as she and Rose walk over to them having collected their bags from the bus.

"Hi Monroe," Fu Dog said to his fellow magical dog.

"So here because of the strange magic?" Juniper asks.

"You too?" Jake asks.

"Yeah," Juniper said.

"You guys are here to study magic?" Lincoln ask standing behind the group with Ronnie, Clyde and Dib.

"Hey, aren't you guys the ones who exposed that green alien with that lame getup that fooled everyone in the City?" Rose asks.

"Yeah, that's us. I mean all he wore was a wig and contacts. I can't believe people in the City are that dumb," Ronnie said.

"Try being one of the few smart people," Dib said.

"You're Dip, Gaz brother," Spud said having seen her game videos online.

"Yup," Dib said.

"So, we're all here to see what's with all the strange magic here?" Juniper asked and got nods in agreement.

"Is it passive or spell casting?" Jody asks.

"Passive but some are spell casting but not the type of magic our worlds use to have," Fu Dog said.

"There isn't any spell casting magic left from our worlds. The only spell casting anyone can do from our worlds without harming them is now by using a spell drive," Monroe said.

“Well, there are other types of magic,” Dib said.

“Which a lot of former magic users are desperate to get. But it’s like putting your finger into an electrical outlet,” Jake said.

"We have collected magical items from around the world to see if the magic here recharges them," Clyde said.

"Or you can just ask the magical creatures of Gravity Falls," Lila said.

"Are there any sasquatchs besides Armand here?" Ophelia asks.

"Just abominable Bro-Man," Lila said.

"He has a blog and he's a total bro, showing all the bro stuff he does living in his mountain cave," Roger said.

"Wait how does...," Trixie began asking but stop as a bigfoot who is a bro and has a blog while living in a mountain cave isn't the strangest thing since the merge.

A scream caught everyone's attention as a golfcart with a boy and a girl came crashing through the treeline. The cart twist and turn as the boy driving the cart avoided campers and camp staff. Till they came to Mesa who simply grab the cart and lifted it off the ground with the wheels spinning.

"Would you stop it," Mesa said to Dipper who removed his foot from the pedal.

"YOU ALL NEED TO RUN!" Mabel shouted.

"From what?" Juniper asks.

"GNOMES ARE COMING!" Dipper shouted.

You mean those little guys with the pointy hats? What's so scary about them?" Jake asks.

Bursting out of the forest came a giant just as tall as Mesa but is a giant body made up of bodies. The giant took the form of gnome, which is made up of hundreds of gnomes all holding onto each other to make the giant. The giant gnome came charging into the camp, sending campers running away from it. Mesa place the golf cart on the ground and charge at the giant gnome, which the gnomes that made up the body simply open a hole in the form they made letting the giant tree woman to go through with them tripping her sending her falling to the ground. The protectrons and eyebots flew into action as they used their blasters set to stun on the gnomes, knocking gnomes off the giant.

The giant swung its arm sending several gnomes flying at Mabel and Dipper as living missiles before turning their attention to the robots and camp workers. The gnomes grab onto Dipper and Mabel knocking them out of the cart, as the giant gnome was knocking down the robots and camp workers. Juniper and the other kids seeing them in trouble came to their aid knocking the gnomes away.

Jake meanwhile transforms into his dragon form and began breathing fire at the giant gnome forcing it backwards as the gnomes avoided the flames. Till the giant gnome grabbed a log that's used for campers to sit on and used it as a bat to knock Jake down to the ground, with him landing near the other kids who had fought off the gnomes that held Dipper and Mabel, causing them to flee back to the giant gnome and going back to their places in the giant.

The giant gnome made up of gnomes loom over the children but stop as the gnomes that made up the giant, stop and stared at something behind the children. The children turn around to see a column of water raising out of the lake. The column transforms into a giant fist and grab the giant gnome, taking it within itself. The water began to twist and turn breaking the giant apart as the gnomes lost their grips with each other. Then a ball of water with all the gnomes came flying out and was thrown deep into the forest. All but Jeff who had jump off from top of the giant gnome as the giant water hand grabbed the others.

"Good thing I was here," Korra said as she and the rest of the tour group lead by Sunset went along with Buff Frog to see the summer camp where his kids be staying at.

"That's one bad guy taken care of," Star said.

"No, it's not the bad guy," Mabel said.

"What?" Star asks.

"That was just the minions," Dipper said.

"Then who's the bad guy?" Korra ask.

A shriek from the air got everyone's attention as a giant winged creature slam down from the sky, landing on top of the bus. The eyes of the giant's bird like head turn from yellow to red upon seeing its target. Standing over 15 feet tall is the guardian of the fallen city in the sky Columbia, Songbird.

Seeing this Mesa got back up and put herself in front of the winged bird machine thing. She was joined by Globgor who grew into a giant got between Songbird and the kids, keeping him at bay as it faced off against two people who are as big as it is. Joined by the other camp workers and the robots.

"Someone explain what's going on?" Juniper asks.

"Jeff who, I thought was a zombie who was really just a bunch of gnomes dress up so that they could grab my sister Mabel," Dipper explains.

"And Jeff here," Mabel said pointing to the lone gnome who hadn't run away. "Were going to offer me to that bird thing."

"Hey now, Songbird over there has been forcing me and the other gnomes to find young girls for him," Jeff said as the kids crowded around him.

"What for?" Jake asks.

"He's looking for a girl that he once protected but disappeared after his city he protected fell from the sky. He has been looking for her since and when he ended up here, he made his home in our part of the forest about a week ago. He forces us to search and find a young girl with brown hair with an outgoing personality and bring her back to him to see if she's the one he seeks," Jeff explains.

"And if I wasn't?" Mabel asks.

"Well, we're going to make you our queen by forcing you to marry all of us gnomes," Jeff said.

"Really? There aren't any female gnomes around here?" Jake asks.

"All this just so that Songbird can find the girl he's looking for?" Juniper ask.

"It's better than how he uses to do things when he was on his own. He just flew around till he spotted a girl who looks like the one he’s looking for and grab her and when it turns out it wasn't the girl, he's looking for he just drop her," Jeff explains to the horror of the kids.

"Wait he's the flying monster that's been grabbing and dropping girls?" Lincoln asked.

"Good it means I can do this," Huntress Wizard said as she had reappeared armed with a bow and arrows.

Huntress Wizard unleash an arrow at Songbird's head which bounces off its well armored head. Songbird gave out a screech as it attempted to fly but was tackled by Mesa and Globgor their combine weight kept it from flying. But Songbird proved to be strong as it sent Meda and Globgor flying by twisting its body side to side. The robots open fire on Songbird, their blasters still set to stun because of the children present, Huntress Wizard continue to fire arrows at Songbird aiming for its head and eyes. Songbird cried out as it flaps its wings knocking the eyebots out of the air before using its wings to knock the protectrons away.

Korra struck it with a jet of water, followed by lightning causing Songbird to jerk around. Songbird shriek in rage as it punches at Korra with its claws on its hands, making Korra jump backwards from the blows.

Jake in his dragon form slam into Songbird's side, followed by an arrow to his eye by Huntress Wizard causing it to shriek in pain. Jake lit Songbird on fire but proved to be useless as Songbird is fireproof. But it allowed Globgor who has grown even bigger than Songbird to kick it into the lake. Which Korra created ice around Songbird trapping it in a block of ice.

"You think that stop it?" Juniper ask having stayed back as without her powers Songbird is way out of her weight class, without her powers to give her super strength anymore.

"Nope," Lincoln said as cracks form on the ice and Songbird burst out of the ice in rage.

Twin beams of energy struck Songbird sending it falling back in the water. Flying over the camp came Danny and Dani in their ghost forms flew over the crowd and tackle Songbird bringing it underwater. The water's surface bubbled as the 3 fought underwater, with an energy beam bursting out now and then.

Songbird burst out of the water trying to fly away when a missile struck it sending it falling again into the water. XJ6 came flying down from the sky and plunge into the lake to join the underwater fight. The water surface bubbled till it stop, with XJ6 with her arms wrap around Songbird and the two phantoms joining her in the air.

"XJ6 glad to see you!" Dib waved to her. He knows her through his dad who help improved and upgrade XJ6's and her sisters’ weapons and systems.

"Hi Dib, don't worry about this guy. We'll take him to a place that will hold him," XJ6 said as she and the phantoms flew off to a government run prison of Tartarus.

"At last Songbird is gone. Now me and the other gnomes can find a new queen," Jeff said as he looks at Mabel.

"No way," Mabel shouted.

"Listen why don't you gnomes find yourselves female gnomes? They be your size," Juniper said.

"But there aren't any female gnomes," Jeff said.

"Wait then how...," Trixie began asking before she realized what being the gnome queen really means which most of the other kids also realized.

"Listen you gnomes of Gravity Falls can't be doing the queen bee thing anymore. There are female gnomes out there if you really want a wife," Jake said.

"There are?" Jeff asks.

"Sure, I can show you some dating sites," Fu Dog said.

"You mean as in using one of those computers?" Jeff asks.

"Oh man you guys really are isolated here aren't you," Monroe said.

"Hey, you two," Lincoln ask the twins.

"My name is Dipper and she's Mabel," Dipper introduced him and his sister to the group.

"Is this normal around here?" Lincoln asks.

"Can't really say," Dipper said.

"Yeah, we only been here a couple of days," Mabel said.

"At least things started off as an action pack one," Clyde said.

"Sure, a great start, we encounter a bunch of gnomes who have a queen bee thing and a machine birdman who drops the girls it grabs as it looks for the one it's looking for," Ophelia said.

"Yeah, but we now live in a world where things like that is easy to handle," Roger said.

"And XJ6 and the phantoms are here," Ronnie adds.

"There's that," Jody said.

"Hey Jeff, there has never been a magical guardian or whatever who kept the human and magical world in balance in your world is there," Jake ask said gnome.

"Nope there has never been anyone like that. We only been interacting with the humans seeing how there's no point in hiding anymore," Jeff said.

"Just great," Juniper said as she and Jake realize that they'll be the ones who are going to handle things like old times again.

Tartarus -

After Sunset gave complete ownership of Tartarus to the government, they made it into a Federal Supermax Isolation prison. Which is under the control of the government agency S.C.P. or Secure, Contain, Protect, who handle all the sapient magical beings and those with powers. Since the ownership change to the government, Tartarus has been expanded and upgraded with the most advance security system found in the different worlds that were merged together. Staff by heavily armed and armored guards, robots, turrets, force fields, cameras that can detect anything, and custom prison cells for special prisoners. Have created a prison that can contain just about anything and anyone in it to serve their sentence on the west coast. The complex is made up of different sections for different levels of prisoners.

The Intensive Treatment Center is a large facility located in the center Tartarus, the Intensive Treatment Center held a number of the more extreme personalities and was designed to provide care for highly severe psychological and physical illnesses. This unit contained a number of holding cells, many offices for the Tartarus Staff along the corridors, the Extreme Isolation cells, a wide range of medical equipment, and the main lobby. This is one of the prison's most highly secure buildings where prisoners are first admitted for initial assessments, so it had up-to-date security systems to properly house inmates.

The Medical & Research Facility was one of the primary locations for the inmates of the institution to receive physical treatment, alongside the Intensive Treatment Unit. This building had a sanatorium with an X-Ray Room, a Patient Observation Room and a Surgery Room. Some of the prisoners held have powers or abilities that they can't control and are held till they get the help they need. The Research Wing is where prisoners are studied to learn about whatever special abilities they have works. The state-of-the-art equipment’s and holding cells, allow the safe study on the prisoners. And see what could be gain from the studies, both in knowledge, technology and for commercial gain.

The Penitentiary is the primary location for incarceration, with 5 different sections for the different level of how dangerous the prisoner is. The Penitentiary contained a great number of different cells to house the prisons extreme variety of inmates. Level 1 prisoners are the ones who can be kept in standard cells once strip of their gear. Level 2 prisoners are the ones with powers and are kept lock in cells that one way or another keep them from using their powers. Level 3 prisoners are for the ones who powers can't be turn off and have to be kept in custom cells. Level 4 are the supernatural prisoners who even in a world with almost no magic there are still some who still have some of their old powers. Level 5 are the most dangerous and are kept behind vault like doors.

The Canteen is where Level 1 to 4 who are deem safe to be let out of their cells go for their meals, the ones who are lock in their cells are given their food through slots. The prisoners who are let out are the ones who rehabilitation is an option. They're given a chance to get an education if they lack one and work prison jobs to earn money. The sector houses the workshop, laundry room, cleaning rooms, shower, kitchen, mail room and prison shop. The sector is treated as more of a normal prison for those who are serving their time.

There is also the Extreme Isolation is an area of Tartarus that is located in the Intensive Treatment Center and reserved for only the most dangerous of inmates or the ones who have powers that can't let them be around others. An almost inescapable prison, the only way in and out of the area is via a high-security, metal transfer box. The entrance is also guarded by heavily armed and armored security guards and robots at all times. (4)

"First time in Tartarus?" XJ6 ask Danny and Dani as they handed off Songbird to the guards of Tartarus in the Intensive Treatment Center.

"Been here before," Dani said.

"We were here when the ghost portal was ship here," Danny said.

"Why?" XJ6 ask.

"There's your answer," Danny said pointing to 4 ghosts who are dress as prison guards.

They are Walker's goons who are identical in appearance. They are green-skinned ghosts with broad, muscular torsos, ghostly tails, and red eyes. Their uniform consists of a dark blue police jacket with green patches on the arms, gray-and-green shoulder guards and gloves, a metallic gray helmet with a green star on a blue visor, and a gray utility belt. They also each carry a green baton that can fire ectoplasmic restraints to capture prisoners, and they sometimes use gray-and-green riot shields.

"Walker and the SCP have a deal where any ghosts caught are given over to Walker to be put in his prison," Dani said.

"Really for what?" XJ6 ask.

"Don't know what Walker is getting out of the deal but all the ghosts that are caught once put in Walker's prison don't get out," Danny said. Walker's guards are escorting Amorpho a ghost with the power to shapeshift.

"What about the Fenton Thermos?" XJ6 ask.

"That and other ghost traps can hold some ghosts, but others can break out. So, it’s just safer to give over ghosts to Walker where all of their powers doesn't matter in a place where everyone is a ghosts," Danny said. (5)

"And where they can't just go through walls and the guards being ghosts the prisoners can't use powers that would easily allow them to handle the living," Dani adds.

"Good point," XJ6 said as she watches Songbird being led away by robot guards design to handle big and powerful prisoners like him. "We have enough problems with the living prisoners as it is."

"I DON'T BELONG HERE!" a young woman in her teens cried out. She is in a straitjacket with two guards dragging her to her cell.

"Oh yes you do," a younger teen said who is filling out forms as his sister is committed to the prison metal ward.

"Dexter, I didn't mean it. I'm sorry," the woman pleaded with her younger brother.

"You're only sorry because you're finally getting punish for what you did this time. You went and played around with my new fusion generator and killed hundreds in the blast, not to mention caused millions in collateral damage. It's all recorded of you sneaking in and even with the people in the control room yelling at you to stop you just started messing with the controls and laughing while you did it. And after the explosion you tried laughing it off as just a game and said it's ok as you do it all the time in my lab. You don't care about anything or anyone but yourself. Dee Dee you are mentally unable to see what you do as being wrong. And you're only crying because you're being punish this time," Dexter snap at his sister.

"It was just a joke," Dee Dee sobbed.

"A joke that killed people and unlike back in our world you can't just get away with this," Dexter said.

"What about mom and dad?" Dee Dee asked.

"Dad's lost his right arm and mom is still undergoing treatment for her burns. Both of them don't ever want to see you again and have disowned you, after seeing the news footage of you smiling and laughing at the destruction you caused saying it was all for a laugh and showing no remorse for all the deaths and damage you did," Dexter explain to her.

"No. I don't believe you!" Dee Dee shouted out of denial that she actually has to deal with the consequences of her own actions and that she caused so many deaths and that her parents have disowned her.

"Don't then, as you are not my sister or part of the family anymore," Dexter said as he finishes the form and handed it to the guard and walk away as Dee Dee was drag the other way with her crying out for her brother to save her. (6)

"I see your point," Danny said to XJ6.

"There are still people who think because of how they were able to do what they want in their world and no matter what just worked out. That they can still do it here and nothing bad will happen to them," XJ6 said.

"Till it finally hits them in the face," Dani said.

"Phantoms," a guard said walking up to them. "Doctor Buck would like to talk with you two."

"Sure, lead the way," Danny said as he and Dani followed him.

Elsewhere in the complex -

At one of the terminals in one of the control rooms, Dr. Amelia Buck watch the cameras of the Phantoms siblings and XJ6 bringing in Songbird. It’s so strange being in a reality where fictions are real. Reagan Ridley her new boss was very surprise at the news that in her world, she’s the main character in a Netflix show Inside Job, which was canceled. Ridley had her team make a list that’s updated regularly of which worlds they know of that were merged all together, both large and small. (7)

Her teams are not only helping run the research center built next to the crash alien spacecraft and the prison she’s currently in, along with finding out why items from other worlds keeping showing up in this valley. Molly is at the research center seeing if it has anything to do with the alien ship, both Lawrence and Carson are looking around the valley to see what they could find. And Gustav is currently locked up in one of those prisons that is built in the middle of nowhere.

This whole valley is strange with how even before the merge happen, anomalies kept showing up in this place. There are also lots of triangles with one eye that keep on appearing in the valley from the time when humans first step foot on North America when there was a land bridge. Buck has a copy of one of the paintings the native Americans made on her wall of the strange triangle with one eye.

The non human races that live in the valley, all said that they were just attracted to the valley. The alien craft is the best guess to why things are just showing up in this valley, the alien body found is discovered to be the type that exist in multiple dimensions at once, and the ship even if it's millions of years old the power is still running, resulting in power surges, mutant animals, and cars flying off of roads. The researchers are still trying to find how to turn the power off.

The valley is also a weak point in realities, which allowed things and beings to slip in from other realities. The merge didn't help matters and now the valley is like a crack window that's letting the cold air outside to slip through the cracks. So far most people think that the reason for the wealth of magical items that have appeared in the valley is due to the merge with a large amount showing up here. Which Sunset Shimmer from the reports, is aware of and doing her best to keep a lid on things.

Buck knows that Sunset the ruler of Equestria, has been collecting items and paying people who brings her magic items. Discord has also been seen flying around the valley, which Buck guess to handle the more dangerous items that appear, giving Sunset a large collection of magic items, the technology that appears she gives out to the Wakeman lab to see what they could do with it. Sunset even has a different version of SCP-1609, still in its chair form that she uses as her office chair, and has many on display in her office. It’s not the only SCPs that showed up, the Mystery Shack has a SCP - 799 and SCP - 109 as attractions, with the conman running the place selling the water as Mystery Water. And unlike back in her old world, she can’t just have a team take them and mind erase the people.

After what the magical world tried to do in erasing the knowledge of magic from everyone that isn’t like them and the spell only working for awhile before it stop working and everyone remembered what happen, erasing memories is now grounds for being arrested. Not to mention people are now keeping records of what happen, both electronic and with plain old pen and paper. With other safeguards so that anything magical or MIB like devices won’t work.

Speaking of which the MIB that appeared became bankrupt like many other groups like them. With all the connections their group needed for the resources and funding gone, they suddenly found themselves unable to keep the lights on. Not to mention once the whole masquerading anything that isn’t normal was gone, the world didn’t go into what many people who uphold the masquerade said would happen, there were some but not at the level that they claim would happen.

The Zed of that MIB tried to justify the reason why they need to keep the masquerade. “Normal humans need our protection then we're here to stay. And, trust me, we'll make sure these dumb simps always need protecting.”

He didn’t realize that he was being record and had a truth spell used on him. Needless to say, the MIB lost all of its standing and the agents suddenly found themselves having to deal with no support or funding at all. Zed and the agents tried to regain control by force but was quickly stopped by the heroes and the US military. Resulting them killed off and the ones who weren’t killed lock away and forgotten. For all of their talk about protecting humans, it was nothing more than them being in control and when an agent is done and survived, they're mind wipe and dump as crazy homeless who no one believes. Not to mention that Kay of that MIB had a mind wipe teen to climb up a tower with a rifle and kill himself afterwards, to make sure there is no loose ends.

Buck learned that Zed and the surviving agents like Kay were all executed, to make sure that there be no loose ends. Which was told to Kay's face right before he was toss into a material recycler followed by everyone else in his group. To make sure they're dead, and they didn't had anything that could bring them back, destroying them on a atomic scale and turn into cubes. Thanks to them and the clothes on their backs being that only thing from their world, once they were dead there was no one else to worry about. Seeing how there's no one who cares about them in this new world and they made nothing but enemies. (8)

"Doctor Buck?" the guard who guided the Phantoms to the room.

"Let them in," Buck said turning off the terminal and face the Phantoms who entered the room.

"Hi you wanted to talk with us?" Dani ask.

"I'm doctor Buck a researcher with SCP and I need to get in touch with Clockwork the ghost of time," Buck said.

"Oh this again. You're not the first person to ask us to get in touch with Clockwork and like, I told the last woman I went to see him right after the merge happen. He has no idea what happen to cause it, or how to reverse it. He also tried to go back in time but only ended up going back in time for one of the worlds only," Danny said.

"Which world? Yours?" Buck ask.

"No the world that had the three girls going to that frog world, has a ghost world and the demon realm," Danny said.

"So that world is the one that all the other worlds merged together with and he can't go back in time for any of the worlds that were merged with this one?" Buck ask.

"Yes, I have no idea what Clockwork is saying when he explained things," Dani said.

"Well the next time you see him pass him the message that we still like to talk to him about what happen," Buck said.

"Sure," Dani said.

The picture of the cave painting the first people, watch as the two ghost heroes left the room leaving Buck by herself.

Author's Note

1 - The Columbia is from the bad future timeline of Bioshock.

2 - Rupture in the timeline here you the player fail to stop the city from blowing up in Bioshock 1.

And for the bottles of plasmids, like anything else they do have an expiration date where it just goes bad. Which is why you should never take medicine that is way pass due. And seeing how the bottles are underwater, like sealed bottles of liquor found in old shrunken shipwrecks they’re completely not safe to drunk anymore. But for a few exceptions like them being stored in a sealed compartment.

3 - The ponies are on the most part doing badly now that they have very little or no control at all of the things that they use to be able to control. And having to deal with problems that they can't just put away and out of sight and mind. Seeing that the world they came from is cannon and the only reason why they got away with what they use to be able to do was because of how things worked in their world. They been hit hard by the reality stick, where it's beating a dead horse thing or in this case pony. And Sunset being the only thing that kept the entire country from falling apart. Who is as she was before the Equestria girl movie.

4 - The layout of Tartarus is modeled after Arkham from the Batman Arkham game series. But has more and better security and the guards aren't dumb. As the security is SCP level and design to keep prisoners in not matter what.

5 - One thing I don't like about ghosts in fiction is how often they're shown to have god like powers no matter where they are. Inside a building where they died is different as ghosts there are domain holders and are only all powerful while within that building. Or when it's only mind games and not them being able to alter reality to the entire world around them. Seeing how even then ghosts have a big advantage in the world of the living any ghosts caught by the SCP are given over to Walker where in the Ghost Zone they're just like everyone else.

6 - I never like the idiot cast member who is only there to cause trouble. Dee Dee was only in the show to cause trouble and it wears thin and gets old quickly. And it's only in the later seasons that she was ever called out for what she did. Besides it's only because of cartoon logic that no one is ever killed because of Dee Dee messing around and making things blow up.

7 - SCP Tale from the Foundation comes from a world where all the worlds merge together are all works of fiction like in real life. The expectations are Gravity Falls, Amphibia, The Owl House and The Ghost and Molly McGee.

8 - The MIB as they are in the comics, aren't good and are more into controlling everything on Earth then actually protecting people.

Headhunters

A crowd had gathered in front of the Mystery Shack who have all came for the grand reopening of the wax museum. Many people had come to see it, including the Scotdale sisters. The sisters had taken a liking to the Mystery Shack exhibits and had dragged their little sister Sunset along for the ride, well not drag, just one of them grabbing her and carrying her over their shoulders. With Sunset yelling at their mom and dad about it, with them just saying to have fun while they were out. Which is normal for the family with the older sisters grabbing Sunset and taking her with them.

"That's why I'm here," Sunset said sitting on a chair with her arms cross as she sat next to Dipper and Wendy. Next to her is Sunrise who unlike her twin is still dress in overalls and has her hair in a pony tail.

"I can relate, I'm out numbered by my younger brothers," Wendy said. “Are you two the youngest?”

"Me and Sunrise are 16 with Alana, and Oban being the closest to our age at 20," Sunset said.

"I'm 15 myself," Wendy said.

"Really?" Sunset ask looking at her.

“You’re big,” Sunrise adds.

"I'm just growing tall thanks to my dad," Wendy said.

"While, I'm on the short end, thanks to Sunrise being slightly taller with my older sisters at the shortest being 6'10", and both of them, Alana, and Oban still not done growing," Sunset said.

"So, everyone else but you two are multiple births?" Dipper ask Sunrise and Sunset, seeing how they’re the same person but from different worlds.

"Yup with mom had everything from two pairs of eights and one nine," Sunrise said.

"So many sisters," Wendy said.

"This is nothing, only half of our sisters are here," Sunset said.

"What?" both of them ask.

"We have 58 older sisters in all," Sunrise stated.

"Then where are the others?" Wendy ask.

"Got married, moved away to start a life on their own, got job offers out of state, join the army, navy, air force, and all that. These are the ones who still lived at home or close by to help out at the ranch before mom and dad sold it," Sunset explains.

“The house was always full of us kids, even when the older ones move out there was always another batch to replace them. Up till me and Sunset came along,” Sunrise said thinking of how by the time she was born the older batch of sisters were already left home only to be replaced by more kids.

"How did your mom manage to have all of you and your sisters?" Dipper ask.

"She is very big to begin with," Sunset said.

“Mom is over 9 feet tall,” Sunrise said.

"What? She’s that big?” Dipper ask.

"Haven't you seen her yet?" Wendy ask Dipper.

"No, I haven't," Dipper answers.

"You know my dad, Manly Dan? Well Sunset's dad is just as big as him, while her mom is even bigger," Wendy said.

"Mom was just able to handle having so many children because she was just so big," Sunset said. (1)

“And some of our sisters are that big too,” Sunrise said.

"So, any nieces and nephews yet?" Dipper ask.

"There’s Ann, Bella, Celly, Debby, Ellen, Fanny, Ginny....," Sunset was listing off.

"Wait did your parents name your older sisters alphabetically?" Wendy ask.

"After they learn they were having our 9 older sisters at once they decided to name them by the alphabet. Which they stop after having Xanthia, Yelena, and Zaida," Sunset explains.

"Wow," Dipper said.

"But so far of our sisters who are have kids there are just 14 right now," Sunrise said.

"Really?" Wendy ask.

"I know you would expect that they would all take after mom but most of them are just waiting till they have the money to afford having kids. Money was always tight at home," Sunset said.

“We all had to make our own money. With me I collected cans and bottles to recycle,” Sunrise said.

"It's one of the reasons why Sunset's sisters all went into sports to help them pay for college, using one of those things where someone else pays for your school for playing a sport," human Rainbow Dash said who is sitting nearby.

"So, are all your sisters like this?" Dipper ask waving to how all of them are tall and powerfully built. With Sunrise being buffer and slightly taller than Sunset.

"You mean all of them are powerful amazons? Yes pretty much all of them are like that. All the farm work we do at the ranch has given us all working farm muscles. Of course there is Karen and Veronica who are working as doctors, a bunch of engineers from auto, buildings and other stuff, not to mention Oriana who is working in bio tech. But all of them are still amazons," Sunset said.

“The reason why I’m bigger than Sunset is because I work around the farm more than her and eat a lot more meat growing up,” Sunrise said.

“I was still in the mindset of a pony while growing up as in not eating meat and while she and the others did house work I was busy learning how to use the machines, repair them and help with the budget of the farm,” Sunset said.

"Tell me about it," human Applejack said who's there as well.

"Applejack always comes in second to my sisters at the country fair. Unless more then one of my sisters enter the event and sometimes comes in last place. Of course my family is ban from having more then one member in an event, after that one year where all the 1st to 3rd places was taken up by my family," Sunset said.

"Wow and, I thought my family was big," Lincoln said who is there with the other campers.

"How many in your family?" Sunset ask.

"I have 10 sisters," Lincoln said.

"Lucky you," Sunset said.

“I always did wonder what it be like to have a brother,” Sunrise said.

“Was that the reason why your parents had so many kids. They were trying for a son?” Wendy asked.

“Well, that’s one reason,” Sunrise said.

"By the way why are all of you here?" Sunset asked.

"Pinkie Pie," Applejack and Rainbow Dash said.

"Which one?" Sunset ask.

"The pony one," both girls said pointing to said pony sitting nearby.

"She gave out fliers to just about everyone," Lincoln said showing Sunset a flyer.

"Everyone is here for free pizza?" Sunset ask reading the flyer.

"Aren't you?" Ronnie ask.

"Nope, sisters pick me up and carried me here," Sunset said.

“We do that all the time,” Sunrise said.

On the stage Stan clears his throat over the microphone getting everyone's attention.

"You all know me, folks! Town darling, 'Mr. Mystery.' Please, ladies, control yourselves!" Stan said over the microphone.

Ronnie wondered which ladies he's talking about and look to the older women of the camp group. Which Gloriosa Daisy, Huntress Wizard, Violet and Gwen who came along with the campers all shared a look with each other and shake their heads. Ronnie turn to Sunset's older sisters who all pointed to three women in the audience staring blankly ahead, who have flies swarming around them.

Ronnie look at one of the women who is wearing a high collar grey jacket that covered most of her lower face and wore a pair of sunglasses with a wide brim hat, there was something off about her as it looks like there are cracks on her face, but then she figures she must be a non-human. Or someone who use to be magical but after the merge had affected them thanks to being in the middle of a spell when it happen. And now cover themselves up when there was nothing plastic surgery could do for them.

Like the strange man sitting near her. He’s wearing a dark green suit with a well-pressed shirt and tie, polished shoes, a white handkerchief in his pocket, and a well-brushed hat. Who has a floating pair of blueish gloves, and a matching floating head. Like in that Rayman guy in the game of the same name or something like that. And she’s pretty sure she had seen him at the docks at the lake when they went out to swim. On one of the boats, fishing while just laying back doing nothing.

"As you know, I always bring the people of this fair town and the new ones since the merge novelties and befuddlements, the likes of which the world, has never known. But enough about me. Behold... me!" Stan shouted as he uncovers Wax Stan.

Soos makes a fanfare sound on his keyboard, then makes a "Ye-ah! Ye-ye-ye-ye-ye-ah!" sound. Two people in the audience politely clap and someone coughs. Right before Sunset's sisters who like the stuff Stan has cheered, causing many to stare at Sunset.

"They like this kind of stuff," Sunset said.

"And now a word from our own Mabelangelo!" Stan said as he waves for Mabel to come onto the stage.

"It's Mabel," Mabel said as she takes the microphone. "Thank you for coming! I made this sculpture with my own two hands! It's covered in my blood, sweat, tears, and other fluids!"

"Ewwwwww," most of the audiences said.

"Yeah. I will now take questions!" Mabel said as she points to Old Man McGucket. "You there!"

"Old Man McGucket, local kook. Are the wax figures alive? And follow-up question, can I survive the wax-man uprising?" McGucket ask.

"Um... Yes! Next question!" Mabel said pointing to Toby Determined.

"Toby Determined," said man said holding a turkey baster as if it is a microphone. "Toby Determined, Gravity Falls Gossiper. Do you really think this constitutes a wonder of the world?"

"Your microphone's a turkey baster, Toby," Stan pointed out.

"It certainly is--," Toby said.

"Next question," Stan said pointing to Shandra Jimenez.

"Shandra Jimenez, a real reporter. Your flyers promised free pizza with admission to this event," she said showing the flyer. "Is this true?"

"That's suppose to say a raffle for a free pizza," Stan said holding up a pizza box with his eyes darting side to side.

"WHAT!" Rainbow Dash shouted out which many others in the audiences are getting mad as well.

"I told Pinkie over there," Stan said pointing to Pinkie the pony. "For the flyers to say one person will win a free pizza with admission."

"I thought you meant free pizza for everyone," Pinkie said sweating under the glares around her.

"You mean, I came all the way here and there is no free pizza, because you weren't listening to what he was telling you?" Scratch said who is with Molly McGee and Libby Stein-Torres, after hearing there's free pizza.

"There you go you all wasted time because of Pinkie there. Good night, everyone!" Stan said as he uses a smoke bomb to escape, taking the admission fee with him and leaving Pinkie by herself with an angry mob. But he did leave the pizza box.

"Wonderful, wonderful!" the man with no face shouted out somehow while clapping. "What a wonderful waste of time!"

"He's right this was a waste of time," human Applejack said glaring at pony Pinkie.

"BYE," Pinkie said as she runs away.

"GET BACK HERE!" Scratch shouted as he goes all scary ghost mode on Pinkie chasing after her.

"Don't worry everyone," Sunset said. "I'll just hire her again to work the dunking booth at the waterpark."

"Why would she do that?" Shandra ask.

"She needs the money," Sunset said.

“Hey the pizza box is empty!” Manny shouted out holding the empty pizza box that Stan was holding.

"That figures," Rainbow Dash said.

The Next Day At Canterlot -

Luna pokes her head into her sister's Celestia room as she's been spending most of her time in her room. Inside she found her sister laying in bed as she has been doing since Sunset's family had moved in. Celestia had been trying to mend the bond she use to share with Sunset but all of her attempts in doing do failed. As Sunset said all of Celestia's attempts at bonding with Sunset were all outdated with Celestia still thinking that Sunset still like the things that she like as a pony.

Luna has seen how her parents, Mr and Mrs Scotdale interacted with Sunset. A far cry from how Celestia interacted with Sunset. Celestia did adopted Sunset but she treated her more as her student then as a mother as she should had been. All of her attempts at bonding with Sunset were more as a teacher trying to bond with their student and not as a mother with her child. Which Celestia finally understood as she watched from afar of how Mrs Scotdale treated Sunset, having a loving relationship between them. Which Celestia can only dream about now.

"You can't be doing this to yourself," Luna said.

"What's the point? I lost my power, my crown, my kingdom, and my daughter," Celestia said.

"Sunset did made a point. Was she even your daughter to begin with or did you just saw her as a tool to be used when, I return from the moon?" Luna ask.

"I don't even know anymore," Celestia said.

"I fail to see why the ponies thought you could do no wrong when in dealing with your family you done nothing but wrong," Luna said.

"Luna?" Celestia ask sitting up.

"It's true you're a better teacher then a mother," Luna said. "And with all the making friends you told Sunset and Twilight to do, where are your friends? The only ones who even visit you besides me and Cadance are the element bearers. And only because they mostly talk to you about the problems they're dealing with thanks to the changes that Sunset made to keep the kingdom from breaking apart and information about Twilight."

"I.... don't have friends, just subjects," Celestia said shaken from the realization.

"The Cobbler's Children Have No Shoes in effect," Luna said.

"What?" Celestia ask.

"Read it on tv tropes online. It means a character is very good at their profession but is completely unable or unwilling to use this ability to help themselves or their own family. In your case it's you being the mother figure for all the ponies except for the one that really mattered in the end, your own daughter Sunset," Luna stated. (2)

"Then what should I do?" Celestia ask.

"Don't know but if you have any hope of having any sort of meaningful relationship with Sunset you have to do it before she becomes an adult and at that point it be much too late," Luna stated. “Also you can’t even tell Sunset apart from Sunrise.”

“Yes what kind of a mother can’t tell her daughter apart from her twin,” Celestia said having made that mistake too often. While their human mother has no problems in telling the two apart.

At the Royal Flush waterpark resort -

The Royal Flush Waterpark resort is a popular resort during the summer tourist run. But even during the fall and winter months it still is open for business thanks to the indoor pools and heated pools. There are also the spa areas, hot tubs, saunas, steam rooms, even having different types of baths, like an Asian bathhouse for those who wanted to try, for people to wash themselves after enjoying the pools. It's also one of the resorts that is partly owned by Sunset, with the waterpark being directly owned by her. One of the first resorts that open to get people to come and spend money which attached others to build their own resorts after Sunset went deep in the red to get the first resorts built and open to get the ball rolling to turn all of Equestria into a resort.

"Dude you do know that just about everyone at the wax opening has a reason to chop off the wax statue of Stan," Wendy said to Dipper. She had driven him to the park on her trike, a normal trike bike but has a motor attached to let her get around fast.

"I know but we can write off alot of them thanks to most of them having formed a mob and are now repeatedly dunking Pinkie Pie at the dunking booth," Dipper said pointing to the dunking booth where a mob are waiting in line to dunk Pinkie. "And that the axe being left handed, them wearing a shoe that has a hole in it, and the time when it happen leaves us with only a few people to find.”

"Well, there is only a few people left on the list," Wendy said. "Hey why didn't you ask Mabel to help you?"

"I just been wanting to spend time away from her and be on my own. Also, you know more about Gravity Falls and the places around it. And that you have a trike to get us around," Dipper said.

"Yeah, it's my mom's," Wendy said.

"I haven’t seen your mom yet," Dipper said.

"Yeah, mom is always busy at work," Wendy said.

"What does she do?" Dipper asks.

"She works at the Mystic resort the Native American theme resort with most of the workers being native non-humans," Wendy said.

"You're mom is a non-human?" Dipper asks.

"She's a deer woman," Wendy said.

"Wait you mean one of those shape shifters?" Dipper ask.

"Mom met dad when he was cutting down some trees and they hook up," Wendy said. Not going into how it was dad walking onto mom and her friends having a get together. And…. She doesn’t want to think about it.

"So do you and your brothers have any powers?" Dipper ask.

"My brothers don't have any powers, besides having stronger bodies than normal, we all have the strength and speed of deers. But for me once I'm an adult, I'll be able to transform into a deer like mom," Wendy explains.

"Wait don't deer women kill men? And aren’t they the American succubi?" Dipper ask remembering reading about deer women.

"No that's not true, most of the time anyways. It does depend on what happens between the deer woman and man," Wendy said before blushing. “And for us deer women being related to succubi… yes that’s true. And I really don’t want to talk about it.”

"Oh ok," Dipper said seeing how uncomfortable the subject is making Wendy. He went back to the list of people that were at the event yesterday.

"Who's next?" Wendy ask wanting to change the subject.

"Rainbow Dash who should be working here," Dipper ask.

"Hey there's Sunset we can ask her," Wendy said spotting said girl.

Dipper look up from the list and saw Sunset in a one piece swimsuit who is talking with a shorter girl with long blonde hair who is also dress in a one piece. But what caught his attention is Sunset's sisters who are all wearing different swimsuits but with how big and shapely they are, that’s getting alot of attention from many guys and some women. Then he saw two older redheads who he guess are the parents, Mr. Scotdale who had on a pair of swim trunks and a shirt, and... Mrs. Scotdale who is dress in a one piece made to fit her body frame.

"Is that Sunset's mom?" Dipper ask.

"Yup and don't make her mad as she's super strong," Wendy said walking him over to the group.

"Hi Dipper, Wendy," Sunset said. "This is Pacifica Northwest."

"Hello," Pacifica said.

"Hi," Dipper said having flashes of images of said girl.

"Do you know where Rainbow Dash is?" Wendy ask.

"Last time I saw her she was working at the bathhouse," Sunset said.

"So, spending time with the family?" Dipper ask Sunset.

"Yes, seeing how many people are after Pinkie for making everyone think there be free pizza. I bank on it and charging them to dunk her, not to mention the fee to get into the park as well," Sunset said. "You two here to dunk her as well?"

"No, we're here to find out who went and chop off the head of wax Stan," Wendy explains.

"Well don't look at me or my sisters, they like his stuff and I don't care enough to do it," Sunset said.

"We already ruled you and your sisters out as well as anyone who couldn't had been in Gravity Falls when the chopping took place. Rainbow Dash is the next person we're going to see," Dipper said.

"Any clues?" Sunset ask.

"We have a copy of the shoe print," Dipper said holding up a piece of paper with a shoe outline and a hole in it. "We're looking for someone with feet this big and is left handed as Wendy's father being a logger saw that the axe used is a left handed one."

"Ok just remember that the bathhouse have Mr. Handies in it. They're there to stop people from messing around, and to stop tsunderas from going around and hitting guys," Sunset said earning her stares from Dipper and Wendy. "Had a bunch of Japanese magical girls coming here trying to see if the magic around Gravity Falls would give them back their spell casting magic. It didn't and there were a lot of Japanese girls going around hitting guys for anything they thought was them being perverted. Which was stupid to begin with seeing how many of them dress and not expecting for people to not stare at them. End result was many being jailed, fine and sued."

"Oh yeah I think I saw that on the news," Dipper said.

"Needless to say many of them are ban from traveling to the US now. Seeing how many of them don't understand how them going around shouting pervert and hitting people won't result in them getting the cops on them," Sunset said.

“The cops were sure busy dealing with that before the magical girl groups visiting finally got that idea across their minds,” Wendy said.

“I’ll say,” Pacifica said.

“They’re not magical girls. They’re Pokémon, only being able to use one form of attack spell and nothing else. They can’t learn other spells but for spells that come with their magical girl outfits. And how badly they fight with their powers, just standing there and shouting out attacks. And how often the leader is also the healer of the group who puts herself in danger when she should be in the back healing her teammates. And one mute spell would had taken them all out,” Sunset said.

“Not a fan of magical girls?” Wendy asked.

“She finds them insulting,” Sunrise said.

“You should had seen her when they were here and causing trouble,” Pacifica said.

"Alright then," Dipper said as he and Wendy headed for the bath house.

Inside are people going to one of the different baths for either cleaning themselves off or to relax in one of the spas. There is a men and women's side with robot guards of Mr. Handies to keep things running smoothly. These have pincers on 2 of their arms and a pepper sprayer on the third. On the walls are pictures of the famous who have visited the resort, but what caught Dipper's attention were the magical girl groups. The magical girls whoare the ones the fictional ones are based on, Sailor Moon, Tokyo Mew Mew, Ojamajo Doremi, the many different Precure groups, Onegai My Melody, Wedding Peach, Glitter Force and Magical Meow Meow. There were also some non-Japanese magical girls, Winx Club, LoliRock, W.I.T.C.H., Angel's Friends, and Sky Dancers. He also noticed how many news clippings have been frame showing some of the Japanese magical girls and other Japanese tourist being arrested and ban from the resort.

"Alright, Dipper, I'll see you later," Wendy said as she rents a cheap swimsuit at the rental booth. Which is for customers who don't have one for themselves and can rent one for the bathhouse till they leave, which when return are wash for the next customer.

"Why are you renting a swimsuit?" Dipper ask.

"I'm going to relax in one of the hot tubs or try the hot spring. Besides, we should have some fun while we're here," Wendy said.

"Good idea," Dipper said renting a towel and swim trunks. "I always wanted to try a steam room."

"Dipper you're supposed to be naked for a steam room," Wendy pointed out.

"I know that, the trunks are for the pool afterwards," Dipper said.

After putting his things into a locker Dipper enter the steam room. The room had wooden benches and rubber mats to keep people from slipping on the wet floor. Dipper sat back and let himself relax in the steam room letting himself drift off as he used this time to remember those flashes that he's been having since the merge. The clearest images that he could remember is a rundown apartment where Mabel lives with a pig. He seems to be visiting her and giving her money to live on.

"Hey Dipper!" Soos greeted him as he enters the room, wearing just a towel like Dipper.

"Soos what are you doing here?" Dipper ask.

"Mabel has been looking for you and Wendy. I been driving her around looking for you, till we spotted Wendy's trike," Soos said.

"Where is Mabel?" Dipper asks.

"She's on the women's side enjoying the hot tub. Seeing how we're here we all might as well enjoy ourselves," Soos said.

"Oh ok," Dipper said wondering what that flash of Mabel with a pig's head was all about.

Elsewhere in the park -

Watching Sunset hanging out with Pacifica, both of whom have joined up with the rest of the royal family, is Andrea Davenport. Things have changed since the merge with the richest family of Brighton being knock down to second richest. Her father has been doing his best to close the gap but the Northwest family just has lots of connections, their yearly party alone has millionaires and billionaires, and some selected guests from around the world invited.

"I can't believe how Pacifica is being all friendly with Sunset," Andrea Davenport said as she watches the daughter of the richest family of Gravity Falls Brighton is hanging out with the princess of Equestira.

"Well her dad is a big investor in Sunset's casinos," Molly said said having come with Andrea to the park with the others.

"I know," Andrea said.

"Come on the others are waiting at the table," Molly said leading Andrea to the table where the others are already eating the food they ordered from the snack stand, which is a large mushroom and anchovies pizza.

At the table is Libby, Kat, Sheela, Tammy Myers, and Dani Phantom. With Scratch being the new Chairman of the Ghost World, he got both Danny and Dani Phantom to be the enforcers for the new rules for the ghosts of Ghost World, which is more peaceful than the Ghost Zone, especially after Pariah Dark broke free from the Coffin of Forever-Sleep thanks to the merge causing many powers to flicker or turn off when it happen. Learning from his past mistake, the ghost king destroyed the coffin so that it couldn’t be used against him, again. He’s now ruling the Ghost Zone like he did before, with the ghosts there siding with him as they’re in a war with another ghost realm.

Soul Reapers from Soul Society who want to control all the afterlife realms, they have mass numbers of soldiers but the higher rank soldiers are the ones who really do most of the fighting. They are very powerful with some having overwhelming powers and abilities, but thanks to the merge the lion share of their powers can only be used in their afterlife and nowhere else. With some of the spirits from Soul Society escaping and telling the other spirits about what life is like there, the ghosts of Ghost Zone decided that living under the rule of Pariah Dark is better than that kind of life.

Some of the ghosts of Ghost Zone have moved to Ghost World. Like Klemper a big, annoying ghost who continually whines that he wants friends. Has become friends with Geoff a fat, dim-witted, but amiable ghost who is convinced he's friends with Scratch. They’re the care takers of Cujo the ghost puppy that can hulk out into a giant dog when angry. Scratch has them help out in keeping order in the Ghost World.

“Hi gang,” Andrea said sitting down with Molly at the table both grabbing a slice.

“Still upset that Pacifica is all buddy with Sunset?” Dani ask.

“Yes,” Andrea said taking a bite from her slice.

“So your family is no longer the richest family anymore in town, so what. Our town was in the middle of nowhere to begin with. Besides Sunset is way richer as she’s the ruler of a kingdom,” Tammy said who became apart of their group. Mostly because she’s friends with Dani.

“Isn’t she stuck with a huge amount of debt?” Kat ask.

“She does, she has a whole kingdom to modernize,” Sheela pointed out.

“I’m just glad that she’s not going to our school. She’s so stuck up and… was I Iike that?” Andrea ask causing all of her friends to look elsewhere, except for Dani.

“Pretty much but I can tell you that you have nothing on the nobles in Canterlot,” Dani said who has gone to parties that Sunset host and had to deal with the upper class of the pony society.

“Your family is more of the working rich and not the old families whose wealth are more based on the assets they own. Her family has been living in Gravity Falls since it was founded,” Libby said.

“I still can’t believe that the town’s name is now Gravity Falls Brighton,” Molly said. “I would had named it Brighton Falls.”

“That’s what happen when Mayor Stu Brunson negotiated with Gravity Falls old mayor Befufftlefumpter about renaming the town. The way older mayor agreed to step down as acting mayor as long as he got to decide the new name,” Andrea explains.

“That explains so much,” Tammy said with the others nodding in agreement.

"Hey where's Danny?" Kat ask Dani.

"He's out doing something for Sunset," Dani said.

"Gathering up more magical items?" Sheela ask.

"No mapping out the Maw and handling any leftover leeches. With how there are rooms that are completely sealed off or very hard to get to, me, Danny, and the other ghosts are the only ones who can explore the Maw without fear of becoming trap. There are still some secret rooms in the Maw," Dani said.

"That place is creepy," Molly said having gone there.

"The Maw is being fixed up and more lights are being added and windows," Tammy points out getting the others to look at her. "What the place is kinda neat, in the places where people are living."

"But it still stinks from all of that rotting food and smells of the sea," Libby said.

"It was much worst during the early days," Dani said, as she and Danny helped out in the clean up of the Maw.

Later -

In front of the Gravity Falls Brighton Gossiper, Dipper, Mabel, Wendy, and Soos are there with Blubs, Durland and officer Public. They had narrowed it down to Toby Determined, as they had crossed off all the others. They went to the police station to tell the cops about what they found, which Blubs and Durland had waved off as it was just a wax statue. But Public seeing how many enemies that Stan Pines has, pointed out that someone might had been trying to kill him but got Wax Stan by mistake. Both Blubs and Durland are inside questioning Toby Determined while the others waited outside.

Officer Public use to be Private Public who use to work for General Specific who ran the Secret Military Organization which was chasing after a sheep name Sheep. So that Sheep could be used to power a sheep powered ray gun. Which is actually a show that he and the others were all actors on. And after the merge the studio was shut down and the people who use to work there had to find new jobs. And Public manage to get a job at Gravity Falls Brighton after completing the police training, which he was a real solider before he became an actor.

"Wow I still can't believe that the show was based on trying to catch Sheep," Mabel said.

"All for a sheep powered ray gun," Wendy said wondering how that works and that it only would work on one single sheep and no other sheep. Which would make it completely useless when Sheep dies.

"I know, but that's how the show was written," Officer Public said who's been telling the kids stories of what he use to do when he was still Private Public the actor on a tv show. (3)

"What happen to the others?" Soos ask.

"Lady Richington is still working as an actress last, I heard, General Specific is now Baker Specific, Sheep and Swanky are living on the farm of Farmer John which is a real farm where some of the show was filmed on, The Angry Scientist is now working at a tech company with The Plot Device," Public explains.

"But why is the setting take place in one where people are so dumb?" Wendy asked.

"The Big City seems to be like The City in how many things are allowed to happen," Dipper said.

"Alright you all can come inside," Durland said opening the door of the newspaper building.

Once inside they were informed that Toby couldn't had been the one who chop the head off of wax Stan. He had security footage of him inside the building at both times. Which is Toby making out with a cardboard cut-out of Shandra Jimenez. He does have a hole in his shoe but as Public had told Blubs to check it against the shoe print, it's the wrong size.

"If I were you, I'd be embarrassed," Toby said.

"Sir, with all due respect...," Public said glaring at Toby. "A grown man with nothing better to do with his Saturday night then make out with a cardboard cut-out has no business judging others."

"Awww," Toby said.

"Oh! Burn!" Blubs said as he and Durland laughs at Toby.

"Hey, you know that axe looks like the one that one wax woman was holding," Soos said remembering it just now.

"The what's her name who chop her parents up?" Durland ask.

"Isn't there a song or something?" Wendy asked.

"We know that, we just figure that whoever did it just grab it from her," Mabel said.

"Unless it's really one of the wax statues that did it. Which explains why there isn't any fingerprints on the axe," Dipper said as he put the clues together.

"And the hole in the shoe is where I poured the wax into the mold," Mabel adds.

"Living wax statues?" Blubs ask.

"Who have been lock in a room for over 10 years and would want revenge on the one who lock them away," Soos said.

"And Stan is all alone with them," Wendy adds.

"Quick to the shack!" Public said as with the world they’re all living in now, something like that happening would happen.

At the Mystery Shack -

Once the group got to the shack they found Frank the two headed dog barking wildly and trying to get out of the pen he's kept in. Mabel freed Frank who race into the shack with the others following him and bursting into the room where the wake for wax Stan is being held. Dipper and the others found Stan been tied up in a chair with what looks like magical runes written on the floor. And he's surrounded by the wax statues who have been place on chairs in front of the coffin that held wax Stan. There is also the woman who was at the opening yesterday in the high collar grey jacket there as well.

"Hands up!" Blubs shouted as he, Durland and Public aim their guns at the woman.

They rush forward as Frank leap into action barking wildly forcing the woman to back away from Stan while Soos, Wendy, and the kids went for Stan.

"So, it's that woman," Dipper said as he help untie Stan.

"Thanks kids," Stan said getting up.

"Not just her," wax Sherlock Holmes said as he and the other wax statues came to life.

"So, you are alive," Mabel said. "Are you magic?"

"No, we're curse. Only coming to life when the moon is waxing, till the merge happen making us lifeless. But thanks to our friend not only we’re alive again. And we will have revenge on Stan for locking us away by bringing to life the wax statue of our fallen number and keeping use alive even during the day," wax Holmes said.

“Why didn’t you all just told me in the first place that you’re all alive?” Stan said.

“What?” wax Sherlock said.

“I could had made a ton of money with people meeting living wax statues. And I wouldn’t had locked all of you away,” Stan said.

“You wouldn’t?” wax Sherlock asked.

“Of course not, tell you what we can put this all behind us and I can charge people to see all of you,” Stan said.

“Hmmm, what you all think?” Sherlock ask his fellow wax statues as he’s thinking it over.

“It be nice to be able to go where we want when we’re alive. And I can use my pay to buy things on the tv shopping network,” Lizzie Borden said.

“Why would I pay you. I’m your owner?” Stan said making the wax statues turn hostile again.

“Stan!” the kids shouted at him.

“Fine, 12% and I won’t go any higher,” Stan said making the kids and the others stare at him.

“Don’t forget our deal. If you all don’t want to be wax statues anymore, we must complete the ritual,” the woman said who has been watching the exchange with the cops.

“Get him!” wax Sherlock shouted causing the other statues to advance.

"Hey wait. If you can only be brought to life by a waxing moon how is that one alive?" Dipper ask pointing to the woman.

"Oh our old friend isn't like us," wax Holmes said.

The woman took off her jacket, hat and glasses, revealing that she's a living female mannequin. Who leaps at the 3 cops who fired their guns at her but didn't stop her even as bullet holes and pieces of her were blasted off. Forcing the 3 cops to take her on hand to hand, with Frank biting at the female mannequin. (4)

"Rusty bodyguard mode!" Soos shouted as the wax statues advance on him and the others.

Bursting into the room the Mr. Handy, Rusty hearing the voice command from Soos activated and rush to save it's owners. The wax statues all gasp in horror seeing the welding torch and saw blade that Rusty is armed with. Rusty attack the wax statues chopping off heads and melting them. Soon the wax statues were all taken care of thanks to Rusty.

The female mannequin was down as well with her limps missing, with said limbs stop moving after they were separated from the main body. The cops had work together to pull off her limbs after seeing how they could with some effort be pulled out leaving her helpless.

"Ok it's over now," Dipper said as he and the others grab wax parts and threw them into the fireplace.

"We'll be also be taking wax Stan just in case," Public said.

"Sure, go ahead," Stan said. "I'm through with wax statues."

"And make sure you get all the heads," Blubs said as he and Durland took the now limbless mannequin to put in the back of their patrol car.

"Don't worry we got them all, I'm pretty sure," Mabel said as she tosses the head of wax Shakespeare into the roaring fire of the fireplace who scream as she did.

"Yeah, there isn't any wax parts left here," Stan said looking around the room and seeing nothing but some small pieces left.

"I'll need all of you to tell me what happen so I can get it down in my report," Public said.

As they left the room, they didn't see the air vent cover that's under a table having been open. Inside the air vent the head of Larry King hop down the air vent chasing after a rat with his ear.

Tartarus -

The female mannequin was placed in a cell now labeled SCP-847 the living mannequin. The mannequin who was put back together before being place into its cell, looked down at the small pyramid with an eye in the middle that’s been curved onto its forearm. The plan had failed to takeover the shack with the help of those wax statues.

In her office Doctor Buck made a note to study this version of SCP-847 and see how different she is from the one she had to deal with. 847 has already shown to be able to talk and more intelligent then the old one. Making Buck wonder how many other SCPs that she and her team dealt with.

“How many are there,” Buck said to herself.

“Now that’s the problem,” a woman said.

Looking up Buck saw the twins Rosalind & Robert Lutece sitting on chairs that weren’t there before in front of her desk. SCP knows about the twins, they show up here and there all over made easy thanks to their outdated clothes they always wear. They have the power to teleport at will and teleport things to them. Trying to contain them has always failed due to them being able to teleport anything fired at them away. The researchers aren’t that sure because of how little information is on them and that SCP operates very differently from how her old one worked. And that they’re now members of United HeroeZ, means they aren’t an issue to contain anymore.

“What do you two want?” Buck ask.

“To pass a message from Clockwork,” Robert said.

“You did ask,” Rosalind said.

“What is it?” Buck ask.

“The timeline of this world is set in stone, the world with the Demon Isles, Ghost Realm, and the frog world. He is unable to go into any other timeline of the worlds that were merged with it, not even his own. He is working with other time guardians trying to make sense of the changes that have happen. He compares it to a jury-rigged system made from parts of other things and somehow works,” Rosalind explains.

“As for Bill Cipher who Riley is worried about. He’s a interdimensional dream demon from the nightmare realm which has no timeline or anything else that make sense, thanks to it decaying. For example his home dimension has 14 billion different gender identities. He has shaped history of this world as he tries to have someone be able to open a portal to his realm so he and his followers can be free. The pyramids? Tributes to Bill by the Egyptians to appease him after their failure, with time eroding the arms, eyes, bowtie, and top hat off. Washington's wooden teeth? He ground up his teeth because of the nightmares. Some of Kubrick's movies were inspired by the nightmares he was plagued with. Wherever you see the Eye of Providence or a similar symbol, that's a sure sign that Bill has been involved. The valley is full of the image because the valley is a weak spot where it’s easier to open a portal to the Nightmare Realm,” Robert explains.

“That explains all the triangles found around here,” Buck said.

“Yes he can only appear in this realm as a shadow of his real self, an astral projection. Bill can possess people, and enter their minds to extract whatever knowledge he wants... but he can only do so if someone willingly shakes his hand and lets him do so. Sure, he can manipulate the rules of the deal, or torture them and the people they love to pressure them into agreeing, but ultimately, if they still refuse that handshake, there's not much he can do. But while he’s in the nightmare realm he’s omniscience, he is able to watch everything that happens in this world from his,” Rosalind said.

“Also traveling through time to see when he escapes, can’t be done. Clockwork tried but when he’s free, time will have no meaning. Like an already written story and suddenly someone starts overwriting the story out of nowhere. The only time Clockwork and others like him will know when Bill escape, is when it happens,” Robert adds. (5)

“That’s just great,” Buck said shaking her head and the moment her line of sight was off of the twins, they were gone.

Nightmare Realm -

“GATHERING ALLIES TO HELP? WELL TWO CAN PLAY THAT GAME,” Bill Cipher said making portals to open in front of him.

Each portal showing the image of a different villain who are still on the loose and in hiding. After the merge happen and all the secrets of a magical world got out, the magical heroes didn’t have to fight the villains alone and revealed the identities of their villains to the law enforcements and other heroes. Causing many to go on the run and hide, with some who were imprisoned by magical means being able to escape once their brand of magic was gone.

Chang a former member of the dragon council.

Eli Pandarus an evil Wall Street wizard.

Bananas B a talking magical monkey.

Fury, Euryale and Medusa, the Gorgon Sisters still frozen as statues.

Auntie Roon a demon witch.

Demoness and her father Kordoth, demon overlords.

Vlad Masters a half ghost villain.

Vexus the former Cluster queen.

Krackus the sole loyal minion that followed Vexus into exile.

“YES, THIS IS A GOOD START,” Bill said looking at the line up of villains.

Author's Note

1 - Seeing how small women normally have a hard time giving birth with a c-section being used sometimes. I just figure that very large women would have an easier time, not to mention that their skeleton which would be bigger and wider, would have the hips that are wider then a smaller woman and be able to spread wider during birth.

2 - This happens alot in real life.

3 - The last episode of Sheep in the Big City is revealed that it's all just a show and everyone on set knows it.

4 - SCP-847

5 - Is the reason why I’m going with her reason why Time Baby had no idea when Bill would escape and didn’t have a bigger army or weapons to deal with him.

The Hand That Rocks the Mabel

Dib look through the many different magical objects that he has gathered by buying them off the internet. The ones that he's looking through are the Shen Gong Wu items that he brought from some monks, whose purpose of being Xiaolin Dragons was made all but useless as the magic that allowed the Heylin villains to be so powerful was gone. Also that unlike in their world the arm forces didn't just stand back and did nothing, as the villain who could transform into a dragon found out when he was gunned down by soldiers. Being a dragon means nothing when a bunch of soldiers use anti-tank weapons on him. So, to help pay for the upkeep of the temple and that all but one of the Xiaolin Dragons left to return to their homes, the monks of the temple sold most of the now powerless Shen Gong Wus. Only keeping the most dangerous ones lock away just in case.

Ninja Sash that allows the user to create up to two doubles of themselves.

Mask of Rio helps the user to blend into the surroundings.

Danger Sneakers that warn its user of impending danger.

Wings of Tinabi grants the user to fly, leaving behind a rainbow trail.

Wushu Helmet protects the user's head by deflecting attacks and projectiles.

Eagle Scope transforms into a telescope, granting the user eagle-like vision.

Jetbootsu allows the user to defy gravity.

Mantis Flip Coin allows the user to jump incredible heights.

Third-Arm Sash acts like a third arm for the user.

And the Helmet of Jong that allows the user to see behind them as though they have eyes on the back of their heads.

Like most of the other magical items they lost their magic over time after the merge happen, with only some magical items being more passive magic type keeping their magic. Those magical items are now closely guarded by those who have them, from others who seek to have them. Which often lead to people killing each other just for something like a chair that would always teleport under someone when they're trying to sit down. Dib has heard of the magic collection that princess Sunset has and would like to see them.

"Ok so looks like the magic around here allows people with passive magic abilities to use them again and recharges the magic of items like how they were before the merge," Juniper said as she holds one of the beds over her head with one arm.

"This is so cool," Ronnie said as she wore the Helmet of Jong and could see right behind her. Lincoln is playing with the Mantis Flip Coin and Clyde is using the Third-Arm Sash.

"I can finally see what these items I have collected can really do," Dib said.

"So, any of these can shoot fireballs?" Jake ask. Monroe and Fu Dog are looking over the other magic items that Dib brought with him. Both of them are taking turns using, The Looking Glass, an eye piece that can let you see things impossible with the naked eye. However, its effect is different for each user. Monroe using it could see in the dark and Fu Dog can see colors.

"Of course not, I'm not about to bring something like that to camp.... That I know of anyhow. It be like bringing a gun to school," Dib said. (1)

"At least we know that the magical girl stuff doesn't work," Ronnie said holding the transformation thing in the shape of a necklace that one of the many magical girl groups of Japan used to transform. "I can't believe how they are able to dress like that and be out in public."

"Fighting in a mini skirt and those skimpy outfits is just dumb. Sure, having an outfit that allows you to move around freely like pro wrestlers wear is one thing but they're long range fighters," Juniper said. (2)

"Not to mention that all it would take to handle them is one anti-magic spell or like in games a mute spell to keep them from casting magic," Spud said.

"I wonder why that never happens?" Roger ask. Both he and Spud are messing around with a mirror shield that Dib had brought with him that Fu Dog and Monroe say that it reflects magic. (3)

"Plot device that works only in their world," Trixie said. She's messing with a Babel Stone, that translates anything the person says and hears so they can understand any language and be understood as well.

"Back in the Hunts Clan we had tons of different ways to depower magic users," Rose said. She's using hover boots that lets the wearer be able to walk in the air at 6 inches above the ground. The wearer can fall from great heights with the boots stopping them from hitting the ground as they always stops at 6 inches as long as they land feet first.

"Hey what's this?" Spud asked picking up a silver pendant in the shape of a dragon with a gem in the middle.

"It's a mood gem, showing the person the wearing is facing mood to you by a colored aura around that person," Dib said.

"Cool," Spud said putting it on.

"Depowering magic users, reminds me of H.A.M," Jody said remembering Juniper telling her about them. Wearing a blue Feather Cape that allows the wearer to make large jumps and float down to the ground no matter how high they are.

"Well, they're now working with the government in handling the problems that happen after the merge happen," Ophelia said. She's holding an old oil lantern with a magical flame in it that never goes out.

"How did that happen?" Lila ask. She's holding a necklace that gives the wearer focus so that they can’t be distracted by anything and be focus on their goal.

"They gave the new government all the information they had on the magical world they had gathered for complete amnesty for the crimes they had done in the past. Which they only able to do because the magical council didn't want anything to do with the muggles which allowed many other anti-magic groups to make deals to avoid jail time," Jake said with a huff.

"Well with what happen with the European magic wizards with that blood offering ritual, I really don't blame the government for cutting deals to make sure that doesn't happen here," Juniper said.

"At least they're being watch by the government now and with the magical world no longer hiding and mind erasing people to keep the magic world a secret. Things have gotten better," Rose said.

"Remember how the M.I.B. tried to erase everyone's minds so they could cover things up," Lincoln said.

"Yeah, but it only work on humans and not any other race," Lila said.

"Well, most humans anyways. Not that it help them seeing how many people have been keeping written records after the merge and all the non-humans and some humans weren't effected," Dib said.

"At least they're the main reason why non-humans are now in law enforcement," Lila said.

"And the whole M.I.B. has been taken down and agents losing those mind erasers seeing how no one can trust them," Fu Dog said.

"I heard that Sunset has some agents working for her now," Monroe said.

“I bet she does," Dib said earning him stares. "She does have two superheroes Danny and Dani on her payroll.”

"Oh yeah," the others in the cabin said.

"I bet many of the agents just left after losing their funding and most of the higher ups arrested for trying to mind wipe the world. All because they followed the mindset that people aren't ready for that fact that aliens are real and are living among us, like all the magic leaders," Jake said.

"Which you younger generations have shown us old fossils that our way of thinking is obsolete like how it be like how interracial couples being wrong. Heard all of that before. You kids really lay it on thick," Monroe said. (4)

"Just making sure you all know how wrong you all are," Juniper said.

"For us it's like saying because, I'm black that I shouldn't have equal rights, or that Jake is wrong not because he's a dragon but he's half Chinese," Trixie said.

"We younger generation just don’t care about the values and traditions that kept humans and non humans apart,” Jody said.

“Besides none of the elders can even answer the question of when would muggles be ready to accept non humans. Seeing how they would want to keep things hidden forever just so they would maintain their power,” Jake said.

“He’s right about that,” Fu Dog said. “Once the younger generation gave up on staying hidden many of the magic council have lost their power. Now they’re more like normal city councils who handle things like zoning laws and such, for the ones who are still have a seat anyways.”

"Tell me about it. The magical council back home is now more of a self-elected community leadership than a government. Unless they want to run for office like everyone else," Monroe said.

“Ha, as if they would be able to do that,” Juniper said.

Canterlot -

In their shared apartment Danny and Dani are playing a videogame together. Since the merge, Danny went public with him being Danny Phantom. Which he had to seeing how many of the people in the new world created by the merge, aren't fooled by his ghost form. As many have pointed out he looks the same with the same body built, voice, hair style, and how he acts. The only difference is his white hair and glowing green eyes. And they’re right as he’s been around people who know him both as a human and a ghost, and they never figured it out.

He also cut himself off from his family, seeing how his parents care more about ghosts for them to even notice he is the ghost they were hunting. His sister who only cared about him now that he's a ghost. And his friends who ever since he got his powers only cared to be his friend because of his powers and when he didn't have them they just didn't want to be around him.

He packed his things and left everything behind. But not before he publicly beat Dash Baxter and the other jocks to a bloody mess in front of the school.

Flashback -

"Stop," Dash cried out as he was lifted into the air by Danny.

Around them are the other football players all been beaten and their bodies broken. Danny had taken his time in breaking them, one by one. Making them beg and scream for their moms as he did so, all awhile it was all filmed so that everyone would be able to see it. And it will always follow them for the rest of their lives, of them screaming and begging and confessing to beating and stealing from the other students and the schooling turning a blind eye to it. All because they wanted to win football games.

"Why should I?" Danny ask as he drops him to the ground with a sickening crack as Dash landed on his right leg with his ankle breaking.

"My leg," Dash shouted crying in pain.

"You think that's enough for me?" Danny ask as he grabs Dash by the back of his head and slam his face into a bench with his upper teeth on resting on the seat.

The crowd of students and teachers all watch as Danny slam his foot on top of Dash's head. The force of the blow with Dash's teeth resting on the seat of the bench that is made out of concert, acted like a hammer and an anvil. Dash cried out as his upper teeth were broken or smash out. Dash grabbed his mouth as he cried out in pain. Danny grabbed one of his arms and brace it against the bench and kick the upper half, snapping it in half, followed by the other.

“Please stop!” Dash shouted while sobbing.

“No, just as you never stop beating me,” Danny said as he grabs Dash’s right hand and broke his fingers one by one, followed by his left hand. All awhile Dash’s is screaming and begging for it to stop.

Danny look down at the crying and begging jock who beat him for years. He look around at the staff and students of the school. They had watch this happen for so many years and only caring now because it's the other way around. He grabs Dash by his head and press his thumbs into his eyes with him screaming as his eyeballs were being crushed.

"Fenton stop this at once!" Mr. Lancer shouted out.

"Or what? Give me detention?" Danny ask as he leaves Dash’s eyes ruined and he slams his foot on Dash's remaining good leg breaking his kneecap. "You only care because Dash is a good football player. You had watched this happen to me and the other kids for years and done nothing. Well he's no longer a good football player now is he? Or any of the other jocks who you let run wild just for another fake gold cup in a glass case. How are you ever going to win a championship game now."

"Now Fenton calm down," Mr. Lancer said backing away from the angry student.

"No," Danny said as he floats towards Mr. Lancer who backed away in fear. "I'm going to give you a lesson."

Danny blasted Mr. Lancer with his ghost beam, blasting off his clothes leaving him naked. Danny used his freeze breath on Mr. Lancer trapping him in ice with only his head free. Mr. Lancer could only watch as Danny punch his face over and over, knocking teeth free after a few punches. Danny only stops punching when Mr. Lancer stop moving, which he reach into the teacher’s mouth and pulled out his remaining teeth. Then he press his thumbs into Lancer’s causing him to scream as he was blinded by one of the students he allowed to be beaten up for years.

Danny then floated into the air and slam himself into Dash, one last time landing on his stomach causing him to vomit up blood. Followed by a kick to his face breaking his jaw, just like he did to all of the other football jocks. Who like Dash had all their limbs broken, their fingers broken, noses broken, jaws broken, so that they would be cripple for the rest of their lives. Never being strong or able to do much by themselves for the rest of the miserable lives.

"Why, I ever bother saving any of you?" Danny ask the people around him.

He flew up into the air and saw Mr. Lancer's car in the parking lot and blasted it, destroying it along with the other teacher’s cars. Followed by him stopping at Mr. Lancer's house and destroying that too and the homes of the other teachers. He then flew off far from the town that was his home, but not anymore.

End Flashback -

Thanks to how confusing things were during the early days of the merge, the people in charge had better things to worry about than care about jerk jocks who were beaten and crippled. Or a teacher whose face was disfigured and left blind, and all of his worldly belongings being destroyed along with the other teachers. Not to mention having to deal with ghosts that were only kept at bay by said boy who beat the bully jocks and teacher.

"Jazz called," Dani said as they played the shooting game together.

"About what?" Danny ask. He didn't want to contact his past, cutting himself off from them.

"Just wanting you to know that they're doing ok," Dani said.

"They want us to come back don't they?" Danny ask.

"Yup," Dani said.

"As if we're going to give up this," Danny said.

"Being bodyguards and on the call heroes for hire, isn't something, I want to give up. Sunset pays us well and gave us this house for ourselves rent free. And Scratch also has us being the local law enforcement for the Ghost World," Dani said.

"Besides now that the ghost portal is dismantle, the ghosts only have those portals that only open once awhile to enter the living world. And that they're busy with the reapers," Danny adds.

"Too bad that we still have to go to school," Dani said.

"Well at least we don't have to hide the fact that we're superheroes or that when we're called for action that the school allows it," Danny said.

"At least Sunset only calls us when there is something that the police can't handle on their own, same with Scratch," Dani adds.

In Space -

"That sounds rough," XJ-9 aka Jenny said to her friend, queen Vega of Cluster Prime by long range communications.

"Things here in space is still a mess. I manage to get my system under tight control, thanks to the alliance with some of the friendly races," Vega said.

"And from what I have seen with the Irken's leaders the Tallest Red and Purple with their main fleet and flagship, The Massive are still trap in that thing, the florpus. Their entire empire is in disarray and other space empires, pirates and warlords like that General Skunkape are taking advantage, not to mention the uprisings of the planets they conquered," Misty said who is now working for Vega.

"Also, The Resisty want to make an alliance with me so they can use the systems under my control to launch attacks on what's left of the Irken empire," Vega said.

"Anything else?" Jenny ask.

"Well our galaxy isn't the only one that is having issues. Misty has been going around and hearing things," Vega said.

"From what, I heard while I was in the Planet Jacker space. There's a race of robots fighting each other in a galaxy that’s close to here that uses something call space bridges to get around. There are refugees from another galaxy that was destroyed by a warlord name Lord Dominator. There is also the Aniverse with alien toads on a warpath. Also here the Krang's are trying to form a galaxy federation that has some space powers already interested in joining," Misty said.

"I'm going to meet with the Krang in a few days," Vega adds. "Also be on the look out for Shlorpians."

The screen showed information screen of a plant like alien, that has no nose, green or purple skin.

"Shlorpians send out 100 ships with a team of 4 and something they call a pupa, every time their homeworlds are destroyed and it has happened a lot. They travel to another planet to terraform it regardless of the people that already inhabit them," Vega explains.

"I busted 3 teams of them already. All trying to terraform a planet that already has intelligent life on it," Misty said.

"I wish that, I can help but we're busy here keeping things in order," Jenny said.

"I find it odd how the merge caused some planets like Earth to have many different ones merging together, while other planets came out whole," Misty said.

"We're still trying to figure that out ourselves. Call you later," Jenny said switching off the screen and bring up another screen showing the status of the space station, that serves as her new home.

Talos 2 is built out of the remains of Talos 1, that was a advance space station and laboratory that was orbiting the moon in the year 2035 in it's universe. Which from the surviving files that Jenny and her sisters found in the wreckage. There was an alien outbreak of some kind of shapeshifting alien lifeform. Which they're guessing someone on board the station cause the main generator to blow up killing everything. Not wanting another outbreak anything that was alien was pack up and once all of it was gathered was toss into the sun. Then was them going and rebuilding the entire station with what they could find as well as using other space junk as well.

For what they couldn't find or make themselves they brought. Which they got the funding from selling the technology they discovered in the wreckage. Jenny and her sisters managed to get a fabricator and a recycler working and took them to their mother’s company GAIA Prime. Where GAIA improved on and sold, giving her daughters the funding they needed to build their station.

They also sold some stuff to Dib’s dad, the Q-Beam, medkit, GLOO cannon, and the operators. They also sold the weapons the guns and turrets to many weapon companies. Allowing the sisters to have their very own working space station home. Which is protected by the many turrets and operators that maintain the station while the sisters are away.

Which is needed as in the wreckage of the station they discovered some neuromods that are made from an alien race that the station was built around to study the Tpyhons. The remaining samples were all lock away so that what happen to Talos 1 didn't happen again. The samples are being studied and researched on using the notes and data that managed to survive.

That's how things went for months as the XJ sisters lived on the station, with XJ-9 giving her sisters upgrades so that their bodies would be more like hers. Which she was helped by Sheldon who told her that he's Silver Shell and together they upgraded her sisters bodies. XJ-1 through XJ-3 could now talk and able to use their weapon systems better then they did before. They still have their old personalities but are now have better bodies then their old ones, which their mother never bothered to do.

Which Dr. Wakeman made herself look really bad when she said that XJ-9 needs to come back home and as for her sisters need to be turn off and be put back into the basement. Not to mention that it soon revealed that she's building XJ-10 as a replacement for XJ-9 with less personality so she wouldn't go and rebel against her.

But the XJ sisters found a new mom in GAIA the A.I. who controls the cauldrons, who is the one who upgraded the younger sisters. GAIA and Dr. Wakeman do work together as the later is the CEO of the GAIA Prime company that uses the technology of the cauldrons and what was found at the space station. Both of them act as a married couple with them fighting how to treat their kids. With the XJ sisters siding with GAIA over Wakeman.

"Hey Jenny," Kenny who is a male version of Jenny built by Dr. Mogg who is a rival of Dr. Wakeman. And he's also part robot dog.

"Another shuttle dock, it's the Russians this time," Kenny said.

"Restocking on food and such?" Jenny ask.

"Yup," Kenny said.

"I would had thought that living in space that we be by ourselves then being a gas station," Jenny said.

"We're not a gas station," Kenny said.

"Oh yeah," Jenny said bringing up a screen showing Melody an advance android talking with the Russian crew as they stretch their legs and are enjoying not having to wear a helmet all the time. She is helped by operators, Mr. Handy's and Protectrons, who make up the work force of the station who keep everything up and running.

"Well, the station is built to allow humans onboard," Kenny said.

"That's for my aunt and cousin," Jenny said. Living on the station are her aunt Wisteria Wakeman her mom's older sister and cousin Glenn Wakeman who is a swamp-monster who was created by his mother.

They live at the top of the station where the Arboretum is located. Which is where the majority of the station's food is grown, which is used by the machine animals that eat it and create the green bio-fuel that the XJ sisters use. Wisteria works on various agronomic breakthroughs, like the super fruit that is a leftover project from Talos 1. That Wisteria found and recreated, creating the super fruit that is a bio-engineered tomato. And also allows oxygen to be created for the station.

"Don't forget Sheldon," Kenny said.

"I know," Jenny said. "At least the governments the crews come from are paying us for the service."

"Don't forget companies paying us for their satellite repairs and recycling the old broken ones or sell them to people who want them like the first satellite," Kenny said.

"We do need to make money for the stuff we can't make ourselves. We are living on our own now. It's so nice to have a place where mom isn't in charge and I'm making it on my own. Unlike last time," Jenny said. She remembers the time she moved out and built herself her own place and it would had work out if it wasn't for Brad and the others who kept coming over with a crowd to have a party each night. Not allowing her to recharge herself that led to many problems later on.

"Speaking of which, Tremorton isn't doing well since the merge," Kenny said.

"So what? I rather be helping people who grateful for what I do and not when they need me more then I need them," Jenny said.

After the merge Tremorton like other places saw a downturn as the old order of things went down the drain. Like the Crust cousins Brit and Tiff, parents lost their riches which come to think about it, Jenny never understood how they were rich to begin with. Their parents sold off as many of their stuff as they could just to have a roof over their heads and food on the table. It didn't help matters that everyone knows that no matter what Jenny did for the people of Tremorton that they would never be grateful for anything she did and still expected her to save them. Which the mayor of Tremorton said on live TV, saying that even if they never will or ever be grateful for what she does that she still has to save them as that's what she's built for in the first place. Which cause many to turn their backs to the city and not do business with them, which is why the city is low on funds. Not to mention the villains like the Hammer brothers and others wrecking the place.

"So no going back to help them?" Kenny ask.

"Not unless they pay me. If they're not going to be grateful for what I been doing for free than I'm not going to be helping them for free anymore. I wish there was at least someone who was happy with me fighting crime," Jenny said. "I'm not going to be saving them for free anymore or if the villain they want me to fight have bounties on them."

"Jenny!" Sheldon shouted as he rush into the room.

"What is it?" Jenny ask.

"The UN wants to use the station as a early defense station," Sheldon said.

"What? And where will we live?" Jenny ask.

"Well seeing how we already work for the SCP we’ll still be living here, they also want some personal to be brought up and man defenses and long range scanners so if any aliens attack. We'll be ready for them," Sheldon said.

"Why would we do that?" Jenny ask.

"Jenny they are asking first," GAIA said as she appears on the screen that Jenny been using.

"They talk to you first, didn't they mom," Jenny said.

"Yes, and it will help alot," GAIA said.

"Fine, I'll tell the others about it but we'll only allow a UN crew to live here after we stamp out a deal first," Jenny said.

"That's my girl, GAIA said.

Canterlot -

At an outdoor restaurant Korra and Asami are enjoying themselves to a nice meal after enjoying the sights of the resort city. Both of them needed this for a long time, to get away from it all. Things back home is still settling down, with alot to get use to thanks to all the different cultures clashing together. But the United States is use to it and brought people together. The benders still have their powers but unlike in their old world there are many ways for the non-benders to keep up with the benders. But with how benders still having their powers, the people of other worlds saw how to really use those kinds of powers.

During their vacation they seen plenty of benders working on building projects around Canterlot and the many resorts still being built. The earth benders using both earth and metal bending got buildings up and ready for workers to make them usable. They had also seen earth benders being hired to fix the highways that connect the country together. All the benders found new jobs to use their powers, fire benders using their fire for many industrial jobs, a bunch of water benders are using their bending skills to help places that lack water, and the air benders using their bending skills to collect valuable gases once some of them learn how to separate the different gases that make up air. And many other things that they're able to do with their bending skills.

Of course, there is a downside as many of the companies technology were outdated compared to others. Asami managed to get her company, Future Industries back on its feet thanks to some deals she made with other companies. She was able to learn about the new technology thanks to her taking some computer classes and finding the right market for her company. Most of the factories she owns are now making parts for Professor Membrane's company Membrane Labs as well for other companies. She made a deal with Mr. House and is producing parts for his robots.

As for Korra she's enjoying not having to have the world depend on her anymore. In this new world she isn't the only one who can do things anymore and people don't depend on solely on her to do things. She has adapted to her new lifestyle of not going around saving the day anymore. She now has a job as a freelance bounty hunter so that she can still help now and then, while being paid to do so. And it also gives her plenty of time to be with Asami. Not to mention being away from all of the spirits.

With how the merge mess up both the spirit and magical worlds, many of the spirits found themselves now alive and losing their powers and immortality. Korra didn't care about them seeing how they wouldn't lift a finger to help her when she called for their aid, the spirits just wanted to enjoy the benefits while doing nothing to help.

"So, what's the plan?" Korra ask her girlfriend as she is reading something on her smartphone.

"Well, I'm going to be talking with Sunset about some investments that, I want to do with her," Asami said.

"Oh ok. I'll just find something to do then," Korra said.

"Why don't you check out the Mystery Shack?" Asami said.

"Sure why not, I have been hearing about how great it is from Sunset's sisters," Korra said before eyeing Asami. "What are you reading?"

"A news report on Thor," Asami said.

"I wish that we had someone like that to help out. Instead what we got," Korra said.

"Well remember the gods aren't all nice like him or care to do things to help out," Asami said.

"Like those Greek gods that show up in New York?" Korra ask.

"Those gods were nothing but jerks who only got away with what they did before because they were immortal and were all powerful. Thanks to the merge they lost all of their powers," Asami said with a nod.

"Wait no powers? What about Thor?" Korra ask.

"It's hit or miss with them. Seeing how there are different versions of them that appeared after the merge. Some like Thor and the other gods of his world still have some of their powers and aren't immortal anymore, seeing how some of them are dead. Others are like you with their powers just being something they can do without magic. Like the some cannons of the DC and Marvel gods who are just advance god like aliens. While others have completely lost their powers and now are mortal. Like those Greek gods became mortal and now have to live like us now," Asami said waving her hand in the air.

"What happen to them?" Korra ask.

"Some did ok while others like Zeus ended up homeless and was found dead," Asami said.

"Isn't he the god that rape tons of women?" Korra ask.

"Yup and why no one likes almost all the Greek gods seeing how hedonistic and petty they are. No one really wanted to help them seeing how many monsters were created because of them. Like that woman with snakes for hair and that spider woman both cursed by the Greek goddess of wisdom for a bullshit reason and wrote bestselling books about it,” Asami said.

“The Greek gods are complete jerks,” Korra said.

“Their counterparts the Roman gods are more militaristic but are just as arrogant and vain as their Greek counterparts, they're at least willing to be more pragmatic, disciplined, and learn from their mistakes. It's the reason why in Rome even with them losing their powers they have managed to do better than their Greek counterparts," Asami said. "Basically, most gods who lost their powers are the asshole ones. Who have been trying to regain their lost power by having followers praying to them. But that hasn't work for any of them as no one is a real believer who would give up and offer anything to them. Which some like the South American gods needing live human offerings is a good thing. Of course, there are those who accept videogame kills as offerings."

"Thank god for that," Korra said.

"Which one?" Asami ask.

"Who cares? There are so many now," Korra said.

"According to Urd goddess of the past who is living in Japan for some reason wrote on her blog. That all the gods who still have some of their powers left have banded together. Her parents Kami and Hild got together with other top gods to create a new god system which is used to maintain the afterlife for this world. Their old system ran the universe but thanks to the merge they're limited to this planet now," Asami said.

"You know we should visit Australia. I would like to meet the Rainbow Serpent," Korra said.

"The Rainbow Serpent is still a powerful gods thanks to most of its power being passive in nature," Asami said remembering what she read about that god.

"At least with so many great beyonds in this world, we can shop around for the one that suits us," Korra said.

"There is the one that has personal heavens. Till we're ready to give life another try," Asami said.

"There's that," Korra said.

Big Apple City -

Things have changed alot since Strawberry Shortcake traveled to Big Apple City where all the biggest names in baking go to get their break. Along with her cute cat, Custard, she teams up with her new “berry besties” – Orange Blossom, Lime Chiffon, Lemon Meringue and Blueberry Muffin – as well as their lovable pets. Together, the entrepreneurial girls run their fabulous food trucks and enjoy daily adventures filled with laughter and singing as they strive to “bake the world a better place”.

The merge changed their world forever, the city and the people in it are the only ones from their old world to come over during the merge. The city made do as best as they could, and with the city being centered around food made it, made the city the main hub of food production in the state of Oregon. Strawberry's aunt Praline working for the mayor's office help in making deals for food companies to open business or the factories that are already there become subsidiaries for big named food companies. Like the factories that make sodas are now producing brand name sodas like Coke Cola, Mountain Dew, and others.

With Equestria becoming a resort, Big Apple City, is now the main food supplier. Which to the surprise of everyone in the city, Strawberry and her friends at the Berry Works are versions of a greeting card turn doll and cartoon line, The World of Strawberry Shortcake. Which brought the city much frame, where it's decided to make a cooking show for kids around their ages to copy.

Currently the gang at the Berry Works are serving Rainbow Brite and her friends who live just outside of the city. The color crystals that the sprites of Rainbow Land mine to power the color machine, are now mined as fuel. The crystals are magical and regrow given enough time, and can be used as fuel. Generators do have to built to be able to be able to use the crystals as power, but the power generator that’s been built in Rainbow Land is helping to power the entire western half of the United States. (5)

“All of you have powers base around your colors?” Bread Pudding ask Stormy as she is hanging out at Raspberry Tart‘s food truck.

“What you don’t know?” Sour Grapes ask.

“They have been in the city before,” Raspberry Tart said.

“Well… I been… busy,” Bread Pudding said.

“Yes me and the others all have powers that goes with our colors. I my main power is darkness and controlling weather and why my color is less bright,” Stormy said as she points to her friends around the Berry Works.

Strawberry Shortcake Is servicing three of her friends.

“Rainbow Brite has the power of rainbows and can purify.”

“Red Butler has fire power and is the fastest runner.”

“Lala Orange has earth powers and is strong.”

Orange Blossom is giving a drink to another friend.

“Canary Yellow has light powers and can fly.”

Blueberry Muffin is serving a new flavor she’s been working on to another.

“Patty O'Green has plant powers and can heal.”

At Lime Chiffon and Lemon Meringue truck they’re talking with two others.

“Indigo Doll has lightning powers and can teleport.”

“Shy Violet has wind powers and is the smart one.”

Stormy looks around for her last friend and spotting him walking out of the Men’s Room.

“And Buddy Blue has water powers and can turn invisible.”

“Wait,” Indigo has lightning powers? Don’t you already have lightning powers?” Bread Pudding ask.

“That’s just from me being able to control weather like Storm from the Marvel comics,” Stormy said.

“Oh,” Bread Pudding said and then stiffen as he spotted someone.

Stormy look where he’s staring and saw he’s staring at a girl. She has brown eyes and brown and dark grey hair tied in a ponytail and golden hoop-style earrings. She has a light tan-colored jacket with leopard spots, a red dress, black or very dark grey tights/leggings/pants, and brown boots.

“Who’s that?” Stormy ask.

“Caramella Eclair’s dad runs some shady business and runs his own fruit theme casino in Equestria. He’s basically the local mob boss of the city, not someone who you want to mess with. But he does scare off other crime groups who are worst,” Raspberry explains.

“He also never gets his hands dirty so anything never sticks to him,” Sour Grape adds.

“So it’s basically, without him worst criminals would come in,” Stormy said.

“Yup,” Bread Pudding said.

Membrane Labs -

Tempest Shadow a female unicorn who use to work for the Storm King before the merge happen and almost all the magic went away. With no magical way of restoring her horn she went looking for another way to restore it using the technology of the worlds that made up the merge one. Which is why she left the service of the Storm King who had his hands full trying to keep the land that he ruled. Of course she needed to find a new job first to pay for it. Which she got both by allowing herself to be used as a lab rat.

"How's the horn?" Professor Membrane ask.

"Still getting use to it," Tempest said. Both of them are in the training room of the lab. Tempest look at herself in one of the wall mirrors and stare at her new metal horn.

"Your new horn is made out of a new alloy that increases the natural telekinesis that all unicorns have which is channel from their horns. Which thanks to you I have studied and figured out how it works. For spell casting it should give you more control," Professor Membrane said, finding out that the reason why Tempest magic is so powerful is that with her broken horn she isn’t able to control the amount of magic in her spells. Like a broken water nozzle. And not only drains her faster but also damages her body as well.

"Not alot of ponies would do that," Tempest said. She put her mind to it and channel her passive magic to lift some weights up into the air.

"Yes, so many of them are unwilling to allow themselves to be studied. There are so many different unicorns with so many different ways the use to be able to use magic. Your kind of unicorns have telekinesis that isn't magical just having a boost from it. With more research I can tap into the magic of this world," Professor Membrane said.

"Wait I thought that the different types of magic can’t be used by other types," Tempest said.

"Not the kind the spell casters used anyways or the kind that they used in their worlds. Like those magical heroes in France. They still have their powers thanks to their powers coming from their small partners, which is borrowing the magic of someone else to allow another to use magic. Like providing power to an energy weapon. Through my research I found that it is possible to be able to do the same thing, but it has to be compatible or it be like infusing type A blood into someone who can't be given that type of blood without it killing them," Professor Membrane said.

"I heard of magic killing the user because they couldn't handle it, but it's mostly from ponies using too much magic that they couldn't handle," Tempest said.

"Yes, which is why, I still need you so that, I'll be able to test it out," Professor Membrane said.

"And I'll get to keep the new horn along with my payment?" Tempest ask.

"Of course. It's in the contract you signed," Professor Membrane said.

"Good," Tempest said as she has plans of her own since she left the service of the Storm King.

Canterlot -

At one of the theme parks, Star, Marco, Pony Head, and Kelly were enjoying themselves away from the adults. The married couples are enjoying themselves with Buff Frog taking Meterora and Mariposa with his kids, to Lego Land for the day. With the photos that Buff Frog is sending to them with his new smartphone how much he's enjoying the park with the kids, even more than they are.

"Ok girls what's next?" Pony Head ask.

"Pretend to be a unicorn while hiding behind something and then reveal yourself to the ponies and freaking them out?" Kelly suggested.

"That was fun," Star said.

"Those ponies are such cowards," Pony Head said.

"It's no wonder why Sunset has no respect for the ponies. From what I seen they're easy to scare and if anything isn't in their control they start freaking out," Marco said.

"I'm glad that, I don't have to worry about that anymore," Star said. "I understand why she's treating them as she does. They're just too use to having everything going their way."

"Yeah girlfriend, her pony mama just treated them like they're her children and just spoiled them," Pony Head said.

"Now they're force to deal with all the changes that's happening and Sunset isn't just going to cater to their needs only," Marco said.

"Reminds me when I tried that and how that work with my people. At least there isn't a kingdom anymore," Star said. "I still can't believe how many of them join Mina. At least now they have nothing to fight for, with the kingdom’s gone now."

"What happen to her anyways?" Marco ask.

"Who cares," Pony Head said.

"Sunset said that she's putting more work in getting the fillies and foals to get use to the changes," Kelly said.

"Yeah, with how the worlds merge....," Star began to say but stop when she spotted her cousin Rock Johansen with his parents King and Queen. All of them are dress like punks which the Johansen side of the family all took a liking too.

"Hi guys!" Star shouted as she runs up to them.

"Star it's nice to see you," King said.

"Here on vacation too?" Star ask.

"No, we live here now," Rock said.

"Really?" Star ask.

"We're going to open a medieval times dinner theater and casino," Queen explains.

"Oh, did you all meet with Sunset?" Star ask.

"Yes, and what a wonderful family she has. It's like they're a branch of our family," King said.

"They are like our branch of the family," Star said who always had more fun with dad's side of the family.

"RUN!" a pony shouted as she ran ahead of a group of ponies all running for their lives.

"What is it this time?" Star ask as something like this happens with the ponies.

Then she saw what they're running from as uncle Lump who has his head attached to the body of a horse came running by. Which somehow still works for some reason and has many people trying to figure how that works. He ran pass the strange floating headed, faceless man who was walking by.

"Has he been scaring the ponies since he got here?" Star ask.

"Are you kidding once he found that the ponies all freak out when they see him. He's been going around scaring them for fun," Rock said.

"That's our uncle," Star said sighing as somethings will never change.

"Hey get back here with my body!" Pony Head shouted as she flew after Lump pretending that he stolen her body and causing the ponies to scream louder.

"And that's your friend," Rock adds.

"Yup," Star said with Marco and Kelly nodded in agreement.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

Stan came back to the Mystery Shack to find both Mabel and Dipper slump on the couch. The deal he had with Gideon's father Bud was called off suddenly. So, Stan stole the clown painting he couldn’t get enough of and ran off with it.

"So, what happened to you two?" Stan ask.

"Gideon," the twins said.

"Gideon. Yeah, the little mutant "swore vengeance" on the whole family. Ha, I guess he's gonna try to nibble my ankles or something," Stan said.

"Mabel, I told you not to get involved with him and you still did it," Dipper said.

"How was, I suppose to know he would turn out like that?" Mabel ask.

"How about listening to me for once and not just go off with someone. It's just like with Norm and you didn't want to listen, and it would had ended up with you dead by the hands of Songbird if I didn't follow you," Dipper pointed out.

"Yeah...," Mabel said looking away from Dipper.

"Why can't you just trust me for once? You always get mad when I don't just take your word, while you never care for mine," Dipper said.

"Well...," Mabel began to say but couldn't find anything to defend her actions.

"I'm going to the shower," Dipper said as he got up and left the room.

Author's Note

1 - Bringing a magical item that shoots out fire would be like bringing a loaded gun.

2 - Seeing how almost all the magical girls have them going and finish off the monster of the week with a long range spell. They're not front line fighters who would need speed to avoid being hit and should be staying back and casting magic at the monster of the week at long range.

3 - Seeing how the magical girls are almost always below the age of 18 and reality ensures is in play where it's very unlikely they be able to fight a monster of the week who can throw cars around like nothing. Once they're depowered by a simple mute spell that keeps them from casting magic, will end up dead very shortly. And seeing how there isn't any magical girl series that has people throwing mute spells around to stop magic users from casting magic in the first place, they wouldn't have anything to defend them from such spells or a cure for it like in games.

4 - Hiding things away because a group think that the world isn't ready yet. Is like how gays had to be hidden away till it was force out into the open and while the older generation didn't like it, the young generation didn't mind on the most part. As it's the young generation that the future lies and not in having the older generation in accepting change.

5 - Seeing how the small amount of color crystals are enough to color an entire world, they would be packing lots of power. And them regrowing is the only way the mines wouldn’t be mined out.

The Inconveniencing

Mornings at the Corduroy household had changed since the merge happen. Before Velma Corduroy would have to hide the fact that she's a Deer Woman, but with the merge and how accepting most people are to non-humans, she had revealed herself to the people of Gravity Falls Brighton. Now it's common to see her walking around with her antlers showing, not to mention that she is much more powerful than she looks as she's as strong as a deer, which doesn't sound much but is still stronger than most humans.

Wendy being 14 is still growing into her powers that she gains from her mom, which her brothers, Marcus, Kevin, and Gus also gain but watered down because they're boys. Her body is going through so many changes because of her being a Deer Woman which is the North American counterpart to a succubus. Who according to Velma they're cousins to but aren't as sex hungry as they are. (1)

"Mom, I'm going out with my friends after work," Wendy said as she got up from the table after finishing her plate of eggs.

"Those friends of yours are bad news," Dan said.

"What you mean me and Tambry have been friends for years. And Lee, Nate, Robbie and Thompson are ok," Wendy said.

"From what, I have seen you all not really friends, more like hanging out with each other," Velma said.

"Really mom? Like how you're really friendly with aunt Maurecia, Dana, Jenny, and Leslie?" Wendy asks about her mom's friends who are all fellow deer women.

"Now, now unlike me your aunts never found someone like your father, and he never minds me spending time with them. And once you are older you are going to be dealing with a high sex drive that will settle down only after you have kids of your own," Velma said.

"Don't remind me," Wendy said not liking what's in store for her once her deer puberty hits her.

Elsewhere -

The demon who in his own world was the ultimate evil of his planet, who is so evil that no one can call him by his name all they can do is call the demon, Him. Like all the other magic base beings, his powers have been reduced since the merge. His once vast powers are now mostly gone with only his most basic powers being left. He's still powerful in his own right but with how much things have changed he's been keeping low as those Powerpuff Girls keep themselves busy saving the world.

Him was keeping himself busy as he watches the events that are happening by his magic mirror that still works. He was watching how the girls are helping those KND kids get off the moon, by carrying them off in giant transports. They're also going to use the moon base as a space station seeing how it's already there and ready to be used. He also couldn't help but see The Man In The Moon appearing now and then, being the reason why those kids managed to survive on the moon for so long.

"WHAT DO WE HAVE HERE?" Bill Ciper asks appearing in the mirror.

"Bill Cipher? What do you want?" Him ask.

"WHAT ELSE MAKE A DEAL. IT MUST BE HARD LOSING SO MUCH POWER. REMINDS ME OF HOW TRIGON USED UP MOST OF HIS POWER FIGHTING OTHER DEMON LORDS AND THEN LOSING WHAT'S LEFT BY HIS KIDS," Bill said.

"DON'T BRING HIM UP," Him growls.

"WHY HE'S YOUR COUSIN AFTER ALL," Bill said.

"He is but it doesn't mean I like him," Him said.

"OF COURSE, THERE IS HIS COUNTERPART," Bill said.

"He's been banished to that zombie world after failing to beat those heroes," Him said. "Now why are you here?"

"BIG PLANS ARE IN THE WORKS HAD TO MAKE SOME CHANGES. BUT I'M PLANNING ON BREAKING FREE OF MY DYING AND DECAYING REALM AND BRINGING EVERYONE WITH ME. AND SEEING HOW THE MERGE BROUGHT US TOGETHER HOW ABOUT YOU TEAM UP WITH ME? I ALREADY BEEN GATHERING UP SOME HELP," Bill said.

"Oh really?" Him ask.

"OH, I CAN ALSO PROMISE YOU THE RETURN OF YOUR POWERS ONCE THE NIGHTMARE REALM IS OPEN," Bill said.

"I'm listening," Him said.

In the forest -

Huntor is a lion-like alien with the reputation of being one of the greatest hunters in the universe and has the best weapons and technology at his disposal. He came to Earth to track down and hunt down monkey for revenge. But the merge changed that for him, leaving him stuck on the planet. He managed to pass himself off as a beastman and made a living as a bounty hunter and not just for law enforcement.

His current prey is a young girl that someone wants captured alive. Huntor doesn't care why as the bounty is more than enough for him to take the job. Of course, he's making sure that he's not walking into something that he's not ready for like with Monkey. He's been tracking her for days now and figure out where she makes her home, the lighthouse by the lake. The only problem was that it's well known and there are lots of people around. He doesn’t want to tangle with the giantess living on the lake, who is friends with the girls guardian.

Huntor has been camping out in the forest under the cover of hunting for deer. Which he has hunted, skinned and cooking a deer he came across. As he ate the rack of deer ribs, he’s barbecuing he began to think of the ways he could catch the girl. He could go in the place she’s been living at but then he would have to deal with the cops after him, unless he wears a mask to hide his face. The smart way is him waiting for the girl to leave the anrea and for him to get her when she’s alone. But he still would need to wear his hunting suit to be sure that if anyone spotted him, all they would see is someone covered from head to toe in hunting gear.

Truffula Forest -

The privately own land brought outright by Sunset Shimmer which is the only known forest of Truffula trees. Which is also home to the intelligent Bar-ba-loots, the Humming-Fish, the Swomee-Swan, and the guardian of the forest The Lorax. Is also the home of the Once-ler and his donkey, all from the movie version. The merge took the entire forest just after Once-ler gave up in selling the Thneed to the nearby town. Sunset brought the land that the forest rest on so that she could protect it. Showing Once-ler and the forest natives what would had happen if the merge didn’t happen.

Once-ler whole motivation for harvesting Thneeds at the expensive of local wildlife and his promise to the Lorax was trying to earn the love of his shallow, materialistic family. Unfortunately for him, while he does earn their attention with his Thneed business, it just becomes a way for them to exploit him— deep down, his parents don't truly care about him at all. The moment his business goes pear-shaped, his parents leave him high and dry and his relationship with the Lorax and the forest animals is damaged beyond repair as a result of his actions. Naturally, this turns him into a bitter, miserable recluse for a long time afterward in the film.

Once-let vowed never to become that and he would never cut a tree down. Sunset told everyone that the forest will be protected, but she did it for more than just saving the trees and the animals that live there. The entire forest is labeled as an organic farm, and the trees are the crops. The Truffula trees would be harvested for their cotton like fibers, in a sustainable way so the trees can regrow what’s been taken from them. In exchange the forest be protected and the animals will be safe as well, also give them a better standard of life. The Lorax after talking with the animals all agreed to Sunset’s terms. (2)

The entire forest has a fence around it and the home of Oncer-ler has been moved to the edge of the forest and outside of the fence is the factory. The factory is where the cotton is taken to be cleaned up and made into clean fiber to be shipped out. The harvesting is done by Mr. Handy robots that Mr. house made to carefully harvest the cotton without harming the trees. There are non robot workers at the factory who make sure everything is running right and oversee the robots. The cotton of the Truffula trees have replaced Egyptian cotton as the superior fabric for bedding and bath linens. It has made a huge impact worldwide in the last few months since its been introduced.

The Lorax and his animal friends got out of the deal, a better standard of life. Instead of sleeping under the night sky, the Bar-ba-loots got huts made for them to sleep in at night and to stay dry when it rains. The waters that the Humming-Fish live in stayed nice and clean. The Swomee-Swans have birdhouses built for them to keep warm and dry. And the Lorax gets a new hut but he mostly lives with the Once-ler who is the forest warden who oversees the forest.

There is also walking tours for the tourist who came to see the beloved characters from a classic book brought to life. The tour includes seeing the Bar-ba-loots, the Humming-Fish, Swomee-Swans, and the Lorax. They also get to hear how these wonderful stories were created which makes it even more special for them. The visitors could get their own Truffula seed to grow their very own tree, at the visitor center just outside of the forest. Where children who visit are taught to respect and care for nature and that the seeds they take back home if given love and care can grow into their very own truffula tree.

“So why are we here again?” Agent Lawrence ask.

“We’re here to see if the strange energy readings mean something magical appeared here,” Dr. Molly Collingwood said. Both of them are in the forest tracking down the strange energy reading that suddenly appeared in the forest.

“Maybe it’s a whatitwhoit,” Lawrence said.

“Seeing how this is from the world of Dr. Seuss, maybe but we should be on the lookout for anything odd,” Molly said before thinking about what she just said and where they are. “No wait, we should be looking for something that should be here. This is from the guy who created worlds that don’t make sense at all.”

“Like a living apple tree providing apples to the forest animals?” Lawrence said looking at something.

“Yeah something like that,” Molly said.

“No, I mean it,” Lawrence said pointing to something can cause Molly to follow where he’s pointing.

There not far off where they stood is an apple tree that is completely out of place in the forest. Around it are the forest animals playing around it, as it uses its branches to hold them as they swing from them. And the animals are also eating its apples.

“Is that the Giving Tree?” Molly ask staring at the scene before her.

“Looks like it,” Lawrence said.

“I thought the Giving Tree died in the story. How is it still alive?” Molly said, surprised.

“It looks like it grew from the stump of the old Giving Tree,” Lawrence said.

“Actually the tree is from when the boy was a teen,” the Lorax said who stood behind the two.

“You seem to know quite a bit about the story, sir,” Molly said.

“Well I have read it many times, actually. And somehow like us she came to this world,” Lorax said.

“How is that possible?” Molly asked.

The Lorax looked at her with a grin.

“There are worlds beyond ours, and the universe is bigger than you think,” the Lorax said.

“Would you stop with the mystic mumble and say if you know or not?” Lawrence ask.

“Have no clue. I already told Once-ler about our new friend and he’s calling Sunset about this. It looks like we now have another new member of the forest,” Lorax said.

Lawrence nodded and sighed. He then turned to the Lorax.

“Why don’t you introduce us to this new friend of yours?” Lawrence said turning to the Lorax.

“Of course, would be my pleasure,” the Lorax said.

“I’m Lawrence, and this is Dr. Molly Collins, we work for SCP,” Lawrence explains.

“I saw your patch with the symbol on it,” Lorax said pointing to the shoulder patch on Lawrence and Molly’s uniforms.

“Oh you know of us?” Molly ask.

“Some researchers came to study the trees and do some tests,” Lorax said walking to the Giving Tree.

“Oh,” Molly said as she and Lawrence followed him.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

Dusk 2 Dawn is an abandoned convenience store in Gravity Falls, Oregon. It was the property of Ma and Pa Duskerton before they died, and closed down soon after their deaths. There were rumors that a double murder took place there, but it turns out that Ma and Pa both had heart attacks because of teenagers' hateful rap music and were in fact not murdered. Both of them have haunted their store since then, never letting any teenager leave the store unscarred.

Then came the day that Danny and Dani showed up after a group of Japanese magical girls showed up and got into the store. Needless to say the only one that managed to get out was the young pink haired future daughter of the leader of the group. While both Ma and Pa are much stronger then either Danny and Dani, it was only while they're inside their store. Which Danny pointed out and that he's more then willing to blow off the roof of the store and tear down the walls to depower them. The ghost couple release the girls and promise not to torture teenagers who enter their store.

But once it became known that the store is being haunted by the couple that once owned the store. It became a tourist attraction, which help their business as they reopen the store. All the food items in the store had long gone bad, so they had to reorder their entire stock. They couldn't just use their ghost powers to make it look like the food is still good anymore. Of course being a tourist attraction had its down side as they have to deal with teenagers again. On the other hand they are visited by other ghosts from the Ghost World. With Scratch telling them that once they crossover to the Ghost World they can open a store in the ghost world like they have in the living world.

"So, you both just had double heart attacks at once? Just because you heard rap music?" Ronnie ask Ma. She's there with Lincoln and Gwen who drove them to the store so they could question the two ghosts for Dib who is collecting information on the paranormal. And Gwen to pick up some drinks for the other adults.

"Yes, we never heard anything like that so hurtful music before," Ma said. In the background Pa is ringing up the strange faceless floating headed man, who change his mind as he was only buying a newspaper for the coupons. Which the paper didn’t had.

"So how did you two end up as ghosts?" Lincoln ask.

"We're not sure. All we remember is waking up floating above our bodies," Ma said.

"And you and your husband are domain ghosts as in you two can only be powerful while in the place where you two died?" Lincoln ask.

"Oh yes, when we tried anything outside of the store it just doesn't work," Ma said.

"Hey Lincoln, Ronnie," Mabel said as she, Dipper and Wendy's friends came by to pick up some stuff before they went out on the Maw.

"What are you doing here?" Dipper ask.

"Trying to find out why she," Ronnie said pointing to Ma. "Became a ghost for Dib's studies."

"Why isn't he here?" Mabel ask.

"He and Clyde are busy helping to track down the A.I. that tried to infect XJ-5," Lincoln said.

"Really?" Dipper ask.

"His dad does work with her and her sisters. So he's helping," Lincoln said.

"We're going to the Maw and see a rock show," Mabel spoke up.

"Cool, I seen videos of the shows in the Maw," Lincoln said.

“We’re going to be seeing Metallichiuaua,” Dipper said.

"Yeah that song was great better then the shows your sister does," Ronnie said.

"At least she stops playing her music so loud after the cops were called in," Lincoln said. His family is still trying to make it up to him with him always pointing out that the only reason why child services weren't called in and his parents arrested was because of all the chaos that happen after the merge.

Bursting into the store is the young girl wearing the yellow raincoat that the kids have been seeing now and than, followed by a man dress in one of those hunting suits that covers him from head to toe. The girl runs into the back of the store while both Pa and Ma appeared in front of the man in the hunting suit. Who is Huntor who had tracked down Six while she was wandering around on the edge of the town, and tried to catch her but she managed to escape and lead him to the store.

“What do you want with her?” Pa asked transforming into his scary ghost form. The one of the things he hates more then teenagers is grown adults attacking children.

"Nothing much just that someone is paying to catch her," the man said before he pulls out a thermos and sucks Pa in like those ghost traps from Ghostbusters, then he turn the thermos on Ma sucking her in as well. Huntor then pulls out a handgun and fires it into the air scaring the people inside the store to hide or run outside.

The four kids ran to hide behind some selves as Huntor walk to the back of the store. Once he was out of sight, Wendy opens the front door of the store waving for the kids to ran out. Behind Wendy, her friends are hiding behind Robbie's car waving for her not to. The four kids made their way outside when Six came bursting out from the back of the store. Six ran for the door where Wendy is standing, when a shot rang out and the glass of the window shattered, causing Wendy to jump back as she avoided the broken glass flying in the air. And made it impossible for Six to run as she isn't wearing any shoes.

Huntor grab a display stand and threw it at the front door blocking Six's path. He aim his gun at Six, only for a beer bottle to hit his hand making him drop it. Another bottle stuck his helmet covering it in glass and beer, having been thrown by Gwen who was in the store and was hiding, threw the bottles once she saw what was going on.

Huntor growled as pulled out a knife and threw it at Gwen who duck out of the way. Wendy came rushing in, followed by her friends who seeing Huntor no longer has a gun grew some backbones and grabbing whatever they could use as a weapon. Wendy struck Huntor in the head with a stick that knock his helmet off. Before the others could join in, Huntor pulled out another gun and grab Wendy with the gun to her head. Seeing this Wendy's friends all turn back and ran out of the door.

"Some friends you have got there," Huntor said.

"Tell me about it," Wendy said getting what her parents said about them.

"I would had given them a free shot too. Now where's that little?" Huntor ask looking around for that girl her came for.

"Free shot?" Dipper ask stepping out from where he was hiding having flashbacks of Wendy in danger and this saving her like last time. Dipper began dancing and singing.

'Well... who wants a lamby, lamby, lamby?'

'I do! I do!'

'So, go up and greet your mammy, mammy, mammy.'

'Hi there! Hi there!'

'So march, march, march around the daisies.'

'Don't, don't, don't you forget about the ba-by!'

"What was that?" Huntor ask completely confused.

"A distraction!" Ronnie shouted as she, Lincoln and Mabel squeezed a bottle of hot sauce into Huntor's eyes causing him to scream and Gwen swung another bottle at Huntor's head causing him to let go of Wendy which Gwen pulled the younger girl to safety.

As Huntor was stumbling around blinded. He was grab from behind as something small grab onto him and he felt his very life force draining out of him. Six had grab onto his back and began draining him, causing Huntor to let go of Wendy as he tried to shake Six off of him. For Six it wasn't something she never had a problem to deal with before, as all the times that she suck out the life force of others it was quick and easy. Right now it was like trying to suck water from an ice cube, made harder by Huntor slamming his back into the displays and shelves.

"Got you," Huntor said as he finally got Six to let go of his back. Knocking her to the floor with his gun pointed at her.

"And you drop something," Lincoln said holding the thermos that held Ma and Pa which he open letting the two angry ghosts out.

"Crap," Huntor said as the two ghosts grabbed him and phase him down into the basement where they'll be able to really give it to him without scarring the kids.

"Hi again," Lincoln said to Six who look away and ran off like she did last time.

"Wendy are you ok?" Robbie ask as he and the others came back into the store.

"No thanks to you guys," Wendy said see her friends aren't really her friends as they'll leave her when she's in danger.

"Looks like the cops are here," Gwen said hearing the police car outside.

"So much for our plan to see a show," Dipper said.

Tartarus -

Level 5 where the most dangerous prisoners are kept. A special room was design, made out of plastic to keep earth benders from using their powers. Kuvira is kept in one having been transferred to the prison under heavy guard. She was given over to the US government to handle by the Element nations after the merge caused much confusion. Which the Earth Kingdom became apart of after the merge.

"Still have no idea when the court date is going to happen? I'm starting to think people have forgotten me," Kuvira said laying on her bed in her cell. Standing in front of her cell are Lin and Suyin.

"Things are still a mess. Many cities and villages are just abandoning the Earth Kingdom and joining the US," Lin said.

"And why wouldn't they? They're getting food, supplies, and protection from the US government that they're not getting elsewhere. Saw it too often during the campaign people siding with me, for safety and what they need to survive. Besides, with what I have seen so far, we're way behind in standards of living," Kuvira said.

"You sound like you have finally accepted responsibility for your actions," Suyin said who hasn't forgiven Kuvira.

"No, more like a review and seeing someone doing it much better than, I did," Kuvira said pointing to the newspaper in her cell.

"I'm surprise that they allowed you to have it," Lin said.

"Reward for good behavior. The prisoners who behave are allowed to have some comforts," Kuvira explains. "Since coming here and getting my hands on a newspaper, I have been keeping up on news of Sunset Shimmer and how she took a backwater kingdom, that was in ruins, taking the throne from her mother, bringing order to a kingdom in the grips of chaos. Dragging the backwater kingdom into the modern world, all while kicking and screaming as she does. It makes me reflect and see how what, I did was wrong. I should had done it like Sunset did."

"What?" Suyin asked.

"I should had made deals and made allies instead of what, I did. I'm a general not a ruler, what, I seen Sunset has done with nothing but her wits and skills in politics. And she’s just a child who used what little she knows, to allow her to make herself into a ruler. She has showed me that, I was nothing more than a warlord compared to Sunset," Kuvira said. "It's really humbling thinking of how she would had taken over the Earth Kingdom to save it from itself."

"Save it from itself? What are you talking about?" Suyin asked.

"I was a warlord but I was also the only thing keeping order and keeping worse from preying on the towns and villages. You have any idea how many bandits and would be warlords, I had to deal with," Kuvira asked.

"Still doesn't excuse your actions," Suyin said.

"Better doing than nothing. You have any idea how many fan letters, I have been getting? " Kuvira said.

"You have fans?" Lin ask.

"Many saying that what, I did was in the right in taking over to stop the Earth Kingdom from breaking up into smaller kingdoms. I do admit that I should had made some changes in how I did things. But I will not ask forgiveness for my conquest. I did what I had to. If it wasn't for me the Earth Kingdom would had been a lawless land, that you all would had to finally had to deal with yourselves, instead of the state that I left it," Kuvira said.

"So, you're not sorry for anything you done," Suyin asked.

"I tried and failed, which is more than you would had done," Kuvira pointed out.

"Lin we're leaving," Suyin said walking away.

"How are things for the Element Nations?" Kuvira asked.

"Not well as many are taking up other cultures and are now apart of other countries," Lin said.

"I figure that would happen. The merge has changed everything, new people, never races, new technologies, and Korra abandoned being the avatar not wanting to have everyone looking to her to solve things. This world isn't anything like ours anymore, and I wouldn’t have it any other way," Kuvira said.

Author's Note

1 - The Deer Woman, sometimes known as the Deer Lady, is a spirit in various forms of Native American mythology that is primarily associated with fertility and love. Though primarily shown as a benign spirit, she is also shown to lure promiscuous men to their death. She appears as either a beautiful young woman or deer.

2 - I’m going with the Truffula Trees being like the real life cotton trees. Just that where the leaves should be is the cotton. As to how that works, this is Dr. Seuss we’re talking about and how his worlds are design, it’s stranger than Wonderland.

Dipper vs. Manliness

Greasy's Diner is a local diner in Gravity Falls Brighton, which is in the shape of a log with some train parts that were salvaged from a train crash. It's a typical restaurant that serves breakfast pancakes and other traditional American foods. Of course, since the Merge many of the resident non-humans now show up at the diner for something to eat. It's normal to see several fairies all sharing a pancake, a gremlin sitting at a booth ordering something, a ghost or two stopping by, and deer women getting something to eat before or after work. And with the summer's rush of tourist coming to the sleepy town, it's now very busy.

One of the new waitresses hits a woodpecker on a wall and a beaver in a hole in the floor with a broom. Old Man Mcgucket is drinking alot of coffee, Patty is having some donuts and coffee, Irving the Illusionist is having eggs and ham, Sheriff Blubs is eating pancakes very quickly while Deputy Durland points a speeding device at him. Which was something that just happens that the locals have gotten use to happening. It's when Stan, Dipper and Mabel enter the diner, spotting an empty table the 3 made their way through the crowd.

Once Dipper, Mabel, and Stan got to the table, they sat down and waited for someone to get their order. Stan read the paper that's on the table, reading the headline of 'Pacific City Agency merges with SCP Foundation to help XJ9 fight new A.I. menace'. That's when Lazy Susan walks up to the table to get their order.

"Lazy Susan! There's my little ray of sunshine! Where were you yesterday?" Stan ask.

"I got hit by a bus!" Lazy Susan said.

"Ha ha ha ha! Hilarious!" Stan laughs.

"Thank you. Ha ha ha ha hee hee ho ho ho," Lazy Susan said laughing.

"You do split plates, right?" Stan ask.

"Maybe...," Lazy Susan said making her lazy eye wink. "Wink!"

"Great! We'll all split a one-fourth of the number seven, plus a free salad dressing for the lady, and a small plate of ketchup for the boy," Stan said.

"Got it," Lazy Susan said writing it down and walks off.

"But Grunkle Stan, I want pancakes!" Mabel said.

"With the fancy flour they use these days? What am I, made of money?" Stan asks as a piece of a bill shows out of Stan's sleeve, which he taps it back down. "Tap tap."

"Awww...," Mabel said.

Dipper looks over and sees the Manliness Tester, which the prize is free pancakes.

"Don't worry guys, pancakes are on me. I'm gonna win some by beating that manliness tester," Dipper said.

"Manliness Tester?" Stan ask.

"Beating?" Mabel also asked before she and Stan started laughing.

"He says he's... he says he... HA HA HA HA HA HA!" Stan laughs.

"What? What's so funny?" Dipper said.

"Oh, no offense Dipper, but you're not exactly 'Manly Mannington.' Ha ha ha!" Mabel said.

"Hey, I am too "Manly... Manny" or whatever it is you said," Dipper said.

"Look, face the music, kid. You got no muscles, you smell like baby wipes, and let's not forget last Tuesday's... 'incident'," Stan said.

Flashback -

Dipper is in the bathroom wearing just a towel and singing at the mirror with a comb as the microphone.

"Disco girl...coming through...that girl is you...," Dipper is singing.

Stan walks into the bathroom.

"DON'T COME IN! DON'T COME IN!" Dipper shouted.

"You were listening to girly Icelandic pop sensation 'BABBA'?" Mabel asks.

"No. Heh heh, I wasn't. It's not important. Look, come on guys, I'm plenty masculine. You see this chest hair?" Dipper said as she brings down his shirt, to show his chest and it shines very brightly.

"Put it away, put it away!" Mabel shouted.

"So smooth! My eyes!" Stan shouted being blinded.

"Aw man...," Dipper said putting back his shirt.

Stan and Mabel burst out laughing again.

"Fine, 'family of little faith'. Get ready to eat your words. And a plate a delicious pancakes," Dipper said as he walks toward the manliness tester as other people eating watch. "Alright, Dipper. Time to manhandle this...man handle..."

Dipper stares up at the machine and starts sweating. "And a one and a two..."

"Quit stalling!" Stan said.

Dipper starts tugging on the handle and the light starts moving toward the category he belongs in. The categories are "wimp," "middle-aged woman," "barely possible," "man," and "manly man." Dipper keeps on pulling the handle until the light goes down to "wimp." A card comes out of the machine that says, 'You are a cutie patootie!'

"Oh, what? This thing must be broken. It's totally broken, guys. It's like a million years old, probably ran out of steam power or-," Dipper was saying till he gets pushed out of the way by Manly Dan.

Manly Dan cracks his knuckles as his wife and sons are watching him. Wendy was still shaken from the lion man holding a gun to her head with her friends leaving her. So she's been spending time by herself.

"It's rickety man, you shouldn't even-," Dipper was saying.

Manly Dan pushes on the handle with his pinky and the machine automatically goes to "Manly Man" before exploding and giving everyone free pancakes.

"Yes! Pancakes for everyone!" Manly Dan shouted.

Everyone at the restaurant cheers. A pancake falls on Dipper's head. Mabel and Stan laugh at Dipper.

"I need to get some chest hair and fast," Dipper said. He starts running out but is tripped by a beaver. "I'm fine! Heh heh! Everything's fine!"

He runs out leaving everyone else to enjoy the pancakes. He saw in the parking lot is the odd man who has a floating faceless head and hands in the green suit, he was using his iPhone. Dipper ran pass him and ran off into the woods.

In the forest -

Wendy was wondering around in the woods near the forest home of her aunts who all live together in a cabin. Since the merge many of the deer women around Gravity Falls Brighton have moved into more urban settings and leaving the woods behind. With her aunt Roxie, her mom's sister telling her that now that non-humans can walk around without having to hide themselves, and that she doesn't like how much it cost her in gas money to travel to town to go to the store. She had lived in a cabin in the woods like many other deer women. Of course, with her other aunts who... have wild parties that her mom sometimes joins in, it's better to be in the woods where people can't hear them. Or see them like what happen with aunt Roxie and her friends who were arrested for exposing themselves to minors.

Wendy was in her deer form that she's still getting used to, with her mom and aunts helping her in the transformation. She just wishes that transforming was like how dragons from the world where Jake Long came from, with their clothes disappearing and reappearing when they transform. Of course, she still is trying to figure out what happens to their clothes when they transform. They just seem to disappear and reappear when they change back. Which no one knows how it happens at all, which even the dragons have no idea what happens to their clothes either.

Wendy and the other deer women have to take off their clothes so they wouldn't ruin them, some of them just wear baggy shits and pants but with no underwear, as they wouldn't fit on a doe's body. She had already tried and ruin that pair. She is wearing her hat that she took off and put back on her after she transform so that anyone who sees her in her deer form would know that she's a deer woman. As people who get hunting licenses are told to be on the lookout for animals who are wearing clothes. (1)

She's in the woods to think, about what happen that night with her friends. She was being held at gunpoint and her friends ran leaving her. Only thanks to Dipper and his friends that she's alive. Being by herself she came to realizes that besides Tambry who she's been friends with for years, that her friends just hang out with each other and laugh at Thomas. Thinking about it, without Thomas to laugh at, they really don't have anything in common. In fact, she realized that if they didn't laugh at Thomas all the time, they wouldn't be friends with him. It made her realized that she wasn't that much of a friend either.

As she came upon a pond in the forest which is a popular fishing spot, she saw someone she didn't expect. Pacifica Northwest was having a photo shoot for her webpage, using the forest pond that's near her home as the backdrop. She wasn't alone as she was with her butler Mr. Handy name Cogs, who drove her to the pond in a golf cart. And they weren't alone as a group of 4 men dress as mask men and armed with guns, with Cogs in pieces and Pacifica tied up. They came by a truck and a pair of quad bikes.

"Deer woman!" one of the men shouted spotting the deer wearing a hat. Which is widely known as a sign that the animal in question is sapient.

Wendy races off to get away but one of the men is armed with a dart gun and before she managed to get away, she was struck by a dart. She felt her body going numb as she tried to stay on her feet, but another dart hit her from the incoming man on the quad bike, followed by his friend. Wendy couldn't keep on her feet and fell to the ground transforming back to her human form, she black out as the two men got to her.

Multi-Bear cave -

"What is a Multi-bear?" Dipper ask himself as he's been having flashes of memories since he began training with the manotaurs to become a man.

Behind Dipper, the multi-bear wakes up. Dipper then notices the muti-bear behind him. The Multi-bear roars upon waking up from his sleep.

"Oh, that's a multi-bear," Dipper said having many flashbacks.

"Bear heads, silence!" the main head of Muti-bear said hitting the head still roaring. It gets silent after a bit. "Child, why have you come here?"

"Multi-bear! I seek your.... wait you're a sapient bear," Dipper said.

"Yes, and why are you here?" Multi-bear asks.

"Well, I came here because I have been training with the manotaurs in becoming a man. With the final task being taking one of your heads. But I didn't know you're sapient. I thought you would be like a wild animal that's been bothering the manotaurs," Dipper said.

"Oh them," Multi-bear said. "They haven't taken all the changes that happen since the merging of worlds well. They been taking it out on me seeing how they think I'm weak because I know all the words to the song "Disco Girl."

"You like Icelandic pop group BABBA? So do I," Dipper said.

"You like Disco Girl?" Multi-bear ask.

"Yup," Dipper said.

"The only ones who seem to like it around here are the female manotaurs," Multi-bear said.

"Females?" Dipper ask.

"Yes, they have wives and children. The manotaurs you met are all part of the same club which I'm guessing you came from. The cave is just a clubhouse and they’re living in The Maw with the others of their race," Multi-bear said.

"Wait that cave is just their club house?" Dipper ask.

"It's where they all hang out when they want to be men as they call it," Multi-bear explains.

"I understand," Dipper said leaving the cave.

North Pole -

In the frozen wastelands of the northern lands, the evil snow sorcerer known as Winterbolt made his home. He remember his ice specter being destroyed and him transforming into a tree. But thanks to the merge that brought many worlds to be merged together with spell casting magic being destroyed. Winterbolt without his magic wandered the frozen wastelands of the north, learning about this new world he found himself in and how to use the technology he came across. He managed to even get his hands on two Mr. Handies and a protectron that were in an army supply depot that had a working IFV. He reprograms the robots using the smartphone he found in an abandoned camp and watching a video how to do so.

The IFV is a six wheeled vehicle designed for supporting infantry operations and transporting soldiers through the battlefield in comfort. It is a fairly tall design, with a forward driver's position, sitting over the primary engine, in a compartment isolated from the troop section. The vehicle can carry six soldiers and two power armor units in reasonable comfort in this section, with a note that power armor units must stand for transportation. For defense, it is provided with a 105mm gun in an autonomous dorsal turret and a pair of ball-mounted 76mm guns to the sides of the driver's cabin, giving it its distinctive whiskers.

And with the supplies that could fit in the truck, Winterbolt with his robot minions wandered the frozen lands. Winterbolt collected and learn as they traveled, all to gain back the power he once had. That's when he discovered the abandoned and partially destroyed city named Tesla City.

In the middle of the city is the Heat Generator Tower, or Generator for short, is an enormous steam-powered furnace/engine that is the main source of heat and power. There are also Stream Hubs that provide heat for areas outside of the effected range of the generator. The streets of the city are wooden that have steam pipes and electrical cables, connecting the buildings farther away from the city center in order to function.

Now a year later he now rules the city with a cold iron fist. He goes by the name of Mr. Winter with the backstory of him being the only survivor of Tesla City. Which had grown in size thanks to the fact that there is a vast platinum mine underneath the city. Which thanks to the robots and the automatons which are giant steam powered robots that are built in the city's factories, he can mined around the clock, allowing him to corner the market on the rare metal. There are flesh and blood workers in the mine too, to oversee the work and work with the robots. The old ventilation plants used to provide fresh air to the workers when they were building the generator, are now providing ventilation for the mines underneath the city.

Many of the old buildings are now repaired and being used again. The Steelworks once upgraded are bringing up tons of raw ore from deep underground. Which all can be operated by the automatons, which Winterbolt made sure even when the old buildings are upgraded the robots can still run the building.

The Automatons are towering, autonomous, steam-powered robots with four long, thin legs. These machines are capable of staffing most buildings and will maintain themselves without player intervention once they've been given orders to "man" a building, returning to either the Generator or the nearest Steam Hub every so often to refuel. Winterbolt kept them as they are as they work and made to last, with only the newer models that are for sale using fusion batteries. The factory that makes them is kept as it is with newer factories made based on the old one. The newer automatons are used to transport cargo around the frozen land and gather resources.

Once the houses were modernized so they be more insulated from the cold. Some of the old houses are still around as low income housing. But most of them have been replaced with modern buildings from single homes to apartments, but are built mostly around the old city.

The Hunters' Hangars, which hold, maintain, and refuel a Zeppelin. The old flying contraption allows hunters to travel faster and farther, as well as better spot prey. And bring back more food to the city from their cargo holds. The zeppelins have been upgraded and are used as transport or for hunting.

The Hothouses and Industrial Hothouses, are still being used to grow food for the city. Most have been upgraded to work better and grow better crops that can take the cold. Some have been transform into indoor animal pens for animals, mostly goats, pigs, and chickens. The food issue has made moot thanks to a road and train tracks connecting the city to the outside world.

The Coal Thumpers and Coal Mine, are still operational but the city is now being powered by the new fusion power plant. The old generator is still used to keep the punk theme that many tourists came to see. It was turned off so that much needed repairs could be done to it. The generator is still being used and fed the organic cubes from the material recyclers, that burn cleaner. The Charcoal Kilns and Stream Sawmills are also still working and is a steady source of income.

Officially his city is a part of the country of Canada as the city is located within its borders. Many people come to his city to see the steampunk machines at work that can take working in below zero weather. While others came to work the mines and other jobs that are needed to keep the city running. There are also plenty of water benders who have made their home in the city as well as other benders showing up for work. The city is isolated but there is money to be made and thanks to the water benders who are used to the cold and automatons, there are supply lines that keep a flow of goods coming in to feed the city.

Winterbolt using his newfound wealth, used it to fund his research in gaining back his lost magic. He does have a freeze ray that he brought along with magic items that use passive magic which is one of the only types of magic besides that works in this world. He knows about how those Santa's and guardians have their powers thanks to The Man In The Moon giving them some of his magic.

"HELLO THERE," a voice called out surprising Winterbolt who is in his study.

"Come out," Winterbolt said putting down the amulet that protects the wearer from burns.

"I'M RIGHT HERE," Bill Cipher said as he appears on a mirror hanging over the fireplace. "AND I HAVE BEEN WATCHING YOU AND COME HERE TO OFFER YOU A DEAL TO GET YOUR ICE MAGIC BACK."

"What kind of deal?" Winterbolt ask recognizing a demon when he sees one and it's better to listen before taking any action against one.

Everfree Forest -

The Purple Dragon Gang is from the Lower East Side in New York City. They are particularly known for their salient transition icon, the image of a purple dragon, which they wear as either a tattoo or on their clothes. Their criminal dealings are primarily in racketeering, robberies, and arms trafficking. That was till Hun their leader came back and turn them into a full blown criminal organization. The gang went underground after the events that happen during the merge and had managed to make themselves into an underworld power. They couldn’t operate as openly as they did before thanks to New York being the HQ for United HeroeZ and now the city is full of super powered heroes. Hun has been spreading out his operations and recruiting many former magical beings and races all looking for a way to survive in a world where they no longer have magic.

The minotaur joined up with the Purple Dragons after the Merge had screwed up everything for everyone from his world. The Olympians lost their powers leaving them powerless, which also meant their counterparts the monsters also lost their powers. Namely being immortal, being immune to non-magical weaponry and coming back to life any time they're killed. Which many monsters learned the hard way, with them being killed and staying dead. The hydra was killed thanks to a anti-tank missile being used on it's main body, the Nemean Lion being gassed to death, most of the man eating cyclopes being gunned down, both Typhon and Echidna were killed by missile strikes. The surviving monsters who ate humans quickly learned to stay hidden from the humans who unlike in their world, can see and kill them.

It was just as bad for the gods who lost all of their powers. With mortals knowing what they're like, always double crossing each other, punishing mortals just because they annoyed you. Sometimes they just doing it for fun. The Greek gods just a bunch of arrogant selfish assholes. Which the Greek gods finding themselves kicked out from Olympus which came to rest on top of the Empire State Building in New York, found that without their powers that allowed them to get away with anything. That without them, no one would just obey them or do anything for them, not to mention that many of their talents were enchanted by their godhood, which now without them ended up with them not as good as they thought they were. Some gods did manage to survive while others ended up dead.

Aphrodite ended up as a Playboy bunny.

Apollo tried to make it in the music business but found that without his godhood his music wasn't that good not to mention being a bad loser got him ban from many places where he tried playing.

Ares reacted badly in losing everything and attack the cops that escorted them out of Olympus and was gunned down.

Artemis was found in a drug den with some of her followers who had stayed with her. With them having no skills beyond hunting and all being underage when they joined her resulting in them not having an education, they turn to selling themselves and making drugs to survive. Till they were busted in a drug raid.

Athena tried to make herself look good to the mortals, by telling all the good that she had done. But thanks to Medusa and Arachne showing up with a tell all book about what she did to them because of the slight they did to her. Completely ruin her and last anyone heard of her, she was spotted working a dead end job in a small town.

Demeter managed to earn favor by helping with all the mess up farmlands that happen thanks to the Merge. Becoming the spokesperson for a farming company.

Dionysus no longer immune to the effects of all the wine that he drinks, quickly became a homeless drunk.

Hades thanks to his skills in keeping his underworld running, got into the business world and is doing well for himself.

Hephaestus became a engineer in metal works seeing how unlike his fellow gods he had the skills to still work in his talent as smith god.

Hestia now works as a nurse in a hospital nursery. Being one of the few goddesses that really didn't do anything to mortals.

Hera tried to continue as if nothing had changed but ended up working an office job. She did leave Zeus as there was nothing that was keeping them together anymore. And it was pointed out to her that divorce is apart of marriage, as some couples can’t make it work anymore.

Hermes ended up working as a delivery man after being turn away from many other jobs because of his history of raping women like many of his fellow gods also committed.

Poseidon now works as a fisher man who because of what he uses to do as a god is still shunned because of his history of being a rapist.

Zeus ended up homeless and was found dead. Due to all of his past sins being out in the open and him no longer being a god but a mortal, there was nothing to protect him.

The other Greek gods who are lesser known managed to do better thanks to people not knowing them as well as the main gods and goddesses. Many of them managed to make new lives for themselves but like everyone else they now have emotions like any other mortal which they are all now. Many are plagued by the guilt and shame of what they did and use to be, which many of them ended up taking up the bottle or drugs. The other gods who still have some of their powers wanted nothing to do with them.

The minotaur now is forced to work with humans to survive in this new world. He quickly realized that without the power to come back to life after being killed or being immune to human weapons that aren't made from blessed metal, he and the other monsters were dead meat. Which is why he's working with these humans and taking orders; he might be bigger and stronger but these humans with their weapons would easily kill him. Then there are the heroes of this merge world, like those Powerpuff Girls who can fly and beat those giant monsters, or those robot sisters, he wouldn't stand a chance against them. All he can do is learn and keep his head low.

The cave that his group of 8 operates from an old mine shaft that they taken over after clearing out those spiders. The operation is to keep an eye out for any magic item they could get their hands on, which they have managed to get their hands on a still working magic wand that’s shape like a dragon that shoots out a stream of fire like a flamethrower. Which sold for a lot on the black market, and Hun expanding the operations for the group till they find something else. Since then, they been poaching the local wildlife and picking up drop offs of cargo now and then, that were drop by planes smuggling them in. They also keep cargo in the mine till the pickup comes to collect them.

Right now they're sitting on a shipment of gemstones from those ponies, waiting for the truck to collect them. The gemstones aren't that valuable thanks to the gems being like salt crystals that grow over time, like how there's that rock farm that grows the crystals inside of rocks. But there is still a market for them and avoiding to pay taxes on them is why they’re being smuggled. And a shipment of blaze in barrels from those machine animals and a Sawtooth the sabertooth tiger like machine animal. Which they caught and have lock in a cage with an EMP device that keeps it from attacking. Once they find a buyer they be able to get rid of it.

Right now, 4 of the gang got the idea to kidnap and ransom off the daughter of the Northwest family, who are the riches people in Gravity Falls Brighton. They also got their hands on a young deer woman and thinking of selling her as well. He's now watching the two with Pacifica having been stripped down to her underwear and kept in the same cage used to hold the bigger animals they catch. Pacifica was strip to her underwear to show off the buyers and show Mr. Northwest that they're not playing around with his daughter. For the deer woman there is a market for deer women on the black market who is completely naked.

"Isn't he one of those manotaurs?" Pacifica ask Wendy doing her best not to panic.

"No, he looks different from the manotaurs," Wendy said.

In the background the other 7 members are around the one guy using a phone which from what Pacifica is hearing. Sounds like whoever talking on the other end isn't happy about something. From what she can pick up, the person on the other end isn't happy that they decided to kidnap her.

"I'm not one of those manotaurs, I'm the Minotaur. From the Greek myths," the minotaur said.

"As in the one who was trap in a maze and ate humans?" Wendy ask.

"The same," the minotaur said.

"Wait, I thought all of you Greek monsters were killed off, after that whole mess in New York with those gods that showed up there? Unless you’re not from that group," Pacifica said. She remembers the news reports of the Greek gods appearing in New York along with the monsters.

"Some of us survived the slaughter," the minotaur said.

"Well, what you really expect once you all lost your magic and no longer have any respawn points where you appear after being killed. It made you all sloppy," Wendy said.

"What?" the minotaur ask.

"All of you from that world, where monsters and gods were all use to the fact that they can't die and would reform sooner or later. So now that you all know that once you die, you’re just dead," Wendy said.

"And explains why you Greek monsters all turn and ran when you all realized that fact. Must be tough knowing that once you die, you're not coming back. And once you all knew that fact, you all turn yellow and run like cowards who no longer have the one thing that made them brave in the first place," Pacifica said.

"You two really want to die?" the minotaur ask getting angry.

"You first," Wendy said.

A loud noise of something metal being smash, cause the minotaur and the Purple Dragons to turn to see the Sawtooth breaking out of the cage. Dipper who had sneak into the cave after spotting the Purple Dragons driving into the mine, and spotted the girls in the cage. Knowing that he wouldn't be able to take on any of the men head on, he went and freed the Sawtooth so that it would handle the men for him.

The Sawtooth once freed launch itself at the group of Purple Dragons. Taking one of them down as it maws him to death sending the others running to grab a weapon. The minotaur seeing the Sawtooth tearing into the humans he's been working with, he ran off to save his own hide, he wasn't about to lose his life for this. With no one left to watch the cage, Dipper grab the keys from the table they been place on and unlock the cage. All awhile in the background the surviving Purple Dragons having grab their guns began firing wildly at the Sawtooth, with the bullets hitting the blaze barrels. Setting some of them off creating a chain reactions of explosions, spreading fire and causing the mine to start to cave in.

"Get on," Wendy shouted to Dipper and Pacifica as she transforms into a deer.

Once the two were on her back, Wendy in her deer form race towards the entrance of the mine. The Sawtooth seeing the fleeing form of Wendy with the two kids on her back, chase after her. Hearing the screams of panic from the two kids who were looking behind her, Wendy ran faster. She spotted the running minotaur ahead of her. Once Wendy was side by side with the running minotaur, Dipper still holding the spear he was given, thrust it between the minotaur's running legs. The minotaur was strong enough to break the shaft, but it was still enough to cause him to stumble in step, which was all that was needed for the Sawtooth to set its sights on him instead. Leaping on his back and began mawing at the minotaur as it fought back against it.

Wendy and the kids escape the mine as the fires started by some of the blaze barrels, spread to the rest of the blaze supply as well as the containers that held the gangs weapons. The explosion killed the remaining Purple Dragons and cause the whole mine to cave in, with the fireball engulfing both the minotaur and the Sawtooth as it races for the entrance. Wendy seeing enough movies knew to run to the side of the entrance of the mine, instead of trying to run in a straight line to escape the incoming fireball. Once the blast and shaking were over, the 3 look at the entrance which was now caved in. (2)

In the forest -

Dipper lead Wendy and Pacifica back to the manotaur cave. He told them about how he was being trained by them to be more of a man. Till the leader of the manotaurs gave him the task to bring the head of Multi-Bear. When Dipper arrived, the Multi-Bear revealed that it's sapient and that the manotaurs have been making fun of it because it likes the Icelandic pop group BABBA.

"You like that stuff?" Pacifica ask as she walks on the other side of Wendy who is still in deer form so that there be something between them, as she is still only dress in her underwear of a shirt and panties. As she doesn't need a bra for a few more years.

"Yeah, I do," Dipper admitted keeping his eyes away from Pacifica who after realizing that she was still naked and in front of a boy she started freaking out. Which is why Wendy is in her deer form, acting as a barrier between the two younger kids.

"Well, you're pretty manly seeing how you saved me twice already," Wendy said.

"I wouldn't say he's that manly," Pacifica said.

"Same goes for you table," Dipper said frowning at Pacifica.

"I'm still growing," Pacifica growls.

"You two still haven't hit your growth spurt yet," Wendy said. "I remember when, I was around you two size and suddenly, I was tall in less than a year."

"It's no wonder with how big your dad is. Not to mention, I seen your mother," Pacifica said eying her flat chest. And while Wendy isn't that big, seeing how big her mother is she is going to get alot bigger.

"I'm not looking forward to that. I'm going to have back and shoulder pains. Not to mention how they will just get in the way," Wendy said.

"Yeah... sure real bad," Pacifica said frowning. "Besides you’re a deer woman. Don't you have like a stronger body and all that?"

"Well yes but it still be a pain," Wendy said before seeing some landmarks that she recognized. "We're near one of my clothes stashes."

"You have stashes of clothes?" Dipper asks.

"I can't carry my clothes. So, I put stashes around the forest," Wendy said.

Wendy led them to a clearing that looks like a group were there from the bottles and empty food containers. Not to mention a strange smell that the two kids that smells musky. Which Wendy knows the smell very well.

"Looks like my aunts had a party here," Wendy said.

"A party?" Pacifica ask.

"Yes, an adult party and knowing them they would have grabbed my clothes to replace theirs... again," Wendy said.

"This happens before?" Dipper ask.

"Don't ask and turn around," Wendy said to Dipper who did allowing her to transform back into a human and walk over to a pile of rocks and took the pile apart. Revealing a backpack hidden underneath.

"Got clothes for me too?" Pacifica ask.

"Got clothes here. My aunts party clothes before they took my normal clothes so they wouldn't be seen walking around the forest in them... again," Wendy said. She tosses Pacifica a small white shirt and a small white skirt.

"These seem small for an adult woman," Pacifica said looking over the small outfit that fit her small frame nicely but on an adult woman would be stretch out, which the front of the shirt is really stretch out, and the skirt would be a mini on an adult.

"Adult party," Wendy said looking through the pack for something she could wear. And finally came up with a bikini under a cheerleader outfit.

"What kind of party were your aunts having?" Dipper ask.

"Something that you're not old enough to know yet," Wendy said blushing.

"At least you're all now dress," Dipper said.

"But you need something besides that diaper," Pacifica said while smirking.

"It's a loincloth," Dipper said blushing.

"There isn't anything here for you to wear instead of that loincloth," Wendy said looking through the bag. "But here's a white shirt and shorts."

"Thanks," Dipper said putting on the shirt and short from behind a tree holding the loincloth he was wearing as it wouldn't had fit in the shorts.

"Lots of cloth and little loin," Pacifica said.

"And nothing to fill even a training bra yet," Dipper shot back causing Pacifica to cover her chest.

"Come on let’s go," Wendy said not wanting this to become a thing.

Dipper led the girls to the manotaur cave where they be able to get back to Gravity Falls.

As they continue to travel through the woods, they came to clearing where they found wood cravings and calculations written on the ground. The wood cravings are of the 5 element bearers, Rarity, Pinkie Pie, Rainbow Dash and Applejack. Some are just small pieces of woods while others are craved from fallen trees. They went deeper finding more and more wooden figures and more calculations written on the dirt or on the trees.

"There has to be something that I'm missing," Twilight said as she sat on her flank looking over the calculations she had written down.

She's been coming to this place since she started living with the beaver brothers. Someplace where she could be by herself with her thoughts. It's where she goes to try to figure out what went wrong with her friends. She spent time craving wooden figures of her friends and using math to try to figure out where things went bad.

"Twilight what are you doing here?" Dipper ask recognizing the purple unicorn.

With all that happen during the Gobblewonker thing, he and the others really didn't pay that much attention to the beavers or their friend a purple unicorn. Which Mabel has been kicking herself for missing the chance of getting to spend time with a unicorn. Which the ponies have now banned her from many places around Ponyvile and Canterlot. Which Sunset enjoys watching the ponies running from Mabel, who isn’t the first girl who has been banned because of how they acted around the ponies.

"Trying to figure out where it all went wrong," Twilight said.

"Wait you're Twilight the element of magic and who all the ponies are looking for," Pacifica said recognizing her from the strain glass window in Canterlot castle and pictures she had seen, not to mention the cutie mark.

"She's that Twilight?" Dipper ask.

"Didn't you see her cutie mark?" Wendy asks pointing at it.

"Well, the last time I saw her. The first time she had her back to us and was on a couch watching TV. And there was the robot lake monster and that cat with those giant spiders that wanted to eat Lincoln and Ronnie," Dipper explains.

"You need to go back to Canterlot, everyone there is searching for you," Pacifica said.

"Well, I'm not going back. Not till, I figure out why things fell apart," Twilight said.

"What do you mean?" Dipper ask.

"They were my herd and now they're not," Twilight said.

“What?” Dipper ask.

"Sunset explain to me that ponies are herders, starting from their family to their friends. Once they form a herd they stay together and always have a strong bond with each other. Which is why it's such a big deal when ponies found out that Celestia abandon Sunset and how the element bearers broke apart," Pacifica said.

"That's why, I have to figure out how to fix it. I need to bring us all back together," Twilight said.

"I know what you're going through. When I was held at gun point my so-called friends all abandon me," Wendy said.

"Then you know what it's like. How you use to have people around you that you thought you could always count on and when it mattered the most, they just leave you," Twilight said.

To the surprise of Dipper music began playing out of nowhere.

"What's going on?" Dipper ask.

"It's a heart song," Pacifica said.

"A what?" Dipper ask.

"You never been apart of one? It's something that the ponies can do that is passive magic. It just happens when a pony is at a high emotional level and just burst out in song like in a musical. It doesn't happen alot but it does happen," Wendy said. (3)

'I have to find a way'
'To make this all ok'
'I can't believe this small mistake'
'Could have caused so much heartache'

'Oh why?'
'Oh why?'

'Losing promise'
'I don't know what to do!'
'Seeking answers'
'I fear I won't get through to...' Twilight sang till she was cut off.

'How did we get here?' Dipper ask singing as he steps into the song.

"What?" Twilight ask seeing Dipper stepping into her heart song causing the music to change to a more upbeat one.

'We're cast away on a lonely shore'
'I can see in your eyes, dear' Dipper sang.

'It's hard to take for a moment more' Twilight sang.

'We've got to' both of them sang.

'Burn the ships, cut the ties' Dipper sang surprising Twilight.

'Send a flare into the night'
'Say a prayer, turn the tide'
'Dry your tears and wave goodbye'

'Step into a new day' Twilight sang.

'We can rise up from the dust and walk away' Dipper sang.

'We can dance upon the heartache, yeah'
'So light a match, leave the past, burn the ships'

'And don't you look back' Twilight sang.

'Don't let it arrest you' Dipper sang.

'This fear, this fear of fallin' again'
'And if you need a refuge'
'I will be right here until the end'

'Oh, it's time to' Twilight sang.

'Burn the ships, cut the ties' both of them sang.

'Send a flare into the night' Dipper sang.

'Say a prayer, turn the tide' Twilight sang.

'Dry your tears and wave goodbye' Dipper sang.

'Step into a new day' both of them sang.

'We can rise up from the dust and walk away' Twilight sang.

'We can dance upon the heartache, yeah' Dipper sang.

'So light a match, leave the past, burn the ships' Twilight sang.

'And don't you look back' Dipper sang.

‘So long to shame, walk through the sorrow’ Twilight sang.

‘Out of the fire into tomorrow’ Dipper sang.

‘So flush the pills, face the fear’ Twilight sang.

‘Feel the weight disappear’ Dipper sang.

‘We're comin' clean, we're born again’ both of them sang.

‘Our hopeful lungs can breathe again’

‘Oh, we can breathe again’

'Step into a new day' Dipper sang.

'We can rise up from the dust and walk away' Twilight sang.

'We can dance upon the heartache, yeah' Dipper sang.

'So light a match, leave the past, burn the ships' Twilight sang

'Step into a new day' Dipper sang.

'We can rise up from the dust and walk away' Twilight sang

'We can dance upon our heartache, yeah' Dipper sang.

'So light a match, leave the past, burn the ships' Twilight sang.

'And don't you look back' Both of them sang.

'And don't you look back' Dipper sang to Twilight.

'And don't you look back' Twilight sang as the heart song ended.

"That was great," Pacifica said amazed at Dipper.

"Yeah, I didn't know you could sing," Wendy said.

"I didn't know either," Dipper said before turning back to Twilight. "Ok listen. I'm not an expect in this sort of thing. But from what, I have heard. The other elements left you for someone that only knew for a day. They believed in the worst of you rather then question why should they believe a stranger to someone they know longer. What kind of friends are that?"

"They're not true friends...," Twilight said eye widening as she pupils shrink.

"Are they really friends or you all just group together because you are all the bearers of the elements?" Dipper ask.

"I... I don't know," Twilight said.

"You might not be part of a herd but you still have your family, not your brother but your parents still love you," Wendy said.

"I should go back. If only so my parents know that, I'm still ok," Twilight said.

"Good now let’s see where to go next?" Dipper said as he climbs a rock to see where to go next.

“So, you ponies just break out in song like a musical back in your old world all the time?” Wendy ask Twilight.

“It just something that happens so much that no one thinks it was anything to wonder about,” Twilight said.

“It’s a good thing you all can do a Heart Song instead of trying to break out in song and dance without it. It would just cause people to stare,” Pacifica said.

“Norbert told me how Daggett tired after they experience their first one and just made a fool of himself,” Twilight said.

“Oh yeah I saw that,” Wendy said. (4)

"And it's all over the web," Pacifica adds.

"Tell me about it," Twilight sighed.

Manotaur cave -

"I didn't do it," Dipper said to the manotaurs. "The Multi-bear is sapient and there is no way, I'm killing someone that's sapient."

"But that's how you become a man," Chutzpar said with the other manotaurs grunting in agreement.

"He did save me and Pacifica here from those gang members and the minotaur," Wendy pointed out.

"Wait you mean that sissy who because he and the other Greek monsters no longer respawn after being killed. They quickly become cowards because they now die and stay dead like the rest of us?" Chutzpar said.

"Yup and when Dipper here freed that Sawtooth, the minotaur fled rather then trying to fight back. But he did serve as a distraction when we were running out of the mine as it was caving in thanks to barrels of fuel blowing up. Dipper trip him up and the Sawtooth chasing us went after him instead," Pacifica said.

"You mean you freed one of those machine animals?" Chutzpar ask Dipper.

"Well, they were armed with guns and there were 8 of them, with me only having a spear," Dipper said.

"Yeah, it would be dumb trying to fight a group with guns with a spear. And seeing how you did save them and took care of that sissy. You are now a man," Chutzpar said.

"Thanks," Dipper said. "And do you guys have a phone around here? I need to call the police about the mine in case there are anyone left alive in there."

"There's one in the game room," Chutzpar said walking Dipper over to the side of the cave he hasn't been to.

"Game room?" Dipper ask.

"Yeah," Chutzpar said showing Dipper and the girls a room that has a bunch of manotaurs playing online games with other players around the world using consoles or computers.

"Wait a minute you're the ones me, Daggett, Norbert and Stump were playing against on Battlefield 1," Twilight said seeing some familiar screen names.

"Online playing is great. We can go around and kill, bash and smash people and it's perfectly ok," Chutzpar said.

"Can we just call the cops so we can all go home now?" Pacifica said just wanting to go home.

"Sure," Dipper said as he wanted to go home as well.

Greasy's Diner -

After calling an uber Dipper and the gang were taken to Greasy Diner to get something to eat while they wait for the cop to show up. The cops headed for the mine to see what's left of the hideout and arrest anyone left alive. They're also were told about the Sawtooth that was let out and came ready to deal with it.

Once at the diner they came across the rest of the Pine family. With Dipper telling them what happen after they teased him about his current dress of just the shorts as Dipper gave his shirt to Twilight to hide her cutie mark. As that's how ponies recognize each other, then how they look like as there are plenty of ponies who look like each other with only their cutie marks being different. And with how dumb ponies are they were completely fooled.

Which also lead to Mabel seeing Twilight and nothing else was distracting her this time. Tried to pet her while using baby talk and talking about all the fantasy's that she wants to do with her, which Twilight responded by kicking her. Which Dipper pointed out is the reason why she's ban from petting zoo as Mabel goes out of her way in getting the animals there mad at her.

"FRACK YOU! Listen to me! I'm not going to fly you to a prince charming, I'm not here to have a tea party, I'm not here to show you the magic of Friendship!" Twilight ranted causing all nearby ponies to gasp.

"What no friendship? What kind of pony are you?" a pony name Cornflower ask.

"Oh, suck it up already! Twilight snorted then turns back to Mabel. "And even if that last one were true, I would never want to be friends with an ungrateful bitch that treats her brother like crap!"

"I'm a good sister," Mabel said.

"You did make fun of Dipper after he risk his life to save us," Pacifica said.

"And he save me twice already," Wendy said before turning to Stan. "And didn't we catch you watching that black and white old woman drama?"

"I was too lazy to get up to change the channel," Stan admitted.

"Wendy!" Velma Corduroy her mother said as she rushes into the diner followed by a group of fellow deer women.

"Mom don't worry I'm ok. Dipper save me, again," Wendy said.

"I was with your aunts when I got the call," Velma said.

"Don't worry mom. It's over and the police are at the mine to take care of it," Wendy said.

"Oh, you're the nice young man who saved my daughter," Velma said picking up Dipper and hugging him.

"You're welcome," Dipper said very uneasy as Wendy's mom is hot. She has a very voluptuous body that has thicken thanks to having 4 kids but still very sexy. Not to mention her friends who are all just like her, reminding Dipper that deer women are the American counterparts to succubuses. And that his face was buried between her breasts which are very big and soft and because of his small size, are bigger than his head.

"Mom he needs air," Wendy said blushing.

"Sorry," Velma said letting go.

Velma lets go of Dipper who fell back to the ground. And found himself being fuss over by the other deer women.

“What’s going on?” Twilight ask as the older deer women fuss all over Dipper who is blushing red as he was manhandled by the older women.

“Turns out that deer women love to be around children and very protective of them. Which is why before the merge happen, the deer women work in child services or babysit. Seems like the other female sex demons are like that because they want to be mothers. Which is why, I stay away from them, don’t need to have another ex-wife,” Stan said.

“Ex-wife?” Twilight ask.

“Eda the owl lady from the Boiling Isles. We got married and she left me with all of my winnings and stole my car,” Stan said before sighing. “She broke my heart and took me for everything I had.”

“Well you could visit her,” Mabel said.

“Oh no, I’m not going to go and see her again. And I hope I never see her again,” Stan grumbles.

Gravesfield -

In the Noceda household Luz and Vee are sitting together watching tv. Things have changed since the merge and magic being real is now known. The door into the Boiling Isles is now a part of a hub for people from both sides to travel to and from. The Boiling Isles is still being rebuilt and with the portals to the human world open, goods and trade could flow between the two worlds to help the rebuilding.

Because of how much magic is found on the isles in just about everything, the biggest export from the Boiling Isles are Exotic Cubes. The many new waste disposal guilds that have popped up once word spread of how much money one could make by selling trash to the humans. Which has made the isles much cleaner then it was before. Then there are the people from Earth visiting and spending money in the isles. And magic users who want to use magic again coming to live in the isles and sharing their brand of magic. Which help in the rebuilding of the isle.

As for Luz things have changed for her as she is seen as a heroine, and even have an offer from United HeroeZ to be a junior hero in training. Which she took and learning to be a hero but she still has to finish her education first. Vee is also interested as she being a shape changing Basilisk who eats magic, she be prefect to handle magical villains.

“Hey girls!” Camila the mother of the two said as she burst into the living room with an open letter in her hand. “We all been invited to an all expenses paid vacation to Equestria!”

“Eeeek!” the two girls shouted.

“Wait what’s the catch?” Luz ask.

“It’s probably one of those time share things but free vacation!” Camila said. (5)

“Yeah!” the two girls shouted again.

“Also there are tickets for your friends and their families,” Camila said.

“Ok that sounds like whoever sent the tickets wants something. Who is it from?” Vee ask.

“From Princess Sunset Shimmer,” Camila said reading the letter.

“Wait she invited the Butterfly family to Equestria to promote the resorts in her kingdom,” Vee pointed out.

“She must be planning on doing the same with us,” Luz said.

“Still it’s a free vacation!” Camila said.

The family of 3 look at each other before they celebrate the free vacation. But they would have to make plans and setup things before they could just leave for a vacation. Not to mention tell the others that they’re invited as well.

Author's Note

1 - Besides in real life preventing the censors from making a fuss about people becoming naked when they transform, where do their clothes go?

2 - I find it dumb how people never just jump to the side when something is behind them that can't move anywhere but forward.

3 - Best thing I can come up with how musicals that happen in the show happens.

4 - Trying to sing and dance like a musical is something I would like to see happen in a show. Where it’s not a musical at all. The only time I can think where it happen was in South Park after Highschool Musical came out and all the girls acted like they’re in one because of a guy they all thought was cute.

Double Dipper

Star looked around her at the old castle that she grew up in. Everything looked the same but it was off like something was changed but she couldn't see what was changed about her surroundings. And there was her mother, Moon was still herself but she was all distorted when Star tried looking at her.

"I don't work for Mina...she works for me...," Moon said in a distorted voice.

A terrified Star found herself running through the wilderness, Mina's giant minion's chasing her all the while watching all the hard work, she went into helping Eclipsa, helping the monsters, and trying to do what was right for Mewni get blown to bits...

And then they were there...

Quirky guy...

Kelly...

Talon Raventalon...

Tom...

Her daughter (the unicorn from the realm of magic)....

Spider with a top hat...

Buff frog and his children...

All are screaming in agony, dying horribly; yelling things like: 'Why did your mom kill us, Star?'

'Why did you kill us Star?' yelled Spider with a top hat and her daughter unicorn.

Star suddenly finds herself surrounded by everyone who was displaced by the merge... all accusing her of ruining their lives because of the merge.

Star breaks down sobbing and pleading how sorry she is... then she looks up just in time to see a Solarian guard bring his boot down to crush her-

"Star wake up!" Marco shouted as he shakes her awake.

Star wakes up in a cold sweat from the nightmare she keeps on having. The night terrors have been causing her to lose lots of sleep and been happening to her for months on end. The nightmares come and go but they always return with Star waking up screaming.

"Star you need to have Princess Luna help you with these nightmares," Marco said worried about her.

"No, I don't need her help, I'm fine," Star said refusing.

"Star from what you told me about your nightmares," Marco said.

"No, I'm fine," Star said.

"Star is everything ok?" Moon ask behind the door.

"Yes mom," Star said cutting off Marco from telling Moon about her nightmares.

"That's good. Get dress and come down, I made breakfast and we need to start early if we're going to do the activities you have plan for us," Moon said.

"You heard her, we need to get ready," Star said.

"Ok," Marco said leaving to use the bathroom.

Star hastily gets her things while repeating a mantra over her breath over and over again...

"I'm happy, everyone is happy, I love my mom, my mom loves me. I have completely forgiven her! We all make mistakes and I love her! I have a good life, good family, good boyfriend, good friends. We are ALL happy! I am happy! I am happy! And it doesn't matter anyway; I never have to deal with kingdoms, betrayal and Mina ever again!" Star repeatedly told herself.

Canterlot -

The last couple of days had been crazy for Twilight since she return to Canterlot revealing where she's been for so long. The first thing that Twilight did was to reassure her parents that she's fine... but she wouldn't live in Canterlot and goes back to live with the beavers brothers Daggett and Norbert and Stump. Who have become part of the family, with Twilight Velvet and Night Light meeting the beaver brothers and their own parents and little sisters.

Sunset did come over after learning about Twilight showing up again, they talk and bound over being hurt by those they loved, namely Celestia. Sunset made sure she's fine, she left Twilight to her own devices but insists she sees a psychiatrist. Which turns out that she has been seeing one, that happens to be Stump who is fully licensed.

Sunset also made sure that Celestia doesn't have any say in anything by having a restraining order place on her. When Celestia confronted Sunset about the court order, Sunset replied that she had her chance and mess things up as she always did. Twilight has the help she needs and made some real friends while doing so, which Celestia would just ruin by trying to help. Seeing how her way of helping is getting rid of the problem by sending it away so that it be out of sight and mind. Like how she did with Luna and Sunset, finding it easier to just send the problem away then trying to fix things. Which Sunset told Celestia that there was no way that she'll ever be able to be her mother when she already had one who unlike her didn't just give up on her. Not to mention that Twilight doesn't want anything to do with her anymore, which she told her to her face.

Twilight does come to visit the shack having heard about it from the ads that she seen online, the paper, and on the TV. Both Daggett and Norbert would come with her as they enjoy the shack's stuff, while Twilight enjoys figuring out how those things work. For the ones that weren't made up by Stan that is, like the hampire that is just a piece of ham with fake vampire fangs on it. She can't believe some people like that stuff. She also spent time with Dipper and Wendy while she's at the shack studying the strange objects that Stan managed to get his hands on.

Then there was also the issue with her former friends who learned of Twilight's return. They all wanted to talk with Twilight and regain her trust, which Twilight wanted nothing to do with them. Fluttershy, Rarity and Pinkie Pie tried and after being turn away by Daggett and Norbert when they showed up at the beaver dam, and were berated by Stump who explained why they're bad friends. Which sent the three sobbing away knowing that they're the ones who ruin the friendship they had with Twilight.

Then came Applejack and Rainbow Dash who were more forceful and they flat out threaten to smash the dam to bits if they weren't let in to see Twilight. Which Stump stood in their way which the two laugh him off as he's just a stump. Daggett and Norbert call the police to have them arrested, which they came by the police boat where they pick up the beaten Applejack and Rainbow Dash who learned that Stump wasn't one to be mess with.

That got them in trouble with Sunset who was furious when she finds out about the last two. She had Rainbow kicked out of the Wonderbolts which force her to find a new job. Rainbow Dash ended up trying to find work at one of the casinos that weren't owned by Sunset. She's now working as a show pony, entertaining the children in the section meant for them while their parents enjoyed themselves.

Applejack on the other hand was already having problems with her farm and her being arrested just added to the problems, but it did allow Applebloom to make her move to save the farm. Since the merge Applebloom unlike the rest of her family had taken to the new world they found themselves in like a duck to water. She went and made plenty of friends with the children of the new world, especially the children of Peach Creek. She made friends with a trio of boys there, Ed, Edd, and Eddy. Who being led by Eddy, the trio frequently invent schemes to make money, that both Sweetie Belle and Scootaloo join up with too.

Speaking of the two, both Sweetie Belle and Scootaloo's parents are now spending more time with them since the merge. With Rarity and Sweetie Belle's parents, Hondo Flanks and Cookie Crumbles, both of them aren't able to travel as much as they like anymore, thanks to all the changes that had happen thanks to the merge. Both of them are now working at the casinos and spending time with their kids now, and no longer just having Rarity take care of her sister all of the time.

As for Scootaloo's parents Snap Shutter and Mane Allgood both of whom use to be world traveling adventurers who study exotic plants and creatures for the advancement of science and medicine. And because both of them spend so little time with Scootaloo they had sent her to live with her Aunt Holiday and Auntie Lofty, when they came back to Ponyvile they had to face charges of parental abandonment. The charges were only drop after they talk with Sunset who gave them jobs at one of the resorts, and that they're no longer able to just spend years away from home while they have a child at home, and the only reason why they weren't being sent to jail was that they did had Snap Shutter's sister looking after Scootaloo. They need to think about their child then their own needs as till she's a full-grown adult they are bound by the law to take care of her.

Sunset brought up the case of a young Japanese man name Setani who had been abandon by his parents so that they could take care of other children in another country. Who after the merge happen the children's home they were running lost all of its funding and that's country's government took over and sent both of them back to their home country. Where they found that their now adult son Setani was now living with Mai who is a student of a Santa Claus Academy in her world, and now works as a Santa for the Japan’s Santa branch. And were completely shocked that their now legal adult son wanted nothing to do with them and would do nothing to help them now that they're jobless and the bank they had their savings in went belly up.

Which happen alot around the world after the merge happen, thanks to largely how many of the bank's in some worlds were just ran poorly. Leaving them to fend for themselves as Setani stated in an interview that they cared more about other children and their wellbeing over his, their own son, never caring or treating him like any of the other children they cared for over him. And the only present they had ever sent him was a picture of them with the children they treated as if they were their kids instead of their own

After spending years away and no contact at all to their real child, they suddenly expect him to start treating them as his parents like they raised him and knows him on a personal level. They were shock when he doesn’t want anything to do with them or make bonds with them as they had rather spend years away from him than bond with their child. Seeing how the years where it would have actually matter are long past, where they don’t know a thing about him. And it’s isn’t a case where they couldn’t return or have very important work that only they could do, they simply chose to care for children like their own while ignoring their real son. Which cause many people to take Setani's side and leaving his parents to fend for themselves. (1)

Sunset explain to both Snap Shutter and Mane Allgood that their parental abandonment of their child is over as she made laws that are very tough on bad parents. The only saving grace with them is them making sure that a family member was looking after their child in all the years that they were away. Sunset can look over them having jobs that have them traveling, like being in the army, working in the airlines, and other jobs like those. But both of them aren't working for anyone just themselves, who travel around to discover plants and animals while their child grows up without them.

Once Scootaloo becomes a teenager or a young adult, it be too late to form any real bond with her. When they finally decide to settle down after she has grown up and want to spend more time with her, she won't want to spend any time with them and all the old things that they use to know that Scootaloo love to do is now all out dated. Which Sunset used herself as an example of how things could end up happening when the parent namely her mother Celestia wants to bond with her, and she no longer wants to bond with her. So both Snap Shutter and Mane Allgood are now staying put and being parents to Scootaloo so they wouldn't be labeled as bad parents.

Which is one of the big head liners in the news since the merge, seeing how many parents either have being abusive or outright abandon their children so that they could have fun all by themselves like the parents of Dimsdale who have all been labeled as bad parents with them jailed and having their children taken from them and the once wish granting fairies taking them in. And that's not even going into the mess that is Japan with the huge number of parents who are never there as their children did things from fighting to doing things that could get themselves killed. Cause many parents to be jailed to losing their kids because of child abuse or jailed for enabling their kids to commit crimes because of lack of supervision. (2)

Both Snap Shutter and Mane Allgood weren't the only ponies in trouble because of how they raised their children. By pony standards it's ok to leave their children in the care of others for years or spend a huge amount of time away from them, to letting them live far away and make a living for themselves. Like the Earth pony Cheese Sandwich who as a young fowl was allowed to leave his hometown and live on the road. Needless to say Sunset quickly made laws that prevented things like that from happening again.

Now while Rainbow Dash after paying her bail and awaiting her court date, she got off lightly compared to Applejack. Which to punish Applejack and for her to avoid going to jail which the Apple's couldn't afford to pay the bail for, Sunset made Applebloom in charge of the farm. Applebloom had been pestering her family about making some changes and improvements to the farm which they're against for tradition. And now with her in charge and getting a loan from Sunset, Applebloom cast out the Apple traditions from hiring non-Apple helpers to making deals with Film and Flam to modernize the farm. Which is the ultimate humiliation for Applejack to take.

Then came Candance who shows up, Twilight was happy to see her. Both of them were so happy to see each other and they reconnect and bonded. Candace thanks the beavers, and Stump for being there for her when she ran off. She also thank Dipper and Wendy for helping Twilight to stop hiding from her past and face it instead.

Shining Armor wanted to see Twilight too, but Candance forbids it along with his parents. Their relationship has been on the rocks since she was released from the catacombs and learned what happened to Twilight, and the fact Shining slept with Chrysalis while she was disguised as her. They'd called off the wedding and are in the middle of relationship counseling.

Then there was Spike who has been a mess since Twilight ran away. Celestia has taking care of him like she use to before he became Twilight's assistant. Without Twilight to give him self-worth, Spike fell into a depression, which Sunset sent him to a psychiatrist to help him with his issues. She also got him a job at one of the resorts which is run by dragons, which are all came from different worlds. There Spike learned how to be a dragon which the ponies being cowards never tried to befriend and know nothing about. So, all the things that Spike didn't know about himself he learned from the Equestian dragons who told him that he's still a young dragon who hasn't even grown his wings yet. Being around other dragons allowed him to learn all about what he's able to do and what kind of dragon he is.

Once Twilight came back, Spike went to her to say sorry that he didn't stand with her. Twilight forgave Spike seeing how he's still just a child, but he couldn't be her assistant anymore. Sunset told her about how Spike based all of his self worth on her approval, as she's his big sister to him. And with Celestia being the only mother he had known, which seeing how Sunset turn out because of her, Sunset made sure that Spike is being mentored by one of the Equestian dragons to learn about being a dragon and not a pony. Seeing how Spike was malnourished because of his pony style diet besides the gems he ate, as a growing dragon he needed to eat meat to grow big and strong. And now with his meat diet, Spike had really grown in the year since Twilight last seen him.

In a homeless camp -

The homeless camp is one of the many Uselessvilles that have sprang up which much like the ancient Hoovervilles' of the great depression this is where useless adults from other worlds came to live when no one else wanted them and their stupidity was no longer tolerated or praised. And like the old Hoovervilles they appeared just about everywhere as people who had nowhere else to go ended up.

Many adults from Dimsdale who after losing their jobs and kids ended up living in a Uselessvile as they couldn't afford to live in their old homes anymore. Like the Turners who after losing their child and making themselves look bad during the court hearing where they blindly told the court all about how they repeatedly left their son in the care of Vicky who was at that point has been arrested and convicted of child abuse, never caring about how many times or proof that their son showed them of her abusing him, which their son showed them during the court hearing which they just laugh it off and didn't care as they explained that they cared more about their own happiness then his, which is why they left him behind so they could enjoy having fun on their own. Which cause their own lawyer to give up on the case as they already paid her, seeing how they did that in front of the judge and jury. Them and many other adults lost everything and just ended up in a Uselessvile as there was no other place to go.

They weren’t alone as Mr. Lancer former teacher at Casper High was there as well. Having his face disfigured, with his jaw broken where he couldn’t speak right anymore, his car and home destroyed, losing his job, he had no place to go as no one would hire him. All of his savings went to hospital bills, which ran out quickly and after the hospital fix him up as much as the law allows them to, they sent him on his way. He had wanted to sue Danny but didn't had the money for it, let alone how no one cared about him.

Then there are the many cops who because of how useless they are and refuse to acknowledge any crime in the places they use to be employed in, have been banned from ever having any sort of power ever again. There are also plenty of Skyway Patrol members who also ended up there as no one would hire them. For unlike how their world worked, what they were able to do and get away with out in the open, doesn’t work in their new world.

Depending on where the Uselessvile is located many of the jobs that are found there are waste management. Seeing how almost all of the Uselessvile are located in places that no one else wants to live. Many of those areas ended up as dumping sites for trash. That was before the new recyclers came out and now the people living in the Uselessviles sort out the trash for enough money to keep themselves alive. As even if the recyclers do break down everything into cubes, it was just easier to sort the trash out first so that the cubes wouldn't be such a big mess to sort out later. And using people from Uselessvile is just cheaper than robots.

The Uselessviles that use to be towns or cities on the other hand, did things differently. As there are still some businesses that are up and running in most of them, but the glory days are behind them. But are very clean thanks to people collecting trash to sell at recycling centers.

Suddenly an armored car with a government official shows up at the camp. The man and the woman got out of the car and the man grab a megaphone from the car. And began speaking into it to gather as many people as possible. Everyone in the area rushes over excited hoping it’s something good like jobs for them.

A ragged woman who kept walking, not caring about the job offer that the government officials are offering or aid, or whatever. She’s been on the road searching for the one who caused her to lose everything, the followers she had either abandoned her or died from one reason or another, leaving just her.

She kept walking until she reach the government aide buildings where the food and other supplies are kept. There people are already lined up for the watered down and tasteless food that's cheap which was brought in bulk. Like typical prison menus that are designed to be low-sugar, low-salt, and to contain a moderate amount of calories. But unlike prison food, the dietary, religious, and ethical concerns are not taken into consideration. They either eat what’s offered or they don’t eat. Then there are the shelters which are full, with a long wait list, all paid by taxpayer money.

While she waited in line for some food, she overhear some guards talking how they needed to move a magical object that was recovered from a compound. The woman didn't care about what they were saying till one of the guards ask whatever happen to that princess that destroyed the magic. Which one of the guards revealed that she's staying at Gravity Falls, which is where the magical item is heading to as well.

"Star! This whole mess is her fault!... well I'll show her!" the woman said to herself. She walks to the place where the trucks are all parked at and stows away on the truck headed for Gravity Falls Brighton. And found the magic item that the truck is transporting.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

In one of the fence off and hidden away is a nudist camp. Which is where the Butterfly party is currently at to partake in Star's father survival training, which means no shelter, food, or clothes. Being the reason why they're at a nudist camp where they be able to be naked and won't get in trouble for it. They're also joined by Tom who came to Gravity Falls to join in on the vacation with Janna who is his new girlfriend. The only one not around is Pony Head who is off doing a web video or something like that. Hearing about the nudist camp and how Star is going through her father's survival training Marco and the others were rope into joining as well. Mainly thanks to his parents learning about it and getting him to join in.

"Uh...sir?" Marco ask as he's awkwardly covering himself while trying to not stare at River's nudity.

"Please, call me River! You've more then earned that my boy!" River said as he gives him a whack on the back for emphasis that and knocked him over.

"Uh.... I get your really into survival training... but why have Star do the 'no clothes' bit? I mean... she's your DAUGHTER. Pretty sure you can get in trouble for that...," Marco said trying to ignore the pain in his spine.

River gave out a sigh.

"I agree, I actually wanted to exempt her from the whole thing so she could take a much deserved relaxing VACATION, but Star insisted! Said she wanted to do more things with my dear moonpie! Even went as far as to sign a waiver so I wouldn't get in trouble for it! ...which is weird, considering they've hardly spent any time together or talked together during this whole thing....," River explains as he trails off confused.

"Come on Marco it's not that bad," Kelly said who is covered by her hair.

"Easy for you to say, you got the hair to hide yourself," Marco said. "It's not you who has his parents running around naked."

"Well, they did got Eclipsa and Globgor to watch the babies," Kelly said.

"Come on Marco join in," Star shouted as she swings from a rope.

"Yes come on you," Kelly said brushing her hair away revealing her naked body to Marco who looks away. Kelly smirks as she grabs his hand and leads him to join in on the survival training. Enjoying how he's doing his best not to stare at her or Star's bodies.

Despite the initial awkwardness Marco had a fun time together with Star and Kelly, just nothing dirty just non-sexual activities they do naked... although Star is uncomfortable seeing Marco's family naked. And Marco is flustered to see Star's parents naked. But after Stars parents are forced to go home after River eats a beehive, they have time alone and Marco confronts Star.

"Look Star, I'm having a great time but what's been going on lately? Before this it was landmine testing, bear-baiting, blood hunting, mosquito poison racing... you set up all these activities that you claim are for you and your mom together... yet you don't spend anytime with her at all during it and invite as many other people as you can to spend time away from her with THEM," Marco ask.

"He's right, it is weird," Janna said who is lounging on a chair naked in the sun, next to an equally naked Tom.

"GAH!" Marco gasp as he tries to look away from her body.

Janna laughs as she gives him a pose.

"Yeah, I'm with Marco. I'm all for keeping our friendship together and bonding closer, but inviting your boyfriend AND Ex-boyfriend to a naked survivalist thing? That's just weird Star," Tom said.

"Seriously Star, what's going on with you recently?" Marco ask concerned.

Before Star can respond, she's nearly run over by a truck driven by Mina. Marco having seen the truck coming out of the bushes had grab Star and pulled her out of the way as the truck zoomed by. As it pass he saw driving the truck was an aged Mina.

Tom seeing the truck having tried to run over Star went on the attack mode. He blasted the truck with fire which he could still throw around as it's a passive magic thing that his mother's side of the family could always used thanks to being demons. His fire drove Mina to race away before the truck was set on fire, leaving as fast as she came.

"What was that?" Kelly ask having came back from the restroom.

"Mina's here," Marco said as he pulls Star with him to the camp's main building where they could call the cops.

The next day at the shack -

Dipper is reading the newspaper having seen an article about the Roman gods who unlike their Greek counterparts showed up in Rome. The Roman gods had more controlled over themselves then their Greek counterparts even if they are more military in nature then them. They still have their powers unlike the Greek ones and seem to be from the world of Juniper Lee. They're now celebrities in Rome where they either work with the local government in the city of Rome or like Apollo who is now a music star.

And unlike the Greek gods there were many other lesser known gods who are now found in Rome. Like Cloacina the Roman goddess of the sewers and works with the sewer workers of the city. And is surprisingly one of the most powerful Roman gods, as unlike the other gods like Zeus who is known but no one really prays to him anymore. The Roman gods are powerful but the lion share of their powers are from mortals believing in them, which Cloacina's domain is one that everyone uses and believes in. (3)

Dipper also reads about XJ9 foiling another rouge A.I. attack using the Tallnecks who have spread around the country since the merge. Which caused the machine animals to run wild and for things running on computers to go haywire. Which lead to many cities on the East coast being damaged before the A.I. was stop, with most of the damage being caused by the blackouts. In the aftermath of the attack, a company called Anderson's Robotics is offering to rebuild the affected cities for free, and them approaching Mr. House for a potential merger. Seeing how Mr. House already has household robots market cornered, with his robots who are all be remodeled to work better than they were before.

"Hey Dipper, I think I finally figured out the copier," Twilight voice called out to him getting his attention.

He then puts the paper aside and goes back to working on the clone-copier with Twilight. He discovered the copier that Stan has been using cause things to come to life, after he accidentally copied his hand and brought it to life. Which he then got rid of with some water that spilled on it. He called Twilight about it who has been trying to figure out how it works. He even showed her the journal which had a drawing of the crystal bulb which can make shadow copies of anything it's shined on but it only last as long as the light is making a shadow.

Dipper also told Twilight about the flashes he gets now and then of things that were going to happen, like how he knew about where to find the journal. And that he had a flash of him using the copier to make copies of himself so that he could keep Wendy and Robbie apart during the upcoming party at the shack. Twilight points out that his visions as he sees it won't happen as not only does his and Wendy's bond seem stronger but Wendy is still not talking to Robbie after what happen at the store, and theorizes that he might be seeing an alternate timeline which has become more unlikely thanks to all the 'changes' Dipper has made thanks to said flashes.

In the copier room, Twilight had taken the copier apart and finding that the bulb is made out of some kind of crystal and that there are tons of gears in it that a normal copier shouldn't have in it and some kind of red liquid inside of a glass container that the light of the crystal bulb is focus through. Which somehow cause anything that the copier scans of a living being is brought to life but in paper form.

"What did you find out?" Dipper ask.

"Well from what I seen and just guessing, the author of the journal. Went and used several magical items to make this copier. Which, I'm guessing the author used to study dangerous creatures without having to deal with the real thing. Seeing how all it takes to get rid of the copy is some water," Twilight said.

"Cool, I'll be able to create a clone army and keep everyone away from Wendy while, I do my list," Dipper said talking about the party that just got started in the shack.

"No that's a bad idea," Twilight said having a flashback to the Smartypants incident. "Dipper take it from me, living life by a list will get you nothing but trouble. But more importantly, They might be clones but they're still you and I'm guessing with all of your memories. Getting rid of the clone will be killing a copy of you."

"You're right. Bringing to life a clone that will just die with some water would be horrible. Like those quick clones that the MIB used, knowing that once your time is up you just end up melting to goop be horrible," Dipper said thinking about it.

"That's the reason why you shouldn't use this on anything that's sapient. There be a lot of ethical issues if you do that with a clone that will just die easily," Twilight said. She said just as she had a flash of a memory regarding a weird pond and an army pinkies staring at a wall with drying paint.

"Twilight?" Dipper ask.

"I think... I think I just had my own flash forward and it’s about me zapping clones of Pinkie and not caring if I might had ended up getting rid of the real one," Twilight said shaking her head.

"Huh... Maybe those flashes show what you would had done if it wasn't for the merge," Dipper said thinking out loud.

"Maybe, but will theorize more later. Just to be safe we should focus on making sure that this clone machine is disable so there won't be any accidental cloning," Twilight said.

"Did someone say cloning?" Mabel ask as she walks in.

"We discover that this copier makes clones of living beings, but they die once they get wet," Dipper said.

"Is that why you two are missing the party?" Mabel ask not paying attention to what Dipper said as normal.

"We'll grab some food and drinks later," Twilight said.

"Come on you two are missing everything, Sunset and her sisters are here as well as those campers," Mabel said.

"Nope we're too busy here," Dipper said.

"Wait, I know," Mabel said as she goes over to the copier and aims the copy screen at the two. Thinking of the prospect of another brother to try out her 'peanut butter, jelly and macaroon' costume idea and clones Dipper before he can stop or objects.

“Hey!” Mable shouted as Twilight had toss a bunch of blank papers in front of Dipper at the last second and block the flash.

The copier only copied some paper and Twilight followed with her bucking Mable away from the copier.

“You idiot!” Twilight shouted.

“Mable weren’t you listening? You would had killed me!” Dipper said.

“What?” Mable ask getting up.

“I said that any clone made from the copier, WILL DIE when they get wet. The copy you would have created would know that he will die when he gets wet,” Dipper said as he pulls the plug cutting off the power of the copier.

“I… wasn’t listening,” Mable said.

“Well maybe next time you will or next time I won’t be around to stop you from being stupid,” Twilight said.

A loud crash and the house shaking cause all of them to stop what they were doing and run out of the room.

Earlier In The Shack -

The party is in full swing as the kids are enjoying themselves after they paid to get in that is. The party is in the house but is also spread out to the outside because of all the kids who showed up. Thanks to the campers from Camp Lakebottom coming to the party with several of the camp counselors coming with them, not to mention Sunset and her sisters showing up, the party is packed. Causing more people to show up at the party once it hit the social network, as long as they paid first that is. Stan is outside making sure that no one crashes the party without paying first.

"This is it guys, this is the big leagues," Eddy said as he, Edd and Ed walk up the road to the Mystery Shack. They gotten on a bus that took them from Peach Creek to Gravity Falls after hearing about the party.

"This be fun!" Edd yelled out.

"Too bad we're going to be working," Ed pointed out.

"So, what. We'll be with the big kids and no longer having to deal with the same old crowd of the cul-de-sac. It's like they're the only kids around most of the time," Eddy said.

"Hey, we're right here," Nazz said as she and the other kids had tagged along to join the party. Of course, unlike the Ed boys they had to pay to get in.

"Just be glad we're letting you tag along," Eddy grumbles back.

Since the merge things in Peach Creek had greatly changed from what was normal. For one Kevin isn't seen as the cool kid anymore thanks to all the new kids that filled the school and surrounding neighborhoods, which the kids couldn't remember the last time they actually interacted with other kids besides themselves before the merge. Not to mention the adults who suddenly they're able to see and aren't out of view. With how much of a jerk Kevin acts no one outside of the little group of the cul-de-sac, wanted to have anything to do with him. Seeing how he keeps calling everyone who he doesn't like dork. Not to mention that he's no longer the tough one in school as older and bigger kids took that spot.

The there's Sarah who quickly learn that acting as a spoiled brat no longer something that people just put up with. It caused her to be the most dislike kid in school. And that her going around destroying things will get her in trouble, not to mention that she can't beat up much bigger and older kids like she could with the cul-de-sac kids. The last time she got in a fight with older kids she got beaten badly and when she tried to lift something bigger and heavier then her, it caused her to pull her muscles off of her bone. Due to that she can hardly lift things anymore without hurting herself. Not to mention that the teachers had taken a disliking to her because of the damage that she does and all that screaming she does.

Jimmy quickly became the known as the lamest and the crybaby of the school. He tried to blame the Ed's to get back at them after another one of Eddy's money-making scams, with the Ed's selling Zap Apple jam that they made themselves, ending with Jimmy covered in jam and bugs with everyone laughing at him. To get back at them, Jimmy ruin the school wide project dealing in planting a school garden, but unlike before the school didn't just believe that the Ed's did it. The school had installed cameras and caught Jimmy pouring weed killer into the planting soil. Needless to say Jimmy got in deep trouble and now is pick on by all the other students for ruining their hard work.

Nazz found herself no longer the school beauty as there are now plenty of other girls around. Nazz just became one of the crowd with her only standing out when it was just her and the cul-de-sac kids. She just wasn’t that interesting to stand out anymore, with so many other girls around.

Jonny on the other hand somehow became an internet star be posting videos of him and Plank. People found him interacting with Plank very interesting for some reason and the money he makes from the ads on his videos made him the only kid at school who wasn't dependent on his parents to give him money. Making Jonny and Plank very popular around school

Seeing money signs, the Ed boys soon began making their own videos of their money making scams and became a hit as well. They did have to tone down the scams as if they do something illegal they would have proof that they filmed themselves of doing the deed.

Rolf never really fitting in because of his refusal to learn a new culture to his own. With so many other kids around after the merge happening the other kids stop hanging out with him as he wasn't the only other kid anymore. Rolf did find some new friends with the other kids who came from farms but like Nazz, he just became part of the crowd. Rolf is depressed as his country of origin isn’t here in this world, making him and his family the only ones who follow their culture.

"Hey Eddy, you and the other Eds get over here," Stan yelled waving for him and the other two Eds to cut in line. He and Soos are keeping an eye on who gets into the party, backed up by several eyebots that Stan rented from someplace to act as guards.

"Hi Mr. Pines," Eddy greeted him.

"Alright you and your friends help out inside with Wendy and the kids," Stan said.

"Sure thing Mr. Pines Eddy said as he, Ed and Edd went inside. After one visit to the shack where Eddy tried to scam Mr. Pines who wasn't fooled at all being a experienced conman, turn the tables on Eddy. So now every now and then he'll call Eddy and his friends to work at the shack for free, while teaching Eddy his conman skills.

Inside -

The party is in full swing with the kids enjoying themselves or helping themselves to the food and drinks being served by Mr. Handy who is also acting as the bouncer of the party. Wendy is also making sure the party wouldn't get too wild and that the party goers wouldn't damage the shack. They're helped by Sunset's sisters who came for the party who are all adults and help keep the kids from getting too wild. Seeing how all of them are giant amazons, it was very easy for them to keep the younger kids in line. Of course seeing how they are amazons the boys are mostly interested in them while the girls are jealous at how attractive they are.

The human Applejack and Applebloom congratulating pony Applebloom on her recent success at running her family farm. And pony Applebloom asks if they'd be interested in doing business with her farm. The human learned how pony Applejack is still sulking over how she had to take orders from her little sister and that her little sister is better at keeping the farm afloat than she was.

Human Rarity is talking with Strawberry Shortcake and her friends who came from Big Apple city for the party, and also Rainbow Brite and the color kids who also came. She wanted to make clothes themed after them as they have become very popular. She points out that they should make money while they’re hot, so that later they have a lots of savings to fall back on later.

Human Fluttershy talking to Wendy about the habits and ecology Deer Women. While pony Fluttershy with a bunch of eco friendly kids who is expressing her concerns how the pampered Equestrain animals aren't adapting well to a world where the ponies aren't in control of everything and they have to do things themselves without the ponies to take care of them. Like how a domesticated animal struggles adapting when released back into the wild. The ponies are having enough trouble in making a living in the new world they found themselves in, to bother taking care of animals as well.

Human Rainbow Dash is getting annoyed of people saying how sorry they were she got kicked of the Wonderbolts, them confusing her with pony Rainbow Dash. The pony Rainbow Dash wasn't at the party as she's busy working at her new job. While on the dance floor the human Pinkie Pie is dancing.

"Come on, do the Pinkie! Do the Pinkie! Do the Pinkie!" Pinkie shouted.

"No thanks," human Maud said with their other sisters, Limestone and Marble.

"DO THE PINKIE!" human Pinkie shouted at her sisters.

Molly McGee and Libby Stein-Torres are with Andrea Davenport, their other friends Kat, Sheela, and Tammy Myers are elsewhere in the party. Molly’s brother Darryl is stuffing himself with pizza and soda. Off to the side Sunset is talking with her fellow princess Melody the mermaid princess, along with Pacifica.

Nearby Rose is talking with Trixie.

"Oh, yeah, Jake's been having crazy problems with the whole 'clothes disappear when transformed' thing ever since the merge," Rose said to Trixie who learned that Wendy keeps spare clothes around in the forest because her clothes don't just reappear when she turns back to human.

"Come on guys, stop telling that story!" an embarrassed Jake said as he walks up to the two.

"Really? Why it's not like there is anything to see. I've seen you plenty of times and I'm not gonna lie. You're smoother than a ken doll 'down there'," Trixie pointed out.

"It's the same with other reptiles. It all goes inside of us. It's the reason why you don't see anything hanging under a male snake or lizard," Jake said face red and looks to Danny who is laughing at something. Being eager to change the subject. "What's so funny Danny?"

Danny holds up his phone, streaming news coverage. "Get this, my old 'friend', Tucker thought to ride my coattails and try to run for mayor in my old town!"

"Isn't he 14?" Trixie ask incredulous to the news.

"HA! well that had to be a short campaign," Jake stated.

"That's the best part... it was!" Danny said smirking. "Him being my 'former' friend made him so popular those idiots gave him the job on the spot!"

Jake sputters at the idiocy of this while Trixie laughs.

"So, what did he do?" Rose ask.

"About as well as can be expected, that idiot sunk all of the cities few remaining resources and revenue to bring the city 'into the future'," Danny explains.

"So what? He made the city automated? Gave everyone the latest gadgets? Tossed out everything low tech or obsolete?" Rose ask confused.

"All of the above! He ripped out the whole towns infrastructure and bankrupted the city doing so. By giving everyone gadgets that they didn't need/want/use/know how to use and trying to set down new infrastructure how he wanted and not consulting anyone how to assimilate it into the city properly. The city collapsed with an hour of the cities 'grand re-opening!," Danny explains showing a picture of a Tucker being tared, feathered and run out of town on a splintery rail by an angry crowd of naked girls (including Sam and Paulina). The only girl missing was Valerie Grey due to her moving out of town with her father after she got a job with the government using her ghost fighting equipment. (4)

"Wait, why are they naked?" Jake ask.

"Tucker made all the girls in town wear 'anime style' clothes so naturally they crumbled like paper within the hour. Seeing how he ordered them straight from Japan from company which came from a world where clothes just fall apart with any damage," Danny explains. (5)

Rose face showed how annoyed she was with the information. "For crying out loud! Where was the governor during all this? Tucker should never have been mayor in the first place!"

Danny merely shrug. "He had bigger things to worry about what with that rouge A.I. making all those machines from Alloy's world go amuck, by the time he found out what was happening, the town was already ruined. And he more or less washed his hands of them. They're now just another 'Uselessville'.

Danny showed a picture of townspeople and the still naked girls huddling who are using rags to cover themselves, shivering around a dumpster fire. Then he showed some more pictures of how the town fell apart because of what Trucker did as the businesses and stores closed down and those who could move to other towns. There is also a picture of Dash who is crippled because of Danny, having to wear arm and leg braces just to be able to move around, his face disfigured, unable to eat solid food because of his missing teeth. He and the other jocks who were crippled as well by Danny, are lining up at a job fair trying to find work. With any chance of them becoming big football stars gone, and their medical bills piling up, their parents are forcing them to either find a job, get work skills where even if they’re cripple, they can still work or get out. As their parents had enough to worry about with many losing their jobs and their sons being a drain on what is left of their savings.

Star was about to get another soda when screaming was heard outside and the same truck that almost hit her came crashing into the shack. With the truck's front was now sticking halfway in where the front door use to be. Bursting out of the driver seat came Mina who's body is now like it was made out of metal and she's armed with a sword. (6)

"Hello princess," Mina said pointing the sword at Star.

“Mina!” Star gasp.

"You may have everyone else on this dirt clog fooled but I KNOW BETTER!" Mina ranted.

"You call me a monster? Well, what does that make you? I only massacred a village! You massacred entire universes in our old world! Ledgerdomain! World of Exalted! The Planeswalkers world! XANATH! Discoworld! The Genie Realm! The realm of magic! Your Mother fracking spells! All dead because of you!" Mina rants.

“And you gave me no choice,” Star said.

"And say what you will about me. At least I'm brave enough to tackle my enemies head on! Did you do that? NO! You ran like a coward, killed magic and destroyed countless lives just because you didn't want to destroy an already broken city! Good call dumb-dumb!" Mina ranted.

Star could only step back from Mina.

"And at least I'm strong in MY convictions! You? You’re a hypocrite! All this flak aimed at me... but it takes two to Tango, doesn't it? Can’t help but notice no one talks about MOON's roll in that whole fiasco? Hmm? Where's her punishment? Where's her ostracization? Where's the demonization of HER belief systems and all she fought for?! Huh!? I never would've gotten all that armor without her help! Sebastian was good, but even he would've taken years to get that much! Never mind that short amount of time I had to work with! SHE convinced the citizens of her 'town' to be my army! She was the one who cast the Solaria's Mega-spell on them! And yet... you SAID NOTHING! YOU NEVER TOLD ANYONE ABOUT WHAT YOUR MOTHER DID YOU HYPOCRITICAL, COWARDLY, STUPID LITTLE BIT...," Mina was ranting till she was cut off.

"Alright that's it!" Danny growls as he went ghost and fire beams of energy at Mina.

Mina rolled out of the way and summon the sword back to her hand. Danny fired more energy blasts at Mina who block them with the sword. As that was happening the kids in the crowd moved as far as they could from the battle, with Sunset's sisters protecting the younger kids. A young girl who had been keeping to herself during the entire party, sneak off to the room where Dipper and Twilight had been working with the copier. She was near when she overheard them yelling at Mable for trying to copy her brother.

"Watch out she has a magic sword," Jake shouted to Danny.

"I know. Don't get hit by it," Danny said as he avoided Mina's sword swings at him.

"Take her outside!" Wendy shouted.

"Right away!" the Mr. Handy chime in as it flew into Mina taking her for a ride and slam her threw a window.

"You have to do better than that!" Mina shouted getting back up and pointing the sword at Danny and Jake who is in his dragon form.

"Don't have to," Jake said pointing to the side.

"I'm not falling for that," Mina said.

An energy beam strikes the sword breaking it in half.

"What?" Mina ask looking to the side and her eyes widen seeing, XJ-8 firing a missile that slams into Mina and takes her skywards where it blows up in a massive fireball.

"Sword recover," XJ-8 said picking up the sword pieces that Mina drop.

"What is it?" Jake ask.

"This sword once touch by an organic being, will transform the holder into a metallic being. Any organic being who is hit be the blade disappears, we're still trying to locate what happens to them," XJ-8 explains.

"So, what are you going to do with it?" Danny ask.

"I'm going to throw them into a recycler that will break it down into cubes," XJ-8 said as she flies into the air into space and back to home in the space station.

Inside the shack Sunset was leaning out of the window having watched along with the others watched what happen outside.

"She got here faster than I thought," Sunset said.

"Wait you called the giant robot?" Lincoln asked.

"Of course, I did, with how many things that have been happening it's a good idea to have more than one hero on the call," Sunset said.

Meanwhile, Star is still contemplating the talk she'd had with Mina...

"Did I really do the right thing? Or just the easy thing? I remember those Law and Order episodes where they go after big companies after finding their connection to smaller cases. Like the mother who was medicating her psychotic son with her own meds that she got from mail order via the company," Star said to herself.

"It didn't matter her insurance company wouldn't pay for her sons expensive meds, it didn't matter that the school refused to assist with the boy, it didn't matter she was giving him pills that wouldn't treat his symptoms because the school demanded she give him 'something'. It didn't matter what the company was doing was totally legal," Star said to herself.

"The minute they have a big obvious target like big pharma, all of the actual guilty parties were moved aside to take on the 'big obvious target' that was as guilty as the blacksmith who made the sword rather than the guy wielding it," Star said to herself. (7)

"Come on Star, what choice did you have? The only other option was Eclipsa's 'spell of destruction' and that would have destroyed Mewni!" Marco said who is close enough to hear Star talking to himself.

"Oh, so as long as my world's okay that makes fraking over a hundred other worlds fine and dandy!?" Star asked sarcastically.

"Uh...," Marco said.

"I'm sorry or butting in...," Sunset said stepping in. "But while were on the subject... did you really forgive your mother after what she did?"

"Hey come on, that's a bit personal," Marco said.

"Of course, I forgave Her! With magic gone," Star said.

"I'm sorry how did magic have anything to do with her betraying you?" Sunset ask.

Star is dumbstruck... and she thinks it over.

"Wow... Is that what I did? Destroy magic because it was easy to blame one big, easy target that I could get ride of easily... instead of facing the reality that so many of my people were horribly backward and racist? Or.... the fact that my mom betrayed me and nearly destroyed all I helped build simply because she didn't trust Eclipsa. No... because she didn't trust me? That she was willing to trust that psychopath MINA over her own Daughter!?" Star said out loud.

"Pretty much," Sunset stated.

"I need to be alone...," Star said going off. IN the background the cops are talking with Stan as the party is over and everyone is leaving.

Marco glares at Sunset. "Thanks a lot."

Sunset just shrugs.

"Hey, pretending your happy and okay doesn't mean you are and clearly she was pretending she had forgiven her mother just so they could be a family again. Maybe she even was able to convince HERSELF she was happy... but she wasn't. Trust me, that kind betrayal," Sunset said as she thinks of Celestia. "There's no happy ending there."

Back at Canterlot Castle -

Catching a ride Star went back to the castle where she would confront her mother. She enters the VIP area of the castle where she and the others are staying at. There she found her mother with some bake goods on a table.

"Oh, good to see you Star! I made more of your favorite," Moon said.

"Mom... we need to talk," Star said.

Moon looks concerned seeing how down Star is.

"Mom... I'm not happy... and I DON'T forgive you. ...I never did. I lied to you... and myself. Nothing would make me happier to say I was happy and I forgave you... but I'm not and I don't. I watched a memory of what happened when you got sucked into the magic realm... Eclipsa was THIS close to getting through to Meteora and calming her down. But you ruined it! Yes, Eclipsa, shouldn't have done what she did. But your as much to blame for what happened as she was! But I'm not mad at that," Star said.

"Star...," Moon said caught off guard from Star opening up to her.

"I could forgive you for that, I could forgive you for not trusting Eclipsa, I could even forgive you for not warning me about Mina being up to something at the castle. Yes, I found out about that. Let's be honest, you MORE then deserved a vacation from being responsible for everyone. But what you did... this isn't about not trusting Eclipsa... you... DIDN'T TRUST ME. I sacrificed so much to help Eclipsa's dream of equality become a reality, a dream you nearly destroyed! You nearly got so many of my friends killed. Strike that, a friend of mine DID die! All because you trusted a bigoted whack job over your own flesh and blood! YOU TRUSTED, CRAZY AS A LOON AND BLOODTHIRSTY, MINA' OVER ME AND WE ALL NEARLY DIED BECAUSE OF IT!" Star takes numerous breaths to calm herself.

"Star calm down," Moon said in tears seeing how much she had messed up with Star.

"I can relate with Sunset with her relationship with her mom, Celestia. You and Celestia both thought little of us your daughters when it came to what you think is right. And look what happen, Sunset gave up in ever having a loving relationship with Celestia as she has her human family. But with me... do you have any idea what destroying the magic has done? How many magical beings who were only alive because of spell casting magic? All of the spells in the wand? All the magical beings who were living their lives before I destroyed the magic that were keeping them alive? All the cultures out there that depended on magic to survive? What you think happen when, I destroyed the magic? The only reason why those who survive aren't in worse shape is because of the merge happening bringing all of the different dimensions together. But it still means that, I'm responsible for the deaths of countless magical beings or others who were only alive because of a spell cast on them. You did this to me. You made me become that Thanos guy from the Avengers movie, who wipe out half the universe. You made me become him, you made me become the queen of genocide. Mom... I can't be your daughter anymore... one day I might find it in my heart to forgive you... but not today... and not till you earn it," Star said breaking down before she runs from the room crying.

Moon is heartbroken and then she sees her husband having listened in.

River just looks at her disappointed, he looks like he wants to say something but stops himself.

"I'm going with our daughter, for the record. I ALWAYS trusted her, I'm sorry you couldn't do the same," River said as he leaves room also in tears.

Moon just found herself walking till she somehow ended up in the bar which is part of the dining hall of the castle. She sat down at the counter where she order a drink from one of the kitchen staff. She is joined by Celestia who sat down besides her.

"I couldn't help but overhear," Celestia said.

"We really mess up with our daughter's lives haven't we," Moon said.

"At least you have years of you and your daughter having a loving bound with each other. As for me, I only have a few short years not even going past 4 years before I mess it all up and now my teenage daughter has taken over and cut me out of her life as I did with her. I never once bothered to contact her in all that time when it was right there. It would had been something when it would had mattered. Instead, I wasted so many years and now that I want to have a mother and daughter relationship with Sunset, she doesn't want it and already has a loving mother, father and sisters," Celestia said sadly.

"Both of us miss our chances when it would have matter with both of our daughters," Moon agreed.

Elsewhere -

Star is walking around the Canterlot garden in a melancholy manner during which a song is being played.

To her surprise she finds Marco who brought along a group of friends they had made while on this trip. Even Jenny came after hearing what happen from her sister XJ-8. All came to help Star feel better and move past it. But Star points out how much she feels guilty among other things because of her being part of the reason why the world's merged in the first place.

"For what it's worth Star... I'm glad you did what you did. If not for you I'd still be stuck in that friendless hellhole of a world constantly saving stupid jerks from an even stupider jerks," Dib adds.

"From what I've seen of other worlds... if not for what you did, I probably would've just forgiven my family for what they did and just let them keep treating me like garbage," Lincoln spoke up.

"Rose is still with me and I'm no longer trapped in my 'destiny'," Jake said holding Rose's hand.

"And I found my real family because of you," Rose adds.

"I'm no longer have to bear the weight of the world on my shoulders. Now I can just enjoy my life with my girlfriend without worrying about having to be the only one who does anything to protect the world," Korra said.

"I'm way better off then I was before," Danny adds.

"Me too," Dani adds.

"I can leave Orchid Bay and was free to let my friends in on my secret! Thank you Star!" Juniper said.

"My sisters are free to be themselves!" XJ-9 said.

"Star... you helped me get closure with my mom Celestia... I can't say if that's good or bad yet... but I'm definitely better for it... thank you," Sunset said.

Mr Scotsman who is there with the rest of the family gives her a hug. "Ah, las! Thank yah! Cause of you my family lives in a castle instead of a rinky-dink farm!"

Everyone gives him a weird look.

"What? I mean it! My family is happier now! That farm was a dump. We only stayed there because there was no place that could hold and support all of us," Mr Scotsman said.

"Thank you...," Star said crying.

At the farm own by Doctor Von Reichter -

The good doctor look at the body of Mina who somehow survived the explosion, thanks to her metal body. Mina is bound to a wheeled gurney by metal clumps. He never worked on a inorganic being before. He knew having the Fix Idea's spying on Gravity Falls would lead to him finding something useful.

"Boss I found something you be very interested in," a young girl said as she enters the room with a full backpack.

"What have you got for me?" Reichter ask the young girl. She is one of his new minions that he created, experiment 053 or Babydoll. Who because of her appearance could blend in without anyone taking notice of her. (8)

"While everyone was too busy watching the fight, I went and got a clone machine. I took the notes and what I could grab and carry before anyone saw me," Babydoll said as she opens the backpack and pulls out the notes that Twilight made and the glass container with the red liquid and the crystal bulb.

"Good work Babydoll," Reichter said picking up the glass container and stares at the red liquid inside.

"What about my friend?" Babydoll ask.

"He isn't ready to come out of his tank just yet. Give it time and you'll be able to go on missions together," Reichter explains as he took the backpack from Babydoll. He turns to the Fix Ideas. "Take the new test subject to the lab and put her in a container cell."

The Fix Ideas wheeled Mina away as Reichter walk to his other lab where he'll be able to study what Babydoll brought him and figure out how it works. Yes, he'll be able make great breakthroughs with his research once he figures out how it works. Babydoll went off on her own to where her friend is kept at, who is still in his tank like she was not long ago.

Inside his lab Reichter place the objects on a table where a scanner overhead scanned them for data. With all the new technology and his skills he had already, he was making breakthroughs that would had taken him years to do in his old world. Reichter waited as the scanner did it's job and to pass the time he went to check the two tanks that held his newer experiments.

One tank held a giant of a woman that he managed to clone from samples her managed to get his hands on. Thanks to the right pay offs here and there. The other tank held the remains of a creature that his men found in the woods. It was badly burnt, and it was amazing that it managed to survive as long as it did before dying of blood lose. Once he knows how the cloning machine works, he'll be able to clone as many test subjects as he wants without having to deal with the cost that each clone came with.

In Space -

Since the merge happen many new alien races and cultures appeared throughout the universe. With many galactic empires and other powers clashing, many have tried to stay on the sidelines till the dust settles. While others who lost more or less had taken up hiding and reeking a living as best as they could. On a small outpost of a desert world which was only settle for the massive amount of a scarce and volatile fuel source that most of the spaceships in that sector of space used. In the settlement that sprang up around one of the drilling pits where the fuel is collected, a new comer came into the town.

Vlad Masters also known as Plasmius has been traveling searching for the ones that Bill Cipher sent him to find and in exchange he'll help him get his revenge on Danny Phantom. He was floating in space when Bill Cipher contacted him while he was sleeping and told him of his plan that would let him get his revenge.

On this planet he would find the first of many that Bill wanted on the team. He walk past all the buildings till he reach the junkyard of the settlement which is just a pit where the trash is thrown. And where his target is located.

In the pit in a shack is former Queen Vexus who been banish from her planet by her own daughter. With the only one still loyal to her being Krackus. Since the merge both of them ended up on this planet where they pick through the leftovers and salvage the fuel from the drilling operation to keep them powered up. The reason why they're on this dust bowl of a planet is because the bounty on their heads, also by Vexus daughter. Currently both of them are looking through a new trash pile for anything they could use.

"Former Queen Vexus and her loyal minion Krackus," Plasmius said walking up to the two.

"What do you want with me?" Vexus ask wondering who this person is, she never seen his kind before.

"I'm here to offer you some revenge against that robot from planet Earth," Plasmius said.

"And what would you know about Earth?" Vexus ask.

"I know enough, I’m from that world and I have a friend who can help both of us," Plasmius said.

"And what does your friend have to offer?" Vexus ask wondering what the man is planning.

"Ask him yourself," Plasmius said producing a gem that he made allowing his new friend to project himself into this realm easier.

"HELLO FORMER QUEEN VEXUS," Bill Cipher said as he appeared from the gem. "I'M HERE TO MAKE A DEAL."

Author's Note

1 - Itsudatte My Santa!

2 - With the number of parents of anime and manga kid stars that are always away and those who are so hands off that they don't mind their kids facing death almost every day. It be easier to list off the kids who have both parents in their lives. I know that in Japan there is a big different culture in how to raise children but there are child laws which many of the parents in anime and manga break all the time.

How many animes or mangas that you can name off the top of your head where the kid star of the series has both of their parents alive and not away overseas or never around at all?

3 - The gods feed on mortals praying to them or doing something that feeds to their domain of power. Which for war gods when there is battle which empowers them to great levels then what it would be in peace time. For Cloacina the goddess of the sewers, seeing how everyone uses toilets which is part of her domain, she is greatly more empowered then gods whose domains aren't used as widely or prayed too anymore.

4 - In real situations, the subject was forcibly stripped fully or half naked and covered in hot tar, which if hot enough would burn badly. There was probably a beating or two along the way. After being feathered, the person would be humiliated by being carried around on a rail not a rounded pole the cross-section is square or rectangular, and the corners undoubtedly dug in. That's where most fiction ends. Then consider that if the person survived, the cooled tar would need to be removed aggravating the burns and ripping out hair. Being tarred and feathered was never a good or easily-overcome thing. Everyone would remember what was done to you.

5 - Seeing how many animes and mangas have female clothes bursting and ripping at the slightest impact. The clothes would be very poor and sown together to break so easily. Where anyone trying to wear it in a realist setting it would break apart even when they're just walking around.

6 - SCP 2200

7 - The law and order dialogue was contributed by Wolvenstorm.

8 - SCP 053

Irrational Treasure

Inside one of the cabins at Camp Lakebottom, David is setting up his first 'logic' class, for both former magic users or people who still had magic but could stand to use it better. A huge failing in magic society was how they lacked logic in all they did, not to mention basic common sense. Magic made things to easy, why need to think of a clever way to solve a problem when you can just wave your magic wand after all? Many people from other worlds were lacking in logic and common sense, many issues they had were easily solved if they just applied themselves and just think things through.

David pulled out people in the news who while they got away with what they did before in their worlds. In this new merge world, they couldn't do what they use to do and just get away with it anymore. Like the woman from Texas, Peggy Hill who because she refused to admit how bad she is at the Spanish language ended up in jail after she smuggled cocaine across the border, because she couldn’t understand what the person talking to her was saying with him thinking she was the one who is there to pick up the package,

Or the old mayor from Townsvile where the Powerpuff girls are from, who was voted out of office and replaced by Ms. Bellum who work as the Mayor secretary but is the one who really ran things. The Mayor is still around and working as a speaker for Ms. Bellum which he's actually good at.

Many of the students came from worlds where logic and common sense is something that is only found in myths and legends. From being completely fooled by someone just putting on a hat, making said person look completely different to some. Or believing with no proof at all that someone is evil just because someone who just showed up said so, who always turns out to be evil. And no matter how many times someone shows that they're horrible and can't ever be trusted, people always will believe them and fall for the same trick.

Like what happen in the town of Soap City which was more or less run by a very unlikable CEO named Walter Winkle. After the merge; he quickly found that he could no longer put profit over the environment and people's safety without consequences. Nor could he frivolously spend money to appease his spoiled daughter Wendy. His inability to adjust saw his company bankrupted in a short time. And since it supplied most of the town with jobs and revenue, Soap City quickly became a ghost town/'Uselessville'.

David had also brought in one professor Layton and Nelson Tethers, former agent of the Puzzle Research Division of the FBI of their world to run the class. Their world ironically had the OPPOSITE problem. They ran exclusively on logic, all you had to do to solve everyday problems was solve a puzzle or a riddle. Sadly, in this world that simply wasn't the case and like many out of world institutes; Layton's university and Puzzle Research Division were quickly seen as 'frivolous' and shut down. David, learning of this was able to hire them on as instructors at the camp. Sunset was so intrigued by them and was considering them as instructors at Celestia's academy during the school year considering how her ponies needed a much needed wake-up call regarding logic.

Layton was keeping it simple today and just doing some brain teasers. Nelson was currently being calmed down after freaking out after seeing a gnome. No one laughed at him about that, after the nightmare fuel attendants that were the gnomes back on his world, no on could blame him. They seen the pictures of those gnomes.

On the chalkboard were the following riddles:

*I have cities, but no houses. I have mountains, but no trees. I have water, but no fish. What am I?*

*You measure my life in hours and I serve you by expiring. I’m quick when I’m thin and slow when I’m fat. The wind is my enemy. *

*You see a boat filled with people. It has not sunk, but when you look again you don’t see a single person on the boat. Why?* (1)

But seeing how many of the students completely lack any common sense or logic. The teachers had to resort to logic puzzles for ages 5 and below. And using cartoons and telling the kids what not to do, or telling stories about real life people and how because they tried to live as they did before the merge. Ended with them actually having all of their actions catching up to them and not all of it just being forgotten the next day.

David was currently helping to gather all the kids to the buses for the big event happening in town. He's looking around for any kids who miss the call, finding Lincoln and Ronnie playing around with a freshwater crab that had crawled out from the nearby lake. Ronnie is giving the crab some chips to eat while Lincoln is filming it with his phone.

"Hey, come on you two need to get ready. We're all going into town for Pioneer Day," David spoke up.

"Ok," Lincoln and Ronnie said at the same time.

Elsewhere -

Meanwhile, Wendy goes to see if Dipper wants to go to Pioneer Day. Ordinarily she'd avoid it due to personal issues she had with the Northwests but Pacifica seemed cool and she still isn't talking to any of her former friends, so she had nothing else to do... so... why not? Wendy gets nervous as she approaches the house getting all flustered.

"What is wrong with me? I'm just asking Dipper to come with me to town! We're friends, it's normal! It's not like I'm asking him on a date... yeah...," Wendy talk to herself.

She finds Dipper with Twilight on the computer doing something. Originally, she'd come to the shack to find out where parts of the printer and her notes went. Having disappear after the party and what happen, but they'd been captivated by something on the computer.

"Hey Wendy! You gotta see this! It's the inspirational true story about a guy who was born with no arms or legs!" Dipper informed her.

After watching the video Wendy can't help but be impressed, but she remembers that she's here to talk to Dipper about going to town for Pioneer Day.

"Hey Dipper, you want to come with me to town for Pioneer Day?" Wendy ask.

"What's Pioneer day?" Dipper ask.

"It's a local holiday where the town dress and acts like it's the 1800's," Twilight explains.

"Oh ok, I'll go," Dipper said.

"Great," Wendy said happy with Dipper coming with her.

"Want to come too?" Dipper ask Twilight.

"It be great to see what Pioneer Day is all about," Twilight said.

"Ok," Wendy said sad that she wouldn't be spending time with just Dipper.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

Pioneer Day celebrates the day the town was founded, along with the town's rich history and culture. During the celebration, it is common for people to dress up and act as if they were in 1863. Many festivities are included with Pioneer Day to make it seem like 1863; for example, candle-dipping, gold panning, and Old Man McGucket telling about the history of Gravity Falls. That man with the faceless floating head making candles. Which Stan hates and is staying at the shack, leaving just Wendy, Dipper, Mabel and Twilight going into town to have some fun. Twilight left the three as she wanted to do things by herself, followed by Mabel who wanted to go to the food stands.

Leaving Wendy and Dipper alone as the look around town and at the sights. They spotted the Ed's at one of the food stands, Strawberry and her friends also setup some food stands, Equestians, many non-humans, and several of Sunset's sisters around. They also saw the campers of Lakebottom all over the place, with Lincoln and Ronnie hanging out with Six in an alleyway. They're trying to get Six to come join the fun, but Six just ran down the alleyway with Lincoln and Ronnie chasing after her.

When Wendy and Dipper got to the town center they spotted Pacifica, who over seeing the events taking place. Pacifica is trying to make sure that the town holiday goes well, seeing how she wants to make sure that the bar is set very high for the following Turnip Festival that Brighton half of the town is going to be throwing later can't compete. Speaking of whom, Pacifica came upon the stand that her rival Andrea Davenport has setup with her friends, a turnip stand.

At the turnip stand -

Andrea is dress in a green dress and bonnet is over seeing the turnip stand to review the upcoming Turnip Festival that Brighton. They setup a little wagon circle with tables and the food stalls made to look like wagons have her friends who are also dress in traditional dresses, serve turnip dishes. Libby, is serving Honey-Glazed Radishes and Turnips, Sheela is serving Root Vegetable Gratin, Kat is serving Pan-Fried Turnips, Tammy is serving Brown Butter Mashed Turnip with Roasted Garlic, Molly is serving Sweet Turnip and Carrot Soup, and Dani is serving her own homemade Turnip stew. Andrea herself is controlling the flow of people who wanted to eat at the wagon circle as there are only so many tables, after paying to enter of course.

Their parents are also all working around the festival, as the town of Brighton does have a rival thing with the Gravity Fall's half of town, there is money to be made. They're running their own booths or having their stores being themed for the holiday. Many people from the resorts in Equestria are also showing up thanks to Sunset spreading the news of the holiday, to get tourists who like that sort of thing to come and afterwards look around for something else to do while they're in the area, namely go to her resorts.

"Sorry we're full," Andrea said to a tourist who wanted in but has to wait for a free table.

"Oh," the man said and wait for a free table.

"I see you're doing well, Ann-dree-ah," Pacifica said walking to the stand.

"Hi Pacifica," Andrea said glaring at her rival who is much richer then her family. "If you want to eat, you have to wait in line."

"Not interested. Just here to see that all the stands are doing well," Pacifica said.

"Well it is, we even have Ezekiel ("Tug") and Sally Tugbottom who were alive during the pioneer telling people about what life was like," Andrea said pointing to the stand next to hers where the brother and sister duo are telling people what life was really like as they lived it. Keeping the people waiting for a table entertain.

"Good, keep it up and keep the bar high," Pacifica said leaving while Andrea glares at her.

Another part of the town -

From the Berryworks, of Big Apple City the food trucks have come to Gravity Falls Brighton to get in on the tourists going to the town. They did have to make the displays look the part of the pioneer theme but the health code still needed to be followed. The ones who came are Strawberry Shortcake, Orange Blossom, Lemon Meringue, Blueberry Muffin, and Lime Chiffon, who also came with their family to have some fun while they work. Raspberry Tart is also there with Bread Pudding who is dress up as a cowboy. Sour Grapes is also there with her uncle Purple Pieman, selling pies, and Huckleberry Pie is playing songs.

“Expect for you two, none of you are really dress for the theme we’re going for,” Pacifica said over looking the food trucks and stalls.

“What do you mean?” Huckleberry Pie said who is dressed in his 1980’s version clothes. “We are dress in old clothes.”

“Clothes that look like from the pioneer days, you pass and Bread Pudding’s cowboy outfit, also pass, barely,” Pacifica said.

“What you mean?” Bread Pudding said being dressed in a very colorful cowboy outfit.

“You look like a rodeo clown just without the makeup,” Pacifica said.

Pacific turns her attention to Strawberry and the other girls. All of whom are dress as their 1980’s counterparts, even Pieman and Sour Grape are dressed up. But they are attracting lots of paying customers to their stands.

“The only good thing is that you are getting lots of people to come to town,” Pacifica said.

“Sunset did make it a big event and arrange for us to come,” Bread Pudding said.

“I know, I got her memo,” Pacifica said.

With her being close to Sunset, her parents want her to keep it that way. They already invested part of the family fortune into the resorts of Equestria and owning their own casino would make their family fortune grow even more. Her father is currently coming up with a theme for the casino he wants to build and wants her to keep her close relationship with Sunset to make the deal go good for him.

Underground -

Trembley's Cove is a hidden location underneath the Gravity Falls Cemetery, accessible by pulling up on the pointer finger of an angel statue above. It contains many secret historical artifacts, mainly documents, including one showing that Abraham Lincoln had a hand growing out of his head, which was the reason he wore his hat, and another revealing that Benjamin Franklin was a woman. But the biggest secret is the body of which the cove is named after who is encased in a block of solid peanut brittle.

President Sir Lord Quentin Trembley III, Esq. is the forgotten founder of Gravity Falls, Oregon and 8½th President of the United States of America, whose silliness has prompted his erasure from history. When he was young, he met George Washington, who, according to Trembley, "chased [him] around and spanked [him] with a paddle for, like, three hours." Decades later, he won the 1837 presidential election due to an actual landslide that killed all the other candidates, hence becoming the 8½ President of the United States.

During his administration, he issued the "Depantsipation Proclamation." His logic behind this was that "pants are about restrictions," which goes against America’s values of freedom. Trembley also waged war on pancakes and appointed six babies to the Supreme Court. While he was president, he learned that one should never arm wrestle with a hammerhead shark, but should appoint them Secretary of Defense (as, apparently, he did). His State of the Union speech featured the quote: "The only thing we have to fear is gigantic, man-eating spiders!". After trying to eat the White House, Trembley was driven from office. His departure from the White House consisted of him eating a salamander and then jumping out of a window.

After he was kicked out of office, he escaped to the Gravity Falls valley by plummeting off a cliff on a horse at high speed, probably because he rode horses backwards so that he could see where he had been. Trembley then founded the town of Gravity Falls and wrote the town charter while suffering from the resulting concussion. Because of him, the charter contains many odd rules.

Sometime later, Trembley encased himself in a block of solid peanut brittle, believing it to have life-sustaining properties, in an attempt to achieve immortality. He left a trail of clues throughout the town that led to a secret chamber under Gravity Falls cemetery, where he and many historical artifacts were stored. Waiting for the day when he'll be found.

All references to Trembley's time in office were erased from the historical records, save for one film reel. Instead, a local idiot named Nathaniel Northwest was credited as founder of Gravity Falls, and William Henry Harrison was credited as the Ninth President of The United States of America. And because of the merge, things had change from what would had freed him from his prison.

“Ohhh found a cave,” a Diamond Dog name Fido said having dug his way into the underground chamber.

“A cave?” Spot asked following his friend.

“Ohh treasure,” Rover said seeing the pile of stuff laying around.

The trio are digging underground to lay new pipes for new buildings that are being built around the town above them. It was just cheaper and faster to hire Diamond dogs to dig underground and make tunnels to lay the the pipes later. Than having a construction crew dig up the road to connect new pipes to the water and sewer system.

“Hey peanut brittle,” Fido said finding a big block of the stuff.

“There’s something inside,” Spot said as he hits it with a rock.

“It’s breaking,” Rover said as the block cracked and broke apart revealing a man was inside it.

"Jolly good!" Trembly rips off his pants, and pulls out a sea slug. "Come on Blackwood you old so-and-so let's go so if anyone survived the giant spider uprising!" (2)

“Giant spider?” Rover asked as he and his friends watched the strange man and the sea slug race out of the cave.

Elsewhere -

Danny had been investigating the reason why Mina managed to get her hands on a powerful magical sword in the first place. And learns that the reason why SCP- 2200 was in that minimum security van... was because someone had made changes to the manifest and mixed up the shipping. And because of some popped the tires so the van had to stop at Uselessville to fix them, thus allowing Mina to get on board.

Danny was looking through the security tapes. It seems that Mina stole the van after she had killed the driver. Afterwards a couple of men wearing hooded jackets appeared looking for the van but found nothing.

"It wasn’t planned at all. It was just dumb luck that Mina managed to get the van before those men did,” Danny said to himself.

His thoughts are interrupted by an emergency call from Gravity Falls...

Earlier At Gravity Falls Brighton -

The Ed's and Rolf have joined forces for once. During pioneer day, Rolf's old-fashion traditions are actually welcomed and profitable here. Rolf provides the tradition, Eddy provides the showmanship, they split it 50/50 (minus tax and labor dues, Eddy whispers under his breath). He's currently selling sea cucumber balls and other 'memento's' of Rolf's Great Nano crossing the ocean and battling the great sea cucumber.

They’re raking it in the people's obsession for 'old fashioned things' and 'method acting' play right into Eddy's hands when suddenly they were ambushed by the Kankers! The Kankers hadn't had much luck, since all the cul-de-sac parents were deemed unfit for literally never being around or seen. They'd fared the worst, they'd been kicked out of foster homes and now lived in a group home with other trouble kids who weren't scared of them. But now they were going to get back to what's important... GET THE EDS!

The Edds are so panicked they ride an escape cart right into the statue of Nathanial Northwest... accidentally freeing his trapped spirit! Turns out the whole 'dying from eating a tree to become a wizard' was actually part of a ritual to make him immortal. But his greedy son sabotaged it... with the ritual killing him instead and sealing his spirit in the statue.

However, Nathaniel had a 'plan B'. He gave postmortem orders to have his corpse put a separate secret location from his fake/decoy tomb and sealed in concrete so no one could salt or burn it. Also, he gave orders for pieces of his body were made into special talismans to put in all the buildings in Gravity Falls.

Thus, a nice loophole around the 'his powers are only god-like in the place he dies' limitation, so all of Gravity Falls is free game. At least so it seems, turns out some old buildings have long been torn down, and others have incomplete talismans that the handlers made from pieces of Nathaniel's clothes and not his body. Not to mention while the talismans were placed in sealed compartments many of the compartments had gotten small openings over the years causing them to rot or bugs or rodents to enter and destroying the talismans. Not to mention people finding the hidden compartments over the years and throwing away the bags when they look inside. Then came the merge and the town grew bigger once Brighton became apart of it.

This leaves 'dead zones' all over the map where Nathaniel can't go without becoming vulnerable and weak.

Now -

In his ghost form Nathaniel Northwest appeared as a tree man thanks to the ritual that killed him. His ghostly treeman form stood at 10 feet tall and had black ooze dripping from his body. At first Nathaniel was confused seeing people dress like the people of his time but he saw other things that didn't make sense to him, like the metal carts that were all over the place and the little boxes that people are holding up to him. Then there are all those non-humans in the crowd.

"Grandfather Nathaniel?" Pacifica ask recognizing his face.

"Who are you?" Nathaniel asked.

"I'm your great something granddaughter," Pacifica answers. "Welcome to the year of 2012."

"Yes, welcome grandfather," Mr. Northwest said who step out of the crowd with his wife.

"You're not scared of me?" Nathaniel ask confused.

"Not really," Wendy spoke up.

"A ghost appearing of someone long dead isn't the strangest thing that has happen," Dipper adds.

"We already have a ghost couple running a store in town," Pacifica said.

“And there are lots of other ghosts around,” Molly spoke up and pointed to Ezekiel and Sally Tugbottom.

“Hi, we’re ghosts from around your time,” Sally said waving to Nathaniel.

“The town already knows all about ghosts. So you showing up is nothing really special,” Ezekiel adds.

"I see," Nathaniel said as he looks around the town. "Things haven't change much since my time."

"Oh, it has change we're just celebrating Pioneer Day. The day the town was founded, along with the town's rich history and culture. We're just dress up and using things from your time," Pacifica explains.

"Ah, I see. Well, it's good to see that the town of Gravity Falls that I founded has grown since my time," Nathaniel said.

“It’s actually Gravity Falls Brighton now,” Libby spoke up.

“What?” Nathaniel ask.

“Long story,” Pacifica said.

"Hold it right there!" a voice rang out.

A main not wearing pants came walking out of the crowd, while holding a fishbowl with a seaslug in it.

"Quentin Trembley? You're still alive?" Nathaniel shouted out.

"That's right Northwest. What is this about you being the founder of Gravity Falls? The town that I founded after falling into the valley?" Trembley asked.

"I'm the founder, Trembley and how did you live this long?" Nathaniel ask.

"I encase myself in peanut brittle like I said I would and was broken out by a trio of dog men. Only to find that the town I founded has you as the founder," Trembley explains.

"Who are you again?" Pacifica ask.

"I am 8 1/2 President of these United States, Sir Lord Quentin Trembley III, Esq," Trembley introduced himself.

"And I'm Lord Theodore Thomas Blackwood," the slug in the fishbowl spoke using his telepathic powers.

"Blackwood? You're here too? And why are you a slug?" Nathaniel shouted out and wondering how Blackwood became a slug.

"The very same," Blackwood said through the mind link.

"I remember a time when something like this would be completely out of place," Shandra Jimenez the reporter said.

"So, you're not the founder?" Wendy ask. Being a Corduroy, her family has been feuding with the Northwest for generations. With stories being passed down that the Northwest family only got rich because of them faking that they're the ones who founded the town.

"Yes, he is and I have proof," Trembley said as he pulls out some documents from his coat.

"Let me see," Shandra said reading the documents out loud.

'Let it here be recorded that Nathaniel Northwest, famous in his native Gravity Falls for standing in the park and hitting himself with a large boating oar until he blacked out, was chosen to become the patsy mayor of Gravity Falls. Northwest spoke in a series of grunts and screams and often yelled his trademark phrase: "I am going to eat this entire oak tree because I am a powerful wizard!"'

'The fabled founder of Gravity Falls was, in fact, a fraud. His last moments on Earth were spent choking on a giant piece of bark, attempting to live out his beautiful dream. He was hated by everyone that knew him. He will not be missed.'

'Thomas Jefferson was actually just two kids in an overcoat standing on each other's shoulders. The current and forever President of the United States is actually Santa Claus. Under the reign of Mr. Claus, America is not a democracy, but a jollyocracy. An enormous, evil, time-traveling baby from another dimension is frozen in an Atlantic glacier. Fortunately, glaciers never melt, so we should be fine. Writing jokes for cartoons is more important than sleep. If you recite the pledge of allegiance backwards, you'll gain secret wizard powers! (This one is true, kids! Try it at home!)' (3)

'The true founder of Gravity Falls was: Sir Lord Quentin Trembley III, Esq.'

"It's true," Public said appearing with Blubs and Durland.

"Both me and Durland been working before the merge undercover to find those documents and Trembley's body. Of course after the merge happen where different worlds anll merged together, all of that became a moot point. The reason why the coverup happen in the first place was because of how embarrassing Trembley's term was, but of course after the merge and how some other United States had worse presidents. Who while weren't crazy were... evil," Blubs explains.

"Really?" Trembley ask.

"Worse then him? I find that hard to believe," Nathaniel said.

"There was that president who was outright a religious psychotic who in his world got into office because of an earthquake that destroyed Los Angeles, with him being president for life, outlawed just about anything he views as a sin which was just about everything and moving the capital to his hometown of Lynchburg, VA," Public explained.

"Got me there," Nathaniel admitted.

"So, one of the Santa's is the president?" Wendy ask.

"Don't you remember? All the presidents and other higher ups had to step down from office when the new government was made and had to run for office, after the merge. Santa step down as well," Public said.

"Well anyways...," Blackwood said getting everyone's attention. "Nathaniel here when both me and Trembley were still around was nothing but the village idiot and made a living shoveling up the waste from the streets to keep it clean."

"What?" Pacifica asked shock.

"I wasn't an idiot!" Nathaniel shouted.

"Yes, you weren't. You were smart enough to take advantage of the government looking for a compliant patsy to takeover Gravity Falls once I was gone," Trembley said.

"And still died by chocking on a tree, thinking it would give you powers," Blackwood said.

"It did gain me powers," Nathaniel shouted as he cause his arms to grow more branch like as they got bigger.

"Only after you died," Trembley said.

"Which you two should join me!" Nathaniel shouted as he slams his hands down on Trembley who jump backwards.

"He still have that hair trigger temper," Blackwood said.

"So, you want to fight... so be it!" Trembley shouted as he pulls out an old pair of scissors. Trembley slash at Nathaniel's hands cutting the fingers off as they reach for him.

"What how!" Nathaniel screamed out in pain. He quickly regrows his fingers.

"These scissors can cut off anything," Trembley explains.

"Take this!" Nathaniel shouted as he spat out black sap at Trambley who dodged the stream of sap.

Nathaniel gave chase after Trembley tearing through the displays of the fair as Trembley fought him off with the scissors and holding onto the fishbowl. The cops did their best to get the crowd to safety, while people in the crowd catch it all with their phones. Public was also trying to talk Nathaniel down, only for Nathaniel to swing his arm and sending Public flying into a food stand.

"Ok that's it!" Dani shouted who was watching from the sidelines but seeing Nathaniel going out of control, decided to step in.

Dani blasted Nathaniel with her ghost beams which did little damage to the newly formed ghost. Knowing that she has to lure Nathaniel away from the square where he died and he'll no longer be in his place of power, Dani kept pouring on the energy blast on him. Nathaniel followed Dani, swinging his arms and spitting out the black sap at her. But even far from the town's center none of Dani's attacks were hurting that much.

Figuring that there might be something else like a ghost object that is allowing him to retain his powers, like the necklace that transformed Sam into a dragon or the Crown of Fire or the Ring of Rage which still retain their powers thanks to them not really being magic in nature. Dani used her freeze eye beams on Nathaniel incasing him in ice. While he was struggling to free himself Dani went ghost and drive into Nathaniel's body looking for something that shouldn't be there. But found nothing as was force to flee once Nathaniel broke free from the ice.

"Hey what gives? You're no longer in your place of power," Dani asked as she flew around Nathaniel blasting him while looking for something on his body.

"Foolish child. I know all about the place of death that gives ghosts their power! And I made sure that weakness wouldn't effect me" Nathaniel gloated.

"Good to hear!" Danny shouted as he showed up along with XJ-4, 5 and 7.

The heroes all poured on the energy blasts with the robot girls reconfiguring their blasters to ghost settings. The combine energy blast sent Nathaniel back by the sheer amount of power, but the blast did little damage to him thanks to him being in his place of power. That was till the blast started to hurt him, badly. Knowing he had to get away before he's overwhelmed Nathaniel flew upward letting the blast pass under him.

"What happen?" Nathaniel asked shock that he was hurt when he should be all but a god thanks to what he made sure would happen. "I made sure that after my death, all of the buildings of the town would hold talismans that hold part of my body. So that my place of power extends to all of the town."

"That restoration society you setup to take care of all the old buildings, just ran out of money after a few years. Most of the old buildings have been torn down and rebuilt or moved around once the town of Brighton merged with the town," Pacifica shouted out. As the current heiress to the Northwest family and the head of the Pioneer day festival, she's required to know every old building in town.

"Thank you granddaughter," Nathaniel said as he darted over the old church which was still standing from his time. Only to be harmed as the heroes blasted him again.

"I should also mention that those bags that were hidden in those hidden compartments have been found over the years and were thrown away when people looked inside. People have been wondering why those bags had been hidden for years," Pacifica shouted out again.

"Alright you heard her let's get him!" Jake shouted as he transforms to join Danny and the others in fighting Nathaniel.

"Right behind you!" Juniper shouted joining too, thanks to her passive powers being recharged thanks to Gravity Falls magic. The Tugbottom’s also joined in helping to get people stuck in the danger zone away from the fighting. (4)

As the heroes fought with the ghost/tree hybrid the crowd continue to watch below. Wendy having lost sight of Dipper during the panic was doing her best in avoiding the attacks being thrown around, with the heroes doing their best not to throw attacks that would miss and hit something else, namely buildings and people. While Nathaniel darted around in the air fighting them off while looking for old buildings that he could still recognize that might still have the talismans, becoming stronger then the heroes till they manage to lure or push him away. Wendy came upon Pacifica who is using a overturn table with her knees up and her face buried in her arms.

"Pacifcia what are you doing here?" Wendy ask.

"I can't believe that my family legacy is this," Pacifica said.

"Where's your parents?" Wendy ask.

"They ran off as soon as the fighting started," Pacifica said looking up.

"Hey, you know which old buildings would have bags?" Wendy ask.

"Yeah, why?" Pacifica ask.

"We go around and find the talismans and destroy them," Wendy said.

"Find hidden compartments in old buildings all around town? On foot and I having no idea which buildings had the talismans found and no one ever saying anything about it?" Pacifica ask pointing out the flaw in the plan.

"Not if you have help," Wendy said as she spots Dipper hiding with the campers of Lakebottom and other kids in an alleyway.

Wendy carried Pacifica as she ran over to where the kids were at. She explained the plan to the kids in finding the talismans and destroying them. And Pacifica be able to tell them where to go and search the buildings for a secret compartment where the talismans are kept.

"Good plan but how are we going to find the hidden compartments?" Tammy ask.

"In such a short time?" Andrea adds.

"Oh yeah," Wendy said not really thinking things through.

"Any magical item?" Ophelia ask Dib.

"That can detect ghost magic," Dib said as he thought about it. "I don't have anything like that."

The group were shaken as XJ-5 slammed into the alleyway.

"Great! XJ-5 you can scan and find the talismans," Wendy said and updated XJ-5 about their plan.

"Right the talismans," XJ-5 said as she set her scanners to detect the talismans using the energy coming from Nathaniel to find anything that is like his. An update that all of her sister gotten thanks to the research on ghosts that Danny gave them. "Found them."

With the help of XJ-5 all the kids split into smaller groups to destroy the talismans to help the heroes. XJ-5 located and showed the kids of each group where the talismans are located at in which building, using the inbuilt computer screen built into her. Xj-5 rejoined the fight with Nathaniel to keep him from spotting the kids.

"Hey, are you doing ok?" Wendy ask Pacifica as they pry some wooden floorboards of a store to find the talisman underneath.

"Well, I never expected you to be seeking my help. You're a Corduroy and I'm a Northwest, our families have been feuding for generations. Which was started by my grandfather who is tearing the town apart," Pacifica said.

"Well, you can still show that you're different," Wendy said.

"I could...," Pacifica said. “It's just that my grandfather is a nutjob and my entire family legacy is just a big fake. And look at me, before the merge I would had just ended up just like my parents and the rest of my family.”

"From what I heard, Sunset was worse then you are now but change around once she was given a chance to do it. You can do the same," Wendy said.

"I can, can't I," Pacifica said as she pulls out the bag and pours the stuff inside on the floor destroying the magic that empowered her grandfather.

"Yeah, you can," Wendy said.

Outside -

Nathaniel couldn't understand why he's losing his power even as he's over one of the buildings that still had a talismans in it. And the ones he's fighting are wearing him down. He tried to take root on the ground to absorb power from the earth, but Trembly kept cutting his roots when he tried. And that Asian girl who can't fly like the others but is super strong is always there to protect Trembly when he tried to crush him.

Then Nathaniel heard screaming as a girl in a yellow coat came out running from an alleyway with two other kids running after her telling her not to run in the open. Seeing his chance of getting the ones fighting him to back off, Nathaniel extended his arm and grabbed the girl bringing her up into the air. The ones that been attacking him backed off seeing him using the girl as a shield.

"Better let Six go!" Dani shouted out.

"Or what? You heroes are going to continue to attack me?" Nathaniel asked.

"That's not what you should be worried about," Danny said.

"What?" Nathaniel asked as he looks at the girl he's holding.

Six has been running with Lincoln and Ronnie trying to get her to stop hiding, and all that running has made her HUNGRY. And now this flying ghost treeman just grabs her and trying to use her as a hostage. As he stared at her, she opens her mouth and began sucking his power and undead life energy away to her all consuming hunger. Causing the talismans that haven't been destroyed to burst apart as the ritual magic that kept them powered was pulled away by Six.

"NO!" Nathaniel scream feeling himself being suck away by the girl and flung her away.

Jake quickly flew into action and caught Six before she hit the ground. Nathaniel fled from the town and flew into the forest with the metal women and the two ghosts chasing after him. He finally lost them when he fazed into the ground and let himself blend with the forest. Leaving the heroes to search and scan the area trying to pick up his trail.

Later -

Once things quieted down, the stands were fixed and Pioneer Day continued as best as it could. Seeing how much money it brings into the town. And the fight brought in news crews from the surrounding towns to report on what happen and that brought in more people in who wanted to see what happen themselves. There was a big fuss about how the Northwest family aren't the real founding family of the town and only rich because of the government coverup.

But Dipper pointed out that Pacifica help beat her ghost grandfather by helping to destroy his talismans. Which calmed down the crowd which Twilight who has been watching all of this time, saw how Pacifica was looking at Dipper. As for the Kankers who are the reason why the ghost was freed in the first place, they been arrested for destroying the statue.

Trembly was talking with people as he caught up with how much the world had changed since he was away. And people had gathered around to listen in on Blackwood's amazing stories. Which started when a bunch of Lakebottom campers started asking questions to Blackwood and that got him started in telling stories.

After hearing about how it was a trio of diamond dogs finding and freeing Trembly and Blackwood from their tasty prison. Sunset sent Danny to check the graveyard where he found the three diamond dogs looking over the stuff that was buried with Trembly and Blackwood. Which netted the diamond dogs a finders fee and lots of old and valuable stuff that can be put on display to attach tourist dollars.

"And that's how I escaped Mercury!" Blackwood said.

"Uh, not that this isn't amazing, but how did you do all this when you’re clearly a sea slu....," Dib was saying before Trembly quickly covers his mouth and drags him off.

Once they were far enough away Trembly quickly explains how Blackwood 'being a slug' is a rather sensitive topic for him. He's currently in denial of it, more importantly Trembly admits how his friend became a slug. Was because of a mistake on his part and he feels responsible for him.

"Wait, how did you turn him into a...," Dib was saying.

"I've said too much! The HOW is frankly more degrading then the WHAT, so I shall take it to my grave. Thank you very much!" Trembly said.

Meanwhile Pacifica is flustered by Dippers helping her and looks like she's about to ask him something. But of course, her father interprets, he soaks up as much of her new fame as he can in front of the cameras. Which is all the more aggravating to his daughter, since Pacifica KNOWS he and her mother were probably hiding like cowards in a safe house while the town was in danger. Then he whisks her away from Dipper much to her irritation she thinks about Dipper.

Author's Note

1 - Answers.

*I have cities, but no houses. I have mountains, but no trees. I have water, but no fish. What am I?*

(Map)

*You measure my life in hours and I serve you by expiring. I’m quick when I’m thin and slow when I’m fat. The wind is my enemy. *

(A candle)

*You see a boat filled with people. It has not sunk, but when you look again you don’t see a single person on the boat. Why?*

(All the people were married.)

2 - Scp-1867

3 - Took out the part of Mount Rushmore being giant robots. Seeing how the mountain was curved in the early 1900’s and Trembley froze himself in the 1800’s.

4 - Powers like Juniper whose magical abilities are active without her having to shout out words to use them allows her to still use her magic which does need a power source which the magic of Gravity Falls gives her. Which is why magical girls from Japan can't gain their powers back thanks to the fact that when is the last time a Japanese magical girl hasn't needed to shout out to transform or shout out a magical attack?

The Time Traveler's Pig

The Maw as Six remembers it, giant black slugs with two legs trying to eat her. Her meeting the gnomes and her hugging them. The Janitor tries to snatch her with his long noodle like arms. Her hugging a gnome. The twin cooks trying to chop her up and stuff her into a fish. Hugging a gnome. The obese guests trying to eat her. Hugging a gnome. The Lady tries to break her as she defends herself with the mirror. EATING A GNOME.

Six looks down at mangled remains of the gnome that had given her a sausage... blood on her hands... she sobs... she looks up... the MAW! It's on fire! It opens up it's jaws and devours her, as she did with the gnome who was trying to help her.

Six wakes up screaming.

Six took in deep breaths as she looks around and found that she's in the camp infirmary, both Lincoln and Ronnie are also there. Six remembers that she was invited to spend the night at the camp which Maxine Caulfield her guardian told her that it be good for her to be with kids her own age. And she had one of her hunger pains, which cause her to go into the kitchen and eating till she passed out.

Six tries to run but Lincoln and Ronnie grab her and plead with her to let them help her.

"Six you can't just keep running away," Lincoln said.

"Calm down and let us help you," Ronnie said.

"No, you all have to stay away from me," Six begs them as she can't fight her hunger and she's a danger to all of them.

To her shock, Lincoln actually handcuffed himself to her.

"Look, your clearly in trouble, you need help. So, you have 2 options: you can either run away without help and risk me getting eaten... or you can let us help you," Lincoln stated to her.

"....why?" Six ask.

"The merge may have changed a lot about me... but one thing I'll never do is let a girl get hurt if I can help it," Lincoln said.

Ronnie smiled at Lincoln; he could be a dork at times. But it was moments like this that reminded her why she lov...

Six suddenly remembers something. "Wait, you're the boy back at the cave with the spiders with the tiny dick."

Both girls couldn't help it, they had to laugh at Lincolns mortified, flustered face.

"Seriously? THAT'S what you remember about me? There are other distinct features about me! My white hair for one," Lincoln takes a deep breath to clam himself. "Look... just let me help you... okay?"

"Okay...," Six said getting herself together from her laughing fit and nods.

"So, what happen to you?" Lincoln ask as Ronnie listens in.

Six tells them a tale about her world. A horrible place where chaos and where the darkest desires are made flesh and roam the world. Her earliest memories was that of the mansion known as the Nest. Where she had to remain hidden from the residents of the mansion who been capturing children and bringing them to the island, turning them into dolls. There she met the girl in the yellow raincoat who help her escape but paid for it with her life when the Pretender push her off the cliff as she fell as well.

But what happen to her in the Maw, made what happen in the Nest look like heaven compared to the horrors of the monsters within. The Ferryman captured her and took her to the Maw, where she managed to escape to the lower levels where she met with other children. The campfire children all huddled around a small campfire together because the light helps keep away the leeches that infested the lower levels. To a degree, as one of the kids was ambushed from behind and eaten whole by a leech. From there the other children were eaten as well till she was the only one left.

The Maw is a horrible place ruled by a wicked lady. Every year it rose from the sea and set out it's siren song and every year thousands came to indulge their gluttony. They ate everything: monsters, gnomes, CHILDREN, even each other... all the while becoming more deformed and twisted. They didn't even seem to care about how when they were big enough they'd be killed and fed to both the lady to maintain her youth and beauty and to the Maw to keep it running.

"Wait, you’re talking like the Maw is alive," Ronnie said.

"I... I know it sounds nuts," Six said.

"Try us, were gullible," Lincoln says playfully.

So, Six goes on about how the longer she'd been at the maw... how it CHANGED her... she couldn't explain how or why. But all the time she was there... she just got HUNGRIER... and HUNGRIER. At first small things would do; bread, cheese, sausage and what else she could find. But as time went on... her appetite GREW... soon she was eating dead things... and then a rat caught in a trap... the feel of LIVE, PUMPING blood trickling down her throat... flesh squirming in her teeth. She knew at the time it was WRONG... but it tasted so GOOD.

And STILL the hunger INCREASED! Until... until... until...

"I ATE A GNOME! IT WAS JUST TRYING TO HELP ME! IT SAW I WAS HUNGRY AND IT GAVE ME A SAUSAGE AND I ATE IT!" Six cried out as she broke down crying.

Six had only told the story to one other person, Maxine Caulfield her guardian. Who just held her close to her and told her own story of how she gain a power and lost it. How she had to give up someone close to her for the sake of an entire town not being destroyed by her choice. And how she had to live with that choice, afterwards.

Lincoln and Ronnie well, they were a bit freaked out hearing what Six had done. But Lincoln recovered first and gave Six a hug. Six was surprised but the hug was nice... like the gnomes. Except more comforting and warmer... making her feel safe. Once Six was calmed continued her tale as there are still much to her tale.

Telling them about all the other dangers she faced, the leeches, the janitor who she killed when she slammed down the elevator door on his arms cutting them off. The thing hiding beneath a room full of shoes. The twin cooks who prepared all the meals served on the Maw. The guests who she saw coming on board the Maw, not caring that only a few ever come back from the Maw, but for the food that is served on board that they could eat and eat. Those who don't leave to spread news about the Maw, are prepared for the next ship of incoming guests. And finally, the Lady, who rules the Maw with it being the place in the world full of chaos that makes sense. From the few tvs that Six found and watch shows on, the world outside of the Maw didn't made sense at all. Using the souls and resources collected from the ships that brought in guests and supplies to keep the Maw alive. And to maintain her youth and beauty. And the final meeting between her and the Lady, using the one thing that she couldn't stand to look at, her own reflection when her true age was there for all to see. Leaving her helpless on the floor as the horror of her own true face and her powers being reflected back at her by the mirror.

"I... ate her as well... and I gained her powers... and I used them to eat every guest before I left... is it wrong that those last two I don't feel guilty about those last two?" Six said which Ronnie gave out a snort.

“Girl, it was a woman who murdered people to make her look pretty and a bunch of fat, disgusting slobs who gleefully devoured each other and CHILDREN. Far as I'm concerned, Karma's will been done!” Ronnie stated with Lincoln nods in agreement.

This makes Six feel a lot better.

“So, after all that.... you still want to...,” six said.

“I ain't going nowhere...,” Lincoln said flicking his handcuffs.

“Me either,” Ronnie agreed.

“Thank you both,” Six said smiling as she thanks them and hugs them. “And Lincoln sorry about making fun of you. I’m sure you’ll be bigger when you’re older.”

Lincoln chuckles nervously. “That’s okay, let's just not talk about it though. I mean, were all just kids here. Why I bet your breasts are just as small as my-.”

Six flashes him revealing she's wearing a black tank top and shorts underneath her raincoat. Both of which are tight and showed off her body. She wore them because it allows her to more freedom of movement. Which also shows that she’s more developed for her age then Ronnie is and already is wearing a bra.

Lincoln was dumbstruck and blushing. “WOW... I could not have been more wrong...“

“Show off,” Ronnie grumbles and covers her flat chest.

At the Mystery Shack -

On a bench an orange was talking to an apple on a booth being setup.

"Hey Apple!" Orange said.

"What?" Apple responded.

"Hey Apple!" Orange repeated.

"What!? What!?" Apple ask again.

"Orange you gland I didn't say apple again?" Orange said as he gives an annoying laugh.

Suddenly Applebloom walks by and licks her lips at the sight of the apple.

"Oh, look. A Pony," Orange said.

Applebloom suddenly gets a weird freaked out/surprised look on her face at the unexpected sound.

"I sure wish Marshmallow was here to see this," Orange said with Applebloom turning around to see the freaky orange talking.

The orange gives another annoying laugh as Applebloom shrieks in fright/disgust and crushes Annoying Orange into a pulp. She takes several deep calming breaths to steady herself. She then gives out a sigh of relief, wiping off her brow. She then picks up the apple, happily biting it, but immediately throws it away in surprise when it starts to screamed in pain.

Trying to forget the unpleasantness Applebloom hurried to the Mystery Shack Fair as it was almost ready to go. She was in charge of providing food for the fair. She goes to see Diamond Tiara, who after her daddy's business almost went broke during the chaos of the merge, her father was forced to sell her namesake and make her work for her allowance. Not having any choice, Diamond was forced to put aside childish things and grow up quickly. She's now looking up to how Sunset turn things around for Equestira, Diamond Tiara wants to do the same for her family's company. She was now currently in charge of delivering food. Diamond Tiara was reading a newspaper when she sees Applebloom coming to talk about the shipment.

So, she puts down the newspaper. As they were talking together, Pony Applejack comes up and smiles.

"Shoot, I knew you'd two would patch it up and make friends! I told you it was just a matter of time!" Applejack said. Which has them just look at her annoyed.

"No, we're not," both of them responded.

"We just learned an important lesson from humans. Unlike in Equestria, where 'Everyone HAS to be friends'. Here there was more of a middle ground," Applebloom said.

"We don't have to like each other, we just need to work together," Diamond adds. She and Applebloom don't hate each other as they had more important things then worry about old grudges, but they didn't like each other either. Too much hurt, too little in common, not enough motivation to really try, they barely spend anytime together anyways. They just worked together, no chit-chat if necessary, no hate, no like... they co-existed enough to get things done and they were fine with that.

"So get off your dang high horse Ms. Too busy bragging about how right she is to notice her little sister is trying to FLEE from her bully's party and actually PUSHES her back inside. What is wrong with you?” Applebloom snarks irritably.

"You know what's really sad? Back in Equestria my family got a LARGE amount of it's business from your family, all you would've had to do was threaten us with cutting us off and my dad probably would've forced me to stay away from the crusaders," Diamond pointed out.

"I... I didn't... Applebloom, I-," Applejack stutters as she was stunned in shock and shame.

"You know what? I don't want to hear it EMPLOYEE Applejack! You're supposed to be unloading anyway, so get out of my sight and get to it or I'm DOCKING your pay!" Applebloom orders her older sister.

Applejack sniffs seeing how low her baby sister now sees her, but dose as she says. Hurt by her words and humiliated that she had to take orders from her little sister. Wishing that she could had done things differently.

"Wow, that felt good! No wonder you liked cutting people down so much!" Applebloom smirks.

"It can be kinda addicting," Diamond giggles.

Mystery Shack -

The Mystery Fair is a yearly fair that is funded and organized by Grunkle Stan in an attempt to drum up some extra profit. Which is built by 'sparing every expense,' the Mystery Fair was a series of cheaply built attractions of dubious safety, many of which were rigged to be impossible to win. The construction of the place was so shoddy that Stan went so far as to print up a stack of fake safety inspection certificates to attach to 'anything that looks like a lawsuit.'

The fair has many classic fair booths but with different names, a Ball Toss, a Balloon Bust, a Ferris Wheel, Higher Striker, Mystery Dogs, Photo Fun, Popcorn Machine, Slopey Toss, Snow Cones, Tunnel of Love and Corndogs, Rusty Barrel Rodeo. The Dunkle the Grunkle which Stan had Soos weld so that it's impossible to dunk him. Stan also brought in other booths then he did before the merge as more people are coming to the fair. There's a fishing game, slingshot galley, smashing stone, a clairvoyant booth, and a spinning wheel which gives out tokens for winners or people can just buy them at the token booth. Which can all be exchange for prizes.

The extra booths came from a town called Stardew Valley which appeared after the merge on the coast. And is also where the food booth that's selling food items that use to be only found there before they began to be produced elsewhere, like Ancient Fruit jams and wine, Star Fruit jams and wine, void eggs and mayonnaise with the later having to be cook first before being eaten. And dinosaur mayonnaise made from real dinosaur eggs which the local farmer who found the first 2 dinosaur eggs in a chest hatched and started raising dinosaurs as farm animals. Which because of how few in number they are still are still pricey which is why the stand only has dinosaur mayonnaise to sell. The one who is running the food booth was a traveling trader who use to travel around in a wagon pulled by a pig, before the merge happen and she now drives around in a truck. She's the one who Stan contacted to get the extra booths, and letting her sell her goods to get more people to come to the fair.

There is the Skytram that was built not far from the shack, which was set up for easy access to the top of the nearby cliff that connects to the road leading to Gravity Falls. Which is where the local goblins and gremlins made their homes, and where the Hand Witch cave is. The goblins and gremlins have tunneled the cliff face to make their homes which is also serves as a source of income for them. As they sell pretty rocks and ore they find for things they want, just like the Diamond Dogs. Even having a large cargo lift for shipments either going up or down, built on the cliff face and on the bottom is a warehouse depot. And is the reason why Stan setup the fair next to the skytram as the goblins and gremlins bring in more money. Which is why Stan contacted the female trader as she could bring in tons of void mayonnaise which goblins and gremlins go nuts for.

Stan also managed to get the music group the Alraunes to perform at the fair. Thanks to Marigold who played poker with Stan and lost when he was at Garden Grove. Marigold was to perform on her own at the fair but her friends learning about it wanted in as well. Which also got Sunset to put up some booths and rides as well as she wanted to test out some new products out.

Sunset is testing out some new sodas that she had been ordering for the casinos and resorts. All of which gotten popular enough for the soda companies be able to open up a subsidiary in Canterlot, to meet the demand. There are 3 soda companies that are opening up a subsidiary in Canterlot, each coming from the same world where the Roboco robots owned by Mr. House came from. The 3 companies are Vim! Pop Incorporated, Sunset Sarsaparilla, and Nuka-Cola, each having their own stands located around the fair.

Vim! Pop Incorporated, a soft drink manufacturer that operates out of Maine on the East Coast. Sunset on a visit to Maine was introduced to the regional soft drink and took a liking to it. Seeing how before the Merge happen the company wasn't doing well thanks to the brutal tactics from Nuka-Cola, signed a deal with the company to supply Canterlot with their soda.

All the casinos carry the soda and with good advertising, along with Sunset often being seen drinking the soda. Got many people to start drinking the soda, which came in 4 different flavors.

Vim a combination of pure Maine spring water and other extracts and syrups, the flagship beverage of the Vim! Pop Corporation is slightly fermented, which helps to better bring out its unique and natural flavor profile.

Vim Refresh which is even more energizing than Vim Quartz, and is flavored with apples. Refresh looks the same as regular Vim, but with a light green color and a lime wedge design on the label.

Vim Quartz is bubble gum flavored and contained extra "oomph" (or "vim"), making drinkers more energized.

Captain's Blend that has a taste that is fishy, with marketing has the taste of Maine in a bottle.

Vim has proven to be a popular drink among the griffins and loved the Captain’s Blend as fish is a big part of their diet. Which is why a factory is being built to supply the demand for the drink. As well as allowing the company to get their name out there around the West coast.

There is also another soft drink that Sunset took a liking to during a visit to Las Vegas to see Mr. House for a business deal. The root-beer type soda, Sunset Sarsaparilla is also a popular drink around Gravity Falls after Sunset started ordering the regional soda to be ship to the casinos. And became a big enough hit that a small factory is being built to supply the demand for the soft drink. The company is also trying out new flavors like Diet Sunset Sarsaparilla.

Another soda Nuka-Cola can also be found but the company is still facing the fallout from Nuka-Cola Quantum having radioactive isotopes in the beverage. Not to mention the underhanded tactics that the company uses to get rid of their competition. There are also the problems found at the company’s theme park Nuka World. The company flagship drink also is very unhealthy because of the amount of sugar of over 120% of the recommended daily allowance of sugar. The CEO and founder of the company John-Caleb Bradberton has been busy making the changes and meeting the safety standards of the new world he found himself in. And trying to get into the Canterlot market, which Sunset is allowing because of the amount of money she’s getting from the company.

The results was that the Mystery Fair became much bigger then what Stan had planned but was welcomed as he saw how much money he was going to make. Which is what Wendy found when she walks up to the Mystery Fair. Lots of cars and buses coming in to have fun at the fair, which Stan had built up hype for by posting posters all over town and the surrounding towns. And social media online once everything was setup for the fair and a date was set for it.

Camp Lakebottom -

“I can’t believe Kai Yee is making himself look like he was trying to unite the human and magic world by dethroning the magical elders,” Juniper said reading the newsletter on her phone. She and the other campers are boarding the buses to take them to the fair.

"You only heard one side of the story," Roger said.

"He explained it that the way that the magical elders ruled is the reason why fighting between the magic world and human world started," Ophelia said.

"That, I can believe," Juniper sighed having lost all faith in the elders.

"Totally," Lila adds.

"Just forget about that. We're going to have fun today," Jody said.

At the fair -

Wendy was heading to the fair when Robbie steps in front of her, blocking her path.

"Hey Wendy! How do you like my new tight pant-," Robbie was saying before Wendy walks away from him after glaring at him as she still hasn't forgave him or the others for leaving her when she needed help.

Wendy made her way to the Mystery Shack which was closed for the fair. She enters to find Twilight examining the left side of a robotic man and a bunch of tiny green aliens as well as Dipper. Who is helping Twilight study the robot.

Wendy eyes widen and blush. "Uh, Dipper... why?"

"Hey Wendy! You won't believe what just happened! I was taking a shower when I got another flash forward about this guy who you never see the right-side of! It turns out he's a robot controlled by aliens! And they all swore a blood-oath to kill themselves if discovered! I quickly called Twilight and she was able to disable their suicide crystals and contain them until we calmed them down! I mean after Twilight found them and brought them to the shack. We have all this new alien tech and were interviewing a new alien species! Isn't that great!?" Dipper explains.

"Dipper... remember how you told me that tale of Archimedes and him shouting Eureka?" Wendy ask.

"Well... yeah... but what does that...," Dipper was saying and then to his dawning horror he realized that in his excitement. He forgot to put on his clothes.

"Twilight, why didn't you tell me!" Dipper squeals mortified and covered himself embarrassed while both Wendy and Twilight laugh.

"Sorry Dipper, I keep forgetting that 'clothes' are important to humans! I have been living with roommates who don’t wear clothes like me. Besides, this," Twilight said shrugging as she gestures to what they have been working on. "Is WAY more important then what your wearing, so why would I notice that anyway?"

"But... but you saw...," Dipper said while blushing.

"Nothing that I care about," Twilight said.

"What?" Dipper asks devastated.

Twilight's eye's widened as she realized what she'd implied.

"I'm a pony, you're a human. I'm sure your very attractive to other females your own species but there no attraction between us," Twilight explains quickly.

As Twilight and Dipper went back and forth like the socially awkward nerds they are. Wendy was elsewhere. Wendy was smiling at Dipper... this was the boy who meant so much to her... who risked life, limb and dignity to save her... who was a truer friend then any she'd ever had... and his virginity smelled SO....

Wendy's eye's nearly popped out of her head.

"I'm just saying," Twilight was saying till she was interrupted by Wendy tying her jacket around Dipper's waist.

"GO! GET DRESSED NOW!" Wendy shouts flustered and more than a bit pale.

Dipper quickly does so, very frightened.

"Uh... Wendy? You okay?" Twilight asks concerned.

"Yeah... yeah... no, I'm good. I'm good," Wendy said as she takes deep breaths to calm herself.

"Is this a human or deer woman thing?" Twilight ask knowing that Wendy's mother is a deer woman.

"It's nothing," Wendy said as she thought to herself. 'What was that? Could I... No, no! I can't be going through the change yet! I'm too young! This... this was probably just a weird fluke, once I have fun at the fair... yeah, I'll be fine."

Once a dressed Dipper came back, Wendy was quick to invite them with them to the fair with her. Which Twilight declined as she was happy studying and talking to the small aliens, but told them that she'll join them later. Leaving Wendy to go to the fair with Dipper, till Mabel suddenly pops out of nowhere.

"And this time I'm coming with you! Grunkle Stan said it was okay and everything!" shouted Mabel eager to spend time with her Bro-Bro.

Dipper rolls his eyes but smiles, despite the bad friction happening between them recently. She is his sister and they did have a nice history together before coming to the falls. So, despite everything he could still look forward to spending time with her.

A flash of an older, miserable him coming over to give money to an older, fatter, crazy cat lady of Mabel comes to mind.

Dipper is confused by this. But still goes along with Mable and Wendy leaving Twilight by herself. Although a bit more cautious around Mabel.

At the fair -

As the group have a fun time at the fair, they saw many other people they came to know also at the fair as well. Sunset and her sisters are waiting in line with many others, all trying to dunk a heckling Stan into the water. With Korra and Asami having their turn and losing, Korra simply water bends the water to soak Stan. With Stan shouting no cheating by using powers, while the crowd cheers for Korra.

The Ed boys are manning a sandwich booth where people order any kind of sandwich, they want using what ingredients the booth has. They’re talking with Huntress Wizard and Canyon who came to the fair together. They’re telling the Ed’s about their friend Jake the dog who told them all about the prefect sandwich he made, which Eddy wants to know how to make it so he can sell it.

Strawberry and her friends are also selling food at the fair. They had fun last time they went to Graivty Falls Brighton and came again with their families when they learned about the fair. And they’re having fun, with them selling food to the people at the fair, taking breaks so that they can also enjoy themselves as well. Having one of their family members takeover so that they can have fun.

Mable and Dipper walked by the group, Wendy having spotted her mother with her father and brothers, went off to talk to her about some girl issues, leaving the twins alone. Which was the sudden surge of lust she suddenly had back at the shack, Wendy was already told by her mother what changes her body would go through once she hit her teen years. But she thought she still had a year or two before the changes hit her, which her mother said there is always girls who hit puberty early.

"Hey, bro-bro, why did you go to Twilight for help with Lefty? Don't we usually do that sort of thing as a team?" Mabel ask.

"Mabel, everytime I go to you for help for one of my videos you, despite all the weird things we see on a daily basis! Just dismiss me as nuts and never take it seriously!" Dipper said to her as he looks at her annoyed.

"But... I STILL go with you, I STILL help you out," she points out as she looks hurt.

"I know Mabel and I do appreciate that. But I kinda like having someone who I can bounce ideas off of, who takes me and what I do seriously, it's nice to have someone like that," Dipper said as he sees Mabel's eye's begin to quiver with tears. "Look Mabel, I'll invite you to come with next time, alright?"

"Awesome!" Mable shouted out as she brightens up. "The Mystery Twins are back! And don't worry Dipping sauce, I promise I won't leave your side today and I'll help you.... IS THAT A PIG!?!"

"ANNNNNNND she's gone," Dipper said giving out a sigh and ignoring yet another flash of the depressing future. He goes to look for Twilight and Wendy.

"Hey Dipper," Jake greeted him. He's at the fishbowl booth where people are trying to toss a golf ball into a fishbowl and win the fish inside.

"Hi Jake," Dipper greeted back.

"So, your sister left you?" Jake ask.

"Yup," Dipper replied.

"Know that. My sister doesn't have the same interest in what I do either," Jake said.

"Where is she anyways?" Dipper ask.

"She was supposed to come with my group but our mom wanted her not to be going across country. So, she's now training with Master Splinter at his dojo. She wants to join with the Mighty Mutanimals when she's an adult," Jake said.

"Isn't that the hero group of New York?" Dipper ask.

"They operate as a bounty hunter group to keep things nice and legal but yeah they're a hero group," Jake said.

"So, you met them?" Dipper ask.

"I did and they're a ok group to be apart of if I was still the American Dragon," Jake answers.

"Well if they're a bounty hunting group at least you'll be paid," Dipper pointed out.

"Beats doing it for free," Jake said.

Pigpen -

"If'n you can guess the critter's weight, you can take the critter home!" Sprott cried out to the crowd.

Mabel looks at all the pigs in the pig pen. The pigs are all young ones who are no longer nursing from their mother. Then Mabel sees a fatter pig sitting on it's butt.

The pig oinks which sounds like the word 'Mabel'.

"He said Mabel!" Mabel said gasping. "Either that or doorbell. Did you say Mabel or doorbell?"

The pig oinks out Mabel again.

"Ooooooooooohhhhh!!!" Mabel moans out.

In the background pony Pinkie dress as a clown is walking around and making herself look like a fool to entertain the fair goers. Pony Rarity was nearby with her own booth selling hats she made herself. Pony Fluttershy is at the animal petting zoo where people could buy animal feed and feed the animals. Pony Rainbow Dash is flying around above the fair with other former members of the Wonderbolts who are all acting as guards for the fair. Well more like spotters for the real guards both organic and robots, which Sunset provided.

"Sir, I must have that pig!" Mabel said to Sprott.

"Ah, old 15-Poundy! So, how much you guessin' he weighs?" Sprott ask.

"Um, 15 pounds?" Mabel answers.

"Are you some kind of witch?" Sprott ask.

“So what?” Mabel said grabbing the pig and runs off.

Elsewhere at the fair -

Sunset and her sisters are fruitlessly trying to dunk a heckling Stan into the tank. Molly and her friends are also in line wanting to take a wack at dumping Stan. Along with Rainbow Brite and her friends who came to the fair. And just about everyone else that Stan has pissed off.

Nearby the concert is starting with the Kindles opening the show for the Alraunes. The mushroom theme entertainers are a big hit with younger kids and gamers, thanks to them providing songs and appearing in the newest Mario bros game. With them replacing their old mushroom hats with caps that matches the ones in the Mario games.

Beami, wears super mushroom cap.

Flashi, wears 1up mushroom cap.

Glar, wears the bee mushroom cap

Gleami, wears the mini mushroom cap.

Glorali, wears the mega mushroom cap.

Sparkli, wears the invincibility mushroom cap.

Ms. Caulfield came to the fair so she could spend time with Six and her new friends, Lincoln and Ronnie. They’re all at the stage listening to the Kindles singing one of their songs. Ms Caulfield has been visiting the camp and spending time with Six since what happen during Pioneer Day, showing up unexpectedly like a plot device in fiction to help solve a problem. Like when the kids were out on the lake when the boat began leaking but, Ms Caulfield showed up in her own boat to give them a lift back to shore.

Twilight who finishes up with talking to the aliens, is now taking a break and enjoying the fair. She spotted Dipper at the booth with the milk bottle game, where he's trying to win a stuff toy for Wendy. Which ended up with the ball bouncing off the bottles and hitting Wendy's eye. Dipper ran all the way back to the shack to get some ice, which took some time and ended up with him running into a bald man wearing goggles and a uniform of some kind, causing him to drop the measuring tape he's carrying around. And once Dipper picked up all the ice, Wendy was already being helped by her mom.

"Hey Dipper look, I won a pig. I name him Waddles," Mabel said walking up to him then saw how down he is. "What's the matter?"

"That," Dipper said pointing to Wendy being taken home by her mom. Leaving Dipper feeling guilty for getting Wendy hurt and wishes he could fix it.

Twilight coming out from her hiding place come to comfort him. Which has Dipper dragging himself around the fair as the others try to cheer him up. He then angrily confronts the guy who made him spill the ice meant for Wendy.

"Huh?" the Man ask.

"Don't huh me! I've seen you before! What's your deal? Are you following us around?" Dipper ask having seen him in the background many times.

"And why are you bald? What's that all about?" Mabel ask.

"AAAAAGH! My position has been COMPROMISED! Assuming stealth mode!" the man said as he presses buttons on his watch, making his suit change to different backgrounds. "Color match! Initiating color match! Come on, dang it!"

He takes out screwdriver and tries to fix it.

"That's amazing! Are you from the future or something?" Mabel ask.

"Uh, NO!! Who told you that?! MEMORY WIPE!" The man shouted as he throws baby wipe in Mabel's face.

"This is a baby wipe," Mabel pointed out as she takes it off her face.

"All right, you've cornered me. I'm... a time traveler," the man said.

"So, wait a minute, if you're from the future, do you have like a time machine, or something?" Dipper ask.

"That's... kinda how it works," the man answers.

"Can I borrow it?" Dipper ask wanting to change what happen to Wendy.

"No! Out of the question! You know, this is sensitive extremely complicated time equipment," the man said pulling out one of the two tape measures on his tool belt to show them.

"It looks like a tape measure," Dipper said.

"You shut your time-mouth!" the man said.

"This making any sense to any of you?" Dipper ask the group behind him.

"I think he's just crazy," Mabel said with Twilight and the others thinking the same thing.

"Oh! You don't believe me?" the man ask as he pulls the tape measure, disappears, then reappears a few seconds later in old fashioned clothes. "Guess where I was!"

"Whoa!" the group said.

"That's right! 15 years ago there was a costume shop right here! One second," the man said as he disappears, then reappears in his normal suit, which is flaming which he pats down. "Ah! Aw, heck! Pat! Pat down!"

"So, who are you again?" Twilight ask.

"Blendin Blandin, Time Anomaly Removal Crew year twenty sñeventy-twelve. My mission is to stop a series of time anomalies that are supposed to happen at this very location! But-but I don't see any anomalies! I don't know if it's some kind of paradox, or I'm just really tired...," Blendin said as he sits down.

"So does this mean you're working for Clockwork?" Twilight ask.

"Oh, you know the time ghost?" Blendin ask.

"Yes, I heard of him. I'm Twilight Sparkles. Have you heard of me?" Twilight ask.

"I think, I remember you from the early episodes of Discord's show," Blendin said.

"Discord is still alive in your time?" Twilight ask.

"He is and still airing his show," Blendin said.

"Anyone else still around?" Twilight ask.

"Oh wait, I can't tell you who are still alive from your time," Blendin said realizing he’s breaking the rules.

"You know, you sound like you could use a break," Dipper said.

"Definitely, definitely. Might we recommend one of the various attractions at the Mystery Fair?" Mabel said.

"You know what? What the heck! I'm worth it!" Blendin said as he gets up. "But I've got my eye on you! Ehhh... ehhh..."

Blendin walks over to the barrel ride, which Soos is operating.

"One please," Blendin said giving Soos a ticket.

"Uh, sorry dude but you're gonna have to take your belt off for the ride. One of your tools might fly off and accidentally fix something," Soos said.

"Guard it with your life," Blendin said.

"I will watch it like a hawk, dude," Soos said starting the ride and sets the belt on the barrel at his side.

"Woooooo! Yaaaaaaayyy! Weeheee!" Blendin cried out enjoying himself.

"Like a hawk!" Soos repeated as Dipper takes the tool belt.

Nearby two figures had seen and overheard everything.

Back at the shack -

Dipper has the time tape on a table staring at it as the others are gathered around the table.

"Now listen with time travel there are rules you have to follow like in 'Back to the Future' movies. Unless of course it follows other rules like in Marvel where you can change the past all you want as it doesn't affect your timeline past, just creating a new timeline," Twilight said. (1)

Dipper nods as he, Mabel and Twilight travel back in time. Twilight frowns as Mabel goes off to win Waddles again and have fun with him.

"Uh... okay, isn't Wendy her friend too? Does she NOT care she's going to be hurt?" she asks perplexed and annoyed.

"Eh, it's not so much that so much as it just hasn't occurred to her. But never mind, I won't need her help anyway. This time Wendy won't get hurt," Dipper said.

And once again, the ball hits Wendy eye again with Wendy's mom taking her home to treat her.

Hey!

Screamed Twilight, as Wendy gets hit by the ball for the second time, unintentionally starting a Heart song.

Everytime I try to go in alone I get shut down,

"It is possible that the forces of time naturally conspire to undo any new outcomes?" asks Dipper out loud morbidly.

Locked up and held captive in the clutches of my down

"No, I just need to try again!" He shouts out in determination!

"YEAH!" Shouts Twilight as they both ignore the song.

go back

"Third times the charm!" Dipper said.

go forth

"Fifth times the charm!" Dipper said again.

go back

"The twentieth time...is the twentieth time...," Dipper said doing it all over again

I'm sick with vertigo

Dipper vomits into a trashcan after time-jumping too fast... Twilight holds his hair up as he does so. A hand tried to pick pocket the time tape but Dipper stop throwing up and walk away as the hand was trying to reach in for a grab.

Weary of my ways, this days never gonna end...

Twilight and Dipper slammed their heads down on the booth in frustration.

I wanna feel a new day
(There's gotta be more than this)

Dipper bites yet another pen in two as he eyes his calculations... and Twilight pops yet another stress ball as she dose likewise. A rope tries to lasso the time tape but Dipper picks it up before the rope could be pulled.

I wanna see a new day
(There's gotta be more)

Dipper practiced several make-shift throws. And Twilight tries to use her magic to improve the aim.

I wanna be a new day
(There's gotta be more)

Dipper measures the height of a startled Wendy. Twilight measures her width, knocking her over. A fish hook managed to grab the measuring tape that Twilight was using instead of the time one.

I wanna live a new day with you
(There's just gotta be more)

"Maybe if I throw with my other hand," mumbles Dipper to himself.

"No, you tried that before already. Remember?" Points out Twilight.

Right here, right now
Under the stars-

"I promise you my heart." Whispered Dipper to himself as he glances into Wendy's wondrous green eyes.

Cause it starts today!

Dipper checked the make-shift barometer to calculate the wind speeds. Twilight bribes some pegasus to do likewise.

I wanna rise,
I wanna touch the other side
(It starts today!)

"Maybe electromagnetic radiation is responsible?" ask an exhausted Dipper as he uses a make-shift bolometer. A now very frazzled Twilight starts to randomly shock nearby people and write down the results. A stray lightning bolt hits a bush with someone yelling in pain as they were moving in close to the time tape.

I wanna soar
I wanna reach right out for more
(Cause it starts today!)

Both eggheads bang on the make-shift creepmeter in irritation.

I wanna rise,
I wanna touch the other side
(It starts today!)

The time-fixing duo shoo away a nosy patron as they calculate the make-shift gravimeter.

I wanna soar,
I wanna reach right out for more
(Cause it starts today!)

The paranormal twosome bang their heads over and over on a lamppost.

Today today
Today today today
Today

Twilight hugged Dipper as he desperately shakes the make-shift Katharometer to find something... anything to explain why he sucked at this!

Can't feel like I can take this day anymore
Want to be with you Under the sky full of stars
With a heart that wants more
(Today)

The make-shift hygrometer's results... were disappointing.

I'll memorize the rhythm no dam can hold

"Okay, it took 5 seconds to hit her," Dipper calculates as he checks the stopwatch.

"And 6 seconds for it to ricochet." points out Twilight.

Done' drivin by a source cramping my soul.
(Today)

Dipper grits his teeth as he loses the ice for the hundredth time. Causing someone running up from behind him to slip and sliding into a portable toilet.

Won't be like any day we have seen
I swear I'll change everything (e-e-e-e-everything)

"FATE CAN EAT IT!" screams a frustrated Dipper and Twilight, while nearby fair patrons looked on in concern.

Right here right now
Under the stars-

"I'd promise you my heart-" Whispers Dipper after Wendy longingly.

Cause it starts today!

"OW! MY EYE!"

Today!

"OW! MY EYE!"

Today!

"OW! MY EYE!"

Cause it starts today!...

Later -

After much work in writing complex calculations both Dipper and Twilight realized that Mabel is THE variable they're missing.

"But, but I need to go win Waddles!" Mabel cried out as she was grabbed by the two.

"GAH! MABLE! YOUR! FRIEND! WENDY! IS HURT! HOW ARE YOU NOT GETTING THIS!? YOU CAN GET YOUR STUPID PIG AFTERWARD! NOW MOVE!" Twilight yelled out as she reached her boiling point in how it's possible that Wendy keeps on being hit by the ball.

"Wha- Waddles isn't stu-," Mabel said confused and frightened. But Twilight, isn't listening and is already dragging her with her levitation.

Dipper this succeeded thanks to Mabel and Twilight arranging things around the ball toss booth so the ball didn't bounce around and hit Wendy once more. Dipper hands over the stuff toy to Wendy as Twilight cheers having finally gotten it right. And then Mabel goes to get Waddles. Expect that when Mabel looks into the pigpen, she saw pigs but can't find Waddles.

"Uh... sir? Where's Waddles?" Mabel ask Sprott who's currently facing the opposite direction of her.

"Who?" Sprott asked.

"For the love of- FIFTEEN POUNDER! WHERE'S FIFTEEN POUNDER!" Mabel shouts out.

"Oh, him! Why didn't you say so? Terribly sorry, someone already took him minutes before you showed up. Sorry," Sprott answers.

"WHAT!?!" Mabel cried out.

Mabel runs to Twilight and Dipper needing the time tape to undo things.

"I need the time tape to get Waddles!" Mabel shouted as tries to get the time-tape to get Waddles.

Dipper is about to gently reassure her when Twilight angrily buts in.

"Mabel we spent so much time in making sure that this time went right and you want to undo all that for a pig? Do you really want to put a pig before a friend?" Twilight ask firmly reminds her that all the other timeline has Wendy get hurt and Mabel is being VERY selfish right now putting a stupid pig over the health of a friend.

"I'm coming Waddles!" Mabel shouted not listening as she fights for the tape and sending them going on a wild time jump.

The first time jump had the trio traveling back to the stone age. Where they ran by a purple alien trying to teach a caveman how to hunt using a spear. And the caveman hitting the alien.

Another time jump has them running by Camp Lakebottom as Songbird attacks it. With Dipper losing the calculator he had in his vest.

Another time jump has them running by Lake Gravity Falls as that old man shouted about the Gobblewonker. With Mabel losing her right shoe.

Another has them running by the shack as Stan reveals wax Stan. And Twilight losing the pen she had behind her ear.

Another time jump has them running down a path in the woods. They ran pass the faceless man with the floating head.

Mabel appeared on a backwoods road just outside of a city. A car honks as the driver twisted the wheel trying to avoid hitting the girl that suddenly appeared in the middle of the road. Twilight barely managed to lift Mabel up into the air as Dipper runs in and pushes her out of the way.

The car swerves and crashes into a truck, sending the car spinning to a stop on the side of the road. The truck on the other hand was sent crashing into a tree. Twilight gasps in horror and is about to go help. But Dipper being too busy focusing on getting everyone off the road to notice anything else, allowed Mabel to get a hold of the time tape and uses it before Twilight can stop her. They time jump away from the two crash vehicles.

The trio landed in snow in front of the shack before Stan turn it into a tourist trap.

"Dipper! We need to go back! There was a crash! They'll need our help!" Twilight shouted out in a panic.

"I'm trying!" Dipper said as he hits the return button trying to go back but all he got was an error message.

"What's wrong?" Twilight ask.

"I'm keep getting an error message," Dipper said as he kept hitting the return button causing the time tape to overheat.

"It's must be too hot to work," Twilight said.

"Hot is right," Dipper said plunging the time tape into the snow cooling it off. "There that should do it."

"Now we can return to the car crash," Twilight said.

"NO WADDLES!" Mabel shouted not caring what just happen and hits the time tape.

The time tape sends them in another time jump as the owner of the shack pokes his head out to see who was shouting but sees nothing and goes back inside.

The time jump lands them in what looks like a warehouse.

"MABEL WHAT DID YOU DO!" Dipper shouted as he pushes Mabel away now also panicking seeing how the return function would only return them back to the last jump they did.

Since Dipper didn't see what coordinates were inputted for the destination where the car crash happen, the return button was the only way to help those people. While he tried to get it to work, Twilight texted one of Jenny's sisters to see if there was any crashes in the Gravity Falls area, or failing that to look at official records and see if she could pinpoint the date of any serious accident. Of course that's if they're in the right time that is.

Mabel shakes herself off and tries to steal the time-tape again, but an annoyed and irritated Twilight had had ENOUGH and bucks her in the cootchie. As she's on the ground crying and in pain. Twilight yells at her.

"MABEL! KNOCK IT OFF! LIVES ARE NOW AT STAKE HERE! YOU'RE NOT GETTING THE PIG! SUCK IT UP ALREADY! STEAL THE TAP AGAIN AND I SWEAR TO FAUST THEY'LL BE FINDING YOUR TEETH SHARDS IN ANTARCTICA!" she yelled at Mabel.

"Whoa, Twilight! You didn't have to take it that far," Dipper said horrified at what he'd just seen.

"DIPPER! FOCUS! We need to save the people from that crash!" Twilight reminded him.

Dipper reluctantly agrees, quickly apologizes to Mabel and goes back to trying to figure out how to get back to the crash.

Mabel picks herself off the ground and starts to bang her head on one of the boxes.

"Mabel cut that out," Twilight said as she looks at Mabel but then looks at the box she's banging her head on and sees the date on it. "We're in the future!"

"What?" Dipper ask.

"Look at the date," Twilight pointed to the date on the box.

"We're in the year twenty.... how do you say that?" Dipper ask looking at the weird way the date was written.

"It gets some getting use to," a female voice spoke.

They turn to see XJ-9 but her color is now gold instead of blue she wore before and looks like she's been updated alot.

"XJ-9?" Twilight ask.

"Nope it's XJ-1. Big sis went and gave me her old body after her new body was built," XJ-1 said.

"So, I'm guessing you, your sisters and other robots are the only ones left from our time?" Dipper ask.

"Well, there are the immortals like Discord still around but I can't just tell you as that's not what happen," XJ-1 said.

"You mean this is like how I used the time spell and my past self wouldn't let me tell her not to worry and just ended up causing all the stuff that happen to me in the first place?" Twilight ask.

"Yup," XJ-1 said as she took the time tape and sets it to send them back to their own time. "Here this will take you 3 back to your own time."

"But what about the crash?" Dipper ask.

"Sorry but I can't help or it won't happen," XJ-1 said.

"Dipper don't cause anymore time problems," Twilight said as she uses the tape sending them back to their time.

The present -

After finally making it back to their own time, in front of the shack with the fair going on nearby. Twilight made the same call about the crash to the XJ sisters, while Dipper made sure that Mabel wouldn't be time jumping again. Which has Mabel banging her head on the totem pole that's in front of the shack.

Twilight rolls her eyes seeing Mabel doing the head banging again. "Come on Mabel, knock it off!"

"Twilight is right Mabel, you'll be over Waddles in a day. Like you did with that dog Gally you found and wanted to keep till her owner came for her," Dipper said.

He brings out the time-tape... but before he can use it. He's assaulted with visions, showing 'him' traveling forward... a day... a week... a month... he sees Soos giving tours of 'miserable Mabel'... but the flash-forward doesn't stop there.

Flash Forward -

A forty-something year old Dipper enters his parents’ house and takes off his fast-food uniform with a sigh as he looks down at his meager paycheck.

A forty-something Mabel (wearing a crazy sweater and surrounded by dozens of cats); looks up.

"Hey Dipping sauce! Guess what!? I made a 50 feet butterfly made of comics... which I then set ablaze! I'm still the goddess of destruction! Also, the police are here again to fine us for burning stuff without a permit... also for unintended arson damage to the neighbors house"

"Wait, what!?" Shouts Dipper just as a policeman steps out of the shadows and snatches up Dipper's paycheck.

"Ah, come on man! I worked overtime the whole week at the drive-through to earn that!" Shouts Dipper. But the officer had already left.

Dipper feels a drop of water on his head... the ceiling was leaking.

"I also created a new water slide for Waddles!" Mable said.

CRASH!

The ceiling gives way as a giant hog crashes down and breaks the floor; water soaking everything.

The cats scatter in panic; breaking various household objects as they do so.

"Ah, they're cute when their crazy!" She shouts laughing as she takes a picture of them.

Dipper sighs as he goes to check the emergency fund... only to find it empty.

"Hey Dipping sauce! Can we have Pizza tonight!? Duck-tective will be on!" Shouts the ever cheerful yet oblivious Mabel.

Dipper just hangs his head... and cries...

Dipper is suddenly shaken from these troubling visions by Twilight.

"Dipper let's just go. I dealt with an infant Spikes Temper Tantrums enough times to know it's best to just ignore spoiled brats when they act like this," she says coldly and unsympathetically.

A very confused Dipper looks like he's about to say something.

"Ignore her all you want, but you best not ignore US!" a new voice called out to them.

The three of them then hear screaming and look in time to see a strange sight.

"WADDLES!?! Wait, is that... lego?" Mabel ask.

Indeed, it was two life-sized lego men on the outer edge of the fair. With both of them holding Waddles and Wendy at knife-point. The crowd from the fair are staying back with the protectrons and Mr. Handies keeping them back.

"Yeah, what of it child? We’re the brothers Acronix and Krux! The hands of time! And we're tried of playing it safe," the lego man Acronix said.

"Now my child I'm going to make this very simple for you... hand over the time tape or your friend and pet will die," Krux said as he presses the knife a little deeper into the pig, causing it to squeal in pain.

"WADDLES! DIPPER GIVE HIM WHAT HE WANTS!" Mabel shouts as she tries to jump at him, but Twilight uses levitation to hold her back annoyed.

"What the Frack Mabel?! I'M IN TROUBLE TOO HERE!" Wendy shouted out annoyed.

"Yes, yes you are," Krux said before he turns back to Dipper. “Now hand over the time tape or they die.”

Mabel screams at Dipper to do it, with both Twilight and Wendy yelling at her. Dipper makes to take the time tape out of his pocket but actually, he has a knife of his own from his Swiss army knife, he also sees Sunset and her sisters behind them, hiding behind the nearby tent. They had seen Wendy being grabbed by the lego men and are just waiting for an opportunity to strike.

Dipper can only hit one of the two and he doesn't hesitate. He throws the knife and it hits Acronix head cutting into his head which while caused him pain because of him being lego it doesn't kill him. Allowing Wendy to free herself just as a furious Krux slits Waddles throat causing Mabel to scream. Right before Acronix and Krux are attacked by the sisters from behind, they are immediately pinned down. The robots guards also rush in to cover the two lego men.

Later -

The fair was still going as the Alraunes stage show was being held for the big final, as the police came and took away the two Lego men Acronix and Krux away. Who turned out had overheard Blendin talking about the time tape. Both of them use to had time powers but were taken from them in their world before the merge. Even if they had lost their powers, they still retain some abilities like having a ripple effect proof memory, that prevents them from not remembering all the time traveling and resetting the timeline. Learning about the time tape they been trying to steal it during all of the time jumps that Dipper, Mabel, and Twilight had been doing. Till they just went with grabbing Wendy and Waddles who they thought was a family pet, when all the other plans failed.

The robots had already thrown Waddles body into a garbage truck where it and the trash from the fair, would be taken to the Recycler plant. Where it all be broken down into basic materials. And any leftover organic material that isn't sold will be used to feed the new Bioreactor. Which compose any organic material into energy, which is used to power the plant or sold to help supply power to Gravity Falls Brighton.

"You're a terrible brother! You let Waddles die!" Mabel yells at Dipper.

"Mabel do you actually care more for a pig that you only knew for a day then for Wendy?" Twilight snaps at Mabel.

"I was being held at knife point with my life on the line, again. And you cared more for a pig then me?" Wendy growls looking down at Mabel.

"How much of a spoiled brat are you? Does anything but what happens to you matter at all? I had a pet pig name Darla that I loved but I would give up her to save a friend or a family member," Sunset snaps at her with her sisters nodding in agreement.

"I... just wanted the cute pig!" Mabel said hurt, sobbing, and baffled by all of them treating her like this.

"Not to mention you causing that car to slam into that truck during the time jump. Which you don't care about causing the accident or if the people in the two cars are even alive," Twilight pointed out. The XJ sisters had already called her and found no accidents that matches what she had seen.

"Well, I hope the cute pig was worth it, cause far as I'm concerned, we are DONE as friends! Never speak to me again Mabel!" Wendy said to Mabel.

"Not friends?" Mabel ask trying to understand why Wendy doesn't want to be her friend.

"Let me guess you don't have any real friends do you," Sunset said to Mabel.

"Nope she doesn't," Dipper said.

"With her being so self-centered and not caring if someone is being held at knife point as long as she gets what she wants, who would want to?" Twilight adds.

"WAAAA!" Mabel cried out as she ran away crying her eyes out.

Dipper was about to go after her but remembered the flash forwards he had and just let Mabel handle herself for a change.

"Hey Dipper... I overheard the two lego men talking about 'fooling around with the time-tape just to impress me'. What did he mean?" Wendy ask.

Dipper sighs and confesses to Wendy about using time travel to win the game so that he would win and not have the ball bouncing and hitting her eye causing her mom to take her home. Which no matter what he and Twilight tried, she kept being hit with the ball. Wendy then asks why he put her through all that. So, Dipper says how Wendy said she 'wanted it more than anything'.

"Oh, for the love of," Wendy groans and takes a deep breath to calm herself. "Dipper that was sweet of you to take that seriously, but for the record... IGNORE my teen melodrama in the futures. ESPECIALLY if it means I won't get smacked in the eye!"

"Yeah! No one wants to get hurt for a plushie! That's just stupid," Ruth said.

"Also... why didn't you just TELL Wendy what was happening?" Sunrise ask.

Dipper and Twilight just looks dumbfounded.

"Just... tell... her?" both of them said before they smacks their foreheads and groan, calling themselves morons.

"Oh, Dipper...," Wendy giggles.

"Looks like a case of complexity addiction," Assie said.

"Thinking of a very complex answer instead of just the simple one," Mawina adds.

Sunset looks at ball booth that's now empty.

"Huh, I know it was a time curse and all... but still, kinda weird it took so much effort to break it," Sunset said as she gives the booth a closer look. "Hey! This is no time curse! Stan just rigged the game to make it almost impossible to win!"

Everyone glares at Stan who is still in the dunking booth.

Alana went over and just punch the target to dump Stan but the target hardly moved.

"And he welded the dunking booth so he wouldn't be dunk," Bonnie called out.

"What? Any of you actually thought I would play fair?" Stan ask.

"Works for me!" Euspeth said having grabbed the hammer from the strength test and hits the target with the hammer sending Stan into the water. Causing the crowd around the booth to give out a cheer.

With the dunking tank now unfixed, a crowd had formed to dunk Stan. They're paying to do it but instead of tossing a ball, Sunset is having the paying customers just hit the target with their hands instead. With that happening Dipper talks to Wendy how he had a vision of Mabel becoming 'miserable Mabel' right before the whole thing with the 'hands of time'.

"Dipper, first of all. If Mabel stood outside like that for over a month, she wouldn't be miserable. She'd be dead! But assuming by a weird fluke that really COULD happen... well. Say you gave her the pig letting me get hurt," she reminds annoyed. "To get her out of being depression... what then? Dipper, we live in a town full of nightmarish supernatural creatures! All of them could gobble up Waddles and ask for seconds! But supposing he survived that... how will you get him home? The bus driver doesn't allow pets, unless it's a service animal. How would you convince your Mom and Dad to keep him? Pigs get HUGE Dipper. Eventually, you'll have to get rid of him! And what will happen then? Will she fall into a depression again, then? Is that just going to be her coping mechanism if life doesn't just bend over and give her what she wants?!"

"She's right me and my family raised pigs when we still had the farm," Sunrise said.

"Okay... but still... all she wanted was a cute little pig she rightly earned," Dipper said as he frowns.

"And I want a middle name that doesn't get me laughed at. But we can't always get what we want. Sometimes life just SUCKS. Mabel just needs to learn to suck it up an move on like the rest of us. It's not fair, but hey. When has life ever been?" Wendy said.

Dipper thinks on that... and nods. He and Wendy continue to enjoy the fair together. And Stan had to take the crowd dunking him, seeing how he's still making money.

Pacifica finally showed up as a big line of cars had caused her to be held up. She's a fan of the Alraunes and during one of their shows she met Grenda Grendinator and Candy Chiu. And while they were stuck in the line to get into the show they just began talking with each other and unlike her other friends, neither one cared about how much money she had. Pacifica decided that having those two as friends wouldn't be so bad compared to her other friends who hang out with her because of what she could get them.

Everyone was heading to the stage to see Blendin being arrested and carted away by the time-police.

Meanwhile back at Camp Lakebottom -

Ronnie, Lincoln and Six are coming to their cabin after a fun day at the fair. They had left before the whole thing with the hands of time due to Lincolns shirt getting a nasty hot sauce stain that burnt his skin. Six would be staying at the camp as a camper, after Sawyer called Maxine Caulfield and making the arrangements to add Six to the camp. Maxine thought it be good for Six to spend time with kids her own age. And that she’s living close by, she could come over if Six needs her.

"My therapist Mr. Stump was right! Going to the fair was a great idea. That was fun! Thanks guys, this really meant a lot to me," Six said having gone to see Stump about her problems.

"No problem!" Ronnie said.

"Yeah, I had a great time too," Lincoln said. "So much better than going with any of my sisters, expect for Lilly."

"You know it's like your life was like one of those guys in Japan who had to deal and put up with crazy women all the time," Ronnie said.

"Yeah, I wonder what's its like for them now that they don't have crazy women just hitting them and calling them perverts all the time," Lincoln said.

Meanwhile, in Japan...

Ranma is enjoying some ranma at his friend Naruto's Ranma shop.... when his ears suddenly burn a little.

"What's up Ranma?" Naruto asked.

He and his girlfriend Hinata were overjoyed to give up on the Ninja life and settle down to start a Ramen restaurant together. With all they been through they just wanted to live a normal life and not cling to a way of life that has no use in the world they found themselves in. Many of the ninjas tried to continue as they did before but quickly found that their ninja training doesn't match modern firearms in fights. Not to mention how many look down on them for using child soldiers.

Ranma also wanted to live a normal life now that they're in a world where the police don't just do nothing while people with fighting skills go around doing whatever. He seen plenty of fighters being gunned down by the cops who can't shoot the side of a barn at point blank range or gave bullets that can't kill. Ranma is now looking to becoming a cop.

"I... don't know... suddenly I just felt EXTRA glad my old crazy life is done with for some reason," Ranma said.

"Huh...," Naruto said.

They both shrug and go back to what their doing.

Tartarus -

Doctor Buck read the report of what happen at the Mystery Fair, a time traveler, two living Lego villains, the Pine twins and Twilight Sparkle messing around with the time device. Both Lawrence and Molly were at the fair, they saw the Time Agent being taken away by two other time cops for letting the time device being taken. Both Lawrence and Molly managed to talk with Twilight about what happen and she told them what had happen with Mabel ruining things just to get a pig, not caring about the car crash she caused.

The point of interest is them traveling to the future where they met up with XJ-1 who has her sister’s body XJ-9. And help them get back to their time but couldn’t tell them what happens or it wouldn’t happen. Classic time travel plot point, to keep things from not happening as it went for that time, the ones in the future couldn’t tell anyone from the past of what would happen, without changing the timeline, or making things worst or whatever.

“So what would have happen if they learn what would happen?” Buck ask Rosalind & Robert Lutece who are in her office with her.

“Just create a new timeline,” Rosalind said.

“That’s how time works in this new universe. It makes sure that what happens in fiction where the past and future versions aren’t all running around. Like that SpongeBob episode where they used time travel and made a mess of things. Which would happen if time travel worked like it does in that show,” Robert said.

“So no Time Cop like merging together?” Buck ask.

“Nope, this universe runs on Marvel Disney time rules. And time travel is more in staying in your timeline than changing it,” Rosalind said. (2)

“At least there’s a master of Time we can talk to,” Buck said. The new universe she and her group are stuck in, has its ups and downs, but at least she doesn’t have to worry about time problems. “Wait so what happen with the kids running around is pre-destiny time thing?”

“Time does allow some things to happen before it splits off into a new timeline,” Robert explains.

“Forget, I ask,” Buck said pinched the bridge of her nose. “Time travel just makes things more complicated.”

Elsewhere -

A cop walks pass the SCP armored truck that had crashed into a tree thanks to the car slamming into it. The back doors of the truck had been damaged and are swaying in the wind. The cop walks to the car that had spun out of control and stop on the side of the road. The car's driver door had been torn off thanks to what the truck was carrying. Bits and pieces of the passengers of both the truck and the car are now spread out.

The cop using his flashlight looks around for any signs of survivors but found nothing. He calls dispatch about the crash and ask for backup as it looks like the truck was carrying someone that either attack the survivors or ate the bodies. He shines his flashlight onto a broken license plate, a Piedmont license plate.

Author's Note

1 - Most of the rules made for time travel are just plot armor to prevent people to just changing the past. Like time travel never works for the hero but will always works for the villain. And of course the smallest change will create a future where evil rules, like in TUFF Puppy. Where just using a time machine to go back a couple of seconds so that the main star can get the last donuts somehow made a future where Snaptrap rules the world, with the spy agency the heroes works at never existing. Even if the agency was around for decades and how going back a few seconds change decades of history is just poor writing and plot device.

2 - I’m going with the rules of time travel that Marvel Disney came up with, of only being able to change time by creating a new timeline and the past timeline the traveler came from still happening.

Fight Fighters

Deep within the middle of the woods. A certain 12 year old boy was wearing a certain outfit and singing a certain song. His young and untouched body was all but being offered to the things that lived in the woods.

‘Well...Who wants a lamby, lamby, Lamby?’

‘I DO! I DO!’

Shouted a giant, green eyed, red haired wolf that had entered the clearing.

The Lamb looked at this newcomer with mixed feelings. On the one had he was afraid, for he knew this beast had come to eat him. But he didn't want to run either... For there was a part of him that knew he'd enjoy it. Not knowing what else to do the lamb nervously continued his song...

‘...So, go up and greet your Mammy, Mammy, Mammy.’

‘Hi there! Hi there!’

Said the Wolf as it continued to advance and lick her lips in anticipation.

‘...So march, march, march around the daises-‘

‘Don't, Don't, Don't you forget about the baby!’

Shouted the wolf as she pounced, overpowered, and rav-

“GASP!”

Wendy gasped as she woke up, she looked around the campsite her aunts had set up... and groaned. The dreams were getting more intense... her mom had assured her she shouldn't be going through the 'change' yet and minor 'twinges around a guy she REALLY liked were normal (that of course, prompted an even MORE awkward conversation)... but this just felt so INTENSE... and why was she a WOLF in them? Yeah, it went with the Lamby theme... but shouldn't she be a deer?

Her aunts had taken her out into the woods to help her and why she's out camping with them. Saying that some time with older Deer Woman and not having any males around will help her. Something about pheromones coming from them helping to suppress her own and keep the urges down. And being able to act as batteries that feed her urges by second hand which was how Wendy's mother fed her when she was preadolescent.

As Deer Women are of the succubi race they need to feed on sexual energy to remain healthy. It doesn't just mean they need to have sex, they can just feed on it second hand just by being nearby when the act happens or on the residual energy from where it happen. Or for young Deer Women being around older ones. Which is why Wendy's tent is far from her aunts who are all sharing the same tent and loud music is playing so that she wouldn't hear what's going on inside.

She sighs and gives the plushie Dipper won for her a cuddle.... and sighs... "Dang it mom, why did you have to tell me the age of consent in Oregon was 14? I didn't-"

Her phone rang, she smiled as she saw it was Dipper. "Hey buddy! How are..." She trailed off...

Her screams of "HE DID WHAT!?!" Would wake the entire forest... if it wasn't for the fact her aunts already beat her too it.

Camp Lakebottom -

Not far from her cabin Ronnie Anne was practicing her archery skills on a training dummy. She's not alone as Six is with her in the training area, Six is also learning to use a bow. Near them is Lincoln being shown how to draw the bow and aim from Huntress Wizard.

Meanwhile, they were being watched by Ms. Caulfield who is glad that Six is improving and happy. But she still can't help be worried about the things Six said about the Maw. After Six's story was told to her, she got concerned the authorities who had the Maw checked out and the children that were rescued interviewed.

The kids say how they all had night terrors in the Maw... but that they stopped shortly after the lady was killed. And although many hungered (some even resorting to cannibalism)... none had it to the extent Six did. They also discovered that some of the older children had hit their growth spurt and were always hungry and growing. Seeing how many of the doors of the Maw are around 20 feet tall, it was quickly oblivious that the children start off small but quickly got big once they hit puberty.

Danny searched it for malevolent entities but found nothing, which in itself was odd. Even from worlds where ghosts are nonexistent, when a place with a violent death came through in the merge, there was usually at least a minor wisp or at least an echo. But the places where the granny, the janitor, the guests, or the lady died had NOTHING like that... which he found suspicious. Scratch had lots of ghosts from his ghost world check it out as well, finding all the hidden rooms and such. But also found nothing as well.

The entire building is just a normal building now, which Mr. Davenport who owns the Maw is using his money to fix up to make it into a megablock. Like in the Judge Dredd comic, the Maw would be able to house a city worth of people with shopping malls, parks, food courts and other amenities the residents might need. Which the rebuilding is slow as many of the areas still need to be drain of water. There is also the ghosts who search the Maw, having taken a liking to it, have moved in.

Although they conclude that Six was different from the other children (the other kids just weren't as capable, Six alone was able to both brave the entirety of the Maw AND figure out the Lady's weakness), and also that the lady must've been causing the 'corruption' to occur in the maw. According to the papers that were found in the lady chambers, the lady had created the Maw. The lady had been casting a hypnotic spell that kept the engines of the Maw running, which was making the nomes feed the massive furnaces coal and the belongings of the guests that couldn't be used, traded or sold for supplies, mainly their clothes and shoes.

There was also something that they discovered from the Lady’s personal notes. While she didn’t kept a diary or anything like that she did kept tons of paperwork and notes. But the strange thing is that it seemed that the Lady wasn’t the first Lady of the Maw. The notes and other things that been pieced together seems that the Lady is just the last of a long line of other Ladies of the Maw.

Ms. Caulfield knows that Six wouldn’t be easy to deal with and raise. But she doesn’t regret her choice, Six hasn’t done anything to make her regret her choice. She knows of others who take in kids who just caused them trouble in the end, she’s determined to give Six the home and stability she needs to become a functional adult.

In Gravity Falls Brighton -

Robbie groans having been stuff into a trashcan as Wendy dust her hands, and she turns to Dipper and Twilight.

"So let me so if I have this straight? You got a 'flash' of a future where you used 'Rumble Mcskirmish' to help protect you from Robbie, and everyone called you a cheat, despite the fact Robbie was already cheating being twice your size?" Wendy ask.

"Yep," Dipper said.

"And... you and Robbie decided to 'hate each other silently' because I said I hate it when guys fight?" Wendy ask again.

"Yep," Dipper said again.

"Oh, for the love of... that is so stupid! That is such a cheesy band-aid solution! That is like one of those episodes where the star of the show is told it's wrong to fight or defend themselves no matter what! Obviously I would've sided with you if I learned Robbie had threatened you!" Wendy said.

"Or one of those times the writer doesn't want to change the 'status quo' so early in the first season, and has to make-up a half-assed band-aide solution to wrap up the episode! I hate those! Staying quiet about abuse or bullying is just asking for trouble!" Twilight said.

"I can't believe my other self didn't think to use the skills the manitour's taught him or just CALLED Wendy....," Dipper sigh shaking his head. "I'm starting to think I DO have a problem with complexity addiction."

Twilight puts a comforting hoof on his shoulder.

"It's okay Dipper, I have the same issue. When Rainbow Dash got too braggy, I thought it be a good idea to make a fake super-hero to upstage, humiliate her and destroy her reputation to humble her instead of just talking to her...," Twilight trails off mortified as she hears what she says, and her friends look at her in horror.

"Wow," Dipper said.

"Wow is right... this sounds WORSE when I say it out loud! What was I thinking?! I treated Rainbow like crap that week... Maybe I should go apologize?" Twilight said.

"Uh... let's put a pin in that for now. I think we should do something about that 'ultimate cheat code' at the arcade that brings characters from games to life," Dipper said.

"Yeah, that's a disaster waiting to happen," Wendy said.

Flashback -

The Arcade the town's arcade has been a staple of the town of Gravity Falls for years. With arcade games that had been locally made during the 80s during the arcade boom before the first home consoles were made. Which all the games were either based off of other games or classic rip offs. Like BG Painter Extreme, The Claw a crane game, Ho-Down Hero a Dance Dance Revolution rip off, Insert Token which is just a game where the play inserting a quarter to win, Fight Fighters a Street Fighter rip off, Frog Time a Frogger rip off, Ghost Maze a Pac-Man rip off, Lazer Wizard a pinball game, Nerd Punch 2 a game where the player punch a nerd, Nort based on Tron, and Pizza Time a BugerTime rip off.

After the merge and more tourist stopping by the town and spending money. Seeing how arcades are rare to see in most places now, besides family restaurants. The Arcade had been making more money where the owner had brought in more games into the arcade. Mostly arcade games from other arcades that have closed down.

One such place is Litwak's Arcade which appeared without the owner. The power was left on thanks to the fact it had solar panels on the roof, allowing the games to remain on. The characters of all the games are all alive and suddenly found no one ever came in to play them. The arcade just remained empty, and the solar panels kept the games running even when the city turn the power off.

Then someone brought the arcade and began selling off all the games. Unplugging the games one by one as the owner found a buyer. Making the characters flee from one game to another till there was only Fix-It Felix Jr. left, with all the other games having been sold. Leaving only the Game Central Station as the last place for all the unplug characters to go to.

Inside Fix-It Felix Jr. has became crowded even with Felix building new apartment buildings there was only so much space he could build without it appearing on the screen. But everyone was making do as they could with as much time as they had left.

"Bad news people," sergeant Tamora Jean Calhoun shouted down from the roof top. She's been using her sniper rifle to spy on the owner who has been unplugging all the games as they were sold to a buyer.

"We're being unplugged?" Sour Bill guessed who is sitting with other Sugar Rush citizens around a fire with a cooking pot hanging over it.

"Ralph what happens after a game is unplug and replug?" Vanellope ask Ralph.

"It happen to Pac-Man when his game was moved around and when new power strips replaced old ones. They just don't remember anything after being unplug," Surge Protector informed everyone. "All the games had that happen to them expect for Fix-It. I should know the game station has been working for over 30 years since the arcade had open."

"Well, I hopefully I got all of us programed into the hard drive," Doctor Eggman said who had hacked into the hard drive. "But all I could do was upload one picture of each of us. That's only so much I can load into a more then 30 year old hard drive."

"So you and the others won't remember anything or anyone else if what Eggman doesn't work? It just be you and everyone else who were originally in the game that will respawn?" Vanellope ask.

"Sorry kid," Ralph said as he hugs her as the new owner pulled the plug of the power strip.

But it wasn't the end for any of them. Once power was restored all the game characters found themselves as they were, right before the game was unplugged. They quickly exited the game going to the new game station but when they got there they found nothing there. And once the arcade was closed and they venture into the other games, they found none of the other game characters being sapient like them.

So with nothing else to do the game characters have been going in and out of the different games and collect the in game generated items. And they just stayed in the background of the games and kept out of sight from the people coming into the arcade. Of which caught all of their interest as there were humans coming in and non humans. From what they manage to overhear and piece together, many different worlds merged together. Making many wonder if that's the reason why they're sapient and the other games aren't. The best that Doctor Eggman was able to come up with is that in their world all game characters are actually A.I.s and he was still amazed what he did with the hard drive actually worked, he's not complaining. (1)

Present -

The arcade was open for business like always with people coming in to play and to hang out. But today someone new came into the arcade. The man who step inside was dress in black that stood out with his blood red body. The man had walked into town and was surprise how little people look at him, seeing how he has long claws and his head is anything but human. But him seeing how many different non-humans are also walking about, people just got use to it.

Shaking off how no one is staring at him, the man name Thrax went to work in finding that code that demon told him about. He's the one who made him into what he is now and saved him. Now that he was human sized he could interact with the outside world without dying thanks to drying out in the sun.

Thrax remembers how he had enter the body of Frank DeTorre, a widower without the slightest regard for hygiene and health, right after he eats an egg that had monkey saliva on it and then fell on a muddy ground. He then enters Frank City, a city inside Frank's body where all his body cells are living a life identical to that of humans. Thrax quickly takes control of the many gangs of bacteria present and plans to take advantage of Frank's poor health condition to operate undetected.

Osmosis Jones, one of Frank's white blood cells who acts as an elite police officer, and a cold pill named Drix soon discover that something dangerous was going on, but the objectionable Mayor Phlegmmings dismisses their warnings, going as far as refusing to acknowledge Thrax as a serious threat when he can no longer ignore his existence.

Jones infiltrates a meeting of Thrax and his thugs in a zit, attempting to get in on Thrax's plans, discovering that he is plotting to kill Frank and that he had already killed previously. When he is caught, Drix arrives to assist Ozzy. After a brief battle, the zit explodes, killing most of Thrax's gang and conceivably the virus himself but he turns out to have survived. Later on Thrax and his remaining thugs hide out in the toenail. As Thrax prepares to get back on schedule, one of his gangsters suggest they incubate for a while as they are few in numbers. Angered, Thrax kills his remaining mobsters by impaling them with his deadly claw, quoting "Medical books aren't written about losers!" as he heads off to kill Frank on his own.

Jones and Drix are ordered to cease their investigations, but they eventually disobey and manage to track down Thrax. He had sneaked into the hypothalamus and stole a DNA bead, causing Frank's body temperature to increase without end and seriously threatening his life. Jones and Drix manage to pursue Thrax outside of Frank's body (who has been admitted in a hospital) and Jones engaged him into a fight to get back the DNA bead.

When Thrax corners Ozzy atop Shane's false eyelash, the virus threatens to kill her and start a new chain, but the cop replies that only Thrax is going down, obvious that he was too dangerous to be left alive. As Ozzy traps Thrax onto the falling falsie, the cop clings onto Shane's real eyelash, and Thrax falls into a bottle of rubbing alcohol, and would had dissolves and burns to death once and for all. If it wasn't for that red demon saving him.

Looking at the sides of the the game cabinets he finally found the ultimate code on the side of Fight Fighters. Thanks to the demon giving him knowledge of the new world he's in, he knows about the world and the tech thanks to him using the smart phone he was given to look things up online. He had wanted to use the code to upgrade himself using the 'plague inc evolved' game, but the code could only be used on consoles that had a joystick or a controller. Touch screens just didn't work.

He began looking around the arcade and set his sights on the first game he spotted that didn't had anyone play. The rail shooter arcade game, CarnEVIL. Thrax was about to bring the villains in the game to life when he suddenly realized that for the code to work, the game needed a joystick with buttons to work, just like the reason touch screens wouldn't work. Thinking of it he guess he could use the code on home game consoles but he needed to get some minions first.

He went to Fight Fighters and enter the code into the machine. The arcade machine began glowing with the machine asking to select a player. Thrax choose the villain of the game Dr. Karate, causing the 2D fighter appear who is made out of pixels and looking at him at the side showed that he's completely flat.

Thrax walk over to the next game Centipede and did the same to it bringing to life several centipedes. The gamers inside the arcade had watched all happen had crowded around Dr. Karate in amazement seeing a videogame character brought to life. But seeing giant centipedes coming out of one of the games caused them to run out in a panic. Leaving Thrax alone as he continue to bring more characters to life, and finding out that he could choose all of the characters. Like what he did with Space Invaders, bringing to life a invasion fleet, of course they're still flat being 2D pixels.

Frowning Thrax tried it with the Killer Instinct game with the 3D models. Summoning the fighters he was pleased that all of them weren't flat. He did the same with Mortal Kombat, Soulcalibur, and Dead or Alive bringing only the villain fighters to life. All the fighters that he brought to life were just standing around as they suddenly found themselves in a strange building and were left confused in what's happening.

Thrax rips open the Space Invader cabinet and looks inside of it and spots the game cartridge and came up with an idea to be able to summon the cast from CarnEvil. Thrax rips open the CarnEvil cabinet and pulls out the cartridge and plugs it into the Space Invader cabinet and like he thought would happen the opening for CarnEvil showed up on the screen. He enters the code and brought to life Professor Lugwig von Tokkentakker who brought with him his carnival known as CarnEvil.

The legendary haunted amusement park appeared in Gravity Falls Brighton just like how it happen in the game. Carnival buildings and rides burst out of the empty spaces of the town, the carnival was divided into four sections.

The Freak Show where the cast that appears on the level are Maggot Mike who will later turn into Flem the Fly, the conjoined twins Flap Jack, the spider monkey Nik-Nak, the torture duo Tort and Rodz, the giant Eyeclops and the even bigger Frankenstein like giant baby Junior.

The Haunted House home to the undead Rotten Robbies, the ghostly Ghools, the giant spiders Arachne and Legs, the giant bat Batty, the mask killer with the gatling gun arm Hambone, and the axe swinging Evil Marie.

Rickety Town home to the evil elves known as Tinsel, the man eating dinosaurs Carny, the giant biting flies Buzzy, the always smiling mechanics Smiley Bob, the food court workers known as Skeleteens, and Krampus the evil Santa.

Then there's the big top that is the home to the flying winged Muertito the bat boys, the mimes known as Mame, the giant clowns Mister Ozob, the tiny clowns Smeek, the clown doctors Dr. Klot and the rabid circus poodles Broodle. Expect for the bosses all the cast members of the carnival had many copies of themselves, being grunts and all. And flying high over the town is Tokkentakker's personal giant zeppelin, crewed by skeletons and Umlaut the flying jester skull.

Professor Tokkentakker was as confused as everyone else who was summon by Thrax. Sensing his minions nearby he called Umlaut who appeared next to him and told him to summon the others to come to him. He needed to know where they are and who is the strange man who is using arcade cabinets to summon people. He spotted the arcade cabinet where the intro of CarnEvil is being played giving him a clue and letting him put the pieces together.

Then Thrax spotted Fix-It-Felix Jr. which to his surprise saw alots of different game characters all watching what's happening. Seeing that they been spotted they all ran off screen only leaving the ones who are suppose to be in the game there. All trying to act like nothing wrong had happen.

Not being fooled Thrax walked over and stared at the screen and enter the code. The screen glowed asking to select a character and Thrax answered, 'all of them'. With that all the videogame characters that been uploaded into the hard drive of the all come out, causing a wave of bodies to press and burst out of the Arcade.

"Well that was a surprise," Thrax said as he pulled himself out of the pile of bodies. He realized that somewhere in the wave of bodies he had lost the smartphone.

"Ok what's the big idea?" Kano ask getting up. "What kind of magic did you do to summon all of us here?"

"I agree what did you do?" Shao Kahn ask summoning his hammer.

"What none of you know you're all just characters in a game?" Thrax ask.

"A game?" Kronika asked.

“We’re a game?” Kano ask.

“You didn’t know?” the Kano who came out of Fix It Felix spoke up surprising the other Kano and the other villains of Mortal Kombat seeing their counterparts who are them but dress differently.

"I already figured that out," Professor Tokkentakker said as he looks around seeing all of his minions had gathered around him. He then turns his attention to Thrax. "You brought all of us to life from the games we were in. What reason do you have to do that?"

"Glad that you ask. I'm looking for volunteers. Some Gombas who want in on a big score," Thrax said.

“Oh this is one of those, you freed us and we’re now your minions kind of thing,” Mario said.

"I take orders from no one," Shao Kahn shouted.

"Then don't all, I need you and the others to do is go out and do some damage, be villains and keep any of the heroes around here off my back," Thrax said remembering his end of the deal that he agreed to with the demon Him.

"But we're not villains," Ralph spoke up.

"We're only villains when we're on the clock," the other Kano said.

"You're not?" the Kano who came out of the MK game ask.

"Unlike you and the others we were always aware that we're just a game," the other Kano explains.

“We’re more like actors,” the other Shao Kahn said who stands with his wife and daughter who are a loving family outside of being on the clock in their game.

"Just a game? Actors!" Shao Kahn shouted his anger building up.

"Just great, I summon a bunch of actors instead of real villains," Thrax said seeing all that was needed to light this powder keg was someone losing control. "I should had gone with other games, instead of lame fighting games. With their lame, weak ass bosses."

"You dare!" Shao Kahn shouted as he throws his hammer at Thrax who to everyone's surprise flatten himself to the ground like a cartoon, thanks to the fact he's a humanoid virus and has no bones inside of him.

The hammer struck the shin of Junior, sending the giant monster baby falling and crying. The people below Junior drove for cover as the giant baby fell and started to panic as the baby started crawling after Shao Kahn. The mad baby lash with his arms as he smash at the ground trying to crush the fleeing Shao Kahn from his wrath. The rest of the CarnEvil cast seeing this charge at the other fighters, causing a free for all fight.

Which is what Dipper, Twilight and Wendy found once they got into town.

Canterlot -

Sunset received a call from Twilight as she was busy calling for help once word got to her about what's happening at Gravity Falls Brighton. She’s watching the live news fee on the tv in her office. Showing videogame characters fighting on the streets, the air for the ones who can fly and on buildings.

"Sunset video game characters are coming to life!" Twilight shouted over the phone.

"Tell me something that, I don't know," Sunset said watching the news of what’s happening in Gravity Falls Brighton. "I already sent the phantoms and sent some guard robots to support them."

"What about Jenny and her sisters?" Twilight ask.

"They're all being upgraded and are all off line. But don't worry I called in some help from the East Coast, the Powerpuff Girls," Sunset said.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

After the merge happen The Powerpuff Girls found themselves as busy as ever. They really didn't have to worry about monsters attacking Townsvile anymore thanks to the monsters getting into the movement to live with humans instead of being separated. And unlike what happen last time things didn't just went back to the status quo. They work with the XJ sisters in protecting their country, with them being on the east coast while the sisters handle the west coast. Seeing how their town is on the east coast while the sisters are better suited to handle all the machine animals that are mainly on the west coast. And with the sisters all being upgraded they're covering for them and are on the call.

"Ok girls let's do this," Blossom who like her sisters had retired their old superhero outfits for new ones, now that they're older. They're all wearing black one yoga jumpsuit with a skirt and shirt of their personal colors.

"I can't wait to see the ponies!" Bubbles said, who is wearing her octi backpack.

"I can't wait to kick videogame villain butts for real," Buttercup said who is wearing a black jacket and wearing gloves with metal knuckles on them, with steel toe combat boots. (2)

Appearing above Gravity Falls Brighton, the girls found the town in chaos as the many different videogame characters are fighting. They spotted Danny and Dani down there fighting off several evil looking clowns. There is also Juniper on the ground with Canyon, with Huntress Wizard on the roof tops giving them covering fire. The police force are shooting zombies in the head, with the security robots helping them. Korra was kept busy keeping the towns people safe from the fighting, and joined by Star's group who are also helping to protect people from the battle going on. They're being helped by videogame characters who are fighting against the ones who are going wild.

"Glad to see you," Jake said in his dragon form flew up to greet them.

"What's happening?" Blossom ask.

"It seems that some of the videogame characters are aware that they're videogame characters and treat it as a job. They're the ones who are protecting people and keeping the other game characters from doing damage," Jake said.

"So how do we tell?" Bubbles ask.

"Just beat up anyone who attacks you," Jake answers.

"Great!" Buttercup shouted as she flew down and destroys several space invaders. Followed by her sisters as they took down all the invaders from space.

Near the arcade -

Thrax smiled as he plugs in the xbox inside the nearby game store. He had done his research and he decided on which game he'll be bringing to life next. The videogame Prototype which has a virus that would allow him to have all sorts of superpowers thanks to the virus. And he'll be able to consume people to gain their memories, skills and appearances, not to mention those who still have powers, their powers as well.

"Hold it right there!" Twilight shouted as she, Dipper and Wendy burst into the store.

"What are you doing?" Wendy asked.

"And why are you doing all of this," Dipper said.

"Name's Thrax and see this?" Thrax said holding up a necklace. "This DNA bead comes from a girl in Riverside, California. Didn't like to wash her hands. Took me three whole weeks. And this one. Nice lady in Detroit, Motown. Six days flat. Then there's this old guy in Philly. I killed him in seventy-two hours. I'm getting better as I go, but the problem is I never set a record. I was so freaking minuscule it was a joke... until now, that is! I'll take this world down! Start the mother of all epidemics! Get my own chapter in the history books!"

"You're a virus?" Twilight ask. "But you're so big?"

"Got help from a demon name Him who saved me and grew me to human size. And he only ask for me to make some videogames come to life. Now that, I have and know the code. I'll going to upgrade myself to be the ultimate virus thanks to the game Prototype," Thrax said.

"Him? He’s a villain of the Powerpuff girls" Dipper said.

"Well we're going to stop you," Wendy said.

"Too late,' Thrax said as he already entered the code to make himself into the ultimate virus. "I'm going to create a plague so great that, I'll be in every medical book and history book!"

The screen unlike what happen with the arcade screen, didn't started glowing. The screen just stayed on the opening screen of the game. Thrax enter the code again and still nothing, he repeated the code, even looking at the code he had written down to make sure he entered it correctly. Still there was nothing, the code is right it just that the code wouldn't work on the game console.

"What you know looks like the code only works for the arcade games," Dipper said.

"Forget that, he's the one who is causing all of this trouble and for what?" Wendy ask.

"Just trying to be the ultimate virus," Thrax said as he waves his left hand showing his infectious claws on that hand. "Careful, I'm contagious."

"Only if you can touch us," Tamora shouted as she and her men burst into the store after one of them spotted what was going on.

Once the soldiers aimed their guns at him Thrax ran for it. He burst through the backdoor as bullets rip into his body, only thanks to him being a virus he wasn't killed.

"After him!" Tarmora shouted as she and her men with her chase after Thrax.

"So what's the plan?" Twilight ask seeing how the soldiers are handling the one who started this mess.

"Go to the arcade and figure out how to stop all of this," Dipper said.

"How did it end in your flash forward?" Wendy ask Dipper.

"I let Rumble beat me in our fight making him the winner and then the Game Over appeared and he just disappeared," Dipper said.

"That doesn't make sense," Twilight said.

"Don't you play videogames? When the player either wins or loses, the game is over," Wendy said.

"So we just need to get a game over for everything to return to normal, ok. But how?" Twilight ask.

"Beat the boss and that's it," Dipper said.

"Ok beat the boss," Twilight said texting the heroes about how to fix everything.

Peeking and listening on in was Umlaut who Professor Tokkentakker sent to gather information. He quickly flew back to his boss to tell him what he learned.

The Arcade -

Inside the arcade Professor Tokkentakker is with a number of his minions as they search the arcade for whatever brought them to life. Professor Tokkentakker had grabbed the smartphone and because it wasn't lock he quickly figured out how to use it and look up information, thanks to Thrax leaving up the webpages he was reading. The webpages displayed were about the merge and the new world that the world had become because of it. He found it interesting how most magic is no longer usable thanks to all spell casting magic being gone and only passive magic being left. But seeing how many fellow videogame characters are casting spells, them being from a videogame meant they're different enough where the no spell casting doesn't apply to them.

"Boss there are people who know how to put all of us back into the game. They just need to beat the boss of the game, which for us is you," Umlaut shouted as he flies to his boss.

From the back of the room Thrax burst into the room with him barricading the backdoor he came in. Loud banging could be heard on the other side as the ones chasing after him tried to break in. Followed by the ones just blasting the door to pieces. One of the bullets struck Hambone who began firing his gatling gun arm at the shooters, causing a fire fight as the soldiers on the other side took cover and return fire. The minions in the room charged at the soldiers and were cut down before they got close.

"Curses, Evil Marie get us out of here. Back to the zeppelin," Tokkentakker shouted seeing Hambone being cut down in a hail of bullets.

"Yes boss," Evil Marie said seeing the last of the clowns being killed.

Evil Marie grabs Tokkentakker and flew into the air with him to the zeppelin, followed by Umlaut as the soldiers fired at them. There Tokkentakker shouted for the skeleton crew to start the engines and to throw tow lines and rope ladders over the side for the minions to grab and climb up as they escape. He ordered Umlaut alert everyone that they're leaving and anyone left behind is on their own.

Hearing Umlaut shouting above them to grab the tow lines and rope ladders or be left behind, caused a mad scramble for all the non flying CarnEvil minions. The only one who didn't listen was Junior who was still after Shao Khan and is now fighting off the Powerpuff girls as they flew around him. Not getting close enough for him to attack them.

The Rotten Robbies were too slow and the other minions just shove and push them out of the way as they grab the ropes and began climbing up. Some of the flying minions like Muertito the bat boys grabbed some of the smaller and lighter minions to help them escape. Mostly the Smeeks and the Broodles who are light enough for them to fly with. The zeppelin began to rise into the air as it gain more speed leaving behind more and more minions. The Eyeclops had managed to grab onto one of the rope ladders as it flew pass him and allowing some of minions to grab onto him as they were all lifted into the air as the minions onboard the zeppelin pulled them up.

"Wait for me!" Krampus shouted running to grab onto the last tow line.

He had taken off his skates and drop his bag of toys. Hanging onto the rope ladder waving for him to grab it is a Smiley Bob. As Krampus was about to grab it he ran into Robbie who had freed himself from the trashcan had gone back to town and was watching the heroes fight the videogames that came to life, when the evil Santa ran into him. Getting up Krampus saw his chance to escape flying away, he turn his rage towards Robbie. Slashing with his clawed hand, shredding Robbie's hoodie causing Robbie to scream seeing he's about to die.

Only Buttercup who was flying after the zeppelin to fly down and punch Krampus down the street. Seeing how many minions hadn't made it onboard the zeppelin. Buttercup had to let the zeppelin go so that she could begin beating up the remaining minions on the ground. But then remembered that she has eye beams and she fires a blast from her eyes hitting the zeppelin and setting it on fire causing it to fall out of the sky, landing on the cliff that surrounded Gravity Falls Brighton.

Near the Arcade -

Twilight using her telekinesis protected Dipper and Wendy as they ran to the arcade. Running pass the leftover circus minions that are still fighting and the villain fighters who are still running about. As they neared the building the soldiers from before ran out, firing at something inside. They got their answer as a giant red Godzilla like monster burst out.

Shao Khan having been grabbed and thrown by Junior, flew through the air and struck the red Godzilla. The red Godzilla look down at Shao Khan and steps on him and scrap its foot on his body grinding him across the ground. The words ‘game over’ appeared in the air and all the Mortal Kombat villains disappeared. Causing the remaining villain fighters to start running as they didn’t want to disappear too.

"Quick get inside!" Twilight shouted lifting Dipper and Wendy up with her telekinesis shoving them into the ruin arcade before she ran inside.

"Ok what just happen? That look like Thrax transforming into Liz from Rampage," Wendy said having seen his face before he fully transformed.

"I'm guessing he used the code on Rampage over there," Twilight said pointing to the Rampage cabinet.

"Why are there bodies here?" Dipper ask pale seeing all the dead bodies. "Shouldn't they just burst apart?"

"Well these guys are from CarnEvil and that's a shooting game with blood and gore so nope," Wendy said getting a bit pale herself seeing real dead bodies for the first time outside of a funeral.

"Never mind them they'll all disappear once, I figure out how to send all of them back," Twilight said.

"You'll do that while, I stop Thrax," Wendy said.

"How?" Dipper ask.

"You use the code and I'll transform myself into the giant wolf to take him down," Wendy said.

"Wait the Powerpuff girls can handle him, they do it all the time," Dipper said.

"They're on the other side of town dealing with the giant baby," Wendy pointed out. The Powerpuff girls were just keeping the baby away from the town as even if it is a giant monster, it is still a baby and they couldn't just blast it like in the game.

"Ok," Dipper said as he enters the code and brings out the experimental food additive that transformed Ralph into the giant werewolf and gave the test tube it came inside of to Wendy.

"Time to kick butt," Wendy said running outside before she cause more damage to the building and to find a place to strip off her clothes so she wouldn't rip them. Once she was naked between two dumpsters she gulps the food additive down and transforms into the giant red werewolf,

Once Wendy was fully transform, she carefully walk to where Thrax was, who was busy fighting the other videogame characters. They were all darting in and out of his attack range or the ones who could use force fields and such to protect and shield from his firebreath attacks. Thrax in his transformed state was big and powerful but also made him a big target for all the ones with long range attacks and they all know with enough hits Thrax will transform back to normal. Wendy was just making sure that Thrax would be turning back sooner then later.

Wendy using her wolf speed ran into Thrax with her claws digging into his back. He lash at Wendy who using her greater speed which she was already use to using being a deer woman, easily evaded his attacks. Thrax now having a easier to hit target focus his attention on Wendy even as he was being attack at all sides. Seeing Thrax's tail hitting the side of a building, Wendy knew that if she tried to fight like how giant monster fights usually go she would be destroying most of the town if she did. So she decided to fight Thrax by pinning him down and he would cause less damage that way.

Wendy began leading Thrax out of town so that he wouldn't cause as much damage to the town then there was already are. Thrax sees this and exploits it. He grabs Tambry who was taking pictures off the street and throws her into the air. Wendy drives and catches her before she hit the ground but left her open to Thrax's firebreath. Thrax blew a stream of fire at Wendy causing her to turn her back to him as she shields Tambry from the flames.

Huntress Wizard seeing her chance fired an arrow at Thrax's left eye, hitting it. Thrax cried out in pain losing his left eye, causing him to lash out around him in a blind rage. Wendy after putting Tambry down attack Thrax grabbing at his throat and choking him, preventing him from using his firebreath attack while opening herself to Thrax's claws striking her. Wendy struggle to push him back but Thrax was much heavier and stronger then she is. Wendy was being push back even as the videogame characters poured on the firepower on Thrax while avoiding hitting Wendy.

Wendy was saved as another giant joined the fight, in the form of a giant gorilla. Dipper having used the code again and gotten the experimental vitamin, was transformed into the giant gorilla George. Dipper grabbed an arm that was clawing at Wendy and another hand grabbing Thrax's throat. Allowing Wendy to follow suit so that each of them had a hand holding one of Thrax's arms and the other his throat. With the two of them they began pushing back Thrax, trying to push him over.

On the ground, Toby 'Kissy' Masuyo the star of the game 'Alien Sector' was blasting away at Thrax's hamstrings as he was being pushed back. Below ground her husband, Dig Dug or Taizo Hori and her two older sons Ataru and Susumu, with their friend Anna Hottenmeyer are busy digging a pit under the street to trip Thrax. Holinger-Z the construction robot was keeping her youngest son Taiyo safe.

"Are they done yet?" Samus Aran the star of Metroid ask over the com link with Kissy in her helmet.

"They're fast at digging. So just keep blasting kid," Kissy said over the link.

"You're only a year older then me," Samus said having a rivalry with Kissy.

"And don't forget you totally copied me in revealing that you're a girl at the end," Kissy said. (3)

"At least, I'm more popular," Samus said.

"So, I settle down and had some kids, letting you have the spotlight so what," Kissy said.

"Watch out!" Samus shouted as Thrax foot came down on the trap.

Thrax found the ground under his foot giving out as he put his weight on it, causing him to topple over. Both Wendy and Dipper seeing Thrax off balance push him over, sending him falling onto his back with the two pinning him underneath their combine weight. Seeing him down the videogame characters all attack him, aiming for his head.

Finally Thrax began shrinking down back to normal. Once Thrax was fully back to normal he found himself surrounded on all sides. Before he could move, Samus blasted him with her freeze ray encasing him in a block of ice.

"Ok so what now?" Dipper ask. seeing how neither him or Wendy turn back to normal after beating Thrax.

Suddenly the air seem to fizzle and the buildings and the remaining minions of CarnEvil burst apart in pixels as they were sent back to the game world. They weren't the only ones as all the remaining videogames that were brought to life by Thrax burst into pixels too. But strangely the only ones left were the videogame characters that came out of Fix it Felix Jr. Both Wendy and Dipper also burst apart as they turn back to normal, which left both of them naked.

"Yikes!" Dipper said covering himself, while Wendy transform into her deer form.

"Here!" Twilight said as she covers Dipper with a sheet and gave him his clothes back. Which he took off before he transformed. Twilight also gave Wendy her clothes putting them on her back.

"Thanks," Wendy said as she took off to find someplace to change.

"Twilight how did you do it?" Dipper ask changing underneath the sheet.

"I finally gave up and turn off the power to the building," Twilight admitted.

"So what now?" Ralph ask wondering what's going to happen next.

"Don't worry, I have this," Discord said appearing over head and landing in front of them.

"Hi Discord," Twilight said still not ok with him running around.

"I explain why you all didn't disappear like all the others," Discord said to the crowd of videogame characters. "You see you are all from another world where all game have A.I.s instead of like the games of other worlds. So when you were all brought to life you all were already alive, so the code just made all of you alive for real and not bond to the game anymore."

"So why do we still have our powers?" Raiden ask who is in his weaker mortal form but still retain his power.

"You all were just videogames and like the others who were brought to life kept their powers from their games. And because of how you were all alive as in being self aware to the point of know you are all in a game. I’m guessing since you are all A.I.s I’m going with your powers being tech base not magical. You all just luck out in keeping your powers, just go with it," Discord explains. “Anyways seeing how all of you are without homes or jobs, princess Sunset Shimmer would like to offer you all to come to Canterlot where you all be housed and there are some job offers she like to give to you.”

"So is this another Sunset helping others so she can make money off on the side while doing so thing?" Twilight ask.

"Equestia is in desperate need for money. Besides look around," Discord said waving to the town in near ruins. "The clean up is going to cost alot."

"No fear," Felix said as he holds up his hammer and taps a broken building and it restored.

"Ok never mind then," Discord said. Which Sunset using a eyebot also found very interesting in how to use that kind of power as well as all the others from the game world.

"Come on Dipper, I'll take you home," Wendy said who is now dress and back to human form.

"You're a deer woman aren't you?" Morrigan ask as she and Lilith made themselves known.

"Yup and welcome to the real world and my kind are related to your kind at least in the world I came from," Wendy said being friendly as this is the first time she met a succubus.

"Really? That's not how it worked in our game lore," Lilith said.

"Well, I can introduce you to my mom and the other deer women who live around here," Wendy said before looking at Dipper. "But first, I need to bring him back home."

"True and looks like this is going to take awhile," Morrigan said seeing more cops showing up. And Thrax being loaded into a truck to be transported away to Tartarus.

"You two go and I'll tell the heroes what we found out," Twilight said waving them goodbye as Wendy escorted Dipper home.

Later -

With the help of Felix the town was rebuilt in no time flat, restoring the buildings with one tap of his hammer while others help clean up the rubble. And thanks to the videogame characters from said game protecting the towns people, no one was killed. But some of the game characters were killed while protecting others. But they showed up on the screen of Fix it Felix thanks to them being saved on the hard drive.

They also discovered the remains of the zeppelin that Buttercup sent crashing and burning. Somehow it wasn't sent back to the game after Twilight pulled the plug. Which Danny pointed out that the zeppelin crash outside the magic field that surrounds Gravity Falls. Which could be the reason why it didn't go bye bye like the others. Also they did found bodies but it was clear that Tokkentakker and some of his minions had survived the crash. Where they disappeared too, they couldn't find a trace of them.

After learning that Him was the one that sent Thrax their way. Both Danny and Dani search the arcade for anything. Both of them like the idea of bringing games to life but also saw the danger to it. After searching the building the discovered two twin book ends that are in the shape of dragon heads hidden in the walls of the arcade. (4)

Juniper's bracelet which still can detect magic lit up when it neared the book ends. And testing out the code with the book ends where they were found, on the conjoining walls of the arcade. The code respawned the characters who were killed during the fight early that came from Fix it Felix Junior. And once the book ends were taken away the code didn't work anymore. So the book ends were boxed and sent to SCP for containment.

The heroes still wonder why Him did this. The Powerpuff Girls hadn’t heard anything from Him since the merge. Blossom pointed out that Him is their most dangerous villain being both cunning and powerful. Him must be planning for something and it’s not good for any of them.

Tartarus -

"SCP - 826, Draws you into the Book. It is a 20cm x 15cm pair of bookends, molded in the shape of two outward-facing dragon heads. When a subject places a book between 826 in a way that it touches both ends, 826 will instantaneously convert the interior of whatever room it is currently located in into the setting of the contained book. Any form of entry into the room will instead open into a random location within the book's setting. Additionally, the subject will find themselves at a random temporal location in the book's plot, ranging from the beginning to the end of the book. If the subject does not find 826 within the setting before the "end" of the book, the bookends will "reset" the setting, starting the book's plot over. But this version of 826 has expanded powers, instead of of one it allowed all the games in the arcade to be able to come to life," Doctor Buck said to Reagan on the computer screen.

"Great, just great now we have something that can bring fictional characters to life," Reagan said grunting and then she thinks about it. "Make sure it's lock up so that no one thinks of using it as a holodeck sex room."

"What?" Buck ask.

"You heard me. Like in the Star Trek Lower Deck episode where it's stated that the holodeck is mainly used for sex," Reagan said. (5)

"Of course it would be used like that," Buck deadpanned thinking of some of the people working under her and what they would do with something like that.

"Any idea why the game characters from the Wreck-It Ralph film came to life?" Reagan ask.

"Have no idea. The best guess, I have is that 826 open a portal from the arcade machine allowing the AIs of the game characters to enter the real world. And yes they still have their powers from their games," Buck said.

"And what's the plan?" Reagan ask.

"Sunset has that covered as she's offering them jobs and taking care of the paperwork for them," Buck said.

"Just great. And the companies that own the games will be also be barking sooner or later," Reagan said huffing.

"They already are," Buck said.

"Great, so much for getting some of them to work for SCP," Reagan said knowing what kind of money the big game businesses can throw around. Not to mention the parent companies. "The privet sector will poach most of the good ones, if we don't do something fast."

"Yes but unlike before with the SCP I use to work for, we're now a government branch and the retirement is standard package," Buck said flatly.

"Right, right," Reagan said bringing up a screen on her computer and her face quickly fell into a frown.

"How bad is the retirement?" Buck ask.

"Pretty standard, like a 5 star general who once he's not in the military anymore is now working a dead end job just to keep a roof over their head," Reagan said.

"That's believable," Buck grunted. (6)

"Worst off are the off the books agencies. No retirement or anything else planned, the only thing worst is the retirement plan the MIB had, make the surviving agent who retires into a crazy homeless that no one would ever believe. At least with us being out in the open, we do have a retirement plan," Reagan said. "But having something besides the standard 401k plan should be something we all should look into."

"Or continue to work into our old age," Buck said.

"Till, I have the nervous break down. But that was my old...," Reagan was saying till a alarm sounded. "No scratch that, things are pretty much the same as with my old job."

"Bright?" Buck ask.

"Don't know but, I'm going to make sure he needs a new body if he does," Reagan replied activating her 4 robotic arms coming from the power back she wears and leaves her office.

"Wow, she's one step away from being a supervillainess," Molly said who had enter the room.

"Yes she is," Buck agrees.

The Shack -

Mabel has been playing Yu-gi-oh with Soos in the tv room. Although the game was no longer magical. It along with all the other crazy Japanese games that were brought in during the merge (Beyblade, Duel masters, chaotic, etc) had gained in popularity. There was no longer 'serious business' or fate of the world life or death situations... just some good fun with friends. That was also helping the Japanese government make a bundle and recoup their losses caused by the chaos of the merge. Seeing how crazy most of the worlds that were brought over by the merge are and how much damage they caused.

Mabel has been staying in the shack as the guilt of the car accident finally hit her. She did love Waddles but she caused that car accident that sent that truck and car crashing. She was too focus on getting Waddles that she didn’t even try to help save the drivers and ruin the only chance of saving them by hitting the time tape. Thus rendering the return button useless. And she cared more about Waddles then Wendy who also had a knife to her neck. Mabel has been feeling guilty for what she did for days now.

Mabel sees the door open and Dipper's silhouette.

"Hey bro-bro! Guess, what?! Today I helped grunkle Stan get over his fear of-" Mabel stop talking as she sees her battered, bruised and exhausted brother followed closely by an even more exhausted Wendy.

With the adrenaline dying out, the two now felt the full pain of having their bodies forcibly grown and drastically shifting species. Had finally hit them. And both of them would be feeling it in the morning.

"Mabel, unless I can sleep on it I don't want to hear it!" Dipper said as he took his shoes off and headed for his bed.

Wendy gives a grunt in agreement and followed, taking her shoes off as well.

They both flop down on Dippers bed and their both were out like a light. Twilight comes by later and smiles at Wendy hugging Dipper like a teddy bear. And drapes the covers over them and turns out the lights with her horn as she leaves the room.

Tartarus -

Thrax sat in his cell design to hold someone like him. The cell is like a plastic block that has a number of vents and seals to keep any virus from escaping. Him being a humanoid virus, the researchers of the SCP are already preparing a lab to study him. He was also fuming about how he now only had one good eye now because of an arrow to his eye. It would take him a long time for him to regrow his eye back to normal.

But he remembers what he has to do since his plan didn’t worked out for him. As he was freed from the block of ice, Thrax spat out a small capsule, that the guards thought he was spitting out the ice in his mouth. The capsule broke open releasing a small robot bug that crawled into the vents.

Now he just has to wait.

Townsvile -

With the girls gone to save the day across the country, it allowed the villains to play. Of course unlike before the villains found that they're not being sent to cardboard prisons or get off with light prison sentences anymore. Most of the villains quickly found themselves doing 10 to 20 years for all the crimes they did. And unlike before where they wreck buildings, people did get cripple and died. Most of the villains were now in jail or in hiding but one villain, Him remained free.

Appearing in the girls room, Him looked around their room. Instead of sharing the same bed as they did when they were younger, they now all have their own beds. And their room changed from their taste of when they were younger. Him was tempted to go and wreck their stuff but he had a job to do. Looking under Blossom's bed he found what he was looking for, a small wooden chest that has been taken handled with love and care. Taking it into his claws, Him open it to reveal a piece of a purple dress.

"Wait till the girls get a load of the new you, Bunny," Him crackled as he teleported away.

Canterlot -

The videogame characters are being all housed in one of the casinos that is still being built. The casino is still being built but the hotel was already completed and ready for guests. So all the videogame characters were housed there till things could be figured out what to do with them. Luckily thanks to the merge and how many people just found themselves someplace where they have no IDs or anything else. The government has a whole department to deal with people finding themselves in this world.

In the lobby Kronika waited for her number to be called to be assigned a room. Which even with the size of the hotel, many have to share rooms, with Sunset looking for other places to house the many videogame characters that number in the thousands. Of course it does beat the cramp conditions that was in Fix-It-Felix, thanks to the limited space for Felix to build.

"Kronika the goddess of time," a robed ghost said appearing in front of her.

"Yes that's me," Kronika said blinking as he turns into an old man and than a small child.

"I am Clockwork the ghost of time and I have a job offer for you," Clockwork said.

"Ghost of time? Job offer?" Kronika asked.

"I keep time running along with other time keepers and we could use a extra hand," Clockwork said.

"Yes that sounds good," Kronika said.

Elsewhere -

The XJ sisters and GAIA wake up as their update is complete and are immediately swamped with work! Not only the Thrax disaster, but apparently a monster the SCP were delivering somehow gotten loose!

Half the sisters go to Gravity Falls, the other half go to Piedmont...

Author's Note

1 - The game characters from Wreck-It-Ralph universe are A.I.s and the reason why they weren't deleted when they were unplugged is because of different rules. Pulling the plug on them is more like pulling out the power cells from any of the XJ sisters and they'll be ok like nothing happen once they have a new power cell inserted into them.

2 - The Powerpuff Girls look like how they look in the Cartoon Network Fusionfalls online game. As them having no nose and no fingers or toes not to mention their huge heads and eyes would make them look really strange otherwise. And how can they hold something in their hands without fingers only works in a cartoon. And they're from the old seasons and not the new one. They're also 10 now.

3 - Baraduke (also known as Alien Sector) is a 1985 Shoot 'em Up arcade game by Namco, featuring a spaceman with a jetpack and a ray gun who, after receiving a SOS signal, goes in the depths of planet Paccet to brave the titular underground fortress Baraduke built by the invading alien parasites named Octy.

The game was one of Namco's most obscure titles and it would be more or less forgotten today, if not for its uncanny similarity to Metroid, which however was released one year after Namco's game. Unlike Metroid, it is a pure action title (being a coin-op this is a given) based on reflexes and the memorization of the maze-like levels.

There's another surprising similarity between the games: after having defeated the final boss, the end screen reveals that the player character "Kissy" is in fact a woman under her helmet and bio-suit, thus depriving Samus of her "first videogame hero who's secretly a girl" title.

4 - SCP - 826

5 - Admit it, if you had a holodeck or something like it, you would at least try using it for sex.

6 - From what, I heard most government jobs don't treat retired workers well. Especially the military.

Not So Little Dipper

“Welcome back to Dipper's Guide to the Unexplained, Anomaly #54: The Mailbox,” Dipper said to the camera while pointing to the mailbox in the middle of the woods. “There it is, in the middle of the forest. No house. No address. Today, me and my team of expert...”

Soos walks up to the mailbox and waves to the camera. “Sup?”

“Are gonna put a letter in and see who picks it up,” Dipper said to the camera.

“My letter posits a salient question: Sup Dawg?” Soos said as he puts the letter in the mailbox.

“Now we're gonna hide behind a bush, and wait for someone to come by,” Dipper said.

The mailbox begins to shake.

“Oh, Dude!” Soos said backing away.

“What the?!” Dipper said in surprises.

The flag on the mailbox raises.

“Did you see that?!” Soos ask.

Dipper runs over to the mailbox along with Soos.

“Open it!” Dipper said.

“No, you open it, dude! I'm not touching a ghost mailbox!” Soos said.

“Okay, okay. Here it goes,” Dipper said opening the mailbox and pulls out a letter. “What?!”

“That's not our letter, dude!” Soos said.

Dipper opens the letter and reads it. “It says... Gasps!”

Soos grabs the letter from Dipper and holds it up to the camera. “Hello Dipper and Soos."

“It knows our names!” Dipper said.

"What if this thing's all-knowing?" Soos asks.

"We gotta test it," Dipper said.

Static

Soos holds up a letter to the camera. "What did I shave into my head this morning?"

He puts it into the mailbox. It shakes again and the flag raises up. Soos takes the letter out.

"A baby duck holding a paddleball" Dude! It knew!" Soos takes off his hat to reveal the duck shaved into his hair to the camera.

"What?!" Dipper asked both about how the mailbox knew and why Soos would do that.

"Ask it more questions!" Soos said.

Static

"When is the end of the world?" Dipper said and put the letter into the mailbox.

Static

"Approximately 5 billion years when the sun transforms into a red giant and engulfs the world. Huh. We've got a while," Dipper said.

Static

"Who is my dream woman?" Soos said and puts the letter in.

Static

Soos holding up a picture of a muscular woman to the camera.

"Ho ho ho! Hot tamales! I'll save that one for the archives!" Soos said as he puts it in his pocket.

"Uh, when is the exact time and date of my death?" Dipper wonders what's next to write.

"Did aliens build the pyramids?!" Soos shouting in the background as he held the camera.

"Or... what is the meaning of life?" Dipper asked.

"What are marshmallows made of?!" Soos shouted out.

Mabel wearing a backpack walks onto the camera shot.

"Nifty! A mailbox! I've been wanting to mail mom this video of me sticking 100 gummy worms up my nose!" Mabel said as she puts a package inside.

"No, wait!" Dipper shouted

"Dude!" Soos shouted as well.

"Slam!" Mabel said as she slams the mailbox door.

The flag raised after shaking.

Dipper takes out letter and reads it. "Your gummy worm video has disturbed and insulted me. You fools are unworthy of my great knowledge. The era of human enlightenment shall never come to pass."

The mailbox glows.

"What's that?!" Soos shouted out.

Dipper and Mabel runs away while screaming.

The mailbox implodes.

Static.

Dipper, Mabel, and Soos are standing in the middle of a scorched clearing.

"Well, uh, that concludes Dipper's Guide to the Unexplained, where we learned when dealing with the unknown," Diper turns angrily, to Mabel. "DO NOT MAIL VIDEOS OF YOU SHOVING GUMMY WORMS UP YOUR NOSE!"

Mabel pulls out gummy worms.

"There's more where that came from!" Mabel sand and begins singing. "Into my nose! INTO MY NOSE!"

"No! No! Show over! SHOW OVER—!" Dipper shouted and turned off the camera.

Mystery Shack -

The Pines family along with Soos and Wendy having watched the video of the discovery of the mailbox and Mabel causing the being answering the questions to go away. Thanks to her mailing the video of her stuffing gummy worms up her nose. And outside the shack is a mob of angry people who had wanted the ask the mailbox their own questions.

"Seeing how I was broadcasting my webshow live. Is the reason why there's a mob outside the shack,” Dipper said still mad at Mabel.

“This is just like how Norm the Genie showed that film with how people in his world always make the same wasteful first wish of a giant sandwich, which is the reason why the genies made the film in the first place,” Wendy said.

“And that Mabel was already told by our parents that they will and never find her stuffing things up her nose funny or ever want to see it,” Dipper said.

“I thought they would find it funny… this time,” Mabel said looking down.

“And because of you being the idiot who continues to do something after being told not to, the all knowing mailbox that could answer any question is gone. All for a video that neither mom nor dad would find funny, which you already know as they forbid you from doing it after you did the first time. Losing something like that, just for a video which you made which mom and dad wouldn’t or will ever like and would just throw away as they didn’t like it the first time and for some reason you think they would like it the second time. Is the reason why there’s a mob out there,” Dipper said.

“Lots of people with unanswered questions like what’s the cure for someone who is sick and what happen to a missing person,” Wendy said.

“Mabel you really messed up. You need to keep out of sight till this blows over,” Stan said.

“This reminds me of that South Park episode where god shows up and offers to answer one question and Stan butted in asking why he didn’t get his period yet. Stan is satisfied by this, and joyfully starts singing "Auld Lang Syne", but the angry crowd attacks him for wasting their chance to ask God a profoundly important question,” Soos said.

“Which is why you’re not coming with me to what Twilight found in the woods. Seeing how you messed up big time and there’s an angry mob out there,” Dipper said.

Twilight had texted Dipper a short time ago. Apparently, she thought about the flashes Dipper had when he saw the hands of time and then there was the whole deal with Thrax. She cross-referenced it with the journal pages that she copied and found a place of crystals that could alter size itself. And she feels they should go investigate immediately.

“I’m going with you,” Wendy said.

“Yeah, me and Soos will keep an eye on things and Mabel you hide in your room,” Stan said.

“I understand,” Mabel said down in how bad she messed things up.

In the forest -

Wendy and Dipper join with Twilight and they began searching for the crystals. Dipper using his flash forward memories guided them deep into the forest. Twilight also used reports on either giant or small animals to give them an idea which area of the forest to search. Dipper remembering where the crystals are lead Twilight and Wendy to the place where the crystals are. And instead, they found a large Lego continent in a crater filled with water, with what looks like an evil villain volcano lair near a Lego city.

The Lego continent is very large being that size of a big building, like a Walmart building in size. And the Lego continent is also in the shape of a dragon. And it has its own ecosystem that is all made out of lego. Which from what they can make is having trouble. Using powerful magnifying binoculars they see the trouble.

During the merge many worlds were fused together as one, but some of those worlds there was a huge size difference. The lego continent is home to many of the worlds that came very small. There are the native locals of the lego world, ninjas from Ninjago, and the Bionicles. There are also the natives from other small worlds, ants from the world of 'A Bug's Life', the ants from 'ANTZ', ants from 'Ant Bully', the Minimoy's from 'Arthur and the Invisibles' and the pikmin from 'Pikmin'. They all found themselves on the continent of ninjago as it had been forcibly crashed on top of the size changing crystals during the merge.

They were being attacked on all sides, not just the pikmin monsters Amphituber, Antenna Beetle, Arachnorb, Armored Cannon Beetle, Bulborb, Burrowing Snagret, etc. But also, from the army of the tyrant Malthazar. And that's not going into all the other native insects wanting a piece of them. Not to mention there are the bigger life forms that appear now and then like the birds and lizards that wanted to eat them. (2)

The sapient bugs have been having a hard time adjusting, they were so use to a kid-friendly world where the insects aren't constantly eating or killing each other. The Minimoy have been helping them adjust as they had to deal with that kind of life already. They been using the pikmin to help defend the lego world from all the attacking forces. Who use the dead insects to make more of them when they're not being eaten by the other organic lifeforms living on lego land. Since everything is made out of plastic, the organic life of lego land had to search for food around the forest around their new home. Which the Minimoy's lead the ants and other sapient bugs on hunting and gathering parties for both food, water and anything that they could use.

Then there are the natives of the lego land, who unlike their new organic friends don't have to worry about being eaten by the native lifeforms around them. Nothing wanted to eat them and using their advance lego technology they built giant fighting robots to fight off the many wild native life forms that wanted to eat their new friends. The ninjas may not have elemental powers anymore, but they still can do the Cyclone of creation and other master builder related skills. There are also the newly reformed Serpentine tribes also lend a hand. And over the year since they came to this world, they managed to scare off most of the dangerous animals who learn to stay away from lego land. Not to mention thanks to the sea that was already around the lego land, created by rain and snow. Created a watery barrier around the lego land keeping the native bug and animals from getting to the lego land stuck in the middle. The only way to cross the water is either by boat or flying.

But that was till a couple of months ago before a new army came to the forest. Lead by two robots that escape with an army of Fmeks. The Fmeks were a species native to the planet Fmoo and were the enemies of the Arquillians and the M.I.B. Their planet was destroyed when they tried blowing up the Arquillian's planet. A large number of them were imprison by the M.I.B. after trying to takeover Earth but after the merge happen the M.I.B. suddenly found themselves dealing with bigger problems.

During the confusion after the M.I.B. failed to mind wipe everyone and they were disbanded, replaced by S.C.P. with the agents who weren't let go being spread out around the new agency. The Fmeks imprison escape with the aid of their new allies who were on their way of escaping on their own when they came across the small aliens. And after raiding the supply closest and using a golf cart escape into the forest that surrounded the prison they were kept. That turned out to be located in Oregon.

The robots who act as leaders of the Fmeks and protect them from animals that wanted to eat them. The first is Killgore, who is a diminutive wind-up toy robot with a tag that reads “VILLAIN” attached to his head. Nearly everyone in Tremorton found Killgore adorable, despite Killgore constantly trying to convince them and himself that he is an evil and powerful villain. After Jenny broke ties with Tremorton and her mother/creator she caught Killgore and gave him over to SCP. Who were interested in how a wind-up toy became self-aware.

Then there is SCP-1370 or Pesterbot who is a self-aware artificial being constructed from various electrical devices and tools. It stands approximately one meter in height and is capable of moving its articulated joints despite the lack of any power source or motors. SCP-1370 communicates in a monotone voice via a speaker mounted in its chest.

Its head is a voltmeter soldered upside down to a neck joint, giving the appearance of a friendly smile, but containing no active sensory devices. However, SCP-1370 will react to visual and audible stimuli, and its ability to do so is hampered when the head is covered or otherwise restrained. Its design appears to give more importance to aesthetic concern rather than function, as evidenced by a poor center of gravity that hampers its ability to balance and walk.

After the golf cart lost power the two robots had the Fmeks build a sledge for Pesterbot to pull with the supplies they stole from the prison. While in the woods they came across two giant lego people with vehicles and mechs who are the size of humans. The two told them about size changing crystals that are underneath a lego land and where they came from. The piece they used to make themselves bigger was lost as it was only the size of a grain of rice and they fell into a river when they lost it. Now knowing a way to change their size the group traveled through the forest till they found the lego land. Seeing it as a good place to also make a home base for themselves the Fmeks found the land to be home to beings smaller then themselves and quickly tried to takeover but were driven away. With Pesterbot unable to help because of the deep water.

Since then, they been trying to conquer the lego land after the Fmeks learned that the lego pieces could be used to build machines that seem to have no power source at all. During the first winter that had the pond around lego land frozen, allowed Pesterbot who stood at 1 meter or 3 feet tall proved to be all but unstoppable due to his sheer size compared to the natives of lego land. It's only thanks to combining all the different mechs together forming a giant robots, were they able to defeat Pesterbot leaving him in pieces.

The Fmeks and Killgore salvaged Pesterbot pieces and been rebuilding him since then. They also been going into Gravity Falls, raiding the town for parts. The Fmeks also been stealing machine parts of the machine animals from the Horizon world. Not wanting to completely destroy lego land if they used blaze to melt the plastic, they instead used chillwater to create freeze rays to just freeze the lego people. Which they used to freeze the water around lego land so that the new rebuild Pesterbot could break through all the defenses.

Pesterbot now a heavily armored robot with two electric scooters attached to a toy wagon replacing his legs and giving him better balance and speed. The wagon not only carry's the scooters power supply but also the ammo for Pesterbot's weapons and serves as transportation for the Fmeks. Pesterbot's upper body and head is still the same but now heavily armored and attached to the front of the wagon. Pesterbot arms have been replaced with a large extendable claw for the left and a gun arm on the right. The gun arm can either fire a laser, or fire a blast of chillwater thanks to the metal fuel tank attached to the back of the wagon. That protects the fuel and serves as a counterweight to prevent Pesterbot flip over because of too much weight on the front. And the wagon also has laser and rocket turrets manned by Fmeks and has a fusion power cell to power it all.

That's what Twilight, Dipper and Wendy walked into, a battleground. Pesterbot rolling across the frozen pond and easily destroying the mechs sent to fight him. The lego city's auto defense turrets could do little against the thick metal plating that protected the robot and a salvo of rockets took out the city's power grid, causing the turrets to go offline. And right behind the giant tank like robot is Killgore leading the rest of the Fmeks into battle, who are all riding in war machines either lego made or put together using scrap parts taken from Gravity Falls. Surging forward seeing the defense guns no longer firing. Already lego land is breaking apart because of the ice and rockets, exposing the size crystals underneath the city.

Lego Land -

Charging into battle Twilight using her telekinesis lifts Pesterbot into the air and threw him away from the lego city. Wendy welding an axe which she brought with her to break some crystals for samples, began batting away at the Fmek war machines. Join by Twilight who is using her telekinesis and hooves on the evil horde. Pesterbot got back up using his claw arm to get himself off of his side and began attacking Wendy and Twilight. The later using her telekinesis to block the incoming attacks with a log and spinning it in the air in front of her. Wendy was also put on the defense as the Fmeks fires their weapons at her and while the smaller energy weapons don't pack a punch as a normal size one did, it still hurts her.

Dipper on the other hand having brought along some tape and a flashlight grabbed a size crystal and attach it to the flashlight. Seeing how there's fighting in the lego city and at his current size he would just end up breaking more stuff then saving. He used the flashlight on himself shrinking himself down so while he's still a giant compared to the lego people and the Fmeks he isn't so big that he would accidentally destroy the city. And he began helping the lego people fight off the aliens. Kicking at the Fmeks and knocking their flying machines out of the sky like in a giant monster movie.

Camp Lakebottom -

Inside the kitchen of the mess hall of the camp, Rosebud is preparing lunch for the campers. She’s being helped by a Mr. Handy who has a pincer arm, a buzz saw arm for cutting up food, and a fire extinguisher arm. Seeing how the stoves and ovens are electric and didn’t need a blowtorch to light them up.

Rosebud is also being helped by Huntress Wizard who brought in a giant catfish which is so big that it had tried to shallow her when she was out fishing. Which resulted her being shallowed with only her legs sticking out of its mouth. Luckily she was with Canyon who is big enough to pull the catfish out of the water and killed the catfish by slamming it on some rocks, then pulling her friend out.

They got their pictures taken and video taken of catching the largest catfish caught in the lake. At over 10 long and weighing over 800 pounds, the catfish broke lots of records. The only question is how such a big catfish could had been in the lake without Steven Magnet, Slimey, the gobblewonkers or any other sapient aquatic races seeing it. The reason is because of the lost rice size size changing crystal that made a normal sized catfish into a giant.

Outside Canyon is cutting up the catfish to be cooked up, being the only one big enough to be able to clean the fish quickly. She removed the organs and guts of the catfish saving the organs for herself and Hunter Wizard as unlike humans they can safely eat fish organs. She’s giving the pieces of flesh to the cooks in the mess hall through the window, placing them on a table where the cooks would prepare them in different dishes.

“You have void eggs?” Huntress Wizard ask Rosebud. She’s looking inside the refrigerator and found a case of void eggs. Void eggs are jet-black eggs with red flecks. They’re warm to the touch, normally.

“They’re selling them and as long as you cook them they’re just like any other chicken egg,” Rosebud said.

“Is there any Void Mayonnaise?” Huntress Wizard ask. It’s a thick, black paste that smells like burnt hair, which makes humans sick if eaten raw, it’s only safe when it’s cook. For some non humans like herself, they can eat it like normal mayonnaise which is very popular.

“Nope Armand, ate that already. You can get it at the Tons grocery store, or online,” Rosebud said.

“I could have made Mystery Buns with the catfish,” Huntress Wizard said.

“Just use those eggs to add more flavor to the stew,” Rosebud said stirring the big pot of catfish stew, adding salt and pepper to it.

“Alright” Huntress Wizard said taking the case of void eggs out to add to the stew.

Lego Land -

Twilight and Wendy held out against Pesterbot and the Fmeks long enough for Dipper to finish off the ones in the city. Dipper was now small enough where he could hear and talk to the lego people and the friends. Working together with Dipper protecting the lego people they repaired the city's power grid and defense network. Reactivating the city's auto defense turrets that blasted the flying and ground vehicles of the Fmeks. Dipper smashing all the hard targets with his sheer size and strength while the others gave him support, keeping the Fmeks from overwhelming him with their firepower. And working together with the heroes of the lego land they drove the Fmek's out.

"Don't run, fight!" Killgore shouted at his minions who ran by him.

“Killgore, I heard of you from Jenny,” Dipper said having read Jenny’s blog.

“And you know that she fears me,” Killgore said staring at the taller human who was only about a foot tall a little bit taller then him.

“What she feared was people hating her because the people in the town she use to live in all found you cute and would hate her if she destroyed you. Which was a waste of time as they never appreciated her saving them in the first place,” Dipper said.

“She was a fool not to destroy me when she had the chance,” Killgore laughs.

Which Dipper responded by kicking Killgore knocking him over and using the flashlight shrinks Killgore to a smaller size. Dipper looks down at the struggling robot trying to get up from his side. Dipper lifts his foot into the air and brings it down on Killgore, repeatedly till he was nothing but bits and pieces. (4)

Meanwhile across the frozen pond, Twilight and Wendy were being push back. Wendy was bleeding from the number of rockets she’s been hit with and lasers burning her skin. It’s only because she’s a deer woman that she’s able to take being hit so much. Twilight is also covered in wounds and used up most of her energy shielding Wendy and herself from attacks by creating a barrier around them, by using rocks that are spinning around them.

“They’re weakening forward!” Pesterbot shouted to the Fmeks.

Those were the last words Pesterbot said as an energy blast engulfs him. The energy blast caused the fusion power cell to blow up with the chillwater tank. The blast took out all the Fmeks riding on Pesterbot and around him. Looking up the crowd below up to see Jenny and her sisters flying down, blasting at the remaining Fmek war machines. The Fmeks tried to flee but were sprayed with knock out gas from the robot sisters, XJ-1 and XJ-2 protected Twilight, Wendy and the people in the Lego land from the gas by creating a forcefield around them.

"Looks like that's all of them," Jenny said scanning the area and finding all the Fmeks in range are either dead or knock out.

"Thanks for coming," Twilight said.

"Always happy to help any friend of Stump," XJ-5 said.

"Now where is Killgore?" Jenny ask.

"Right here," Dipper said holding the broken remains of Killgore in his hand. "I know you wanted to do it but I kind of beat you to it."

"Is it me or have you gotten smaller?" Jenny ask looking down at Dipper and spotted several lego people dress as ninjas riding on his hat. "And are those living lego people?"

"It's a long story," Dipper said.

After the SCP cleanup crew arrived and gathered up all the remaining Fmeks, putting them in cages and loading them into prison trucks. As for the remains of the two robots that lead them, Jenny gathered up the pieces and said something about tossing the pieces into the recycler, to make sure there's no way for them to be rebuilt. The size crystals are confiscated and the nation of Ninjago is being moved to a safer place. Jenny and her sisters are going to transport Ninjago to the Breezies preserve which is a government protected area for the small Breezies which they would fit in. Helping to clean up the mess are several volunteers from Gravity Falls Brighton who hearing that there are living lego people came in droves.

Many people of Ninjago volunteer to be grown by the crystals, but the majority of the population remains tiny as they do not have enough houses for all of them, and the structural integrity of the island nation had been compromised from the crash and battle, so growing it or the houses there was a bad idea. The Lego citizens volunteer to help build houses and they proved to be rather good at this but only with legos.

Jenny talking to the lego ninjas regarding information on the Hands of Time, revealing that this isn't the first time they met living legos. Jenny learns from the ninjas about the Vermilion Warriors that the Hand of Time have at their disposal. The Serpentine ask that if caught, the Vermillion warriors be given to their custody, as they are one of them.

Meanwhile, Dipper watches the crystals being quarantined and loaded into trucks. The XJ sisters had carefully mined all the crystals from underneath Ninjago and filling up the empty space underneath with rocks and dirt. He looks at the growth crystal he'd acquired to allow him to fight in the lego city. He then looks down at his loins.

"Don't even think about it," Wendy said as snatches it out of his hand and pockets it... for safe keeping.

"Yeah, I'm still growing on my own," Dipper said blushing but would still keep the crystal just in case he needs it.

SCP Base -

In the SCP base, Doctor Buck is in the control room looking at the screen of the room that contain the size changing crystal. The lights are very dim to prevent the crystals from changing size of something. After some testing they learn that the light has to be bright or the effect wouldn’t work.

“As far as the test have shown, the size changing just makes things bigger and smaller with no ill effect,” Molly said who over saw the testing. Showing Buck a doll size table and chair which were normal size.

“And the results of the lab animals?” Buck ask.

“Well the mouse is now the size of a cat and a goat the size of a mouse,” Molly said bringing up a screen that shows a white mouse the size of a cat. The next is a goat the size of a mouse.

“It would explain the giant butterfly and the mouse size deer that were found,” Buck said.

“And the food it was tested on also have no side effects,” Molly said. Showing the screen shot of the giant jolly rancher in the lunchroom being chipped away at.

“We have to be very careful in how this is used. On one hand this can prove useful in resources, just make them bigger. And make things smaller. On the other hand it can easily be misused,” Buck said. “We do have all the pieces right?” (5)

“That’s unknown, there can be pieces around and people could have them and have no idea what it is,” Molly said.

“Hopefully it won’t be too much of a problem,”

In Australia -

Him looks over the destruction and death that use to be a rain forest called FernGully. The fairies that once lived in the forest were all dead thanks to their ancient foe who he freed from that tree. Hexxus an entity of destruction whose ultimate goal is to destroy nature for his pleasure. He feeds off of pollution such as smoke, slime, and sludge.

"I must say, I love your work," Him said looking down at the dead fairies who all have painful death faces on them. Not to mention all the different and painful ways they all died. Some burn, others choke on smog, others engulf in sludge or slime and so on.

"What can I say, I'm an artist," Hexxus said in his smoke form. He inhales deep as he feeds off of the smoke from the fire he started that's burning the forest around them.

"So, are you in?" Him ask.

"I'm sure am," Hexxus said.

Author's Note

1 - I hate how people think that any future event foretold can never be changed. Like you're going to die in a car crash tomorrow, just don't go driving and stay inside for the whole day. You'll be fine. Besides that kind of thing is just plot points where no matter what the event can't be changed. And in real life the future foretold is so cryptic that it can mean anything.

2 - Everything that living on the lego world is about the size of a real life bee at the biggest, including the legos.

3 - Remove and do not eat the organs, head, skin and the dark fatty tissue along the back bone, lateral lines and belly. Mercury is in the edible (fillet) portion of fish. Therefore, you cannot lower your exposure to mercury by cooking or cleaning the fish. Large fish usually have the highest levels of PCBs and mercury.

4 - With small foes that can be step on. The only reason they last so long in most fiction is because if it was that easy the plot wouldn't be that long.

5 - Something that can make things big or small is never really used that well. Like making something like food bigger to feed more people with less.

Summerween

Deep inside the dark recesses of an unknown lair... a scarecrow-creature known manly as the Summerween Trickster is talking to a group of 'people'. The one standing in front of the Trickster is Mitch the Enchanted Rhinoceros, the caretaker of the Easter bunnies and chickens. He went rogue after tiring of looking after them and sought to take over the Easter holiday. Thinking that instead of candy, kids should get useful things like batteries and socks on Easter. He puts it to the test with predictable results.

After losing his job he went into the blackmarket, selling magic items that he stole from the bunnies and chickens as he still knew where all the magic items they use were kept. Which came in handy when the merge happen and all but passive magic went away. There are still some spell casting magic around like the magic from that city with the giant troll underneath it, the witches there can still use their brand of magic, but to use it you need to be able to calculate in your head to be able to use magic. As their magic is ‘Formulaic Magic’ sorcery is based on mathematics, which many magic users who lost their magic couldn’t handle the math needed to be able to use that brand of magic. A number of normal people whose jobs has them needing to know high level mathematics like accountants and actuary, learn how to use that brand of magic.

Mitch managed to make a name for himself in the underworld as a guy to call for magic items that work or could still be used. Like the stuff he took from the Easter bunnies and chickens. Which is why he’s been called in to help setup a deal with someone name Bill and a group he has gathered. And learning that Juniper Lee, the one who help stop him with his takeover of the Easter Holiday, he agreed to help. As the former caretaker of the Easter bunnies and chickens he has knowledge of holiday magic rituals and rules.

"So, were in agreement? You willingly allow us to use your power and do as we wish in your domain on YOUR most hallowed night?" Mitch ask.

The Trickster nods. "Yes, I the Summerween Trickster so allow it and so may it be done!"

A large flash of energy leaps from him and goes to the others in the room.

"Trick or treat...," A figure cackles.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

Summerween is an annual holiday celebrated only in Gravity Falls, Oregon on June 22 or the second to last Friday of the month. It is celebrated because the residents of Gravity Falls love Halloween so much that they celebrate it twice a year. They use jack-o'-melons instead of jack-o-lanterns, since pumpkins are not ripe during the summer.

Seeing how only Gravity Falls celebrates Summerween, Sunset seeing dollar signs has setup a Summerween fair which already gotten a crowd to come. She made sure to adversities the holiday through all the resorts she's owns and having TV ads played in the local region. All to get people to come and spend their money at the fair. Sunset is already planning on having the holiday be celebrated in Equestria to draw in tourist and bring in holiday money.

For the kids who have just learned that there is a holiday that's like Halloween called Summerween that is celebrated in the nearby town of Gravity Falls. Many found it strange and wonder how the holiday even gotten started in the first place. But once they learned that there's free candy, they stop caring and just enjoyed themselves.

At the party supply store -

The Pines family go to the party store which was turn into the yearly Summerween supermarket. While most of the Pines and Soos do their own thing, Dipper bumps into Twilight. She tells him how the whole 'Mare-do-well' thing kept bothering her, so eventually... with the beavers and Stumps assistance... she visited Rainbow Dash.

After a heartfelt talk it revealed some rather interesting things. Rainbow actually DIDN'T want to forgive them for the humiliation she suffered during that whole incident... but she was so desperate to keep her friends and their 'herd' intact, she swallowed her pride and pretended she forgave them... but she never did... and openly wonders if this feeling of betrayal she pushed down deep. Was a contributing factor to her turning against her at the wedding as Twilight was the mastermind of the whole scheme.

Twilight realized she was guilty of similar. Back when everyone was badmouthing and shunning Zecora. She at first knew what they were doing was wrong... but she did nothing to go against her friends, her 'herd'... lest she lose them.

Twilight concludes that although 'true friendship' that was once the foundation of Equestria was great... It was starting to sound like what they had wasn't that at all... and more akin to some form of peer pressure... Suddenly... 'sticking together and being friends no matter what'... Didn't seem so black and white of a concept anymore...

Rainbow reluctantly agrees...

They talk more and she admits she's rather glad Sunset kicked her out of the Wonderbolts. Yeah, it sucked she needed to find a new job to make money. But frankly that job had become more and more degrading... and not just because Sunset had demoted them to 'over glorified sky performers'. Apparently after the 'attempted coup', Sunset wanted to make absolutely sure they couldn't try again. So she did some investigating and aired out a great deal of their dirty laundry to the public.

Turns out one of their famous veterans, Wind Rider had routinely sabotaged and got disbarred any 'new blood' who came close to breaking his most revered 'records'. Worse, seemed like the Wonderbolts never bothered to investigate very thoroughly into these crimes and the poor new recruit was usually given the boot. She publicly strips him of his medals, his retirement benefits and his pension, leaving him to find a job in his old age to keep a roof over his head.

Then there's the Wonderbolts had a hazing ritual where they called each other the most embarrassing name possible. During basic training, they would encourage everypony to be the best. Even if it meant them being reckless and hurting other ponies. They went as far as abandon injured teammates and poach good pony's from other teams just to win.

The hazing wouldn't had been out of place with a normal military unit. But seeing how the Wonderbolts never actually do any fighting just putting on air shows. Saying it toughens them up for real combat, was a complete bullshit. Seeing how during the attempted coup the Wonderbolts and the Royal guard all ran away from the fake dragon Sunset sent, which shouldn’t have worked. The Wonderbolts are only hanging on as a show group with all ties to the Equestian government cut off and the ponies losing all faith in them. (1)

So desperate for money or no... Rainbow Dash was rather glad to be done with them.

But... now... now she really didn't know what to do. All her life she'd dedicated herself to her dream of being a Wonderbolt... and now that was gone. Scotaloo was getting reconnected with her parents and didn't really have any time for her anymore. She didn't even have her weather coordinator job to fall back on anymore, seeing how the weather of this world can't be controlled. The elements of harmony were useless now and being a dropout hadn't helped her job prospects... and even the rest of the girls seemed to have their own problems and were drifting apart... she just... she just didn't know what to do anymore.

In any case, she then invited Twilight to a mass-funeral later that week. Apparently, most of Fluttershy's pets after she was forced to release them when she couldn't afford to feed them anymore. Which many hadn’ been able to adapt to a world where they weren't taken care of by pony's. Which included Angel Bunny thanks to an eagle flying down and carrying the bunny off to feed its young.

Twilight is torn, despite her issues with the others. She didn't feel comfortable just abandoning Fluttershy during a difficult time. Of course... if she went there the others would be there as well... and she wasn't sure she could handle that. True, Rainbow promised to keep the others off of her if she came... but still.

In any case, seeing how Dipper is here. Twilight is asking for advice on whether or not she should go or not.

"Well, it is a funeral so there is paying your respect. But of course, that is if you actually feel that close to the ones who are holding it. If you decide to go or not is up to you but, I'll come with you if you go and back you if you don't," Dipper said.

"Dipper before, I go you should know that Wendy is going to the Summerween party that's happening at Tambry's house," Twilight said before running off.

Dipper... starts to have flashes...

Before he could organize or think about them properly, Mabel greets him, and he has to put on a smiley face. They have a little fun together with the decorations along with Soos who keeps playing with a talking skull. As Mabel is having a good time... Dipper likes this... and wonders... why things couldn't just be like this? Why did things... need to get so complicated?

Talos 2 -

Jenny carrying a box of scraps that was all that was left of Killgore and Pesterbot made her way to the recycler. Opening the bin compartment where the items to be recycle goes, she pours the contents of the box into it. Then she turns around to the eyebot camera that's been following her and filming her. She gives a wave as she turns on the recycler and the remains of the two robots was transformed into mineral and synthetic materials that were deposit into the other bin on the right side of the machine.

"And that's how to use a recycler to make sure any evil robots won't be coming back by someone putting them back together," Jenny explains to her viewers on her youtube page.

"Or somehow they're able to pull themselves back together again," said Sheldon popping up from the side.

"Can you believe that back in our hometown of Tremorton that the people there found Killgore so cute that even after he went and rebuilt Armagedroid. They still let Killgore do what he likes. I'm sure glad that we don't live there anymore," Jenny said.

"Hey, we got a video call," Sheldon said using his upgraded smart phone to project a holo screen.

The screen showing is Brad. "Jenny how could you do that to Killgore."

"Easy he was already smash and instead of repairing him so that he can do more harm. As I like to point out that he and Pesterbot killed many Lego people and sapient bugs. I'm just making sure these killer robots won't be returning to do it again," Jenny said.

"But they're so cute," Brad cries out.

"Brad do you have anything else to say or just cry over a dumb toy robot that has killed people?" Jenny ask.

"Can you come back to Tremorton and be our hero again?" Brad ask.

"Why? Mom Wakeman went and built XJ-10 to handle that," Jenny said thinking about her new sister that mom Wakeman created to replace her after she left. Which she remembers seeing the blueprints of when everyone thought that she was evil, which Sheldon was the only one who didn't lose faith in her.

"It's not the same without you. XJ-10 isn't a teenager robot she's a fully grown woman robot with no time to hang out or do anything like we use to do. She's all business and gives out tickets and misdemeanor, or arrest people as she's part of the police department. She gave me and Tuck tickets for interfering with police business when we tried to help," Brad said.

"So first you insult me because I got rid of the remains of robots who killed living beings and you care more about how cute they are then the lives they took. And just expect me to go back to being the hero of Tremorton when it's was made clear that no matter what the people there will never be grateful for what, I do for them?” Jenny ask.

"Yes," Brad said with a straight face. Completely clueless that what he’s asking Jenny to do, is asking her to help people that will never be grateful for any of her heroic deeds.

"People this is what it's like living in a Uselessvile," Jenny said turning to face the camera.

"What do you mean?" Brad asks still completely clueless.

"How about if something went and destroy Tremorton and killed lots of people with Tuck being one of those killed. And I wouldn't let you do anything to that thing that did it. All because its cute to me?" Jenny asked.

"You'll be a monster," Brad said.

"And you don't see anything that's like the example I just gave you with what Killgore and Pestorbot did to the Lego people and bugs? That only when it’s something that affects you like Tuck being killed and I won’t let you take care of the thing that did it because to me it’s cute?" Jenny ask.

"Hey...," Brad said getting it and not liking what Jenny is telling him about himself.

"It only mattered to you after it became personal didn't it. You just expect me to comeback and keep on saving people who don't even pay me or give me any reason to stay and save them for free. Well guess what, unlike back in our old world. I'm not following that kind of mindset anymore. Or keep on helping people who no matter what will never do anything to deserve it," Jenny said turning off the connection with her old friend. (2)

Las Vegas -

Inside Lucky 38 hotel and casino Mr. House is doing business with GAIA Prime. The company she started had quickly became very big, thanks to deals with other companies like his and Membrane who deals with advance technology. The latest project is improving on the machine animals that create blaze which is being used as fuel instead of oil. Which are also used for labor or for terraforming projects to make wastelands into fertile fields.

With only pieces of his world coming to this new world, Mr. House took action as others were still trying to get back up. Using his small factory that he had underneath his casino which was mostly to repair and built new robots for use in the casino. He used it to make robots and selling them to get his name out there. Soon with his robots who switched to non-radioactive fuel, became a common sight around the country. He didn't stop there as he cherry picked technology here and there from the many different worlds to improve on his own robots.

Learning from what happen in the Horizon Zero Dawn world, he made sure all of his robots had a way to be shut off. His robots are also thanks to how old tech they are with them using things like vacuum tubes to run their systems. Made them all but impossible to be infected by a virus as they didn't have any microchips in them and Mr. House kept it that way. With them the only robots that could be launch into areas that have that rouge A.I. going around and infecting machines.

Not to say he hasn't been improving on his robot designs using the technologies that he has managed to gather. Mostly in improving on their cooling systems, his robots did have a problem in too much heat being built up in them especially the Sentrybots. They needed to expose their fuel rods to vent out the heat before they overheat and blew up. Now with better ventilation and coolant being used, his robots are running better than ever.

Of course, there is his plans on using the designs of the XJ sisters but Wakeman has the patent rights to them. Mr. House had been planning on the war happening in his world and had everything planned out, till the merge happen and put an end to everything that he's been planning. But now in this new world he's began making new plans and from what he has managed to gathered, like how during that time travel trip that happen in Gravity Falls. Far in the future XJ-1 who is using her sister's XJ-9's old body is still around. And Mr. House is now making plans so that he'll be around just as long. After all with the merge happening and no longer a war on the horizon he has plenty of time to improve on his life extension pod or just replace it with something better.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

"There's no way I'm going trick or treating." says Dipper having flopped on his bed and staring at the ceiling.

Finally, alone, Dipper had reorganized his thoughts and flashes... and once more groaned over the stupidity of his 'other self'.

"Again! Why didn't my future self just TELL Wendy he was being hunted by a monster?! She totally would have believed AND helped him! It certainly would've been smarter then DUMPING ALL OUR CANDY! GAH! IDIOT!" Dipper said talking to himself and was so glad he wasn’t THAT moron... anymore...

In any case Dipper thought things over. He wouldn't throw out the loser candy this time or be mean to random trick-or treaters seriously, what had his other self been thinking? Wendy wasn't even around to be impressed! Not to mention she'd think he was being a jerk for doing that!

Just be safe though, he also sent a text to the Jenny's to be on the look-out for the Trickster and put eye's on Mable. But to his surprise, he saw there was no need! Not only did the XJ's do extensive research on mythological entities and had a strict policy of 'treat as real and dangerous until proven otherwise'. They even had a surplus of Candy to buy off the Trickster if necessary (Dipper can't help but sneer at the Memory Mabel who mocks alternate Dipper's suggestion of skipping 'trick-or-treat' and just buying it... like a SANE person.) Little weird and coincidental... but he wasn't going to complain.

But that still leaves what to do with Mabel. She is still down from what she did with the mailbox and people are still angry at her for wasting it, just to mail a video of her stuffing gummy worms into her nose. And then it hit him... a solution so simple, his alternate self would've weeped and cursed himself for not thinking of it himself.

Later -

Mabel, dressed as a jar of jam burst into the room carrying a matching Peanut Butter suit. "Hey, Bro-Bro! You ready to reclaim our throne as King and Queen of Halloween!?"

...and then she realizes he's not there...

"Dipper? Where are you?" Mabel asked looking around confused.

Then she finds a note on the bed.

'Dear Mable; Went out to a party with Wendy. Hope you have a fun night at the fair with Soos! We'll knock em dead the REAL Halloween though, just you wait! Love you, Dipper.'

Mabel... felt a stab in her heart...

"He... he doesn't want to be with me? For Summerween?: Mabel said as her lip's starts to quiver as a tear goes down her face.

In Town -

Dipper was amazed, he knew that a post-merge Halloween-like celebration would be something to see... but this was something else. Lots of people from the surrounding towns and resorts have all come to the town. The Ed boys had come along with many other kids from Peach Creak to enjoy Summerween. They're not alone as there are the kids from the summer camp running around, along with people from the Maw, Big Apple City, Rainbow Land, and Equestria.

There are even people from out of state who came all the way to Gravity Falls to experience Summerween, which Sunset heavily advertised on all medias from online, to posters at her resorts. Drawing lots of tourists to come for the party and have some fun. With so many people coming for the holiday, Sunset has also called in many other entertainments to make Summerween a smashing party.

Speaking of which Sunset is walking around town enjoying the party she had setup. She's dress up as a Scottish warrior princess, wearing armor, kilt, and carrying around a spear she had picked up from the castle. Both her parents were also dressed up as a warrior king and queen. Then there are her sisters who are all dressed up as Scottish warriors and all carrying a weapon of some kind.

Dipper blink seeing the floating faceless head man, manning a booth. There is a table with a large fish tank of water, next to an empty one. The object of the game if you can call it that, is to empty out the fish tank full of water and fill the empty one, using nothing but an eye dropper. Which both Mabel and Soos who drove her to the fair are doing, which Dipper has no idea why and what they would win.

Dipper spotted Rainbow Brite and the Color Kids are busy displaying their powers for the crowds of people. They were hired by Sunset to use their powers as special effects for the party. All of them are dressed as their 1980’s counterparts.

Dipper saw Strawberry Shortcake dress as a scarecrow, Orange Blossom dress as a vampire, Lemon Meringue dress as a cat, Blueberry Muffin dress as a mummy, and Lime Chiffon dress as a witch, who also came with their family to have some fun while they work. Raspberry Tart who is dress up as a superheroine, is also there with Bread Pudding who is dress up as a king of bake goods. Sour Grapes dress as a bedsheet ghost is also there with her uncle Purple Pieman, selling pies. And Huckleberry Pie is dress as Elvis and playing songs of the king of rock and roll.

Running around having fun are Molly, Andrea, Libby, Kat, Sheela, Tammy, and Dani who all went with a theme costume group as Power Rangers. Molly is the red ranger, Andrea is the pink ranger, Libby is the green ranger, Kat is the Yellow ranger, Sheela is the black ranger, Tammy is the blue ranger, and Dani is the white ranger.

Dipper then looked over to another interesting sight; a monster that stank and held his eye's in his hands, a black and white whip-like monster, and one that looked like a freaky red bunny.

Icaus, Krum, and Oblina, were from a world where monsters ate garbage and lived to terrify humans. Since the merge, they no longer were able to hide, humans being more competent in this world, for one thing, but that was fine. They used to have to scare humans because without humans fearing them, they would just disappear which in this world they didn't have to do anymore. They were hired out to parties, pranks, amusement parks, holidays, etc. And were gleefully paid wages in garbage and toenails! Simultaneously making many of the monsters rich AND solving the world garbage problem! There are the recycler's but seeing how the monster's like eating rotten foodstuff as well as bugs, so they even work as bug exterminators. They even cleaned all the oil-spills in record time! It was win-win!

Then there are the robot toys the Gorgonites being sold, that are made by the GAIA Prime company. They’re being sold as night time protectors of children who keep bad monsters away. They’re really popular and have a series where new group’s of characters are made.

Another pleasant surprise were the monsters of the 'Monster Inc' world walking around. After the merge, there an initial panic in their community of a 'human Pandemic'. But with the help of the SCP and some brave Monster volunteers like Mike and Monster INC CEO Scully... they were able to prove the humans of this world weren't toxic. Now they went around making humans laugh and selling they're laugh energy to the whole world.

Of course, today they were clearly making an exception and going back to their old ways for just one night. They were even nice enough to give their old scream-powers tech to the other monster group to make their business even more lucrative. Scratch and his fellow ghosts from Ghost World have setup a haunted house where people are paying to be scared. There's a door prize for the people who can get through without screaming in fright. And filling up the scream cans which are powering the scream-powered tech.

And then of course... THAT song

'Boys and girls of every age.'
'Wouldn't you like to see something strange?'

Friendly ghosts from Ghost World wafted through the air.

'Come with us and you will see'
'This our town of Summerween'

Skeletons were teaching people how to do the skeleton dance...

'This is Summerween, this is Summerween'
'Pumpkins scream in the dead of night'

Pumpkins grew faces as they sung, thanks to the plant powers of Patty O'Green.

'This is Summerween, everybody make a scene'
'Trick or treat till the neighbors gonna die of fright'
'It's our town, everybody scream'
'In this town of Summerween'

The Scary Godmother was chaperoning young Trick or treaters...

'I am the one hiding under your bed'
'Teeth ground sharp and eyes glowing red'

The stores selling mattress were selling special 'monster under your bed' which are the robot toy Gorgonites.

'I am the one hiding under yours stairs'
'Fingers like snakes and spiders in my hair'

The hardware store was doing something similar with their own buy and get a robot toy Gorgonite.

'This is Summerween, this is Summerween, Summerween! Summerween! Summerween! Summerween!'

Howling Harriet scared ANOTHER T.P. prankster away, much to the homeowners amusement...

'In this town we call home'
'Everyone hail to the pumpkin song'

Rainbow Brite, Red Butler, and Yellow Carney is showing off their powers to crowds making the night sky lit up with lights.

'In this town, don't we love it now?'
'Everybody's waiting for the next surprise'

Sang a two-face mayor...

'Round that corner, man hiding in the trash can'
'Something's waiting now to pounce, and how you'll scream!'

Out pounced a werewolf, a ooze tuxedo guy and tentacle creeper...

'This is Summerween'
'Red 'n' black, slimy green'

Carapace Clavicle Moundshroud was showing off his 'Halloween tree' to weary travelers...

'Aren't you scared?'
'Well, that's just fine'

Sang some witches as they flew past using hoverbikes which are much more comfortable then brooms.

'Say it once, say it twice'
'Take a chance and roll the dice'
'Ride with the moon in the dead of night'

They flew past a walking, singing hangmans tree with hanging skeletons in his branches-

'Everybody scream, everybody scream!'

-The hanged skeletons take it from there.

'In our town of Summerween'

A freaky clown popped out of nowhere riding on a unicycle -

'I am the clown with the tear-away face'
'Here in a flash and gone without a trace'

-He rips off his face and disappears in a flash of smoke...

'I am the "who" when you call, "Who's there?"'
'I am the wind blowing through your hair'

Sang Shy Violet as she uses her power over the wind to make it sing, as it blew pass.

'I am the shadow on the moon at night'
'Filling your dreams to the brim with fright'

What many assumed was a crazed specter on the moon... was actually clever choreography by bat ponies and Stormy using her power over darkness.

'This is Summerween, this is Summerween'
'Summerween! Summerween! Summerween! Summerween!'
'Summerween! Summerween!'

The three monster friends alternate from scaring people, eating garbage and clinking their expired milk glasses together in celebration...

'Tender lumplings everywhere'
'Life's no fun without a good scare'

Sang Corpse Kid and Bat-Boy

'That's our job, but we're not mean'
'In our town of Summerween'

Sang Corpse kids loving parents as they lead him along...

'In this town'
'Don't we love it now?'
'Everybody's waiting for the next surprise'

'Two... faced... Mayor... ah! Okay, I get it now... clever...' Dipper thought to himself.

'Skeleton Jack might catch you in the back'
'And scream like a banshee'
'Make you jump out of your skin'

Several Halloween town monsters wheeled in a mysterious scarecrow towards a fountain...

'This is Summerween, everybody scream!'
'Won't you please make way for a very special guy'

The scarecrow suddenly burst into flames and danced and flailed about.

'Our man Jack is King of the Pumpkin patch'
'Everyone hail to the Pumpkin King, now!'

The scarecrow breathed a huge column of fire...

'This is Summerween, this is Summerween'
'Summerween! Summerween! Summerween! Summerween!'

It then jumped into the fountain... everyone seemed to hold their breath... then a couple of kids began to sing...

'In this town we call home'
'Everyone hail to the pumpkin song'

And like magic, Skeleton Jack- the Pumpkin King himself! -rose from the inky depths of the fountain while everyone sung him praises!

'La la-la la, Summerween! Summerween! La la-la la, Summerween! Summerween! La la-la la, Summerween! Summerween! La la-la la, Summerween! Summerween! La la-la la- WOOO!!!!!'

Everyone applauded, including Dipper. Dipper couldn't help but notice that although the other major holidays had an abundance of Holiday leaders... but Halloween had so few?

In any case Dipper continued his walk to Tambry's house. The Summerween party still going on as he goes to a more privet party. Dipper still thought Tambry VERY lucky that Wendy was giving her a second chance.

After Wendy saved her from Thrax, Tambry came up to her in person and pleaded for them to be friends again. Up to that point she'd been only pleading through her with texts, for her to do it in person was so out of character that it stunned even Wendy. Now while Wendy could easily drop the likes of Lee, Nate and Robbie out of her life. Thompson and Tambry well, that had been different.

Thompson had NEVER been their friend... more jester, money lender or chauffeur. Wendy was so ashamed of herself when she realized this, she had a LONG, painful talk with him when she got the chance, they weren't friends (you can't lose what you never had) but they ended on good terms. And Thompson was the better for it! Last Dipper heard, he broke all other ties with the group and was now dating Lollipop girl.

Anyway, in Tambry's case, they'd been friends since they were kids which made her betrayal hurt even more. Tambry was willing to do ANYTHING to fix their friendship. Wendy, half-joking. Asked she give up on technology for a YEAR... and was dumbstruck when she agreed. Which was alot better than what one of Wendy's aunts had suggested for Tambry to do, kissing and.... having... It just had both Wendy and Tambry red faced at what that kind of making up detailed. She asked Dipper to ask Dib to keep track of her through her online account... and she was surprisingly keeping her word... and a bunch withdrawal symptoms... but mostly her word.

Touched by her commitment to fix things between them, Wendy decided to throw her a bone and come to her party. She hadn't flat-out forgiven her yet... but it was a start. And it is better than how her aunts had suggested in how they should make up.

Dipper reached the house, the party was in full swing...

"Hey Dipper!" a voice called out to him.

Dipper turned around... and was stunned. Wendy was a wolf girl- a furry-bikini clad with a brown body stocking underneath, claw glove-laden, fanged and marker whiskered WOLF girl.

Suddenly fingers were snapping in front of his face.

"Hey don-Juan! There are other girls here too!" said an amused if slightly annoyed voice.

Dipper's eyes was finally torn away from a now giggling Wendy. And sure enough, the other two girls in his life were there. Pacifica, dressed as a Greek gorgon, complete with a toga. And Twilight....

"Starswirl the bearded!" Dipper said.

"YES! Thank you! Everyone's been just calling me a bearded monk!" Twilight said.

Dipper just shakes his head. "Seriously? How could they not get this? It's so obvious!"

Which Pacifica just looks confused at Dipper. "Really? How is that obvious?"

Dipper gives her a strange look, then points to Twilight. "Those patterns on the cloak are indicative of ancient Neighipt silk, specifically of Queen Leopatra's reign and only 17 were commissioned before she was assassinated by the Assp imperium. Add in the blueberry bells of the Coltic highlands on her hat and Starswirls signature beard, who else is she going to be?"

"Yes! Thank you! Why was that so hard for everyone to get?" said Twilight.

Wendy and Pacifica just look at the two laughing nerds in disbelief.

Pacifica leans over to whisper to Twilight. "Marry him."

"Wha?" Twilight ask blushing then shakes her head of it and quickly changes the topic. "Anyway! Dipper, where's your costume!?"

"Wha?" Dipper said and then he remembered, that NO. He wasn't wearing a costume. Worse, Wendy was wearing a costume too! A GREAT costume at that!

Dipper trying hard not to show he was panicking. "Uh...one second! I'll have it on in a jiff!"

He ran to the restroom, cursing himself. He smacks his head and calls himself an idiot. He bumps into an annoyed Robbie but still runs into the bathroom.

He frantically searches through his backpack for something, ANYTHING he could make a make-shift costume out of- gah! Nothing but the journal, potions, tools, spare loincloth...

Dipper's eye's widen at that last thing... but no, shirely he wasn't THAT desperate.

Suddenly, there was a loud rapping on the door and Dipper, remembering he forgot to lock the door. In his blind panic, decided just to go for it! He almost rips off all his clothes and flings on the loincloth and runs out just as the door opens and Robbie enters.

The girls take Dipper in with a smirk as he comes to them hot, sweaty, panting and wearing nothing but a loincloth.

Wendy trying hard not to laugh. "Uh... little cold for that get-up, isn't it Dipper?"

Dipper trying very hard to ignore the cold, brisk breeze that was making him shiver. "What? No, it's all good!"

Pacifica smirks seeing how cold he is. "You totally didn't bring a costume and you improvised at the last second to impress Wendy, didn't you?"

"Yes," Dipper said hanging his head in defeat.

The girls laugh.

"Oh, Dipper. What, you think blindly copying me is going to get me to like you more?" Wendy smirks.

"No...I guess not," Dipper said. Suddenly, his other selves stupidity didn't seem that unlikely... he'd have to look out for that in the future... he was starting to think there's something to the 'love makes you stupid' trope...

"Okay, go get dressed wild boy," Wendy said.

"Yeah, get back into real clothes and not that diaper," Pacifica said.

Wendy and Pacifica give Dipper a playful slap on the rear as he walks by. Twilight tries to do similar with her horn, but this just causes a painful yelp and her hasty apology.

Wendy smirks, she truthfully wasn't one for costumes... but after the fight as a giant wolf and all those dreams. This costume just spoke to her for some reason... and Dipper... DANG! That boy was really coming along on his own! All the baby fat was gone and starting to develop a bit of a six-pa-

Wendy blushes, suddenly VERY self-aware of how little she was wearing...

'Okay...maybe this wasn't such a great idea after all...' Wendy thought to herself.

But this thought was quickly banished from her mind as a still loincloth-clad Dipper was now back-

"Let me guess; your clothes weren't where you left them in your blind panic and you think they got stolen?" Pacifica said.

"Yeah...," Dipper said sighing then shakes his head. "You know what? I don't care! I'm not going to let this ruin my night! I'm my own person, celebrating Summerween MY way, with MY best friends! And I'm going to make the best of this!"

Wendy smiles. "Good for you Dipper!"

"Trust me man, count your blessings. It could always be worse," a voice said.

They all turned around... and burst out laughing.

Lincoln enters Tambry's home wearing a pink princess dress complete with pointed, tasseled hat. "Yeah, yeah. Laugh it up. I lost a bet with the girls, so you might as well enjoy it.”

Ronnie who is dressed as a barbarian warrior with a wooden bat as a club and wooden shield on her back, laughs as she grabs him and lifts him up like luggage. "YEAH! We're the heroes. I'm the barbarian warrior and Lame-o is the princess were going to plunder and ravish!"

Six who is still wearing her yellow raincoat but made up to look like a rouge. "And I'm the rogue."

Maxine Caulfield, Six’s guardian came walking in behind the kids. She’s wearing a blue shirt with brown overalls, a hard hat and carrying a shovel. “I’m a Miner from Clash of Clans. We’re doing a fantasy theme group thing.“

“I guess that counts,” Pacifica said.

“The game is fantasy base so it counts,” Wendy said who plays the game.

“We’re going to join up with Canyon and Huntress Wizard later,” Ms. Caulfield said.

"Are you guys going to the stage show later?" Lincoln ask.

"What stage show?" Dipper ask.

"Oh, I got Sunset to book some entertainment of a musical group, I found online," Tambry said making herself known. She's dressed up as one of those kids from the 'Hunger Games', with a bow and arrow set. Working at the summer camp got her to learn how to use a bow from Huntress Wizard.

"Really?" Wendy ask.

"Well, throwing a party at home with some friends is one thing, but it's not like my parents would cough up the cash to hire entertainment. So I emailed Sunset about this group, I found out about from the swamps of the south and brought them here to put on a show for Summerween," Tambry explains.

"So, we're going to leave your house to go to the stage show?" Wendy said.

"Yeah," Tambry said pointing to her parents who are dress up and partying with their own friends. "Besides my parents brought their friends to the party as well."

"By the way Wendy where are your family?" Dipper ask.

"My dad is out with my brothers. My mom is with my aunts showing Morrigan and Lilith a good Summerween party time," Wendy said.

"I can't believe your aunts wanted us to join them," Tambry said blushing.

"Yeah, I know," Wendy said blushing as well. The party is very adult themed and have adult entertainment.

"But, you know we could join them and...," Tambry was saying but was cut off by Wendy.

"You really want to do that instead of giving up using your phone?" Wendy ask conflicted.

"If you're into it," Tambry said blushing deeper.

"Come on let's leave these two," Twilight said as she lifts the kids with her powers and going out the door.

“Agree,” Ms. Caulfield said following.

Once outside Tambry's house she lets the kids go.

"Hey look," Pacifica said pointing to Wreck-It-Ralph walking down the street with those candy racers.

"Hi Dipper. Good to see you," Ralph said waving to Dipper's group. "We're heading to the show!"

"Come on let's go," Twilight said leading the group of kids following Ralph's group.

At the stage show -

The front of the stage had a large crowd all waiting for the show to start and more coming in. There are also many food and drink stands selling to the crowd as well as other stands. All of which been paid for by Sunset who is looking at the amount of money she's going to be making from this party. The money she already made from sales before Summerween already made back the money she invested already. (4)

"I'm sorry, what is this?" Sunset ask laughing.

Marco and Star had turned up naked save for some leaves covering their privates.

"Uh... we’re Adam and Eve! What's more old school then the first couple? Marco blushes and chuckles nervously as Star hides behind him.

Sunset just looks at him skeptically. "Star tricked you into going skinny dipping- again. And Janna stole your clothes- again. Didn't she?"

Marco sighs in resigned defeat. "Yeah..."

"Well, there are still some costumes on sale. I spot you two something to wear,” Sunset said.

Dipper and the others just laugh at this sight.

"Wow, gotta say. Suddenly, wearing a nothing but a loincloth doesn't seem like the worst thing in the world," Dipper said.

"I agree," Pacifica said as she playfully starts to undo the knot holding his loincloth up, before he smacks her hand away annoyed. But she just smirks and gives him a teasing wink that causes him to blush.

"There is a custome shop you three just go in there and get something besides going around nearly naked," Twilight said pointing to the nearby store selling costumes. "Come, I have some money I can spare."

Dipper, Star, and Marco all followed Twilight into the shop and came out wearing a new costume. Dipper came out dress only in blue overalls and a straw hat, as Huckleberry Fin. Both Star and Marco are dress as basketball players. Twilight explained that she went with the cheap costumes.

"Hey, check out that," Wendy pointed to the fully operational power loader straight out of the Alien films.

"Hey, it's Norbert and Daggett!" Twilight shouted it seeing the two beaver brothers riding on the shoulders of the power loader. Both of them dress like the facehuggers.

"Hey Twilight," Daggett said waving to her on top of the power loader.

The power loader turns around revealing the one controlling the suit is Stump.

"Stump?" Twilight ask.

"Yeah, isn't it cool? Stump made this power loader so that we'll be a shoe in for the best theme costume group," Norbert said.

"I wouldn't count on that," Sakura said who is with the rest of the Street Fighter cast.

"You guys aren't in costume so you guys can't enter," Daggett taunted.

"Sorry he's right you all are just dress as yourselves so you're not in costume," Sunset said.

"...................," Stump said.

"Switch our clothes with another fighter game?" Ken ask.

"Or better yet with the opposite sex. So, the female fighters wear the guys and the other way," Ronnie said causing many to laugh at the idea.

"While funny it would have my outfit be all stretched out or rip," Cammy said.

"Or just be me trying to wear your clothes," Pacifica said pointing to Rose.

"You’ll be dressing around my clothes on the ground," Rose said being much taller and bigger.

"We would need to find people who are the same body shape and height as us for the outfit switch to work," Ken said.

"Well too bad none of you thought of that before, cause we're going to win," Daggett taunted.

"....................," Stump said to Dipper.

"Yes?" Dipper said walking up to Stump.

"..........," Stump said.

"You got it?" Dipper ask.

"..............," Stump said as a compartment open in the suit and out pops a Pip-boy like device.

"Ok it has only has 5 shots before it needs to recharge for about a minute. And besides the custom job you did on it, this pip-boy is just like any other pip-boy," Dipper said.

"Going for the retro look?" Pacifica ask.

"Yeah, I gave Stump something, I picked up and in exchange Stump made this for me with some future upgrades for it later," Dipper said.

After the whole time travel thing with him and the young 7 each having a time tape. That was till Clockwork showed up and took the young 7's time tape from them. Dipper gave his to Stump to study and hopes that he'll figure out a way to get back to that car crash. So far Stump has made little gain in his research of the time tape. But using what he learned and using a pip-boy, Stump made it to be able to fire a bolt of energy that would slow anything that's hit by the bolt. But it only last for 5 seconds and can only be used 5 times before the pip-boy needs to recharge its energy level. That takes about a minute and 5 minutes if it overheats. Stump did say it's a prototype and he's still working on the finish design. And that time tape too was taken by Clockwork, saying that Stamp has what he needs.

Backstage -

The entertainment for the evening was making last minute preparations as the crew set things up. Taking things down from the number of trucks or RVs and trailers that made up the convoy that rolled into town. The group had been called in to play for Summerween in the only town that holds it. They group had been touring around the south making themselves a name when they were suddenly booked for the event in Gravity Falls. It was a long trip, but the money was good, and it help to spread the name of the Voodoo Masters.

Baron Samdei had a... interesting year. First he found himself ripped from his home and thrown into a strange land. Striped of his powers and almost mortal like many other gods, demons and others of the likes. Fortunately, he sensed a true practitioner of the voodoo arts and had used what little power he had to draw him to him but also got the attention of a trio of magical beings as well. (5)

Dr. Facilier once wheeled and dealed in the dark forces of an alternate version of 1920's New Orleans. His dealings finally caught up with him and his 'master's' called in his debts. But thanks to the merge happening he was freed when his master's lost their powers and he met Baron Samdei. He offered his services to him. Facilier provided leadership, financial logistics and strategy to the other followers.

The Dazzlings, Adaigo Dazzle, Aria Blaze, and Sonata Dusk the group's band members. They're trio of Evil Diva Sirens from Equestria. They use Mind-Control Music to create hatred and conflict between beings, and feed on the negative energy their victims produce in the process. They were banished to the human world from Equestria, which heavily weakened their powers and trapped them in human bodies. They're traveling with Baron Samdei as his Boon allows them to regain their full power, but they have to be careful with their mind controlling songs as, they just use just enough to gather a crowd but not enough to control them. If they did they would be arrested by the police for mind control.

Being around for over a 1,000 years the trio while still young looking humans, had all the time they needed to amass a large amount of wealth. Most was lost due to the merge but they had enough assets to still live off of and have invested their wealth into many companies and assets. With hidden cash reserves hidden around in the form of gold, silver, and other valuables. They provide the money and connects to keep the shady dealings under the radar.

Indeed, while many of his fellow deities were either floundering or dead, Baron Samdei full power was nearly restored. And with said power he was able to grant his boons in 'borrowed magic' (one of the few magics still allowed in this world). But the rule with voodoo is that the user still can't conjure a thing for themselves was still in effect. But people have been turning to him to grant them magical powers, some being former magic users. Not to mention the potions and powders they sell works, even if sometimes it's be careful what you wish for is the result. Of course, for legal reasons and to have an FDA seal of approval, all the stuff they sell has instructions in how to use them and if not followed is the fault of the buyer. And also all harmful effects can only happen if the instructions aren’t followed.

Facilier's scheme for a 'comeback tour' was a very profitable one and spread the name of Baron Samdei around. The large amount of blood sacrifices had greatly restored him almost to his former glory. The blood offerings are from animals from slaughterhouses, as having human blood offering is just asking for trouble. And the sheer amount of animals slaughtered for food more than makes up the weaker blood offerings.

The shows they put on help spread the word of voodoo magic. He even visited by a zebra who lives in the nearby Everfree Forest who creates potions herself that's like voodoo. And he granted her true voodoo magic so that he has a new follower from the talking pony world.

Other henchmen that had gathered around him are:

The Great Fusilli, a talking alligator with a flair for Drama. It was his truck with a built-in stage they used to tour the country. He's the one who scouts the local talents to see which one would preform on stage or help with any of the acts.

Croco a talking purple crocodile who wears a red tophat. He was already with Fusilli and handles the accounting for the shows and payroll. He also the one who hires the local work crew whenever they go into a new place, and the one who got the two Mr. Handy robots to help as the roadies for the show and cleaning the convoy cars. He was very surprised when his old foe Mario and his friends came to life from a videogame in Gravity Falls.

Grimm a misanthropic, sadistic and sociopathic dwarf. He despised 'uplifting and sweet' stories and loved to twist and distort them into darker satires of themselves. As his powers let him jump from world to world, he didn't come during the merge but rather AFTER. His curiosity peaked, he's hitched a ride with their group to see what will come of this 'tangled mess of a reality'. His shtick is taking old stories of pre-merge life and twisting them darker versions for the amusement of the crowd.

Origami a French thief who once had an artifact that allowed him to turn into weaponized paper. After the merge it became useless, but through doing services to Baron Samdei he eventually gained enough boons to regain his powers. He works his paper magic as an act and sometimes with Grimm.

Max a 10ft tall giant of a man. They found him crashing from the sky on a deflated balloon of a child actress. He used to work for a sociopath child actress named Darla Dimple. He now works as the muscle and makeup.

Frida Dominguez a Mexican lady who is a very voluptuous vixen, who crashed in a canyon, in a food truck. She and a bunch of other people who ended up plummeting into a two-mile deep canyon in Alberta. The canyon has been named Crash Canyon. Till the merge happen and thrill seekers climbed down the canyon and ended up finding the small community of strange and quirky people who were trap down there. Frida joined up with the show as the cook and serving meals to paying customers out of a new food truck. Which she learning from her time in the canyon is able to make do with whatever ingredients are at hand.

Odlulu a pre-teen girl that they picked up on the road. She always sports a yellow baseball cap with black stripes and glasses with angular black frames, as well as shoulder-length black hair with a yellow streak. She wears a dress that consists of a long-sleeved top with black and yellow top, and an all-yellow skirt. Her outfit is completed by black socks with white cuffs that she wears up to her knees and blue shoes. She was part of her world's Worldwide Wanderers Society before the merge happen and she found herself all alone. They keep her around for her uncanny ability to find the shortest path to where they're going and finding useful items while she wanders around the places they put on shows. There is also her collection of magical keys each having a different power that now have their magic back thanks to her boom she gotten. She also works the sound systems for the show.

There is also Fritz who is a hungry ferret and Odlulu's pet. Who helps out as a roadie seeing how he can reach all the small hard to reach places.

Vivi who is a curvaceous, vampiric vixen with purple skin, with a Southern belle accent who once ran a "funeral salon". She use to work inside a castle of a brain in a jar trying to take over the world, before a repairman caused the whole thing to blow up. She survived and she was discovered by Odlulu when she was wondering around and came across the ruins of the castle and the coffin Vivi was trap in. Now she works as the makeup girl and has a pretty good singing voice too. As for blood she was delighted to know that she could just buy blood from any hospital and blood bank as there are plenty of vampires around now, with blood that are going to go bad being either sold or just given to them.

Mary Philips also known as Stormer when she was part of the band The Misfits during the 80's. She composed her band's music but never gets credit for it. She was picked up when Odlulu ran into her living in a trailer park and working at a bar during one of her wanderings. Odlulu heard her songs when she was playing at the bar she worked at and talked her into joining the group as both the composer of songs and help with the costumes. Mary enjoys being on the road again and getting credit for her work as they do sell her songs on CDs with her being listed as the writer. And it is nice to meet up with old fans who still remember her.

Then there are the frog bouncers. Lead by Max they're a group of 13 frogmen bouncers who use to work as security staff for a rock star chicken. Made up of Bucky, Squints, James, Bear, Frans, Samuel, Jerry, Vincent, Dick, Laurence, Kenny and Bob. They handle crowd control and other issues being the roadies when the two Mr. Handy's aren't around.

And finally, Sugar a former child pageant champion of rustic background. Sugar is fearless, extremely competitive, and will do anything to gain an advantage over her fellow contestants on the cancel Total Drama show. Although she is crude and unintelligent, her pageant experiences give her the ruthlessness to be a much more formidable player than she seems. She joined up with the traveling show and been showing off her many different talents.

Total Drama after the merge was hit with a landslide of lawsuits and fines, which the network threw Chris McLean under the bus. Thanks to him killing off unpaid interns to test things out for a new season, and the deaths weren’t treated as something that just happens and move along. And he’s now serving a life sentence in a hellhole prison, and also has to deal with all the lawsuits that he has to pay out of his own pocket. He is now a has been who is mocked by the entertainment world, all the power he once had is now gone. His assets are all gone with him having to sell them for legal fees, or were sized by the authorities to pay off his many debts. And the network he once worked for had to declare bankruptcy and all assets were sold off, causing Chris to be backlisted from every single network. Not that he will ever get out of prison, and even if he does he will be in his 90’s when he’s be able to try to get parol and if he does win to be set free, he be too old and be homeless to enjoy his freedom.

"Sound and light system is up and ready!" Odlulu shouted from her computer and sound systems. The two Mr. Handy's which Odlulu had named Dip and Chip are making sure all the lights are working.

"Right people, places! We're on in five minutes!" Dr. Facilier shouted as he uses a spelldrive to animate some Voodoo skeletons to take the other band member places while Vivi applies make-up to Baron Samdei, being helped by Max and Mary.

After the merge happen and magic going away, it was discovered that there is a work around to no more spell casting magic. By using a spelldrive, which is a mystical computer that can be used to cast spells. It uses "power points" to cast the spells, and each spell uses a different number of power points. The number of maximum power points a spelldrive can contain appears to be three. The user of a spelldrive does not need any specialized mystical knowledge to perform the spells, as the spelldrive does the casting itself.

Of course, seeing how the spelldrive comes only from the world that Dib came from and how rare they were already. Getting your hands on one is hard and expensive, as they are very hard to make. Professor Membrane is the only one who makes them and how to recharge them is either buying a replacement cartridge, buying a recharger that slowly recharges the used magic over time by drawing magic from the surroundings or by going to a place where there is passive magic where it will do it on it's own. Or thanks to having a Voodoo god around, Baron Samdei is able to just recharge the spelldrive by casting his magic into it.

"Oui, Dr. Facilier," Max said as he uses powder puff on Samdei and Vivi makes sure the makeup is just right.

Near Gravity Falls Brighton -

In a RV Mitch is watching from cameras of what's happening in the town. He knows that he's not a master mind but he's still cunning and smart enough to learn a thing or two about the world the merge created. He'd discovered that the 'passive abilities still worked, wand casting and spell casting abilities don't, borrowed magic worked' rules, although good rules of thumb, didn't account for EVERY variable. Seeing how some like the ghosts, and some demons still have their powers or at least most of them.

According to some demons he has been able to make contact with, their powers aren't magical, for some of them at least, which is why they can still do things like they used to seeing how it isn't magic. Like a fire demon can still toss fire around as that's a natural ability that all of their kind can do. Like a dragon being able to breath fire, or a element bender being able to bend an element.

He's been busy in setting himself up with M.C.D. which in their world sold items to the rich and powerful. Which is why he agreed to setting this whole thing up, so he could show the ones in charge of that operation what he's able to do. He already supplying them with magic items but he wanted to show them what else he can do for them, so that he'll be able to work his way up the ladder.

The M.C.D. are always looking for a way to make money, but they are very strict on what they sell, nothing that can cause too much trouble or attention on the company. They're always on the lookout for new blood that are earners and not sell them something that kills off costumers as that's just bad business. Any new machines or magic item needs to be tested or showed that it works, which is why the cameras.

Which Mitch knows he needs to show he can earn the company money. Like that guy who bankrupted the oil soaked countries, which he learned after watching the news on the Middle-East and learning about how blaze was made. There's a bio potato farm that uses a bag that's always full of potatoes to make more potatoes than they actually farm. The potatoes besides used for foodstuff, are being used as the raw material for a recycler to turn into organic materials that are used in a specially made fabrication machine. That is based on the system that the machine animals use to turn plant matter into blaze. Which is used to create blaze on the industrial scale which is now the main source of fuel. Already making large sums of money for the group and giving them a steady supply of fuel for their operations.

With blaze being a powerful bio-fuel that is plentiful and Eco-friendly and the Gaia Prime company mass producing fabrication machines made to produce blaze on the industrial scale. It caused oil prices to drop as demand for it as fuel fell with people turning to blaze. Not to mention after the merge happen the Middle-East became war torn with many different groups fighting to rule. And with oil not being the only fuel source anymore, the Middle-East being a big name on the world stage fell with the oil price, which for many of the oil rich countries made up more than half of their exports, with the ongoing wars quickly draining away their savings, many Middle-East countries went bankrupt. (3)

With other countries having their own issues to deal with thanks to the merge, and how hostile they are to other countries in the first place. And oil which is the main reason why they're important in the first place gone, the Middle-East on the most part with some exceptions was left to fend for themselves. With the ongoing wars quickly draining away their remaining resources. Leaving the remaining government with less and less to offer in exchange for aid.

Mitch couldn't help but smile at that thought. Reminding him of what the magic world had become once their spell casting magic was gone and how low they went trying to regain. Like the people who hired him to help with their plan for revenge. He called help from Jack Spicer with his technological and magic knowledge to build a machine for the plan to work.

Oogie Boogie: a living sack of creepy crawlies with a gambling addiction. He longs to crush Sandy Claws and Jack Skelington!

Other Mother: Feeding off the love and adulation of others, this twisted creatures lures unwanted children, feeds on their life-force through their love, then twists the husks into dolls for her collection. She’s here simply to feed.

Fright Knight: This ghostly specter was once the ruler of Halloween in his realm and use to serve the Ghost King. He desires vengeance against Danny Phantom.

Auntie Roon: A demon witch who was banished by an ancient Te Xuan Ze many centuries ago. She like the Fright Knight wants revenge on Juniper Lee.

Ko the face stealer: Like most spirits from Korra's realm, he lost everything after the Merge... with his powers now restored he wants mortals to remember to FEAR him once more!

Chang: Once a member of the dragon council before she betrayed them and sided with the Dark Dragon. She escaped thanks to the merge and is seeking revenge on Jake Long for imprisoning her master.

King Sombra: A snarling, black-hearted unicorn king who ruled over the Crystal Empire and enslaved its inhabitants long ago. Celestia and Luna banished him and turned him into a living shadow, but not before he hid the Crystal Heart that protected the empire and caused it to vanish with him. After a thousand years, Sombra returns with plans to continue what he started, with him taking revenge on Celestia and Luna.

All of them restored to full power through the Tricksters blessing (they had to agree to make 'loser candy' popular after this whole thing completely stupid but Mitch wasn't going to look a gift horse in the mouth here). It would only last until the first light of the day AFTER Summerween, but that be all the time he needed.

"Ok once the ritual is cast, this machine," Jack said placing his hand on the large machine that has a small radar dish on top of it. "Will amp up the Tricker's power so that he will have complete control over the area affected by his power."

"But it will only last till midnight when Summerween is over," Mitch said reminding everyone of the limits.

"That's plenty of time for all of us to have our revenge," Oogie Boogie said.

“And for my holiday to spread,” Summerween Trickster said.

“I have all the crystals ready,” Sombra said.

“Alright places people,” Mitch said.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

Felicia waved toward the people at fair as she finished her latest song along with her new band. Who are made up of some of the videogame cast members from the Darkstalkers game. First is Lord Raptor a fellow undead rocker with his own axe, Demitri Maximoff the vampire lord on the keyboards, Hsien-Ko is on the drums, while her twin sister Lei-Lei playing the sax, and Jedah Dohma who is the bassist.

With no place to call home, many of the videogame characters ended up living at the Maw, while others have taken up jobs at resorts and casinos owned by Sunset. While others have taken up job offers with other companies and groups. Sunset is making plans in opening up a theme park base around videogames which would employ many of the jobless videogame characters but is tied up in red tape with the different game companies. Till then many of the videogame characters are working at the casinos for meet and greets or showing up at the other parks. That has gotten lots of fans to come to meet them.

"Thank you! You've been wonderful! Up next we have the master of all that goes bump in the night, the lord voodoo himself! Baron Samdei! But first, the standard warm-up act. Harry the Albino Werewolf doing... something...," Felicia as she left the stage her her band mates.

The Scary Godmother's lazy roommate Harry walked up to the mike, adjusted his notes and coughed to clear his throat, he raised his hand, opened his mouth wide. "The Aristocrats-"

BUMP!

OOF!

A large anthropomorphic Tomato is thrown at him, knocking him to the ground.

"Hey! I don't care how bad he is, we do NOT throw tomato's in this town!" Bob the Tomato shout as he jumps off the stage as everyone laughs as Harry got back up.

"As, I was saying, The Aris...." Harry began to say but was hit with a pie this time. He wipe off the mess by eating it before looking around the laughing crowd. "Ok who did that?"

At a stand selling pies, Scary Godmother was whistling as she handed human Applejack the money for the pie she just thrown. She was still mad at Harry for that bill for all of those pizzas he gotten.

Dipper laughed along with everyone else as Harry tried to tell his joke and something is thrown at him. Till the big pole with the hook appeared and lank the werewolf off the stage. Letting the main act to finally start.

The Baron himself...

Aside from Max on the electric keyboard... all other band members were ghosts, ghouls, or zombies... all raised from the dead right before their eyes... With the exception for the Dazzlings and the purple vampress who acting as a backup singers.

‘Hahaha. You ain't scared... YET.’

He playfully teases the audience...

‘Things that go bump in the night. Me, Sam B. Heh.’

He starts out slow...then really gets into it! just in time for the sparklers!

‘Shrunken heads, broken legs, body parts on the concrete’
‘Cut 'em up butcher style, gators of the swamp’
‘Red light, leave 'em dead, running like a track meet’
‘Scared of nobody, what you motherfuckers want?’
‘Believe me when I tell 'em I'm a bogeyman beast’
‘Leave 'em slashed from their head to their feet’
‘Pin bricks to the chest of a bitch well fed’
‘Cooking meat, cannibal trying to eat’

Meanwhile, around the town small black crystals began popping out of the ground and growing in size.

‘I got a zombie army and you can't harm me’
“Who do you voodoo, Bitch?’
‘Drink blood like a vampire without warning’
‘Who do you voodoo, Bitch?’
‘(Stand up)’
‘Sam B got the thing that go bump in the night’
‘Who do you voodoo, Bitch?’
‘Hide your kids, grab your wife, better get outta sight’
‘Who do you voodoo, Bitch?’
‘(Let's go)’

The Man in the Moon watched from above as everyone had a fun time during this 'Summerween' celebration... not a care in the world...

‘Sam B to Papa Shango and Baron Samedi’
‘Handful of fingertips, toss em up like confetti’
‘Stable of corpse bitches, I'm a pimp of the dead’
‘Come fuck with a zombie I'll put a stake in your head’
‘Look you want ghouls? I got fucking platoons’
‘Baby everybody dies, I see your ass real soon’
‘Crack bones to the marrow, hot sauce and they suck it’
‘Now my Juju ain't nothing to fuck with’
‘Sam B’

Mitch patiently watched as the machine reached 95%... and rises...

‘I got a zombie army and you can't harm me’
‘Who do you voodoo, Bitch?’
‘Drink blood like a vampire without warning’
‘Who do you voodoo, Bitch?’
‘(Stand up)’
‘Sam B got the thing that go bump in the night’
‘Who do you voodoo, Bitch?’
‘Hide your kids, grab your wife, better get outta sight’
‘Who do you voodoo, Bitch?’
‘(Let's go)’

Sombra watched as his crystals grew and charged with power. He channeled his power into the main crystal that he’s using to control all the others.

‘Cut your head off you leave your motherfuckers dead.’
‘I got a zombie army (Sam B) and you can't harm me (Ah)’
‘Who do you voodoo, Bitch? (Yeah)’
‘Drink blood like a vampire without warning’

The crystals linked up as black energy linked each of the crystals that surrounded the town.

‘Who do you voodoo, Bitch?’
‘Sam B got the thing that go bump in the night (Mm-hmm)’
‘Who do you voodoo, Bitch? (Yeah)’
‘Hide your kids, grab your wife, better get outta sight’
‘Who do you voodoo, Bitch?’
‘(Me, Sam B)’

The crowd cheers as a dome of dark energy covers the entire town.

Back on Earth -

"NOW!" Mitch shouted out the moment Sombra activated his crystals.

The Summerween Trickster activated the ritual circle and began both his meditation cycle and his incantations... soon, as much passive power of Gravity Falls Brighton as he could muster would be relayed to all his allies.

Without missing a beat, Mitch marched up to Jake who is looking through the burnt out remains of the machine.

"Right, you salvage what you can from this then evacuate immediately. All non-combat personal, crucial equipment, and research material have all already been safely sent elsewhere. I'll be joining you shortly," Mitch said and turns to Trickster. “This is where we take our leave. The rest is up to you and your allies.”

Ghost Realm -

Clockwork was monitoring what’s happening in Gravity Falls Brighton when he was blasted by a powerful blast of energy. Clockworks tried to sense who attack him but something was hiding the one or ones from him. He tried to use his time powers but to his surprise whoever is attacking him could still attack while time was frozen. Meaning whatever is shielding the one attacking him is very powerful to hide from his powers.

"Who are you?" Clockworks ask finding it odd he can't sense anything or see anything. A rare thing for him to experience.

"Villains!" a voice shouted out.

Clockworks raised his staff as four figures flew at him at super speed and more figures in the background came charging at him.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

Things happened very fast in Gravity Falls Brighton. First Sombra covered the entire town in a dome of darkness that not only sealed the town from the outside but also kept things from leaving. Chang unleashed shade demons, ghostly, non-speaking, shadowy, dragon-like beings that operate as foot soldiers for the Dark Dragon that now follow Chang. And she wasn’t the only one having an army of shade demons at her command. Auntie Roon, Ko the face stealer, Oogie and Fright Knight would channel the power given to them by Summerween Trickster to summon more shade demons. Other Mother on the other hand has an army of giant spiders.

Oogie immediately transforms into his 'filthy Finale' form and appeared in front of his old foe. "OH, JACK! I'm BACK!"

Jack looks enraged seeing his old foe return to life. "OOGIE!"

"We meet again Danny Phantom...," Fright Knight greeted his old foe. Blocking his path as he was flying in to help.

"Whoa, Fright Knight! Where you been? I thought you made a deal with Vald... but then nothing?" Danny asked confused and surprised.

Fright Knight just shrugs. "Yeah... I don't really know what happen there. I suddenly found myself in a strange limbo of... non-existence and irrelevance? ...it was almost like the creator of our world had plans for me... but then didn't know what to do with me and eventually forgot about me?... it was weird..."

"...huh... odd...," Danny said thoughtful.

There was a long pause between the two...

"Well, anyway," Danny shrugs.

Fright Knight politely nods. "Yes, I quite agree!"

They continued their fight long awaited rematch.

They weren’t the only ones as Auntie Roon faced off against Juniper and Chang in her dragon form faced off against Jake in his dragon form.

On the ground seeing so many people robbed of their faces, lead Asami and Korra to realize Ko was on the prowl. They quickly stole some masks from a stand and took off to find the spirit. Finding him as he was chasing some kids, Asami used a laser gun she kept on her and Korra began throwing fireballs at Ko. Their attacks knock Ko to the ground and the spirit turn his attention onto them.

Other Mother lead a swarm of giant spiders to fight the Scary Godmother as she and her roommates; Harry, Skully Pettiebone, Buga-boo, Count Max, Countess Ruby, Professor Toad and Carapace Clavicle Moundshroud protected the young trick-or-treaters. Sunset's family are using their real weapons to fight off the spiders and the other attacks trying to get to the kids they're protecting.

"Mike! Get Boo out of here!" Scully shouts as he runs to join the fight. Slamming into a bunch of shade demons, turning them into smoke.

Rainbow Brite and her friends are using their powers to fight off the shade demons and spiders. Carney Yellow and Red Butler are using their powers to create bright light that drove the shade demons and spiders away. They created a safe zone in the area where Strawberry and her friends food trucks are located, which they circled them like wagons in the old west days. Using flashlights and torches the people are fending off the shade demons and spiders, helping the security guards to keep everyone inside the circle safe.

Lemon unleashed the Cake-inator, with lasers and flamethrowers upgrades. And is busy building weapons for her friends to use to fight off the shade demons and spiders, grinning and laughing like a manic as she does so. She’s finally able to unleash her dangerous inventions and no one is telling her not to.

The stage -

Baron Samdie sighs at all the destruction and carnage that was once a raging party. "I just know I'm going to get blamed for this."

He was quickly garbed by Max who shields him with his body. Taking him back stages as the frog bouncers were beating back the shade demons and spider horde attacking. The Dazzlings are using their amulets to drain the magic out of the shade demons making them puff away once there was no more magic in them. The rest of the crew were busy grabbing their stuff and equipment and loading them into the vehicles. Facilier was trying very hard to stay cool in front of his subordinates and to not panic.

"Yes, well. That'll be PR's concern. Everyone, to me! We’re blowing this dump!" Facilier said as he raises up a spelldrive.

"Got the loot!" Croco shouted who had braved the attacking horde to get to all the stands they were renting for the event. And took all the cash boxes and emptied out the cashiers.

Faciler then makes them all poof away. Which ended up in the middle of the forest, thanks to the energy shield preventing people from teleporting out, but allowed people to teleport within the shield. But they are now safe away from the big fight happening in the town.

Back at the battle -

Dipper was the first to start moving when everything went to shit. He quickly used up his 5 shots with the slow bolts as he calls them, slowing the attacking minions allowing others to escape or cause them to run into each other because the one in the lead suddenly stopped. His main priority was keeping the girls safe. Which he found that the girls weren't as helpless as he thought.

Pacifica rips off her toga and fake snake hair to reveal a crop-top, skort and several holsters with REAL laser guns. After the debacle at Pioneer day, she was taking no more chances. Sometimes it was nice to have a family with more riches than sense. She gave Dipper one of her guns and they started blasting at the attacking horde.

Wendy alternated between deer and human as she kicked ass and took names. Her poor outfit got destroyed the first transformation. But ignores her nudity in favor of survival. Twilight had reluctantly ditched her Starswirl costume so she could engage in combat fully. Using her telekinesis to throw the attacking horde around and protecting as many people as she could.

Meanwhile, Six went full HUNGER MODE and Ronnie made use of her bat and shield. Lincoln still in his princess costume drove into the firework launcher control booth and began firing the fireworks into the sky hitting the flying shades and weakening the others as they’re weak to light. Ms. Caulfield is swinging her shovel around bashing shade demons and spiders that got too close to the kids, and saving them from being blind sided like she knew what was going to happen if she didn’t.

Star and Marco were one of the first to fight, using their fighting skills to fend off the shades and spiders. Joined by many fighters from different fighting games, which some are wearing the outfits of other fighting games. Like Ryu and Scorpion wearing the other outfit, Akuma and Shan Tsung, Cammy and Sonya, Shao Kahn and Bison, Ken and Terry, and Chun-Li and Mai.

Stump in the power loader is standing guard at the entrance of a store keeping the attacking horde from entering and getting to the people inside. Daggett and Norbert are armed with blasters that Stump had with him in the suit. Are giving him covering fire and blasting anyone who tries to climb on the power loader. Joined by Ralph who got all the Sugar Rush kids into the store and stood guard with the trio.

Nearby the Darkstalker band are using their powers to tear through the horde of attacking shades. Together they quickly cleared a path to safety for people to flee where they hide inside the buildings around them. Where the security robots are protecting them with their blasters. Which like all the energy base attacks worked great on the shade demons who burst apart with one hit from the light of the energy attacks.

Above them Sunset riding on her aunt Luna's back is knocking down the flying enemies, with Sunset using her spear and Luna her telekinesis. They're not alone as XJ-1 through XJ-4 are taking care of all the flying minions and their energy blasts are bringing down the shade demons.

Elsewhere -

"OH, YOU'RE NOT THE ONLY ONE WHO CAN GET INTO THIS PARTY!" Bill Cipher said spying on the group of villains.

"This is too good to pass up," Him said who joined Bill to watch the show.

A portal opens up from behind him as a small brown haired child wearing a green hooded coat step out of it.

"AH CHARA YOU BEEN A GOOD KID AND GOT ALL THE GUESTS?" Bill ask.

Chara just smiled as she lifts up an old oil lantern and opens it. Him produces a small flame which he toss into the lantern lighting it up. A shadowman with large antlers on his head appeared once the lantern was lit. The Beast took the lantern from Chara before looking at Bill and Him.

"I see, I have you two to thank for my return," the Beast said.

"You have Chara there to thank for finding your lantern," Him pointed out.

Another portal opens up.

"AH HERE'S THE OTHERS," Bill said.

Stepping out of the portal is a very large girl who is dress like a powerpuff girl but her outfit is purple. She is Bunny the 4th sister who because of how badly she was created by her 3 sisters. When she used her powers to much to save them her unstable body blew up. Now she's been brought back to life by Him and gain 3 new sisters, the Powerpunk Girls.

Berserk is the opposite of Blossom and the self-proclaimed leader of the Powerpunk Girls. She is cruel, bossy, mean, controlling and sarcastic, whereas Blossom is caring, nice, sweet, polite, and smart. Like Blossom, she has long, red hair held by a skull-and-cross-bones barrette and a large, messy red ribbon in her hair, as opposed to Blossom's neat bow. She wears a red shirt with a red button and collar. She also has a red plaid skirt, white tights, and black Mary Janes. She's a laid-back, do-what-I-want type of person that possesses little of Blossom's conservative morals of logic. She is also an instigator of conflict between her sisters. Her element is everything nasty and her signature color is deep red. Although she is Blossom's counterpart, she is just as smart. However, unlike Blossom, Berserk uses her intelligence for evil instead of good.

Brat is the opposite of Bubbles. She is sassy, perky, and trouble making. She has a perky attitude, and is the most unintelligent and rowdy one of the group, in contrast to Bubbles who is sweet, friendly, and sensitive. She has long blonde pigtails held by visible, blue bows. Her hair is longer than Bubbles'. Brat wears a blue tank top with a semi-circle neckline at the top that stops above the navel and a black mini-skirt. She wears six bangles on her arms (four blue two yellow). She also wears white tights with black boots. One big difference between Bubbles and Brat is that, while Bubbles is the timid one of her group, Brat doesn't cry. Instead, she only complains. Brat enjoys sassing people and being a troublemaker. Her element is salt and her signature color is cerulean blue.

Brute is the opposite of Buttercup and the third and final member of The Powerpunk Girls. She, like her counterpart Buttercup, is the most violent and rebellious member of the group. However, she is more violent than her Powerpuff counterpart. She sports a black, spiked, rockstar hairstyle and wears a black dress with a blue spiked belt and bracelets, one on each hand. She wears white tights and fishnet stockings, along with black boots. Brute enjoys being rude, crude and gross towards everyone, including her sisters. Brute's element is vinegar. Her signature color is dark green.

Surprisingly with the addition of Bunny to their group, the Powerpunk Girls really acted as sisters now. After Him recreated Bunny and fixed her up from the mess that her other sisters had made of her. Molding her body to be like that of her sister's just bigger, Bunny and her new sisters had really bonded. They still fight but they do now care for each other thanks to Bunny being the heart of the team.

She and her sisters wasn't alone as a Raggy Ann like skin came walking out of the portal as well. It is Exo-Skin, a synthetic skin made to allow Jenny to pass off as a human being, until it gains sentience. Him also brought Exo-Skin back to life.

Stepping out of the portal is the evil duplicate of Juniper Lee. She was created by Demoness who was trying to free her father Cordoth. Him found where she was banished to and like the other two all of them want revenge on their good counterparts.

Followed by Yang Jake, an evil doppelganger that Jake accidentally makes of himself with a negative dragon chi amplifier. Yang Jake's goal is to absorb all of Jake's other doppelgangers so he can overpower and absorb Jake, becoming Jake Long himself. He held the thermos that held Dark Danny.

"I HOPE THAT YOU ALL DIDN'T HAD ANY TROUBLE?" Bill ask.

"Clockwork didn't know what hit him," Yang said as he opens the thermos freeing Dark Danny.

"Ah free at last," Dark Danny said before he stops upon seeing Bill and Him. "Oh, it's you two."

"YUP AND WE'RE GETTING A GANG TOGETHER TO GO AND TAKE CARE OF THOSE HEROES FOR GOOD. YOU WANT IN?" Bill ask.

"What do you have in mind?" Dark Danny asks knowing that he’s been sealed away for a long time and seeing how Bill and Him are here it means the world he once knew has changed.

"Find more people like you and the others who want revenge and such. Then once everything is in place we strike," Him explains.

"I'm in," Dark Danny said smiling.

“GREAT WELCOME TO THE BAD END FRIENDS,” Bill said.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

The town is under attack with an army of shade demons and giant spider capturing party goers, dragging them away. A dome of dark covered the town cutting off any escape and increased the power of the shade demons. All under command of a group of villains who have revenge on their minds on the heroes who wrong them.

The power of the town suddenly went off as spiders wreck the substations cutting off the power, giving them and the shade demons the advantage in the dark. The only buildings that still had power are those with a backup generator or solar panels that had stored up power in batteries.

The Penguins of Madagascar who came to the town for some fun, quickly took charge of some security guards and fought off the shade demons attacking some children. The robot guards are pushing back the shade demons and spiders creating safe zones. Tambry in one of those safe zones is using her bow and arrows gave people time to escape as she poof the shade demons and killed spiders.

Star and Marco grabbed some lit torches using them to fight off the shade demons and spiders. The light of the torches caused the shade demons to burst apart on contact, followed by Kelly using a flashlight and Tom with his demon fire tore through the demons and spiders. With other party goers using any form of light from flashlights to camera flashes, to defeat the shade demons.

The 30 foot giantess Canyon is dress as the jolly green giant thanks to some body paint, is stomping her giant feet on the giant spiders, like she did to the ones in the forest awhile ago. She’s also using her magical spring water that she wears like a scarf, as a weapon against the spiders and shade demons. Her friend Huntress Wizard is shooting any spider or shade demon that’s clinging to her body as she rides on her shoulders.

Jake in his dragon form flew in the sky as he blocks the attacks from Chang, both avoiding a wall of fire as the flew across the town. Korra had created a wall of flames that drove back the shade demons and spiders. Opening it up allowing people to run into the protective circle. Asami's armed with a blaster is picking off targets, trying to save as many as she could and blasting Ko the Face Stealer.

Sawyer and the other adults from the camp protected their campers the best as they could. Herding the kids into buildings that still had power where the lights kept the shade demons at bay. But they still had to deal with the spiders that weren’t affected by the lights.

Outside of the Dome -

The Daedalus is an experimental flying aircraft carrier developed by the US Department of Defense, designed to function as an airborne operations base. Able to deploy heavy armor and shell ground targets with its huge cannons, it is a force to be reckoned with. And after the merge happen the Daedalus as well as the flying fortress of Sky Patrol were handed over to the new government which used them as mobile bases. Once the SCP was created they were given their own flying fortresses so that they'll be able to response to any kind of threat.

The SCP heli-carrier was currently station at the Tartarus Prison and now is being called to action. The heli-carrier had landed at the specially made landing pad for heli-carriers to make repairs, resupply and to off load prisoners. Like how navy ships need to dock at a port now and than to get new supplies, the old personal get off and new ones come on board.

Once the dome covered Gravity Falls and all communications been cut off, the soldiers station on the heli-carrier began trying to blast their way in. Doctor Buck is calling for some help as it’s a dome event, one of the many events that the SCP has made plans for in case they happen.

Celestia who stayed at Canterlot upon seeing the dome called up all the securitrons and eyebots from Canterlot being the only robots who be able to travel to Gravity Falls Brighton fast, to help. But they also couldn’t get pass the dome of darkness.

Inside the Dome -

Dipper and Pacifica uses Twilight and Wendy's in her deer form to travel around quickly and taking out shade demons and spiders. They came across Pacifica's friends Grenda Grendinator and Candy Chiu both dressed in Star Fleet uniforms. Grenda is covering Candy using a metal pipe. Candy was busy activating a utility Protectron who are still in its recharging station at the fence off substation. The substation was damaged by the spiders, bringing down the power in the area. Candy is trying to get the robot online which it’s charging station is powered by its own backup battery encase of a blackout, so that it could repair the substation. And it be able to help fight as it’s armed with a laser protectron hand the robot has a hand shock to jump start the electric grid.

"Girls are you ok?" Pacifica ask blasting a spider.

"Yes, as soon as, I can get this protectron switch to security mode," Candy said working on the side panel which was padlock till Grenda broke the lock.

"Now we are," Grenda said seeing the protectron recharge station opening up and letting out the protectron. The protectron began blasting the shade demons and spiders, seeing them as a threat to the children near it.

"Here use these," Pacifica said giving her two friends spare blasters.

"Thanks," Candy said as she and Grenda each took a blaster.

Together with the robot the gang blast away at the demons and spiders. Only stopping when there wasn’t any left in the area.

“We need the power back on,” Grenda said to the protectron.

The protectron walk over to the damaged substation and began repairing it. The robot pulled out wires and welding them together, pulling out parts from a supply locker and replacing the damage ones and finally using its shock hand to give the entire system a jump start causing the electrical power to flow once again. The lights in the area turned on driving the shade demons back and letting the people in the area to see what they’re fighting. And the protectron, went on guard duty mode to keep the area around the substation safe.

"Hey over here!" Dib's voice called out to them.

"Follow us," Pacifica said to her friends.

Running over to where Dib's voice came from, they found him, who is dress as a doctor, fighting off a shade demon with a flashlight.

"Thank zork you're here, I- GAH!" Dib shouted as a spider leaps at him only to be kicked away by Wendy in her deer form.

"Dib you got any of your magical stuff on you? It would sure help us,” Dipper ask Dib.

"I got this," Dib said opening his pip-boy and pulling out the Third-Arm Sash from the subspace pocket and putting it on.

"Got anymore magic items?" Twilight ask.

"I’m looking," Dipper said as he looks through his pip-boy.

"What don't you have a fireball throwing thing?" Pacifica ask.

"I couldn't bring something like that at camp," Dib said as he pulls out the Mirror Shield that can reflect any energy attack back at the user.

They all look up as Fright Knight battles the two phantoms high above them. Both Danny and Dani kept the Fright Knight between them as they blasted him with their ghost rays. Down below them are Molly and her friends who are using torches to keep the shade demons and spiders away.

So far the Phantom siblings kept out of range of the Fright Knight's sword the Soul Shredder, which would send them to a subspace pocket world of their worst nightmare. The only way to stop the Fright Knight that Danny knew of was to stick the sword into a pumpkin and chant the words to seal him away.

"THIRD ARM SASH!" Dib shouted using the magical arm like sash to grab Fright Knight and pulled him out of the air, taking him by surprise.

"Come to Mama!" Candy said holding a ghost trap that Dib’s dad made using the blueprints of the Fenton thermos.

"NO!" Fright Knight shouted as he was slammed into the ghost trap in one go. (6)

Danny flies towards Dipper and Dib.

"Thanks man! That was getting pretty..." Danny moves his eyes to see shade demons and spiders running away dragging captured victims away.

“They’re not killing anyone they’re just capturing them,” Dipper said having seen that none of the attackers were besides the villains leading them were trying to kill anyone.

“I’ve been saving as many as I could but there are just so many being taken,” Dani said.

“We need to find out where they’re taking them,” Danny said.

Elsewhere in town -

Mr. Scotdale and his daughters are battling a horde of giant spiders who were attacking some kids. Who had been keeping shade demons at bay with their flashlights, till the spiders showed up. That was when Mr. Scotdale and his daughters showed up and saved the kids, killing the spiders and demons.

"Sweet Mercy, that was annoying!" Isla said pulling out her spear from a dead spider.

“This dome is the doing of Sombra,” Luna said landing with Sunset who had been riding on her getting off.

“Looks like he and the other villains must have gotten someone to give them borrow magic,” Sunset said. “How do we stop him?”

“Last time it took me and Celestia using the elements to stop him,” Luna said.

"Luna get these kids to safety," Sunset said getting off of her aunt.

"Take care," Luna said leading the children away.

"Where's mom and the others?" Cora ask looking around and seeing only about half of them are here.

"Mom and our other sisters must have been separated from us," Lorna said.

"Follow me kids," Mr. Scotdale shouted.

They came across several securitrons blasting away at the shade demons and spiders. Driving them back by the sheer amount of firepower being poured on them. Thanks to their targeting systems the robots avoided hitting anyone else but their targets.

"Hey guys," Scratch waved at them as he rode on top of one of securitrons.

When the dome and the attack happen, Scratch and the other ghosts helped out where they could. Scratch got the ghosts to go and activate as many of the security robots as they could find. Which lead to Scratch finding the new police securitrons that we’re going to be activated next week, and turning them all on.

"Scratch you got the police robots working," Sunset said.

"Yeah the cops were busy so I went and got them all online. The other ghosts are helping and turning on robots,” Scratch said.

“Send some of the robots to search for whoever is keeping the dome up. It’s a unicorn name Sombra, take him out and save the day. He should be near the dome,” Sunset said.

“Well time for this chairman to show why I’m in charge,” Scratch said and ordered half of the robots to stay and fight and for the rest to follow him. He zoomed off with six of the robots to search for the evil unicorn.

"Come kids lets drive them back!" Mr. Scotdale shouted once again leading his daughters into battle.

They came across Other Mother leading her army of giant spiders attacking the town hall. The cops are fighting them off while Scary Godmother and her friends focused on getting children to safety. Inside the town hall people are barricading the windows keeping the spiders from entering from the outside. Sunset and her family charged into the horde of spiders.

Other Mother growls seeing the new enemies charging in and killing her spider army. Then smiles seeing the youngest member of the new group. A bit older then what she's use to but killing the youngest member of the group who look to be a family, would twist the knife. Other Mother ran using her long spider legs and race by the Scotdale family with her using her threads to lasso Sunset who gave out a cry as she was pulled from her family.

"HELP!" Sunset scream as she was dragged away.

Seeing Sunset being pulled away her father and sisters race after her. Other Mother race to one of the buildings where she would climb up and take the young girl someplace where she'll be able to turn her into a doll. Without having to worry about her family attacking her while doing so.

"Oh no you don't!" Mrs. Scotdale shouted bringing down her axe onto the thread freeing Sunset.

"Mom," Sunset shouted seeing her mom and the rest of her sisters coming to save her. Two of her sisters freed her while the other sisters formed a circle around her.

"Petty your daughter would have made a fine doll," Other Mother said facing off with Mrs. Scotdale.

"You're not doing anything to my girls or to me," Mrs. Scotdale said.

"Ha! There's not enough thread in the world to make a doll as fat as you," Other Mother said.

"Oh boy, here we go..." the Scotdale family said.

"FAT!? FAT!? I'M STOUT!" Mrs. Scotdale shouted as she charged at Other Mother.

Mrs. Scotdale already angry that the spider thing wanted to make her youngest into a doll but calling her fat on top of it, is the last straw. Swinging her axe she chop off Other Mother's spider legs as she tried to fight her off. Disarmed Mrs. Scotdale grabs Other Mother by her neck and chokes the life out of her as the smaller woman tried to free herself. Lifting Other Mother up by her neck, Mrs. Scotdale throw her into an open fire pit face first. Other Mother screams as she lifts her face out of the burning pit, only for Mrs. Scotdale to force her face back into the fire using her axe to press her head into the flames.

Other Mother screamed in pain as her face burns. Mrs. Scotdale keeping up the pressure on Other Mother, reached down and grabs the lighter fluid that the owner of the fire pit was using as the BBQ outdoors. Mrs. Scotdale poured the flammable liquid on Other Mother's head making her scream more.

"Calling me fat is one thing but no one threatens my babies!" Mrs. Scotdale said to Other Mother lifting her up out of the fire long enough for her to hear her words before she shoves her back down. She didn’t stop till Other Mother stop moving, which Mrs. Scotdale shoves the rest of the body into the fire.

And with her death the giant spiders no longer under her control acted like real spiders. Running away from the loud noises and bright lights. Which only left the shade demons attacking the town.

Elsewhere -

Oogie is still on the rampage against Jack, which Jack is desperately keeping Oogie's attention on him and trying to lure him away from the town. Oogie, still a giant lumbering abomination of trash and bugs, is all but unstoppable. Oogie grabs and eats a pegasus that flew too close to him, absorbing her passive heart song magic and begins to sing.

'Well Well Well'
'What a pest you are'
'Still around, huh?'
'Ooooh! Can't say I like that!'
'So why don't you just give up?'
'Ya know, surrender!'

Jack, knowing a thing or two about heartsong-combat himself, quickly weaponizes the music to fight back-

'It's over. It's over.'
'Your scheme was bound to fail!'
'It's over! You're finished here.'
'Your next stop will be jail!'

Musical notes manifest and whack the humanoid shape bag of insects from here to Sunday! ...sadly he's not yet done...

'He mocks me, he fights me!'
'I don't know which is worse!'
'I might just split a seam now'
'If I don't die laughing first!'

Oogie summons large metal beams out of the ground to impale Jack, but Jack just nimbly dances out of the way, gathering up his music for another strike-

'What's this, a trick?'
'I'm not impressed.'
'You're bad and now you're tall'
'It makes it all the more'
'Worth while to see a giant fall!'

Once more he shoots out his music, giving Oogie a tumble but not putting him down-

'Talk talk talk,'
'but I'll tell you,'
'This giant's goin' nowhere!'
'If I were you, I'd take a hike!'
'There's danger in the air!'

Sings Oogie as he tries to trample him. Jack continues to sing as well as he dodges and weaves like a boss!

'Woah!'

'(Woah!)'

'Woah!'

'(Woah!)'

'Woah!'

'(Woah!)'

Jack makes his Pumpkin King outfit appear on him-

'I'm the only Pumpkin King!'

He shouts as he uses the music to enhance his flames to engulf Oogie completely.

‘Well, I'm feeling angry,’
‘And there's plenty left to do!’
‘I fought your most unwelcome help’
‘And now I'm after you!’

Sings Jack as he continues his musical barrage.

‘Even if you catch me,’
‘You could never do me in!’
‘I'm ten stories high and just as strong!’
‘Which means I'm gonna win!’

Sang Oogie as he released a swarm of murderous insects from his folds.

'Woah!'

'(Woah!)'

'Woah!'

'(Woah!)'

'Woah!'

'(Woah!)'

Jack summons on his Santa outfit.

'I'm the only Pumpkin King!'

He once again empowers his frosty gifts with music to both freeze over the swarm and drop giant hail upon Oogie.

'It's over, you're finished!'
'You'll never get away!'
'YOU, the Halloween King?'
'That'll be the day!'

Sings Jack as he reverts back to his old clothes and continues the musical mayhem.

'How feeble, how childish!'
'Is that the best you've got?'
'You think that you're a hero Jack,'
'But I think you are not!'

Sings Oogie as he reorients himself and renews his attack.

'Whoa, Now it's time for you to see'
'what it really means to scare,'
'Cause I'm a gamblin' Boogie Man'
'Although I don't play fair.'

He body slams 10 blocks and angrily crawls after Jack.

'It's much more fun, I must confess'
'When lives are on the line'
'Not mine, of course'
'but yours, old friend'
'Now that'd be just fine.'

He makes his mouth ten times taller than the water tower and keeps chomping after the ever artfully dodging Jack.

'Woah!'

'(Woah!)'

'Woah!'

'(Woah!)'

'Woah!'

'(Woah!)'

'I'm the only Pumpkin King!'

This barrage was the biggest yet!

Sadly, although the damage was great. It did NOT end Oogie. Worse, he finally wised up that as much as his inner-thespian loved a good villain song... it wasn't worth empowering his nemesis. So, he spat out the pony, to end the song. And the pony is left forever scared of bugs having been eaten and covered with them.

Disoriented by the sudden loss of his musical accompaniment, Jack was thrown off and easily captured. Oogie slowly raised him up to eat him. This was what he wanted... and he was going to SAVOR it!

So of course...

Twilight using her telekinesis shoves a trash bag full of cans of bug spray she gotten from a store, into his mouth. Causing Oogie to cough at the surprise mouth full and turn his attention to Twilight and her group. He was about to step on them when the firecracker that was lit and place inside the bag of cans of bug spray went off. The explosion caused all the bug sprays to burst releasing all the poison inside Oogie's sack body, killing tons of bugs as the gas spread. Loosing bugs that kept his body together Oogie fell backwards, releasing Jack from his grasp.

As the monster collapses, Jack quickly uses his soul-robber to grab Oogie's brain bug before it can slither away and puts it in a jar to send to Tarterus later. Oogie had lost so much of his essence he couldn't hold onto his new power, and it largely dissipated. Weakening more of the villains army.

Elsewhere -

Juniper jumped out of the way as Auntie Roon blasted her with her staff as she rode on her flying fish. Auntie Roon was laughing as she sent shade demons after Juniper to mob her so she could blast her foe. One of the shade demons grabbed Juniper and she used it as a human shield to take a blast of magic from Auntie Roon.

“So, you and the others all got together to take out me and the others?” Juniper ask dodging energy blasts.

“Got that right. I have been looking forward to this. With my magic back I’m going to get the gang back together and rampage on the human world,” Auntie Roon said.

“Where have you been? Don’t you know that because of me and others, we got the magical world and human world to get along? Sure the elders are still against it and it’s only the young mostly into living together but it’s a start. And you’re not going to be getting monsters to just follow you,” Juniper said as she grabs a display lantern hanging by a chain. Juniper swung it around bashing the shade demons and making them poof away.

“Hey, you have any idea how hard it was getting back to earth after being banished? Thanks to the merge all of us that were banished to a magical prison were freed but of course we did lose our magic. But thanks to some borrowed magic, I’m…. Hey,” Auntie Roon shouted as Juniper swings the lantern chain at her and she blocked it with her staff, which the chain wrapped around it.

"Got it," Juniper said as she lanks Auntie Roon off of her fish and right into her fist. Sending her flying across the street till she hits a the side of a building and falls to the ground out cold.

"What do you know, one good punch is all you need to take down a magic user," Juniper said remembering how Ronnie said that most magic users are glass cannons. And thinking about it, the times that she did fight Auntie Roon, she never did just punch her lights out. (7)

Elsewhere in Town -

The last hour had been weird for Star (well, 'WEIRD' for her anyway). Fighting backside to backside with her boyfriend as they fought off the shade demons and spiders, up till the spiders all just ran away leaving just the shade demons. Seeing Tom, Janna, Unicorn Head and Kelly helping officer Public in setting up a safe zone at the arcade, before they were pulled away by some shade demons chasing some little kids.

Then they wound up smack in the middle of a fight between Korra, and Asami, with Ko the face-stealer. He wasn't alone as he also had many other formerly depowerd spirits from Korra's world. Around them are people who had their faces stolen by the spirit, running around in a panic. The ring of fire that Korra created is still protecting the people inside from the demons and spirits. Around them are fighters from Mortal Kombat fighting off the spirits and shade demons.

"Catch," Korra shouted as she throws both of them some masks to protect them from Ko's face stealing powers.

"So, these are the spirits of your world?" Star ask as she punches one away. With them losing their powers after the merge happening many of the spirits suddenly found themselves being able to be touch by mortals when in the past they were intangible.

"Enough talk more fight," Korra said trying to blast Ko with lightning. "We need to finish these good for nothing spirits."

"Looks who's talking. You have abandoned your duties as the avatar, and not helping us spirits to be restored to our rightful place," Ko said.

"You all think you deserve my help? None of you would help me when I came to you for help with Kuvira. You spirits have a one sided relationship with us humans, all take and never giving on your part. It's always up to the avatar and humans to restore the balance or save the world. While you spirits do nothing on your end, except for the rarest of occasions. And despite all the so-called 'friendships' you all claimed to have forged in the brief time, I had brought our two worlds together. You all ditched us all at the first sign of trouble. And despite the fact that Kuvira's schemes were a clear threat to the spirit world, the spirits vines going nuts and kidnapping people being a huge giveaway to that. You all once again did nothing and made me and my friends do all the dirty work," Korra shouted out. "And you all still expect me to restore all of you back how you all were, when you did nothing to earn it in anyway? None of you are worth saving.” (8)

"Why don't you all just earn it back like Wan Shi Tong did?" Star pointed out.

"I don't need to listen to anything you say. You're the reason why this calamity happens in the first place. Not to mention utterly destroyed thousands of worlds and killed countless others," Ko said.

"You know what? ...your completely right. I didn't think things through, I took the easy way out. I choose to trash thousands of worlds to save my own. I choose to scapegoat magic for all my problems instead of facing my issues with my MOM. There are SO many things I regret about that decision," Star said sighing and stops to glare at Ko. "But freeing my friend Korra of her sucky destiny? AND depowering ungrateful jerks like you? THAT I will NEVER regret."

"You said it," Norbert said as he and Daggett showed up.

"So, this is the face stealing spouty spirit?" Daggett asked.

"Yup," Korra said.

"Well, our friend is immune to your powers," Norbert said.

"Oh really?" Ko asked.

Stump burst out from an alley and stop in front of Ko. Who stared at the craved face of Stump which no matter what showed no emotion. Ko's whole thing was that no matter who he fought against they would always show some emotion and that's how he won as he stole their face leaving them helpless. But facing someone who has a face that can't show any emotion is something that he never had to deal with before.

Stump grabs Ko with the one of the lifters arms by his power lifter’s right arm and applied crushing pressure. Ko tried wiggling free but couldn’t break out of the power lift’s claw. Stump use the left claw to grab onto Ko’s lower body to stop his twisting body. Stump move Ko into a position where they’re face to face. Ko could only stare at Stump emotionless face, which no one had ever managed to do. In one clean motion Stump rips Ko’s head off of his body. Dropping the head Stump brought up one foot up and brought it down on Ko’s still aware head.

With Ko's death all the faces he has ever stolen returned to their owners. The spirits still able to move fled for their lives. Falling from the sky Jake with Chang on top of him as they both hit the pavement.

“Got you now,” Chang gloated looking down at the young dragon.

“No we got you,” Jake said causing Chang to realize that she’s in the middle of a group of fighters from Mortal Kombat.

Shao Kahn struck her with his hammer sending her flying off of Jake. Before she could get up, she was dog piled by the fighters, punching and kicking her. They didn’t stop till she was a bloody mess on the ground. And with her taken out all the shade demons disappeared.

Elsewhere -

Dipper and his group had tracked down where the victims had been taken to, the Barrels & Crates, Incorporated. A small factory that makes barrels and crates that has been around for years. Dipper and the others ran into Huntress Wizard, and Canyon who went with them to save the people taken.

Bursting into factory they found what has been happening to the people that been taken. The Summerween Trickster has been swallowing them and with each person he ate, the stronger he became. He was finishing off eating the last two people the shade demons had caught and brought to him before they all disappeared.

“Mabel!” Dipper shouted as she was toss into the Trickster’s mouth followed by Soos.

"Soos!" Wendy shouted seeing the gofer like man being eaten.

"Tell my story!" Soos shouted as he gets eaten by the Trickster struggling in the Trickster’s mouth trying to free himself before being swallowed alive.

"Alright Trickster put a stop to this now," Dib said pointing his blaster at the Trickster.

"No, I will not stop. I'm so close to having my day known beyond this town," Trickster said lashing out with his arms that grew in length and size.

The heroes dodged the hands that tried to grab and smash them. Dipper and the others armed with blasters fired on the Trickster but the holes they made just healed in seconds. The Trickster began growing in size and gaining more arms which he lashes out at the heroes with. Seeing how they’re sitting ducks in the confine space of the factory the heroes ran outside into the open.

The Trickster growing bigger burst out of the factory and chased the heroes who lead him to the town square where most of the other heroes had gathered. There the other heroes attacked the Summerween Trickster as he grew bigger and grew more arms. Which the heroes had to fight off and destroy when one of the hands managed to grab someone, as the ones that weren't saved were tossed into the Trickster's mouth.

Tambry fired her arrows at the hand that grabbed Huntress Wizard trying to free her. But could only watch in horror as her teacher in archery was eaten. Than she saw a hand zooming towards Wendy who had just ram into one of the hands in her deer form, rushing forward Tambry was grabbed instead of Wendy who could do nothing as she was eaten as well.

Jake avoiding the hands grabbing for him used his fire breath began burning some of the arms and causing the smell of burnt sugar to fill the air. Lemon tried using her powered up energy gun on the Trickster but to her surprise all the blast did was make a large hole in his body that quickly healed. Lincoln bite down on an arm as it grabbed Ronnie and recoiled at the taste.

"Salt water taffy? Gross," Lincoln said spitting out the candy.

"What are you made out of?" Ms. Caulfield asks chopping off an arm with her shovel protecting Six and seeing that it's made up of candy.

"You really haven't figured it out yet? Don't you recognize me? Look at my face! Look closely," the Trickster said pulling off his mask revealing that his entire body is made out of candy.

"Wait that's loser candy," Canyon said seeing the kind of candy that she never eats.

"That's right! Did you ever stop and think about the candy at the bottom of the bag that no one likes? Every year the children and adults of Gravity Falls throw away all of the 'REJECTED' candy into the dump. Made worse since the merge with the candy that both Equestria and Big Apple City make that just end up being thrown away. Do you have any idea how much candy those two places make that just end up in the dump because no one like them? And they continue to make them?” Trickster ask turning his attention to Sunset and the people from Big Apple City.

“Hey, I’m not in charge of the candy factories,” Sunset said.

“Same here,” Bread Pudding said.

“So, I seek revenge; revenge on the picky children and adults who cast me aside. I'm made of every tossed piece of black licorice, every discarded bar of old chocolate with like that white, powder stuff on it. You know that stuff!" the Trickster said.

"I hate that stuff," Juniper said out loud.

"No one would eat me. So now, I'm going to be eating children inst....," the Trickster began to rant but stop as he started coughing and held his chest.

Bursting out of the Trickster's chest is Soos who had eaten his way out. Screaming as he works his way to fresh air Soos tore the Trickster chest wide open. Causing candy to spill out of the Trickster and in the mass of candy are all the people that the Trickster had eaten alive. All awhile being watched by the heroes to their horror.

"Sup, bros?" Soos greeted the heroes as he was still halfway out of the Trickster's chest.

The Trickster falls to the ground vomiting jelly beans. All awhile Soos continues to eat the Trickster to the disgust of all who are watching.

"Dudes, you want some of this?" Soos ask offering some candy to the heroes who all shake their heads not wanting any of that. Wondering how Soos could be eating the candy.

"Wait you actually think I taste good?" the Trickster ask.

"Uh, sure! You know," Soos said.

"All I've ever wanted is for someone to say that I was... good," the Trickster said crying tears of candy corn. "I'm so happy!"

"The crying makes it a little weird, but," Soos was saying as he takes another bite. "Guess I'm still eating."

While everyone was still staring at Soos eating someone alive. Pinkie Pie the pony burst out of the Trickster's chest. The remains of her chicken costume still clinging to her.

"Sup, Pinkie," Soos said.

"I've been traumatized," Pinkie said.

“Me too,” Mabel said popping out of the pile of candy.

"That's... donked up man!" Jake said turning back to his human form and holding his hands to his mouth.

"I think I can't ever eat candy ever again," Canyon said holding onto her lunch. A statement that many shared, as the image of Soos eating his way free and eating a candy person alive is the stuff of nightmares.

"You said it," Huntress Wizard said pulling herself out of the candy pile and helping Tambry up as well.

“Let’s see if this works,” Dib said taking out another ghost trap and to his surprise it sucked a ghostly form the candy. Causing the pile of candy to lose its shape and just ended up a pile. “What you know he’s a spirit possessing candy, or candy that created a spirit.”

“Don’t think about it,” Sunset said and turns to Soos. "Stop eating that candy!"

"Ok," Soos said holding something that looks like a candy heart and when he thought no one is looking takes a bite out of it.

Outside of the Town-

Sombra has been fighting off Scratch and the robots, he created a shield protecting himself from the robots attacks while attacking with his dark crystals that burst out of the ground. Sombra feeling himself being cut off from the borrowed magic from the Tricker and the energy fading from the dome fading. He used the last of the magic to teleport away and the dome fades away as the power feeding it was cut off.

The soldiers and other reinforcements entered Gravity Falls Brighton to help with the aftermath. They also run into the remaining giant spiders and were gunned down or captured. It would take much time to repair the damage done to the town and clean up the mess. Especially the pile of loser candy which Dipper and Mabel had to pull Soos away from, seeing how he kept eating the candy, much to the disgust of everyone else. Which would all be dump into the recycler to make sure another Trickster wouldn't form from it.

Ghost Zone -

Fright Knight had no idea how long he was trap in the thermos but was glade once he was freed from the small prison. He looks around and saw that he was once again in the Ghost Zone and he was back in the castle. A deep pit of cold fear filled him as he realized what that meant.

"Where have you been?" Pariah Dark ask his servant getting his attention onto the king of the Ghost Zone.

"I was on Earth getting revenge on the ghost boy," Fright Knight said as he quickly got on his knees and bows to his master.

"I have bigger things to deal with then dealing with that ghost child. We are at war with the shinigami of Soul Society. They dared to come to my Ghost Zone and claim it for the so called Soul King. Now you shall once again lead my armies in conquering a new realm to add to my own," Pariah said.

"Yes, my king," Fright Knight said.

"Good, now meet your fellow generals," Pariah said waving to the ones behind Fright Knight as he walks to his throne and sat down.

Turning around Fright Knight saw both Undergrowth and Vortex who have become generals in the ghost king's army. There are several figures who he only heard about. As well as 3 leaders of other dead realms.

Then there's Hisako a vengeful spirit hailing from the videogame Killer Instinct. From what he has heard she came from a world with a mega company or something that basically rules the world. But that's just the lore of the game she's in and is more like an actor playing the part.

Spinal the undead skeleton pirate also comes from the same game as Hisako. Both going to the Ghost Zone to live with other ghosts and undead. Once they showed they still had their powers from their game but no longer bond by the game rules, they were made generals in the ghost army.

Davy Jones the undead sea captain of the Flying Dutchman. In the living world he is bond to the sea unable to walk on dry land but for every ten years. In the Ghost Zone however he's able to go wherever he wants and his ship is able to fly. He also has Youngblood with him as his cabin boy.

The current ruler of Hueco Mundo where the hollows and arrancar resides. Ruling from the capital of Las Noches, Tier Harribel had bent the knee to Pariah in exchange of freeing her fellow hollows of their hunger for souls. By ripping off all of their masks, turning them all into arrancars.

Then there's La Muerte and her husband Xibalba the rules of Land of Remembered and Land of the Forgotten. Both of them have allied with Pariah Dark after the shinigami invaded their realms.

And finally Scratch the chairman of the Ghost World and the one who brought the thermos.

"Oh yes there is another thing," Pariah Dark said.

"Yes master?" Fright Knight ask.

"WHERE'S MY CROWN!" Pariah Dark roared at Fright Knight reminding him of him losing the Crown of Fire which added to the ghost king's power.

"Vlad Masters has it. But after the merge happen and the the earth was saved from the space rock, he just disappeared into space," Fright Knight explains.

"The mortals must have taken it," Xibalba spoke up.

"What?" Pariah asked turning his attention to the undead ruler.

"Seeing how Masters tried to blackmail the world so that he could become it's ruler after he caused the blowing up of the space rock to fail. The government quickly seized all of his belongings and assets. So the crown of fire should be held in a vault of something," La Muerte said.

"Well then it's time that I pay the living world a visit," Pariah said.

Author's Note

1 - While you can say that hazing will toughen up people who will be out in the field being shot at and them killing people. Hazing to join a group that doesn't do anything like that and are just for show like the military of Equestria. Is like hazing someone who wants to join the crossing guards of a school. And yes I'm comparing the Wonderbolts to crossing guards as that's all they actually do and never do anything against any of the villains.

2 - Only in fiction people will continue to help people who will never be grateful or pay them for the service.

3 - The Middle-East losing the power it has on the world stage once oil is no longer the number one fuel source, is what probability will happen once it happens in real life. The lion share of income coming from oil sales, will cause many countries in the Middle-East to go bankrupt.

4 - With how much Sunset spent on fixing up Equestria. She is always looking for a way to make money.

5 - Baron Samedi (English: Baron Saturday) also written Baron Samdi, Bawon Samedi, or Bawon Sanmdi, is one of the loa of Haitian Vodou. Samedi is a loa of the dead, along with Baron's numerous other incarnations Baron Cimetière, Baron La Croix, and Baron Kriminel. He is synchronized with Saint Martin de Porres.

6 - The ghost trap works like in Ghost Busters where you don't have to weaken the ghost first to trap it. The blasters the Ghost Busters used are only to force the ghosts into the trap's range. As seen in the scene where a ghost running was trap when one of the Ghost Busters waited for the ghost to come to him and he then activated the trap when the ghost was right on top of it.

7 - Seeing how most magic users aren't the types who can do much without their magic. They're glass cannons who are long range fighters and can be taken out with a few hits. Like how in some games the spell caster enemy is easily taken out once you can get in close.

8 - I would really like to see a series where the hero refuses to help people who refused to help them in their time of need.

Boss Mabel

Gravity Falls Brighton is steadily rebuilding itself, the surviving villains are now in prison expect for Sombra who managed to escape. The remaining giant spiders have been either captured or killed or have escape into the wild, and the people captured all recovering. There were 6 deaths thanks to the spider venom that paralyzed victims having a bad reaction. But it could had been worse if it wasn’t for the heroes who fought off the villains behind the attack.

The SCP are having their workers collect live spiders and anything else from the attack. There are search teams and robots searching the area, for any clue for the remaining villains and the one who was behind the attack. Mitch the magical rhinoceros who had gathered up a bunch of villains for the attack.

Oogie Boogie, status captured.

Other Mother, status dead.

Fright Knight, status released to Pariah Dark.

Auntie Roon, status captured.

Ko the face stealer, status dead.

Chang, status captured.

King Sombra, status escape.

Mitch the magic rhinoceros, status escape.

Summerween Trickester, status capture.

In her office Doctor Amelia Buck uploaded the file to HQ and wonders what was this whole thing for. Speaking with Pariah Dark who forced Fright Knight to talk, Mitch was the one who gathered them together but the one who put Mitch up to it was someone named Bill. Other than that he has no idea who Bill is as all he cared about is getting revenge on Danny Phantom.

“Who are you Bill?” Buck said to herself as she looks at one of the drawings of Bill in her office. Wondering what he’s planning unaware that she’s being watched.

Ghost Zone -

Thanks to the Shinigami and the merger, the ghost zone is increasingly unstable with non-stop fighting, this- among other things -brings instability to Dorathea's realm. There's a (big) minority of Aragon supporters who actively fight against her progressive reforms... the recent conflict has radicalized them. The only thing stopping things from getting worse is the return of the ghost king with Dorathea bending the knee to serve him. Calling upon her subjects to fight against the invading shinigami who while losing their powers in the Ghost Zone, and in their world regain their powers. Their swords can still harm ghosts, spirits and other soul like beings and with them having billions even without their powers they have the numbers. Even if the soldiers weren't much for even the likes of the Box Ghost to beat. (1)

Her advisors suggest marrying someone to give her more legitimacy in the eyes of the more neutral factions and possibly even radical factions. There's only one person she'd be comfortable with... but she's too nervous. But she's determined to do what it takes to save her kingdom. All she needs to do is get the paperwork filled out to visit the mortal world.

After going through all the red tape that Walker had setup for any ghost that wants to visit the mortal world. Unlike how it was before the portals to the mortal world still open at random but fewer then there were before thanks to the merge happening. Now the only sure way to enter the mortal world is by the portal that is located and guarded by Walker. Which is the only stable portal into and out of the ghost zone for both sides.

With the ghost king returning to power and him causing every attack by the Shinigami to become defeats. The ghost king made a truce with the mortal world in exchange for taking ghosts, spirits, and other soul like beings to be lock away. The ghost king would get advance weapons and keep ghosts of his realm from causing trouble, with the ghost king giving his word as a king which while Dark is many things once he gives his word he will not break it. Confirmed by Clockwork the ghost of time. Now the Ghost Zone have allied with other afterlife worlds to combat against Soul Society.

According to Ichigo Kurosaki who before the merge was a reaper before losing his powers to defeat a rogue reaper, revealed that the Soul Society is attacking because they want to bring all the different afterlife worlds under their rule. And revealed that besides the inner section of Soul Society everything else is a giant slum out of ancient Japan. Where the souls living there have no rule of law just the ones that the gangs make for themselves. They all just stay there forgetting their mortal lives and not even being given a chance of living another life as other afterlife worlds did to the souls they have. And the reapers blindly follow orders no matter what. The only reason why they haven’t done anything in the living world is because once out of their world they lose all of their powers and become human.

Not only that their leader an old man wouldn't back down as he won't disobey any order he's been given by the ruling council that are only kept in power by him. With their king not doing anything as he has lock himself away in his own world. With the shinigami looking down on the mortals caused people to not want to side with them and instead sided with the other afterlife worlds. Seeing how bad things are in Soul Society and how backwards things are there.

And the reason why they're fighting in the first place is that the souls that usually come to Soul Society aren't anymore. Seeing how the shinigamis can't use their powers outside of Soul Society they couldn't go around collecting souls. And the souls that just make their way to them are now going to the other afterlife worlds. And the ruling council of Soul Society gave the order to invade and take over the other afterlife worlds, which the shinigamis can't use their powers in and unlike how things use to work, easily die compared to how they use to be able to survive just about any wound. They became just normal humans and once they died they're just dead. (1)

Now with all of Ghost Zone now at war with Soul Society all the former foes of Danny Phantom are now serving the ghost king in one way or another. Skulker and Technus using their advance technology are arming the other afterlife worlds forces. Seeing how the shinigamis only fight with swords, the energy weapons the spirits are armed with give them the edge. The only reasons the other afterlife forces haven't overrun Soul Society with their advance weapons is because of the shinigamis being able to use their powers while there.

Ghosts have been taking apart of raids on Soul Society, from destroying buildings and causing chaos like Undergrowth, Vortex, Terminatra, Nightmerica, and Femalien. To just causing chaos with the souls living in the slums, like Ember and Desiree, causing the souls to riot over their living conditions. Even Pandora is releasing all the evils contained in her box on Soul Society. And Walker's prison is overflowing with shinigamis that have been captured and souls from other afterlife worlds who commited crimes. Force into work gangs to produce the materials to fuel the war machines.

Even as a ruler of her own land she still had to fill out paperwork for the pass to go to the mortal world. The entire gateway from both sides was now like a airport with spirits from many different world's having to wait in line to be search and give their reason for visiting the mortal world. It was the same for the living who are visiting the afterlife. Which Dorathea is now waiting in line like everyone else, right behind several skeletons from one of the Mexican afterlife’s.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

Danny came back from Camp Lakebottom where he told Jake and Juniper about their evil clones showing up again. After all the chaos of Summerween was taken care of Discord showed up revealing that he found Clockwork barely alive. The ones that attack Clockwork were the evil counterparts of several heroes. The evil clones of Jake and Juniper, the evil Powerpunk girls from another universe who came along with the evil counterpart of the Powerpuff Girls late sister Bunny, the Exo-skin that Jenny once used to make her look human. And to top it off his evil future self is now more than likely free.

With Dark Dan free and it's unlikely that he would be caught off guard like what happen last time, Danny was on guard for him showing up. Of course with Pariah Dark free as well and ruling the ghost zone, Dark Dan is keeping low. Seeing how Pariah made a deal with the government for the return of the crown of fire making him all powerful once again. Danny would be worried about the ghost king but seeing how he's at war with those Japan reapers, he has better things to do than to bother with the mortal world.

"Danny there you are," Dorathea said flying to him as he was flying back to Canterlot.

"Dorathea what are you doing here?" Danny ask.

"I'm here because I need your help," Dorathea answers.

"What do you need me to do?" Danny ask.

"Well, my brother still has people loyal to him and with all that's been happening There has been much unrest in my kingdom. And my advisers have told me the best way to ease the tension is by showing the line of the throne is going to be unbroken," Dorathea explains.

"Wait does that mean you want me to be your... husband?" Danny ask looking completely lost.

"Yes, as a powerful ghost as my husband my brother's faction will lose all support," Dorathea said. "I knows how much that could inconvenience you. But if you give it a try I'm more than willing to give you all of the support that I'm able to give to you."

Danny thinks about it... Dorathea... he had nothing against her personally... she could've manipulated or deceived him to marry him. But instead choose to be honest with him. She was even willing to debase herself and be subordinate to him if it meant keeping her kingdom and her people safe... all admirable qualities.

And really... what has he got tying him here? True, his expertise on ghosts were important to keep the earth safe. On the other hand wouldn't those skills and expertise be better served in the ghost zone, were the root of most of the ghost threats were?

His friends and family? Yeah, he had Dani, but she was doing well by herself. He'd mostly broken ties with everyone else... in any case he'd be graduating from high school soon... and he'd been already thinking of moving out of Dani's house and finding his own place, he barely spent any time there as is.

His dream of being an astronaut was sorta unsure. NASA was being militarized, and all exploration was being put on hold and focused more on espionage and defense due to how unstable the cosmos was at the moment. Exploring the ghost zone was probably the closest he'd get to his dream job at the moment (perhaps a NECROnaut?). And thanks to the new and improved ghost portals (thanks to tech bought from aperture), they were portable and he could come to earth whenever there was a crisis that needed him, so he could still keep his job with Sunset.

“You know this isn’t something that either of us can just decide right now,” Danny said.

“I know about the attacks but please keep it in mind,” Dorathea said. “Unless you’re still with Sam.”

“No, I’m not anymore. When I lost my powers she cared more about not me having powers and she being apart of it then me. She never cared about me just me with ghost powers and without it she just stop caring about me,” Danny said.

“She only cared about you as long as you had ghost powers?” Dorathea ask shocked.

“She did and now away from her and my old life. I can actually see her as I should had. She’s a snowflake who only acts as she does not because she wants to feel special and doesn’t care about others just how she want things to be done, Danny said.

Canterlot -

Sunset is walking down a hallway with Private the penguin reminded her that she scheduled time for her family today. After Summerween she hired the 4 talking Penguins who had just stop at Gravity Falls for the holiday as they searched for a place to call home, to be her security detail. The 4 penguins all act as a 4 man army unit.

With Skipper the leader, Kowalski the brains, Private the rookie, and Rico the loose cannon. They really tighten up the security of the castle, even having laser turrets installed in case of an attack. Which while the turrets are in storage the penguins are still waiting for the permits to arrival by mail to be able to set them up. They do have their own unit of new robots that take orders from them. They also all have custom made Mr. Handy’s that act like hover chairs for the penguins to ride on.

Operators are robots that operate Talos I in more tedious tasks: doctors, engineers, scientists, secretaries, etc. Operators are roughly trapezoidally shaped robots that have small robotic arms coming out of them, and can levitate due to technology based on Reyes Field Theory. They were designed to perform menial tasks on the station such as repairing the station crew's suits and restoring their mental resources by injecting them with nootropics, as well as to diagnose and treat their injuries. Military Operators are outfitted with offensive laser beam weaponry.

After the station was rebuilt and GAIA in control of the station along with Jenny and her sisters. They still needed a crew to handle all the tasks around the station, so they used the already existing robots of the station the operators to handle it. And are entering the robot market with the operators who are cheaper but break more easily compared to the robots of Robco. Which Sunset brought up as the price is right and she is Jenny’s friend.

The penguins command a unit of 8 operators, two for each of them. Military operators who are equipped with tasers instead of lasers. Sunset also got some of those suitcase sized turrets for emergencies like what happen at Summerween.

"So what are you and your family going to be doing?" Private ask who is on his chair Mr. Handy, with his two operators following.

"I'm going to be spending time with mom and my sisters. My sister Quelle and her family are visiting and we’re going to be showing them around," Sunset said.

"You mean one of your older sisters who moved out and started her own life?" Private ask.

"Yes, Quelle is a civil engineer and moved to Richland in Washington for a job there," Sunset said.

"All but you being the only single birth? Or is that Sunrise?” Private ask.

"First 9, then 4, then 8, then 2, then 3, then 6, then 5 after that, another 8, then 7, then 3, then 2 and finally me and Sunrise," Sunset said.

"Are anymore of your older sisters going to be coming?" Private ask.

"Well, it’s hard to get all of us all together in one place. Mostly for weddings, when someone died, or a on Christmas. We’re all spread out and me and Sunrise are only really close to our sisters that we actually grew up with. The older ones we only saw during family events,” Sunset said making her way out of her office and into the living room where her family is waiting for her.

“Hello Sunset,” Celestia greeted Sunset.

“What do you want?” Sunset ask.

“Seeing how you have some free time I was wondering if we can’t spend time with each other and get to know each other again,” Celestia said.

“Why you want to?” Sunset ask.

“Why shouldn’t I want to spend time with you,” Celestia said.

“Cut this crap. You suddenly wanting to be my mom when you had your chance to be my mom when I actually wanted you to be my mom. You never reached out to me or anything like that for years. And now you suddenly want to be my mom. Which I don’t need as I have a family now. In fact if the merge hadn’t happen I would had used the mirror to get my revenge on you. That’s right I was going to come back as a villain that you created. Just like you did with aunt Luna,” Sunset said shocking Celestia.

“She was being controlled by the evil that transformed her into Nightmare Moon,” Celestia said.

“And sending her away by herself instead of trying to help her just made things worse. But then again that’s what you do if there’s a problem, you send it away and out of mind, just like you did with me. The only good thing about you adopting me is that it allowed me to takeover and keep Equestria from falling apart. Seeing how you would had done what you usually do and do nothing, seeing how you left Twilight to handle all the stuff you should had done. In fact during the attack where Luna was helping in fighting off the attacking demons. Cadance was late but helped in saving lives with search and rescue. But you never once showed up,” Sunset pointed out.

“I was...,” Celestia began to say but stop and looked away.

“Staying away from danger and not risk your life like how most of the ponies acted during the attack. Talk to me when you actually do something the next time there's an attack then we talk about spending time with each other," Sunset said walking away from Celestia.

Downstairs she walk into the living room where her older sister Quelle is with her husband Charlie and their daughter Allison who is 5 years old. Who unlike her mom is super girly and Quelle does not know what to do with. Which came as a complete surprise given how none of her aunts ever cared about putting on makeup or anything like that, the only time they put that on is when they went out for an event. And like many young girls is going wild around all the ponies.

"Hi Quelle," Sunset said walking up to her older sister who picked her up in a hug.

"Hello Sunset," Quelle said.

"I see Allison is still in her fairy princess stage," Sunset said seeing Charlie doing his best to keep Allison from jumping on one of the pony staff and riding on them.

"She sure is," Quelle said with a sigh.

"Sunset look who also showed up," Ms. Scotsdale said as she enters the room with another woman.

The woman is older than her mom but has the same red hair and shorter and thiner. Clarie Bonnet her mom's sister who use to be a senator before the merge happen and she lost her old job. It was thanks to Clarie that Sunset was able to make the kind of deals that kept Equestia together. And now Clarie is working as a council member for Canterlot City.

"Hi aunt Clarie," Sunset greeted her aunt.

"You really came up in the world," Clarie said.

"What brings you here?" Sunset ask.

"The family is planning on having a family reunion and seeing how this place is big enough we want to have it here," Clarie said.

"It be at the end of summer with the whole family," Ms. Scotsdale said.

"It be nice to see everyone together again," Sunset said.

Elsewhere in the Castle -

The penguins come into the room before Mr. Scottsdale.

Skipper checking room. "Clear!"

Scottsdale rolls eye's as he enters the room. "Oh for crying out loud! I can enter a bleeding room by myself!"

Skipper speaks into his wristwatch. "The pig is n the poke-"

“And I never agreed to that codename!” Mr. Scottsdale shouted at the oversized chicken.

“Returning to base,” Skipper said sliding away on his belly.

“I hear you’re the lass to come to if a person has dream issues?” Mr. Scottsdale said.

Luna nods looking up from her iPad. “Although my power is diminished, I can still enter a dream of a person in my presence.”

“Aw, well that's great! See ever since the merge... I don know.. I've been having the weirdest dreams... I'm fighting with a samurai... sometime where in a futuristic setting... sometime it looks like were far in the past. I don't know why... but these dreams... I feel like their important... like... like they mean something to me. But for the life of me I canna't put my finger on why!” Mr. Scotdale said being bothered by his dreams.

“Very well, get comfortable and try to go to sleep,” Luna said.

"Alright," Mr. Scotdale said as he lay down on the couch and did his best to fall asleep.

Talos 2 -

Sheldon is at the long range communication terminal. He's been talking with Misty about what's been happening back on Earth while she's busy in space. And she’s been telling him about what’s been happening out in the galaxy.

A female Irken by the name of Tak is making a big name for herself as she took over the planet of Foodcourtia. In the tradition of Irken efficiency, the planet was assigned a very specific purpose; in this case, to serve as an intergalactic food court. Even with the Resisty freeing planets from the Irken race, Foodcourtia remained as a breadbasket that was till the supply of food goods stop coming. With the Irken empire falling apart with a number of different planets that supply the food goods to the planet being freed or conqured by another alien empire.

That was till Tak came and took over, making deals with new planets and alien races. Foodcourtia is still a intergalactic food court but also supplies planets with food goods. And has become a rest stop for long space travel by other races. Just about every space faring alien race can be seen visiting the planet for one reason or another. Making Tak who runs the planet very rich and powerful, and because of so many alien races using her planet to get food shipments and as a refueling station, she made it not worth the trouble of angering so many other alien races if someone tried to conquer it.

Which Misty who is still working for Queen Vega is telling Sheldon all about. She was sent to spy on Foodcourtia to see if Tak was up to something. But as far as she could see, Tak was running the entire planet like how she did with Deelishus Weenie which on Dib's world was a fast food chain of hot dog stands.

"I have been wondering about something," Misty said.

"Yes?" Sheldon ask.

"How did you and Jenny got together?" Misty ask.

"Well...," Sheldon said as he began telling her what happen.

He was paying a girl to act as his girlfriend to get her jealous and all what happen to the point where he ended up naked in the bushes. Jenny came back after she decided to go back and give him a chance to explain himself. And found him naked and hiding behind a bush. Jenny laugh at him and asks what happened, and him being completely embarrassed implores her to help him get back into his house.

She scans it to find a less destructive way in then realizes all his stuff inside is missing. She asks about it and he caves in, explaining how he bribed the popular girl to date him to make her jealous. And now he was naked, penniless and now basically homeless.

Jenny laughs at this and then decides to take pity on him. She took back his lovely robo flower and gives him a peck on the check telling him she'll give dating him a try. Which caused him to jumps up and gives a whoop of joy. Only to remember he's naked and just exposed himself to Jenny and everyone on the block.

"And everyone was surprise that for a dork you're a stud where it counts," Misty said smirking.

"Yeah... wait what?" Sheldon asked.

"Blogs," Misty said. "There's alot of talk about you with the girls of your old town."

"Well, I'm betting they're only want me now that, I'm rich," Sheldon said as he's getting money from the technology of Talos 2 that he help figure out how they work.

"Yes, but but you are still a stud. Which also reminds me," Misty said staring at Sheldon. "You're interested in some parts for sex droids?"

"No, he isn't!" Jenny said appearing behind her boyfriend.

"Well how else are you two going to have sex?" Misty ask.

"What?" both of them asked.

"Sheldon builds a sex bot and downloads your brain into that body or just inserts it into the sex bots or whatever," Misty said.

"We'll get back to you on that," Jenny said seeing Sheldon is turning red at the thought of building her a sex bot body.

“Not to mention that he can build a harem for both of you to enjoy,” Misty teased making Jenny hang up.

Canterlot -

"Amazing! Starswirl theorized about this... but he never actually saw it happen!" Luna said to the now awake Mr. Scotsdale.

"Well don't keep me in suspense lass! What is it?" he ask.

"My good sir, I believe your dreams are a temporal echo," Luna said.

"A what now?" Mr. Scotsdale.

"Your dreams are flashbacks of an ALTERNATE you of an ALTERNATE timeline..." Luna explains.

"Well, what in the blazes does it mean?" Mr. Scotsdale ask.

"I don't know...this requires more study. But I doubt it was a coincidence you began to have these dreams after the merge. Tell me besides you being much older and dying and becoming a ghost. Is there anything else that's different?" Luna ask.

"Well for one Sunset never showed up. I mean your Sunset and mine just changed her name to Sunrise," Mr. Scotsdale said.

He still remembers how Tina brought Sunset home saying she found her baby sister sleeping in a cardboard box in an alley and is very sick. Only to find that the sick girl she brought home is a prefect copy of her sister who was home and was staring at the girl who looks just like her. Dental and blood test showed that Sunset is Sunset, and seeing how she was only 7 and a prefect twin to their own Sunset. Which caused much confusion as while they never did a x-ray, he and his wife are sure that there was only one baby. She lived with them and became apart of the family.

Then came the day the mirror portal reopens and Sunset showed all of them that the story of her coming from another world is real. The story of what happen to her in the pony world being all true and how her verison of them had abandon her because she was a unicorn. She thanked them for taking care of her and walk off but was stop as he and his wife grab her and telling her that she is still their daughter.

“All I can remember is that after Jackie boy left in that time portal with that lass of his. Everything started to fade away,” Mr. Scottsdale said.

“It must have been as the time stream began to rewrite itself. That timeline doesn’t exist anymore and your connection to Jack and you being a ghost at the time might have allowed you to keep your memories of that timeline,” Luna guessed.

“So you think of any chance of Aku coming back?” he asked.

“No he would had shown up by now,” Luna said.

Nightmare Realm -

“OK WE AGREE AKU IS A NO GO,” Bill said to Him.

“He had his chance, and he blew it in the end,” Him agreed.

Ponyvile -

Applebloom and Double D look over the newest batch of cider. Both of them are in the testing kitchen of the new cider building where the cider making machine is housed in. As the old machine that needed Mac to run on a treadmill to work, didn't meet the food safety guidelines. And with the new cider machine it was able to produce cider on a scale that the old machine couldn't and better tasting as well.

One of the main reasons Applebloom had convinced Sunset to make her the boss of Apple Acre was her and Double D figuring out a way for their famous Cider at least in Ponyvile to last longer outside of the refrigerator. It was all thanks to a special sap/amber residue they found leaking out of a nearby mountain, it had AMAZING preservative qualities. That still needed some testing done, before they could submit it to the food safety department for their testing.

Leaving Double D to his work and going outside, Applebloom look around as the farmhands are all busy filling out orders and taking care of the plants. There are also Mr. Handies who are program to be farm workers working the farm. Applejack groans as she lifts another box of saplings into the back of a truck.

"Sis put your back into it," Applebloom said.

"I am, why don't you help?" Applejack ask.

"I am. I'm the one who is managing all the shipments and orders," Applebloom said. "You can't just open up a stand and sell this stuff at the units people and stores want."

"Why not? That's how things should be," Applejack said.

"And why the farm was losing money. I made more money in the time I'm the boss then you did after the merge happen. Instead you spent all that time just dismissing me as 'too young to understand' and running the farm to the ground because you want everything to remain the same even when changing would have saved the farm sooner," Applebloom said.

"Why do you keep bashing me over the head with this? You don't do it with the rest of the family," Applejack said.

"Because you was usually the most vocal and the other two family members usually just nodded along. I couldn't really bring myself to be mad at Granny since she's so old, practically raised me, and just as much a victim of you as I was. Treating her like a helpless elder instead of the badass granny she was. Which now without earth pony magic she was now feeling her age. And Big Mac... well, it was just plain hard to dislike a brother who'd been willing to wear a DRESS just to make me happy," Applebloom said.

"Oh," Applejack said.

"Not to mention in addition to never getting off your high horse, being completely useless in regards to Diamond Tiara picking on me," Applebloom said. "Also I'm still mad at you for everything that happened with cousin Babs!"

"Babs?" Applejack ask.

"It was understandable for Rarity and Rainbow Dash not to know what was going on. But how in the BUCK did Babs get away with kicking me out of my bed and making me sleep on the floor- among other things -in MY house, under your NOSE!?" Applebloom pointed out.

"You didn't say anything to me about this to me," Applejack said.

"That's because of your track record with Tiara didn't fill me with any confidence about you actually DOING anything about it!" Applebloom points out. "Especially since you did NOTHING to punish Babs after her misdeeds were known! No scolding, no punishment, not even a slap on the wrist! Instead you just scolded the me and the others for not 'talking to you about it'! And that whole implied lesson of 'because she got bullied, that makes it okay to bully others' made me want to wretch! In what UNIVERSE was that justification to be a jerk to people who tried to be nice to you?"

"But you forgave her," Applejack said.

"I blames that on the 'everyone has to be friends' atmosphere of our former world! Seeing Twilight refuse to forgive you for kicking her to the curb for the wedding," Applebloom pointed out making Applejack winches at that. "And made me rethink things and realize that I let Babs off way too easily! Say what you will about Tiara, at least she never got Physical with anyone she bullied!"

"I...," Applejack tried to say something.

"You're a terrible sister, and I wished that mom and dad were still alive as I wouldn't had gone through any of that with them. But I'm stuck with you who only cares about her being right and keeping the old ways even if it's doing nothing but harm," Applebloom said. Leaving Applejack to slinks away sobbing in shame.

Tartarus -

In his cell the single member of his race the Furons, Crypto watches a commercial the guard is watching on the tv through his cell. The commercial is about new robots on the market, operators which are little helpers around the house. Unlike the robots of Robco that cost at the lowest a used car, the operators are much more affordable at the cost of a new washing machine.

Crypto was interrupted from the tv upon hearing a large group of people heading down the hallway. He looked around the other cells. In one cell is the brain bug of Oogie Boogie who is being contained in a fish tank that's been setup to house the brain bug, placed on a table in the cell. He sees Oliver Foley (from Twilight Zone); a tyrannical, spoiled brat who somehow became president in his world. His White House, like many others ended up in Washington DC. He was quickly arrested and his staff was either also arrested or blacklisted from having anything to do with politics ever again. Professor Coldheart who is so cold and cruel that his very heart has been frozen and likes playing with children. Kats who is in the cell next to his, Huntor who is imprison here because of him being an alien.

A bunch of guards surrounded a single new prisoner.

"Queen Moon?! What's high-class broad doing in a dump like this?" Crypto ask.

"I'm here because of how I am to blame for what happen in my world, causing Star to destroy magic. Mina saying how unfair it was that she got all the blame and I got off Scott free despite all the help I gave her. I realized she was absolutely right. So I confessed everything and pleaded guilty, to being the reason why so many magical beings from my world and others after the merge died," Moon explains before being lead away to the female cell block.

Crypto whistles seeing that. "Dang, I thought my family was messed up! And mine is nothing but clones of me."

Camp Lakebottom -

Ronnie and Six walk past Kuroko Smith (Daily Life With A Monster) as she berates Sun Seto (My Bride is a Mermaid) for once again treating Nagasumi Michishio like garbage just for doing something to help HER out (which it did). And she tells Maki if she keeps making up things to get Nagasumi in trouble, she'd be sent back to Japan. She also berates Sun for AGAIN jumping to assumptions and not listening to anyone else's side of things except Maki's. Smith came along with several Japanese monsters to keep an eye on after so many magical girls made a scene while in Gravity Falls Brighton.

Ronnie and Six return to their cabin to find it spotless and a good meal waiting for them, courtesy of Lincoln who has been helping in the camp kitchen. They thank him and get to eating, they'd grown much closer together... and despite the unpleasantness...

Flashback, day after Summerween -

After being dropped off by Maxine Caulfield, Six’s legal guardian, Lincoln and the girls groan as they enter his cabin. They were EXHAUSTED, they didn't care it was morning with the morning sun peeking over the horizon. They planned to sleep for a YEAR if they could help it.

Lincoln let out a yawn as he takes off the princess dress only to then remember that he'd once again made himself naked expect for his underwear in front of the girls... again.

"Too tired to care..." Lincoln said as he flops on the bed.

"Too tired to tease..." Ronnie said as she flops on the bed beside him.

"I guess we'll have to reschedule our threesome another time," Six said as she flops down beside them as well.

Takes a few minutes for the other two to process what she said...

"Huh?" Ronnie ask.

"Say what?" Lincoln ask.

Six smiles. "Y'know when you first told me we were going to do that- to 'ravish our 'princess' together... I was shocked... but now I'm flattered. It really means a lot to me that you would allow me to take your virginity, Lincoln. I'm a bit nervous I'll mess it up, but with Ronnie by my side I feel like I can do anything... back in my old world, it always 'do or die', 'eat or be eaten'... the idea of love was never a consideration... I'm so lucky to have found it with you."

They just looked at her stunned...

"Whoa, wait. Six, you didn't think we were actually going to-" Lincoln began to say but couldn't finish.

"What? Wait, no. Six, that wasn't REAL. The two rouges saving and ravishing the princess? It was all part of the theme as a joke on Lincoln. It was make-believe, a prank, a tradition. That's the sort of thing you do on Summerween... I'm sorry... I guess I should have made that more clear...," Ronnie said red faced.

"Oh... right... that... that makes more sense... I'm sorry I misunderstood... Oh, I'm so stupid," Six looks mortified and she TRIES to run off... but she's too exhausted.

They comfort her and talk it out.

Six reveals that her world is so crapshack... it wasn't uncommon for her to run into kids her age... 'doing that'... after all... why 'wait until were older'... when you could be eaten, murdered, or WORSE at any moment? The morals of her world aren't anything like in this world, with death around the corner, why form bonds and have love ones when they would be gone before you knew it.

But she'd never felt safe enough or confident enough to do something like that... well... their MIGHT have been one person... she sometimes got flashes. She wasn't sure if it was the past... the future... imaginary... or whether it happened to herself or someone else... But she THINKS there had been a boy in a paper bag?

Anyways, she didn't know if he was real or not so she guessed it didn't count...

She tells them of how HAPPY the two of them had made her. How SAFE she felt with them with her. And how CONFIDENT and better she was for having known them.

Ronnie and Lincoln are flattered... but they point out that as much as they like her (and each other, Ronnie and Lincoln blush with that admittance)... they weren't ready for that, they were TOO young...

"Besides Lame-o couldn't get hard if his life depended on it, not with this tiny, useless thing," Ronnie said as she playfully teases while pointing at his loins.

"Yeah, yeah... laugh it up table," Lincoln said and turns to Six. "Seriously though... friend or lover... we will always be there for you Six... count on that..."

She smiles thanking them and soon they all drift asleep. And when the camp counselors and Maxine who stayed around and wanted to say goodbye to Six before she left came to check the campers and finding the kids in bed together. Maxine and Violet carried the two girls to the girls cabin.

Present -

Six leaves the room to grab something to eat in the lunchroom.

Lincoln chuckles nervously as he turns to Ronnie. “Hey Ronnie... when were older... and IF were ALL still together... can you promise you won't do what most sitcoms do... and have a competition for me or some other stupid frak like that?”

Ronnie snorts in response.

“Yeah, don't flatter yourself lame-o. You’re not THAT cute...,” she then smirks. “Besides... who says I wouldn't be up for sharing?”

Lincoln stares at her blankly... then nervously laughs. “Heh, good one Ronnie. You almost had me going there...”

Ronnie just smiles, takes her meal and walks off...

“...wait... you WERE joking, right? Ronnie? Ronnie!?” Lincoln shouted but she just keeps walking out.

The Lighthouse -

The engineer operator after being turned on went straight to work after being given orders to fix up the emergency generator in the maintenance shed. Maxine has been wanting to get the old generator fixed up for years in her old world but the money to fix it just never came in and with the lighthouse connected to the power grid the city council just didn’t see a reason to get it fix. Which is why she brought the operator, to help her fix things up.

For years she’s been jury rigging repairs with what tools and whatever else she had to work with. After the merge happen and the lighthouse was being used again, Gravity Falls Brighton sent some repairmen to fix up the lighthouse and connect the lighthouse to the power grid and waterlines. But the emergency generator was still left in disrepair as there was no money to fix it.

So once the operators hit the market she got herself one, to help around the lighthouse. The operator soon fixed the emergency generator by repairing the wires and sealing the leak on the fuel tank. All it needed now was some fuel to test it out.

“Alright now that’s done follow me and I’ll show you what else you need to check,” Maxine said to the operator.

“At once,” the voice box of the operator said.

Maxine needed to show the operator where the supplies and parts are for maintaining the lighthouse and the docks that are apart of the lighthouse and her duties. Once she showed and tell the operator all what she needs it to do, the operator would do its new duties, till told otherwise by herself. She would need to tell the operator to obey Six too when she comes around. The operator will be able to do jobs that are dangerous, like cleaning the sides of the lighthouse and the glasses, which with the operator being able to fly, be easily be able to do the job.

As she walks down the staircase, Maxine couldn’t help but remember the scene she walked into where Six is sleeping on the bed with her two friends she made. She’s glad that Six has made friends even if it’s temporary. Because they are summer camp friends and summer doesn’t last forever.

In an apartment -

A man watches the news in his apartment after coming back home from work. He listens to the news reports about what's happening around the world. Then there was a report on the kids rescued from the moon, the Kids Next Door. The kids are struggling to adapt to a world filled with COMPETENT adults that aren't just cruel for the sake of cruel. Many of their 2 by 4 technology no longer works like they did in their world. And that kids couldn’t survive for on their own without quickly finding themselves hungry and without a safe place to sleep.

Made worse by their mindset that adults can’t ever be trusted because of how adults were like in their world. With them even having a story how adults were created by children, with many of them not able to understand that children can’t be around without adults. With many of them not believing how children are made after the talk about the birds and the bees. With only those with older brothers or sisters who have kids of their own already knowing about it.

Then there's how they can't just eat nothing but junk food without it causing them to become fat and other health issues. No longer able to do things like using a swing to launch themselves high into the air and land onto their butts without breaking something. They couldn't fight an adult without being beaten, thanks to being bigger and stronger the kids. And that they no longer have parents to house, care, feed, and love them.

The kids had just found themselves struck in their moonbase after the merge. With anyone who tried to leave in their spacecrafts built with duct tape and bubblegum... not work and the kids onboard the badly made ship dying. Then how in the months before they were rescued, they struggle to survive in their base that shouldn't had worked in the first place. The food spoiling, the water becoming dirty, their clothes becoming dirty and them not liking to take baths in the first place cause many to become sick. There were hundreds of kids on the moonbase at the start and there were only 86 of them left. (2)

"So, the kids are learning that unlike in our world they're no longer able to do things as they use to in our world. Reality is hitting them hard. But not as hard as me," Toilenator said as he's been learning about the new world he found himself in.

It was like a blindfold was covering his eyes in his world. Now that he's no longer in his world where he learned that some worlds just had different rules in how people acted and could do. Like in those shows and cartoons where you can do anything you want and it be fine the next day. Or the people will always fall for even the dumbest tricks like putting on a hat and no one will be able to tell it's not you. He learned about this world and no longer playing by the same rules that the kids are clinging onto anymore. He's no longer the dumb villain he was before. (3)

The Pig Farm -

Dr. Von Reichter looked over his current experiment with interest. His experiments have been expensive and much resources have been poured into it, but the results are baring fruit. The man who he brought in, to run the pig farm business, a Hoggish Greedly (Captain Planet) has been bringing up the cost of the experiments. Greedly who had no idea what was going on, was worried about the pig farm going broke. It seemed that in his world he came from old money and all the business ventures he came up with where he consumed more then what he made in profit.

Once he found himself in this world he found he had nothing. He's now very tight fisted in money matters, but still ate and ate mostly of the meat the farm produced. Also coming up with new ways to make money, like all the bio-waste being produced and pig parts that would had just been sold as pet food. Be put into a recycler where the organic matter could be made into something else, even if the parts weren't coming from pigs but after being recycled no one would be able to tell where the organic cube came from. Which is why Greedly hadn't been replaced.

Dr. Reichter begins to record his findings. “Have discovered the copier can only hold one template at a time. The template can be used repeatedly till it’s replaced with a new one. Useful to test multiple times on the same subject with different methods for different results.”

He puts down his tape-recorder for a moment to make some adjustments to the test chamber. He then brings up the recorder yet again.

"As I've mentioned numerous times. One of my largest current obstacles in my thaumaturgical research. Is the fact I must either limit my potential hideouts to somewhere in this small town or makes deals with less-then-trustworthy individuals to gain 'borrowed' magic for myself to continue it."

"This, needless to say... is NOT ideal for numerous reasons. Among other things, I fear I will be eventually forced to choose between suspending crucial research or risk getting caught by the authorities. Especially considering all the heightened security that has occurred recently. So I've attempted to create a magical creature that can simply GIVE the borrowed magic when ordered..."

"Of all the genetic templates I've... 'acquired'... the one most capable of being a conduit for raw mystic energy have been the ponies. Even when greatly depowered from the merge, they still had the greatest magical potential."

"This is seen more in the alicorns then any other. Even though no longer able to move their respective Celestial bodies, they are still considers by many to be three of the most powerful magic users in this town. Even if they can’t use anything but passive powers. Sadly, all my attempts to create my own alicorn using samples collected from the 3 princesses have ended in failure. Like the clones of the other templates, no samples can be collected. Have taken the bodies apart and found that there is nothing inside of the copies, just paper.”

“None of the alicorns have magic in them. Using the recycler the only cubes that come out is organic. The copier is completely useless to gather samples. But is useful for other research and to create Fixed Ideas to serve as cannon fodder. Does not work on non living subjects.”

Entering the lab Dr. Reichter walk pass the twins who are busy chopping up a body, one of his failed clones. They're getting all the meat to be used as food for his other experiments, with what's left going to be thrown into the recycler. He walks pass the tanks that held the clones, which take time to grow but yield valuable data.

In the tank before him is his newest creation Fossil. Using samples taken from the remains of that lizard like thing and the other reptile that's been changed by what he discovered to be called a Deathclaw thanks to those robots from that wasteland future. He discovered a virus that changed the reptile into a hulking beast. Thanks to that he has been able to make great progress in Fossil.

His body is almost indestructible and heals in seconds as long as it has food to fuel its regeneration. It looks like some kind of dinosaur though not one that had ever walked on the face of the Earth. At least in his world that is. The 12 foot tall creature is pale in colored; its pebbled flesh is a glowing pink because of the red liquid that surrounded it. It's long and powerful tail like a crocodile or alligator can swing with enough force to cut a human in half. It has small eyes and a heavy and rounded snout of a carnivorous dinosaur. It also has long and thickly muscled arms and hands with slender grasping fingers.

It's currently asleep in a medical induce coma. Connected to a thin hose is a small clear mask that covered its nostril slits and a band of plastic is tied around its thick snout to hold the giant jaws closed. On its head is a device that is downloading commands to its brain. Learning from his past mistakes, all of his creations now have a powerful hypnotic suggestion implanted into their minds, preventing them from ever cause him harm in anyway and have to obey his commands. (4)

The Mystery Shack -

Stepping off the bus after losing on the game show, Stan looked around at the shack. He had made a bet with Mabel about who could make the most money in with their different ways of being a boss. Which is why he was on that game show to win the money he needed to win that bet. Only for him to run into of all people Eda Clawthrone his ex-wife, who is traveling around the states with her new boyfriend Raine Whispers.

Needless to say the game show ended in flames, to make a long story short.

Returning to the shack, Stan found it looking the same, just covered in golf tees. Rusty is freeing Soos who is covered in rope for some reason. Frank the two headed dog is barking as he chases the strider around, with Wendy riding on top of it trying to tame it. And Dipper is covered in pistachios jelly and being chased around by hungry lamas, Twilight and her two beaver friends Norbert and Daggett, are running and in the case of the beavers riding on the lamas.

“Long story,” Mabel said who is wearing a suit covered in peppermint pieces.

“Same here,” Stan said as he and Mabel stared at the scene before them.

“Call it a draw?” Mabel ask.

“Draw,” Stan said not caring what had happen to cause this mess. Not after he ran into Eda again.

A loud crash came from behind them and turning around the two saw Ed, Eddy, and their new friend Darryl McGee. Ed has on a suit of armor, Eddy has on a pink ballerina outfit, and Darryl has on a diaper and a bonnet. All 3 of them are inside a hot air balloon that crashed landed, with the ballon having a giant pin needle in it that cause the balloon to pop.

“Long day?” Stan ask the kids.

“Yup,” Eddy said sighed.

Flying through the trees came the food truck of Strawberry Shortcake, with her friends Orange Blossom, Lemon Meringue, Blueberry Muffin, Lime Chiffon, Raspberry Tart, Bread Pudding, Sour Grapes and Huckleberry Pie inside. All of them are screaming as the out of control food truck is flying around thanks to the giant flys that have surrounded and carried off the truck. Behind the truck flying after it, is Danny and Dani Phantom.

“Yup a very long day,” Stan said walking into the shack and pretending he can’t see the pillar of water that Korra has created at the lake to do something or Molly who is in her wright form flying around said pillar.

It’s just been a long day and he doesn’t need anymore stuff on his plate.

Author's Note

1 - For spirits, ghosts and other form of souls in the merge world once they die, they're just dead. Not like in Southpark where Satan's boyfriends are able to just keep on killing each other and they just come back the next day.

And that goes for energy beings like the nine tail fox still sealed in Naruto. As tons of people kept telling me that as an energy being he couldn't be killed. Then word of god the one who created Naruto in the first place went and made it clear that the fox and others like it can be killed. None of the people who told me that they couldn't be killed had return my emails after rubbing it in their faces.

2 - The world of Kids Next Door with all that happens in the show and what the kids could do in it. Once in a more realistic world, none of their duct tape and junk machines would ever work and most would die just trying to do the same stuff they use to do or hurt themselves badly.

3 - I know having Toilenator of all people being a real villain is too much for some to take. But seeing how Elmer Fudd can be made into a realistic villain for Batman to fight in their crossover. I can take someone like Toilenator and make him into a real villain. And he does have his moments in the tv series where he shows that if he had the confidence and less dumb, he can be even more powerful than Father.

4 - Putting a hypnotic suggestion to keep the bio weapon from going out of control is something that is rarely ever done.

Bottomless Pit

"You HAD to interfere, didn't you Mable? You couldn't just leave well-enough alone... just let people handle their own problems their own way...," Dipper said as he and the others made up of Soos, Wendy and Twilight who are repairing the fence around the bottomless pit.

"Come on! I just wanted Grunkle Stan to lie less! Was that so wrong!?" Mabel asked.

"When it leads to Stan telling Mrs. Scotsdale she's FAT to her face, YES!" Wendy said causing Soos to shudder.

"I didn't think it possible for a man's head to be shoved up his own ass without killing him...," Soos whimpers. "...there are some things you just can't unseen..."

"That was because of that necklace that gives the wearer rubber hose cartoon like movement. Which is why Stan is only in the hospital for the pain and sore muscles, not a broken body," Twilight said.

Twilight came with Blackwood, she is chronicling his adventures to put into a book. Seeing how Blackwood being a sea slug who needs to live in a tank of saltwater, he was stuck being carried around in a fish tank. Or in the big tank at the Canterlot Natural History Museum where he and Trembley worked at in telling people about how things were like in their time.

Then Dib who loved the stories told of Blackwood's had his dad create as special robotic suit based on the Robobrain. The braincase of the robot which while there are some people who signed up to have their brains placed into a braincase and have their life extended by being a cyborg, is missing the brain but is filled with saltwater. The water is filtered and circulated keeping a steady supply of oxygen for the pilot Blackwood. Who uses his psychic power to talk to others to control the robot, like how the brains of people could control the robot body. He is inside the shack looking over the displays.

"Which is why Sunset is paying the bill for his treatment and why the truth teeth are now in the SCP hands to see if they can't figure out a way to make it into a fool proof lie test," Dipper said.

"Seriously Mabel, didn't you learn anything when you nearly made Stan blind because you refused to accept someone COULDN'T have a favorite color of all the stupid reasons....," Twilight said as she she trails off annoyed.

"HA! Asking Mabel to pay attention to ANYTHING, let alone a LESSON for 5 seconds is apparently asking too much!" Wendy said.

"I’ve been trying. I’m just not good at it yet,” Mabel said.

Causing everyone to groan in frustration.

“Mabel we had this talk after the mailbox. You got to stop acting like the idiot character before you really mess things up. And actually, think of what you’re going to do before doing things,” Dipper said.

“I have been improving right?” Mabel asked.

Dipper looks uncertain. "...uh..."

A sudden gust of wind causes a piece of paper to fly into Mabel's face causing her to panic losing her vision. Which caused her to run around and into the pit which Dipper grab onto her as she was falling, followed by all the others grabbing onto him as he was pulled down with his sister. Blackwood coming out of the shack hearing the screams saw what was happen and rolled to the pit. He extended his arms to grab onto Soos but the weight of all the others hanging on pulled him down as well. Soon all of them were pulled into the pit and fell into the darkness. With the only one who saw what happen being the faceless man with the floating head, who had watched it all happen.

In the Pit -

"We're somewhere where it looks like we're nowhere." Said Twilight said flatly as she and the others fell down the pit with no signs of them stopping anytime soon.

"You just had to panic just because of a piece of paper," Wendy said to Mabel.

Dipper just sighed as he looked over at everyone falling in the hole.

"Hey, maybe we should pass the time by telling stories," said Soos suddenly.

"Oh yes a great way to pass the time," Blackwood said.

"Yeah! Story!" shouted Mabel excitedly. "Me first!"

Everyone else shrugged.

Mabel rubbed her hands excitedly. "Okay, once upon a time-"

CRACK!

Before the group's eyes a crack in time and space appears sucking them in.

Ghost Zone -

Clockworks eyes widen as he let out a gasp as he sat up on the bed he's laying on. He's still recovering from the beating he was given by the evil counterparts of some of the heroes. Helping him to recover is Kronika who has been staying at his place to help him out along with Father Time. Kronika with her own time powers has been helping Clockworks in his time duties.

"What's the matter?” Kronika asked.

"Something has rip open a hole in time and space," Clockworks explains.

"To where?" Father Time ask.

"To another universe which thanks to the merge has become a very hard thing to do," Clockworks said.

"Really?" Father Time ask.

"You have to find a weak point just to be able to open a hole to another universe," Clockwork explains.

"So, what happen?" Father Time ask.

"Dipper and his friends have been sucked into it," Clockwork said.

"And where does it lead to?" Kronika ask.

"A world that Blackwood has been too and he knows how to open a way into the universe. Father Time would you be so kind to go and tell Trembley what has happen," Clockwork said.

"He should still be at that western theme casino. He's there as a greeter," Kronika said.

"I'll go and find him," Father Time said riding off on the Wheel of Progress that is pulled by giant hamsters.

"This is going to be interesting to watch," Kronika said to Clockwork.

"Yes it will be," Clockwork agreed.

SCP-093 -

Dipper and the others found themselves in a farm field, long abandoned, in the middle of which stands the remains of a scarecrow, fragments of which are left are rotted and torn. Nothing grows in the tilled land. A farm house is visible to the right of the field, large, two stories, a basement shelter entrance is visible at one end.

"This place looks familiar for some reason," Blackwood said taking the lead.

The others follow Blackwood to the perimeter of the farmhouse. They saw children's bicycles, a boy's and a girl's, laying against the house near the shelter doors. One of the doors to the shelter lay in the grass, torn from the entrance as evidenced by splintering wood. On the stairs lay clothes arranged in a descending order, shoes to shirt going down them, belonging to a boy.

All but Blackwood were repelled by the stench coming from the basement. Blackwood rolled down the staircase as his sensors detected something. The cellar of the farmhouse is unremarkable and typical. Several wooden shelves line the far wall containing unidentified canned substances. Broken light fixtures sway gently from support beams.

Once in the basement Blackwood found a metal hatch is visible in the ground, similar to a bulkhead on a submarine with a turn handle. The handle of the hatch is old, and the paint chipped. Blackwood turned the handle and opens the hatch. Dipper and the others began coughing at the release of the old, stale air. Blackwood looked down the hatch, it is a white concrete tunnel with a long ladder leading down into it.

"Someone died down there," Wendy said, having smelled dead bodies before thanks to Robbie's parents running the cemetery.

“Smells like it,” Soos agrees.

"You know I been feeling weird," Twilight said as she felt something but it's like she knows what it is but doesn't know what it is.

"Feel what?" Dipper ask.

"Like something that...," Twilight's horn flickered as she suddenly casted a light spell making the dark basement light up.

"You got your magic back!" Mabel shouted out.

"My magic is back!" Twilight said as she felt her magic returning after a whole year of not using it. "This place must be another universe. The portal that open must have been what brought us here."

“Wow,” Soos said.

"Twilight if you be so kind as to lower me or teleport me down to the bottom," Blackwood said.

"Oh sure," Twilight said using her magic to teleport Blackwood down to the bottom of shaft, by turning Blackwood into a ball of magic and sent it flying down the staff till it reached the bottom and reformed into Blackwood.

The bottom of the shaft was a bunker ill-suited for long term usage. It is spacious, about half the size of the actual cellar itself, containing three bunks, one for a couple and two for single use.

Several boxes of food marked as cereal fill a waste container near the hatch bottom. On the beds are two skeletons and on the floor is a third, lying next to which is a simple six shooter revolver containing no ammunition. Three spent casings are across the floor near the gun. On the other side of this skeleton is a bound book in good condition and what Blackwood grabbed to look over later.

He looks around more of the bunker, focusing on a desk where a newspaper has been cut and is in good condition. He picked up the clipped articles. Little else of interest to be brought back up. Trash bags containing clothing, a few children’s toys resembling popular 1950s era products are lined against the wall. He put the toys into his inbuilt Pip-Boy to hold them.

"Ok pull me back," Blackwood shouted.

Twilight cast the return spell and Blackwood soon found himself back in the basement.

"I found this," Blackwood said placing the book and the articles on top of a box.

"We also found this strange amber like stuff," Wendy said holding a glass jar with a sample of the stuff in it.

"Where is Mabel?" Twilight ask noticing that she isn't there with them.

"Over here," Mabel said standing on top of the stairs where they entered.

"Mabel don't leave the group don't you watch horror movies?" Wendy snaps at her.

"Look," Mabel said waving for the others to see something.

In the distance far from the farm, two massive, humanoid beings are crawling across the landscape. They are featureless, facing at an angle moving across the field of vision so the faces are only visible for a few moments. From what they could make out it is clear that they have no facial features. The arms they use to drag themselves are short at times and long at others, stretching out to varying lengths each time they move. There are no rear area to the beings, all bodily design appears to end at the torso. The two creatures take approximately ten minutes to disappear into the distance.

"What was that?" Wendy ask her deer woman instincts telling her to run.

“It’s like something out of a nightmare,” Soos said.

"Something that I had hope to never see again," Blackwood said.

"You know of them?" Dipper ask.

"Yes, and I fear unless we find a way to leave this place then we're trap," Blackwood explains as he regal them with his tale of his first and last visit to this world.

"So, there's is a clay dish that open portals to this world. So there must be one here also," Twilight said.

"Yes, that's what I figure as well," Blackwood agreed.

"Hey, listen to this," Dipper said having been reading the book and news clippings.

'Most Holy Father Announces Progress, Unclean Being Cleansed!'

'A rare public address directly from the Most Holy Father of The United Lands of the Son has declared that the Blessed Militia has driven back many of the Unclean who are skulking our lands now. New Rome, our capital, has been purged of the Unclean and citizens are encouraged to come back to their homes. Citizens who live in the surrounding countryside should not return to their farms, as the Unclean still roam the fields and plains around our glorious city and continue to grow in size.'

'The Blessed Militia has developed new weapons which have proven capable of punishing the Unclean and driving them back into the Unfertile Lands. Construction has begun of a system to permanently close the Unfertile Lands off from our Blessed Lands in each affected area once all the Unclean have been driven away. The Most Holy requests that all citizens of our United Lands bow in prayer and offer tithe to recognize the sacrifices of our Blessed Militia in these troubled times.'

'Reports have been coming in that falsely accuse the Blessed Militia of having committed sin against the citizens whose homes they are inhabiting as they travel bravely through Contaminated lands. The Most Holy would like to remind the people that blasphemy against any who wear His mark is the most grave of sin and unfounded accusations will be punished accordingly. We should work to support He and His Men however possible just as they lay down their lives for us.'

'The Sinful Rebels who ——'

"It just cuts off from there," Dipper said.

"Things had gotten worse from my last visit," Blackwood said.

"So, what do we do?" Mabel ask.

"We head to the city and see if we can't find the Blessed Militia HQ. If the disk is anywhere it be there," Blackwood said taking the lead.

Canterlot Hospital -

With his body sore and sprain after the beating that Mrs. Scotsdale gave him after calling her fat. The only bright side is that her daughter Sunset is footing the medical bill.... anything he wanted... for FREE. So, he’s staying in the hospital for a few days while the staff fixed the damage done to him... among other things. His body was already being healed by a water bender nurse but water benders can only heal physical wounds.

“Hi Mr. Pines,” Sunset said visiting him.

“Oh hi,” Stan greeted her nervously as he tried to conceal his panic.

“I heard that the hospital is keeping you here for a few days doing tests and other treatments on you," Sunset said.

Stan chuckled nervously

"Yeah... listen, I know the stuff I'm billing you seems a bit MUCH for what your mother put me through. But I can explain that," Stan began.

"Relax Stan, it's fine. Feel free to use my money to fix all your other issues. It's the least I can do to make it up for what my mom did to you. But that's not what I'm here for. It's about Mabel," Explained Sunset.

"What about her?" Stan asked.

"There has been talk about her being sent packing back where she came from. With all the things she has done and her being the one responsible for ruining the chance of having any question answered from that mailbox. She is now the most hated girl around," Sunset said.

"Tell me about it," Stan said. Mable has been very confused with how she went from many friends to a social pariah, while Dipper went from conspiracy nut, social outcast to being seen as more and more a hero. Who has a UNICORN as a friend, which she keeps reminding him is her life-long dream, taken from her by her brother who up until that summer HATED ponies! Well her pony plush toys at least.

"There's a growing amount of people who considers Mabel to be like that talking starfish and that Dee Dee woman. She’s only being shunned because while she did destroy the chance of asking questions to the mailbox. It’s not like she’s an idiot who just walk pass lots of people telling her to get in line or stop and just put that video in causing the mailbox to disappear and then try to laugh it off as no big deal," Sunset said.

"Tell me about it. She’s only gotten off being shunned because there wasn’t anyone else but Dipper and Soos around. And she does know she made a mess seeing how there was an angry mob. But she is still a kid," Stan said.

"Yes, which is the only thing protecting her right now but the moment one of her kids being kids thing gets someone hurt worse then you or killed. Kids younger than her have been sent to court as an adult," Sunset pointed out. "She needs to learn that she can't do what she wants all the time without people stop caring she's just a kid and just beat her. Like what happen in South Park with that Cartman kid or whatever. That mob beat him till he was almost dead and cut out his tongue and his fingers."

"I'll handle it. It's a family issue and I'll take care of it," Stan said.

"I'm surprise her parents hadn't shown up yet after the mailbox thing happen," Sunset said.

"Yeah I think they're on a camping trip," Stan said trying to remember where the kids parents said they were going while they're by themselves.

“Well Mabel needs to stop doing what she’s doing. She can’t act like this is like those worlds that are like a tv show where she can do anything and the world resets and everyone forgets what she did the next day,” Sunset said.

“I’ll handle it don’t worry,” Stan said having flashbacks of getting kicked out from his house and other things. Mostly of mobs chasing him out of town. ‘I won't let our family crumble again! Everyone makes mistakes... I won't let Mabel suffer for that... not like I did.'

SCP-093 -

After picking clean the farmhouse so of anything that could be useful with Wendy grabbing an axe from the tool shack to use as a weapon. As well as the double barrel shotgun on the mantel over the fireplace, but couldn't find any shells for it. The farmhouse didn't have much they could use, the food was all spoiled with only a sealed jar of honey still being good after Wendy smelled it. Better than nothing, when they get hungry. Seeing how they had lunch before they fell into the pit, but they don’t know how long they be stuck in this world for.

There was nothing else of use as the amber like stuff seem to have spread around the house and covered about half of the house. Dipper had to stop Mabel from touching any of the toys they found in the children's room as the amber covered them. They did found a silver candlestick and a silver ashtray which Wendy said to take as they can smelt them when they get back home.

“Are these coins gold and silver?” Wendy ask showing Twilight and Blackwood the coins she had found in a small wooden box.

“Yes they are,” Twilight said looking at a gold coin that’s the size of an American dime.

“Worthless as currency but I’m guessing they could be sold to collectors and be melted down,” Blackwood said.

“Ok, we hit more stores and anything else. I want to make money on one of these adventures,” Wendy said.

While they were doing that Soos had fashion one of those carts that are attached to the back of a car to be pulled by Blackwood. When Mabel asks why doesn’t Twilight just use her magic to teleport all of them to the city. Twilight explain that she can’t just teleport to a place that she never been to, she needs to know where she teleports to, or she might teleport all of them into the wall of a building. Which is why unicorns who can teleport use line of sight to teleport to avoid that happening. Or the teleport spell she used on Blackwood where she turns the one she used it on into a ball of energy and use a smaller ball to lead where the end of the ride is.

“Besides I need to conserve my magic for when we really need it. I don’t know if my magic will work on those things we all saw but it could be the only thing that will keep use safe,” Twilight said while watching the landscape fly by as Blackwood pulled the cart with them in it.

“I have no idea what those things do to people, and I don't want to find out the hard way," Dipper said wishing that he had brought the size changing flashlight with him. Wendy had given the crystal back to him after telling him that he shouldn't go and use it on his manhood as he still has his growth spurt to look forward to where he'll be doing alot of growing. "I really should had brought a pack with me or at least have a pip-boy to store all my stuff in."

"Good idea, I could use one myself if the pip-boy wouldn't slip off while in my deer form," Wendy said.

"We all need to be armed. I dealt with these giants before, and I barely got away. The bullets those holy men use are the only thing that can harm them. But that was before, I do have hand blasters and Twilight's magic which might harm them. From what I gathered you can't touch them or something happens that people never told me," Blackwood said.

"I'll get the shotgun," Mabel said reaching for it only for her hand to be slap by Wendy.

"Oh no you don't. You're not getting your hands on the shotgun you'll just end up shooting one of us or yourself or just get one of those monsters attention by shooting it," Wendy said.

“What about me?” Soos ask.

“Here,” Wendy said giving Soos the shotgun.

"But don’t forget that it doesn't have any ammo," Dipper points out. "We're only taking it with us because we might come across some ammo for it later."

“And I can use it as a club,” Soos said having watched enough action films.

"Then, I can shoot," Mabel said.

"No," everyone said.

"Why not you all got to shoot during Summerween," Mabel said.

"We were all fighting for our lives back then. And unlike laser guns the shotgun will have a big recoil to it and you'll be knock back which is why Soos be handling it. He’s big enough where that isn’t an issue with the recoil,” Wendy said.

“Doesn’t have ammo but I can still use it as a club,” Soos said swing the shotgun around like a club.

"Why can't I?" Mabel ask.

"Because you haven't fought anyone or shown you can handle yourself in a fight," Twilight said.

"I was captured with Soos,” Mabel said.

“I’m not letting you use a gun that can break your arm with the recoil and that you might shoot one of us instead,” Wendy said.

“You do care about me,” Mabel said.

“No, I just don’t want to be shot or you crying out in pain drawing those things to us,” Wendy said.

“That’s mean,” Mabel said hurt.

“Mabel everyone is still mad at you,” Dipper said.

“Come on people aren’t going to stay mad at me forever,” Mabel said.

“I’m mad at you,” Twilight said.

“Same here. In fact the only reason we’re even around you is because of Dipper. You’re just the spare tire,” Wendy said.

"I can help," Mabel said.

"Like that race with that alien lizard guy? Which only happen because you set him off?" Twilight ask.

"Not listening and got me landing right in the middle of Wendy's mom and her friends party," Dipper said turning red remembering what he saw before he was pulled out. He had no idea how Wendy’s mom could be ok with all those other women on top of her.

"Come on it wasn't that bad," Mabel said waving it off.

"The only reason things didn't ended badly was that Dipper landed between me and Lilith. We got him out of there before anything else could happen," Wendy said.

"Mabel this isn't the time or place where you can act like you and pretend that nothing bad will happen. Those things will kill us. Not hurt us just kill us. I will die in front of you if you mess up," Dipper said.

"Come on Dipper you gotten out of worse things," Mabel said.

"That was because I didn't had you around," Dipper said.

"What do you mean?" Mabel ask clueless.

"What, I mean is that I didn't had to worry about you being you and causing a bigger problem then what I already have to deal with," Dipper said.

"Dipper I'm your sister," Mabel said hurt.

"And what does that have to do with survival?" Dipper ask.

"Kids quite," Blackwood spoke up. "We're entering the city soon."

The kids look to see the road they been traveling on is changing from farmlands to urban setting and taller buildings began appearing the deeper they got. They had to be careful as out in the farmland they could spot the giants easily while in the city they could be behind tall buildings. They saw all the hallmarks of riots and people trying to flee in their cars, like so many movies they had seen where civil order breaks down and people are all trying to survive. It was just that there are almost no bodies at all, just clothes. They saw some bodies that have been decomposed to skeletons in crash cars and such but there were just mostly clothes and luggage that have been left on the ground.

"Blackwood you're getting anything?" Wendy ask.

"No," Blackwood said using his scanners and finding nothing, till he spotted what looks to be a police building. "We should find information over there."

"And look a high end jewelry store," Wendy said pointing across the street. It was a jewelry store that wasn’t looted thanks to the metal bars covering the windows and door.

"Wait you want to loot that store?" Twilight ask.

"Sure, why not? It's about time one of these adventures payout for us. Besides I like to get something out of this that puts money in my pocket," Wendy said walking across the street with her axe ready.

"I'm going with Wendy," Mabel said.

"Alright just be careful not to trip the alarms," Dipper said.

“Don’t worry I’ll just break into the fuse box and shut the power for the building,” Soos said still having his tool belt.

“Is the power even still on?” Wendy ask.

“Oh yeah the farmhouse didn’t had any power at all,” Dipper said.

“Can’t set off something that runs on power when there’s none,” Wendy said walking up to the store window.

Wendy swung the axe at the window of the jewelry store smashing the window. Hearing no alarm Wendy ask Blackwood to melt the lock with his hand blaster, which he did allowing Wendy to enter the store followed by Mabel and Soos. Once inside Wendy broke into the office of the store and began looking for the keys for the cases.

“Ok look for the keys and bags to carry the loot,” Wendy said looking over the display with all kinds of rings in them, some plain while others have gems on them, all being made from silver or gold.

“We can use the suitcases that are on the street,” Mabel suggested.

“Also, the good stuff should be in a hidden safe,” Soos said.

“How you know that?” Mabel ask.

“Games and movies,” Soos answers as he looks through the files kept in the office for the combo for the safe.

“Got the keys,” Wendy said as she tosses Mabel a large leather shoulder bag she found. “Come on follow me.”

“Ok,” Mabel said following Wendy to the first display case which Wendy unlocks and began emptying out the display full of earrings.

“Found the safe code and this decorated silver photo frame,” Soos said holding up the picture frame that still has a photo in it.

“Take it,” Wendy said.

“Right,” Soos said taking out the picture and dropping the frame into the bag Mabel is holding and began looking for the safe while holding the paper with the code on it.

“Hey why don’t we empty the cash register too?” Mabel asks helping in emptying out a display of necklaces.

“The bills wouldn’t be what we use. But they might be using silver and gold coins,” Wendy said as she finishes emptying a display of bracelets and walks over to the cash register and smash it open with her axe revealing paper money that they couldn’t use but there are silver, copper and a several gold coins. She grabbed the coins and drop them into the bag then went back to emptying the other display cases. (1)

"I get something bigger," Soos said as he leaves the store and came back with a suitcase. The suitcase is one of many that have been left behind by the people trying to flee for safety. Soos dumps the clothes in it and soon was filling it with the jewelry from the safe.

“Me too,” Mabel said giving the leather shoulder bag to Wendy and she went outside and came back with a suitcase.

"You guys done looting?" Dipper ask as he, Twilight and Blackwood enter the store.

"Just about," Wendy said dropping rings into the bag Mabel held. "You found a way back home?"

"Think so," Twilight said.

"There is the Holy Order HQ in this city but there is also a museum close to here that display several holy artifacts which might hold one of the disk we need," Blackwood said.

"Which is closer so we should stop by there first just in case there is something," Dipper said.

"Didn't you had one of those disk?" Mabel ask Blackwood as she’s grabbing earrings and dropping them into a suitcase.

"Yes, I do and if we had a way to contact Trembley he could open a portal for us," Blackwood answers.

"Ok lets go and loot the museum, plus anymore stores that we can loot," Wendy said finishing up looting the store.

“I’ll check the office for any more hidden safes. We should get as much loot as we can. We’re never going to be able to do this again and not be arrested,” Soos said.

“He makes a good point,” Dipper said joining in on the looting.

Poland -

Her name is Mommy Fortuna a witch and the owner of the Midnight Carnival. She is pretty poor at magic, hence why she captures normal animals and enchants them to resemble mythological creatures. But somehow she found herself in a new world where her magic was gone. The two hired hands left her and her animals were taken from her, including the unicorn and the harpy.

The government that ran the country she found herself in Poland, place her into a home for old people in exchange for the unicorn and the harpy. While the living arrangements aren't anything to complain about. In fact, her living standards have been greatly approved with indoor pipes that gives her all the clean water she wants, and the toilets, with the toilet paper. With the food she has been given better then she had ever eaten. In her old world how, she was living now was grander than any king or queen.

"It's not enough, is it?" Him said visiting her in her room.

"I told that unicorn that I know my magic is a sham, and angrily ask if the unicorn really believes that becoming a third-rate carnival mistress peddling third-rate illusions to gullible peasants is what I wanted to be when I was young and full of ambition," Fortuna said.

"So, what will it be? Spend the few remaining years of your life here or try it again?" Him ask.

"What I want is to be like you. An immortal demon who is young and powerful," Fortuna said.

"Oh, that's all? But remember you're working for me till I let you go after you served your purpose," Him said.

"Yes, I'll serve you till I repay you," Fortuna said.

SCP-093 -

"Looks like people made their last stand here," Twilight said looking at the wall of cars that are all stacked on top of each other till they reached the very top of the buildings on either side of the street. And are 4 cars deep so that the monsters couldn’t just push their way through.

"Twilight teleport us onto the roof to see what we're dealing with," Dipper said.

Twilight teleported everyone onto the top of one of the buildings. Where she and the others got a good overview the museum. All the streets that lead to the museum is blocked off by stacks of cars, trucks and what else the people who put them up could find. The museum is surrounded by a fence that is electrified thanks to the cables from solar panels and a windmill powering it and the building. There is also a garden growing around the museum and what looks like several rain catching barrels.

"It looks people are still alive here," Soos said. "Just like in that zombie movie with people living in a mall."

"You think they're friendly?" Wendy asks.

"Hope so, it be nice to know what happen here," Blackwood said.

"Hey a pegasus!" Mabel said pointing to the lone flying figure in the sky and waving to the pony.

"It is a pony," Twilight said in surprise.

The pony flew down revealing it to be a male pony wearing armor.

"A unicorn?" the pegasus ask.

"You're Flash Magnus," Twilight said recognizing from the pictures of him in her books.

“Who?” Mabel ask.

“He is a member of the Pillars of Old Equestria,” Twilight said.

“The what?” Mabel ask again.

“The pillars are the old heroes who use to protect Equestria. Their leader is Star Swirl the Bearded a wizard from the dawn of Equestria's history, who knew Celestia and Luna over a thousand years ago. He was mentor to them, as well as Clover the Clever, and created more than 200 spells. Regarded as the most powerful and magically gifted unicorn in history, he has a wing in the Canterlot castle archives named for him.”

“Rockhoof a earth pony from a seaside village that dreamed of nothing more than joining the warriors of the Mighty Helm that protected it, but he was too scrawny and weak. When a volcanic eruption threatened the village, Rockhoof's will to protect it was so strong that he spontaneously grew into a mighty stallion, and rapidly dug a trench to divert the lava flow and save his people.”

“Mistmane a famous unicorn sorceress, Mistmane was the most beautiful pony in her homeland. While she was away to study magic, her friend Sable Spirit botched a spell to make herself beautiful and made herself ugly, and in jealousy ruined the village to take away its beauty. Upon her return, Mistmane performed a powerful spell that restored both Sable and the village to their former glory, but did so at the cost of her looks.”

“Flash Magnus a pegasus soldier from the Cloudsdale Royal Legion. After a pair of dragons captured his companions and his allies were too afraid to attempt rescue, Flash Magnus distracted the dragons with nothing but a magical shield to defend him. His comrades were rescued and Flash Magnus became honored for his bravery, keeping the shield as proof of his valor.”

“Somnambula the namesake of a village in Southern Equestria, Somnambula was a Pegasus who gave hope to her people in times when a Sphinx terrorized the land. When the prince of her village tried to stand up to the Sphinx and was abducted, Somnambula rescued him by walking across a narrow bridge blindfolded, relying on his voice to guide her. The furious Sphinx flew away and Somnambula became honored by her people as a hero.”

“Mage Meadowbrook known to most as a world-renowned earth pony sorceress who possessed eight mystical items, Mage Meadowbrook moonlighted as an elusive masked healer called the "Mystical Mask", traveling Equestria to heal the rarest and most terrible of diseases.”

"Come I'll take you inside with the others," Flash said wondering what's going on.

Inside -

"The spell that sealed all of you away when the merge happen must have sent you here instead back in Equestria," Twilight said comparing notes with Star Swirl.

"We been surviving as best as we could our magic been keeping the monsters at bay. We had believed that we landed in a future world of Equestria where a new race had taken over or at least in a country where there are only humans. But it is disheartening to learn what happen to our world and magic being gone," Star Swirl said.

"I rather be magicless then having to deal with the monsters of this world," Mistmane said.

"You have any idea what happen here?" Blackwood said having told his tale of his last visit to this world.

"Nope, all we know is that those monsters that have been crawling around will absorb you when they catch you," Meadowbrook said.

"How you know that?" Wendy ask.

"The pony of shadows was absorbed by one of them. The monster that did it has become bigger and colored black as the result. The normal monsters seem to follow it around," Somnambula said.

"Speaking of which why haven't we seen any of the monsters while we were coming to here?" Dipper ask.

"We did stop alot and looted plenty of stores," Mabel adds.

They had stop by several other stores on the way. Stealing things that they could sell in their world, mostly things made out of gold and silver. They also stole things like pocket watches, silver candlestick, silverware made from real silver, silver and gold plated belt buckles and other things that they could sell. Not to mention picking up tons of those strange looking crosses that are made out of silver or gold.

There were lots of holy stuff made out of gold and silver which they picked up seeing how there isn't anyone left to care if it’s holy or not. With all of the true believers gone and no one caring to learn the faith, the holy icons are just pretty looking objects. Which would just be smelted down and made into something else. What’s the use for a holy object when it’s just a thing and no one cares about it.

The even stopped at several banks where Blackwood getting into the fun of looting, blasted his way into the vault. Where while the paper money were all worthless, they did found plenty of coins made out of silver and gold which this world used as well as some bars, and others stuff in the deposit boxes inside the vault. There are also plenty of copper coins and bars which could be sold for the copper. They used the cart they rode in to carry all the bags and suitcases that is full of loot, with the cart now so full of loot that they couldn’t ride on it anymore.

"They're all around one what I think is a big military compound deeper in the city. There are a bunch of humans who suddenly showed up a couple of months ago," Ironhoof said.

"What do they look like?" Dipper ask.

"They're all wearing black robes and at first were all armed with just swords before they started using the weapons called guns. They're lead by a man with a strange black and white face name Mayuri Kurotsuchi," Flash answers.

"What are those Japanese reapers doing here?" Dipper ask out loud. "But it does mean they have a way out of this world."

"That's what I figure but I can't get close to the building without being shot at. Somnambula took months to heal after she was shot with those weapons of theirs," Flash said.

"All we can figure out is that they're trying to control the monsters. We seen them using strange machines and even capturing the monsters," Somnambula said.

"I did heard that the ghost and reaper war is heating up. They must be here trying to control the monsters," Soos said.

"If the monsters can absorb the pony of shadows then they would be able to do the same with the ghosts," Twilight said.

"When we get back we should tell Phantom about it," Wendy said.

"Why not you just make a magic mirror like you did before that we can just step through?" Soos ask Star Swirl.

"I could but the materials that I need are all only found in Equestria," Star Swirl said.

"Is this the building that the reapers are hold up in?" Blackwood said having taken a map from the police station and mark where the holy order he didn't bother to remember the name of HQ. He place it on a table where the ponies could all look it over.

"No it isn't," Somnambula said having seen the city from above long enough to make out where the building is located at.

"Good the disk should be there," Dipper said.

"One problem that's close to the compound and a number of those monsters are there," Flash said.

"Ok so we get in and out of there before anyone see us," Dipper said.

"But how do we get back to our universe?" Wendy ask.

"We can make a mirror to be like the magic mirror Star Swirl made," Twilight said.

"I just said I would need things only found in our world," Star Swirl said.

"Or close enough where it links to the mirror you already built so that once we have the disk it can link us to the mirror in Canterlot," Twilight said.

"Yes, that could work," Star Swirl said.

"So how do we get to the building?" Blackwood ask.

"With the number of those monsters wandering around that part of the city. The safe way is by flying," Flash said.

"Which means me and Dipper are the only ones who can go," Mabel said her eyes sparkling.

"You and your brother are the only ones we can carry," Somnambula said looking at the two lightest and smallest of the humans.

"Ok so we just need a plan once we get there," Dipper said.

"I have a plan," Mabel said.

"Mabel just follow my lead and we should get home in no time," Dipper said.

"He is the smart one," Wendy said.

"And remember what happen when you were in charge of the shack," Twilight adds.

"Right," Mabel huffed wanting to do more but people just keep on pointing that her plans never work out while Dipper's work most of the time.

“Mabel remember that all you need to do is stay with me and don’t do anything dumb that could draw attention of those monsters,” Dipper said.

“Don’t worry, I won’t be doing anything dumb,” Mabel said.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

At the Gravity Falls and Davenport's Outlet Mall, or GFDOM, thanks to no one being able to come up with a better name for the new combined mall. Molly is hanging out with her friends Andrea, Libby, Kat, Sheela, Tammy Myers, and Dani Phantom, at the food court, at the new burger restaurant that has replaced Flavor Burger. The Flavor Burger restaurant owner was found guilty of false advertising by claiming that her burgers are made with Brighton turnips while actually using parsnips, which is considered an unforgivable crime and betrayal in Brighton. Now Flavor Burger has moved into a food truck and is serving the non meat burgers around the casinos for people who don’t care if the burgers are made from parsnips.

The new restaurant is The Egg Barrel, it serves egg burgers. Either sunny side up or scrambled on a bun, with the customer being able to add to the scrambled orders like adding cheese, onions, mushrooms, and other ingredients mixed with the scrambled eggs.

“This aren’t bad,” Molly said as she and her friends ate their orders.

“Well, I hope so,” Andrea said as her new personal operator flew over with her order.

“So what can that robot do?” Libby ask.

“Can do small stuff like grabbing light things for me, help me keep track of things, hard to reach places, has GPS, can write down what I say when texting, has wifi, even has a taser,” Andrea said listing off what she remembers.

“Why not a Mr. Handy?” Tammy ask.

“A Mr. Handy does cost the same as a car,” Dani said.

“My operator cost about the same as a new washing machine,” Andrea said.

“Aren’t there some add ons you can buy?” Sheela ask.

“Yes or you can just buy one that you need, they have all kinds of operators for sale. The standard one that I got, or the ones that already has the attachments you can buy for the standard one. I just got the one that has the taser attachment. Like that one,” Andrea said pointing to the operator that is fixing a broken light, while a utility worker is watching.

“It be nice to have a repair robot around,” Kat said.

“Me and Danny already have a Mr. Handy that keeps our place clean. It’s a perk of being heroes on call for Sunset,” Dani said.

“I would love to have my own robot buddy,” Molly said.

“You already have a ghost buddy,” Libby said.

“Oh… right,” Molly said.

SCP-093 -

"Ok how did Mabel do this?" Wendy ask as she and the others barricaded the main entrance of the museum as something bangs on the wooden doors from the outside.

"She heard beeping in a room and decided to leave the group. When we notice she was gone we found her playing with a keyboard that made some techno sounding music. Which open up all the canisters of holy tears that were also in the room. It caused the monsters who were just wandering around outside to start to swarm the building," Dipper explains.

"But it did open the door that lead to the disk," Mabel pointed out.

"But you went and taunted the monsters as we were flying away," Flash said.

"Causing the black one to come after us," Somnambula said.

"So how did it get past the wall?" Ironhoof ask.

"It climbed over the wall," Dipper said.

"They never did that before," Meadowbrook said.

"Well, the black one didn't know where we were till now," Flash said as he and Somnambula always avoided the black one, that seemed to be smarter than the rest.

The pounding on the door stop as a loud boom sound was heard outside.

"Let us in!" Twilight's voice shouted outside.

Pushing the displays and benches away from the door, Wendy open the doors and she was greeted by a sight that caused her to jump back. The others quickly saw the pile of dead bodies outside, with Blackwood, Twilight, Star Swirl and Mistmane standing outside. Blackwood had taken the time to make the same weapon he used the last time he was here. Using what he found on the way from the fallen defenders of this world. Combine with the unicorn's magic caused the monster to break apart and all the humans who had been absorbed into it were freed. But were all long dead due to years of being inside of the monster, expect for a freaked out Stygian who is curled up in a traumatized fetal position shivering.

"Come hurry inside the other monsters are trying to break through the wall," Star Swirl said looking behind him as the wall of cars shake from the monsters pressing themselves against it. Who weren't smart enough to climb over it like the black one did.

"Stygian?" Ironhoof ask seeing his old unicorn friend.

"He's been freed from the darkness," Twilight said as she lifts him into the air with her magic. "Come let's go home."

After barricading the main doors again, that is the only entrance that's big enough for the monsters to get inside. They all gathered around the new magic mirror which is a large one placed on the wall. Blackwood placed the disk on the mirror and stuck his robot arm into it, with it sinking into it like the surface of a pool of water.

"So how do we know it's safe?" Soos ask.

"Mabel wants to test it out," Wendy said volunteering her.

"What?" Mabel ask before she was lifted into the air by Twilight and flung into the mirror.

"Twilight!" Dipper said.

"What?" Twilight ask back.

"Ok what's going on?" Sunset ask sticking her head through the mirror. She was surprise to see a robot hand poking out and then Mabel come flying out of the magic mirror which she had placed in her office.

"It works," Mabel voice called out.

"Stuck in a different universe where we can use magic but it's full of monsters," Twilight said.

"Really?" Sunset ask as she pulls her head out and shortly comes stepping through with the crown of friendship in her hands. She kept the crown and necklaces of harmony in her office as a display. She snapped her fingers and created a ball of fire.

"Sunset what are you doing?" Twilight ask.

"I have been wanting to do this for a very long time and now that I can use magic again, I'm going to do it," Sunset said placing the crown on her head.

A bright light blinded everyone as Sunset grew a set of blood red wings grew out of her back. She became a few inches taller and gain a buffer built then she had before. Making her look more like her amazon older sisters then she looked before, she's still small but she looks to be on her way of being just like her older sisters. A red star shape tattoo appeared on her forehead and a horn made out of red energy appeared on it. (2)

"Wow you're like a magical girl now," Soos said.

"Yes, and I feel great," Sunset said as she looks at the group. "Star Swirl and the other pillars?"

"It's a long story," Star Swirl said.

"Come on through the mirror I like to see if I can still use magic back home," Sunset said.

"But first help with taking this stuff with us?" Wendy ask pointing to the many displays that she and the others had gathered from the museum many being priceless artifacts. As well as the cart that the gang rode on while Blackwood pulled it. The cart is loaded with the bags and suitcases full of loot they had stolen from the stores and banks.

"Ok," Sunset said seeing the pile of loot before her and a great way of paying off the debt.

Canterlot -

After emptying out the museum of it's artifacts and contacting SCP about the Shinigami doing something in that world. The magic mirror was taken by Danny who took it to the SCP base where either they will handle it or the ghosts will, or it be a joint operation. Sunset for her part after stepping back out of the mirror was delighted to find she still has her wings and is able to use magic thanks to her drawing magic from the tree of harmony. Being borrowed magic and allowing her to be one of the few magic users who can still use spell casting magic. Which made her wonder about the other necklaces of the elements being able to do the same. But with the mirror being in the hands of the SCP that could wait. Her family seeing her new form thought her new form and powers was neat. Even if Sunrise didn't like that Sunset is now taller than her.

In the Throne room Sunset had Stygian is exonerated for his past crimes. Dipper and the others had already headed for home. After hearing his side of the story Sunset had laughingly compares the pillars to the human Mane 6. Because they were so quick to jump to conclusions and kick Stygian out of their group without explaining himself, much like the mane human 6 broke apart over some measly texts.

"Congratulations ESTEEMED Pillars of Equestria, you have the same tenacity and problem-solving skills as a bunch of high school girls. I'm curious, did you even let him explain himself? Or did you just kick him out then and there?" Sunset ask.

"...the later..." Star Swirl said blushing like the other pillars.

Stygian just sigh. "...in fairness... I guess I could have just told the others what I was planning..."

Sunset continues to tease them by making comparisons between their situation and the situation that broke the main human 6 apart... Forgetting that Rarity is sewing her clothes currently in the room.

"What!?" Rarity ask who came to the castle to alter Sunset's clothes for her new wings.

"Dang it, forgot you were here...." Sunset groans as she explains herself.

Rarity... actually takes it well.

"You're... taking this surprisingly well...," Sunset said.

"Well, I'd probably have been more furious BEFORE the Merger, but after... well seeing your world and livelihood quite literally fall to pieces around you- especially when you have a younger sibling to take care of. It really changes a person, make them take stock of their lives... and me and the other girls... well... we had fun, we had many good times I'll cherish... Buuut, looking back all our differences may have made us a very dynamic and interesting as a group... but conversely it also made us a bit of a powder keg. Maybe if we had a sane, sensible person like you or Twilight leading us it wouldn't have been so bad and eventually we could've made it work as we matured. But, without that lynch pin, even if you hadn't done those texts. We eventually would've fallen apart again, probably at the word of a complete stranger on the flimsiest of evidence... or something like that... It's sad... but what can you do? Really, I have a good life now, good friends that get me for me, and a job as a royal tailor... so... I probably should be mad... but nah..." Rarity said as she goes back to work.

"Well with that over with," Sunset turns to the pillars. "Seeing how much things have changed over the years and thanks to the merge. I like to hire you all to work for me at one of the theme parks or casinos."

"Wait you want us to be entertainers?" Ironhoof ask.

"Having legends of the past here can help bring in people and money," Sunset said.

"What about the treasure?" Mistmane ask.

"I'm several billions in depth after making deals and getting loans to modernize Equestria and fix many issues that Celestia refused to deal with. Even with the sell of the artifacts I'll still have alot to pay off," Sunset explains. (3)

"Ooohh," the pillars said.

"But you all can do as you like but know I have some jobs for you," Sunset said taking her leave to get in touch with a number of museums and some countries who would be interested in getting their hands on some of the artifacts she now has. There are also a number of fossils that would sell for some big bucks.

"Star Swirl?" Celestia voice rang out as she and Luna came into the throne room. Both of them learning their old mentor had came back along with the other pillars they drop what they were doing to see them once again.

"I'll leave you all to yourselves, I have some calls to make," Sunset said taking flight.

"Sunset?" Celestia ask staring at her now alicorn daughter.

"I finally became an alicorn thanks to the crown of magic. Plus I can now use magic again," Sunset said creating a ball of fire in her hands.

"Sunset the transformation is corrupted, it's full of rage," Celestia said.

"You need to transform back to normal," Luna agreed.

"I'm only full of rage because of you Celestia for keeping me from what I always meant to be. Besides I'm already in charge around here and ruling better then you ever did. So there wouldn't be anything different besides me using magic," Sunset said.

"No you will mistreat the ponies," Celestia said.

"As if I wasn't already doing that already. The ponies that you only care about and not any of the other races, are a bunch of sissies who can't handle not being in control of things and that I don't just give them what they want or me not treating them better then everyone else. They already see me as a tyrant because I don't baby them like you did and look down on them, belittle them any chance I get. So what will be different?" Sunset ask.

"She has a point," Luna said.

"Sunset with this power you will follow a dark path," Celestia said.

"By our old world's standards you mean," Sunset said as she flies off.

At the shack -

After Soos left for home, Wendy, Twilight, Dipper and Mabel rested at the shack. With Stan still at the hospital Twilight and Wendy have been staying at the shack to look after the twins. With none of them in the mood to cook they ordered some pizza and soda. They began looking over the loot they collected from the other world. Blackwood had already left with his take from the loot saying that he always wonder what robbing a bank would be like.

"Ok so how are we going to do this?" Twilight ask all of them are in the twin's room.

"Well, there's Stan," Dipper said.

"The jewels, watches and other stuff can be sold to the supplier of jewelry stores or the stores themselves. One of my aunts works in the buying and selling old jewelry and such things. As for the other stuff we took from that world, Sunset is going to handle the sale of the artifacts and give us our cut later," Wendy said.

"That leaves the gold and silver coins and bars," Twilight said and seeing Mabel stacking the coins and bars like building blocks.

"We could just sell it to those places that buy that stuff," Dipper said.

"Or just have my aunt help us sell it or with Stan seeing how he would know how to sell it," Wendy said.

"Or I can just ask Stump who will give us a fair deal," Twilight said.

“Those movies never really get into how hard it is to actually sell off the loot is,” Dipper said.

“Well in Grand Theft Auto 5, that fat guy has connections so that the loot can be sold from the heists,” Wendy said.

"So how much money are we looking at here?" Mabel ask.

"At least a few million and seeing how it cost us nothing to get it and with Soos getting a cut we all should have enough to be set for life," Twilight said.

"I'm buying all the glitter!" Mabel said.

"As long as no one spends it on things that they don't need and go crazy with it," Twilight said staring flatly at Mabel.

"Mabel don't go crazy you do need to plan ahead. Don't you have any plans for the future? Where do you see yourself in 10 years?" Dipper ask.

"Who cares I'm rich! Who cares about the boring adult stuff," Mabel said just blowing any thought of the future.

"You're going to spend it all and have nothing leftover to spend on stuff you actually need," Wendy said.

"So, what, I'm rich now, I can buy my way out!" Mabel said earning her flat looks.

"Well, it's clear that Mabel being an idiot who lives in her own little world. Isn't going to survive once she's an adult," Twilight said.

"Unless she becomes one of those still lives with their parents because they can't survive otherwise," Wendy said.

"Hey," Mabel said.

"She's right," Twilight said. "With how much it cost just to rent a apartment in some places. Many people have to still live with their parents as they can't find anything they can afford."

"That's true but she'll be the woman child who never grew up and has no job. And once her parents are gone or finally had enough of her she'll end up on the street," Wendy said.

"Hey," Mabel said.

"Unless you help pay the bills or help around the house, I can't see you being able to stay in your parents home as a adult if you stay as you are now. With what you been doing since you got here. I'm not surprise that your parents wanted a summer with you away," Twilight said. (3)

"Hey Dipper does she acts like this back at your home?" Wendy ask.

"Pretty much, just not as big of a mess," Dipper said.

Mabel was shocked as she keeps excepting Dipper to defend her. But he just remains silent and now not taking her side. The doorbell ringing got Wendy and Twilight to leave the room, leaving the twins alone.

"Dipper why didn't you defend me?! We always have each others back!" Mabel said.

Dipper just gave out a sigh. "We did Mable... but lately... it's starting to feel more and more one-sided..."

"What?" Mabel ask.

"I can't keep doing this. You expect me to do anything for you, while doing nothing for me in return. Would you only care if I was doing the same thing to you? Not to mention that even after the mailbox thing you still don't think in what you're doing. Or just follow my lead which you didn’t and got those monsters to chase us," Dipper ask her leaving her stun.

“Dipper,” Mabel said hurt.

“What I’m the bad guy because I pointed out how you’re acting. At this rate you’ll end up just like that Dee Dee woman who went and cause that meltdown and when interviewed about what she did just tried to laugh it off. Just like you do when you do something wrong. What is with you and not taking anything seriously unless it’s about you. You’re acting like those people from, The City where Dib comes from. Being so dumb it’s amazing that they can remember to breath, which is how people see you around here,” Dipper stated.

“People don’t see me like that,” Mabel said not believing what she’s hearing.

“You went and cause whoever was answering questions for nothing, just wanting to enlighten people, to be so reviled by you stuffing gummy worms up your nose that it cut off all contact with us. How many people who had important questions lost their chance all because of you? How about everyone laughs off how that pig Waddles you loved and care about more than the life of Wendy. Who cares if the dumb pig died it’s not important at all, its just a pig that was bred to be slaughtered for food,” Dipper said.

“Dipper don’t joke about that. You know how much it hurts,” Mabel said shock her eyes tearing up remembering Waddles.

“And you cared more about a pig than Wendy," Dipper said.

"I... just," Mabel said unable to say anything just looking at her brother with pleading eyes.

"Don't give me that look. I'm tried of it. If you can only listen when I have you crying then so be it. At least you listen to what I say and not be distracted by any little thought that goes through your head. This is the reason why back home you have no friends. Why our parents have to spend so much money paying for the damages that you cause. Twilight is right they sent us away so they can have some time away from you. You're the friend that nobody likes and that is counting me. I don't like you at all. It's always about you and putting yourself first while expecting me to just be there for you but you'll never be there for me. I want to live my own life without you ruining things for me. Because of you I'm a social outcast like you are as I have to cover for you whenever you cause a mess. I'm having a great time in Gravity Falls because I been spending time with other people and not just you," Dipper said opening up.

"I... but I'm your sister... we love each other," Mabel said her lips quivering as she felt something breaking inside of her.

"I do love you but only because you're my sister. That's the only reason why. But I'm not going to look the other way of your faults and pretend you're something else then what you are. You cling to me because deep down you know that I'm the only one who will put up with you and without me you be all alone. Well forget that I'm not going to put up with you putting lives on the line just so you can have fun on adventures. You went and disobeyed me causing those monsters to know where we were and then taunted those monsters which caused them to chase us. You're the idiot character who mess things up and put everyone else in danger," Dipper said. (4)

He walks off... leaving a now very sad and sobbing Mable.

Nightmare Realm -

Bill watched what happened with the Mystery Shack gang and them finding that universe with that Earth he made lifeless of humans. For that silly plan of his, that has no chance at all to work, at least not in the way he wants. Bill opens up a portal connecting him to the Soul King.

"Bill what is it?" the Soul King ask.

"TELL YOUR BOYS TO PACK UP. OUR LITTLE SIDE PROJECT OF USING THOSE HALF MONSTERS AS WEAPONS IS GOING TO BE KNOWN REAL SOON. KING DORK AND HIS GHOSTS ARE GOING TO PAY THE MAD DOCTOR AND HIS GANG A VISIT VERY SOON," Bill said.

"How did this happen?" Soul King ask.

"HEROES SHOWING UP," Bill said before hanging up.

Author's Note

1 - Seeing how being a hero doesn't pay the bills. There is a reason why many heroes in fiction are well off.

2 - Sunset isn't as evil as she use to be. Thanks to getting what she wanted and getting back at Celestia. So she didn't transform into a demon but isn't as pure as her Sunset Dawn form.

3 - Still living with your parents isn't something to look down upon, not with how much in most places where people want to live cost even to rent. Even with people having jobs but can't afford any rent but they help their parents by paying some of the bills. It's when you're just a sponge and living off of them and not having a job is when you should look down on.

4 - In real life if you have the idiot who makes like escaping a burning building worse by making the fires even worse and blocking the safe way to escape the fire. And just laughing it all off as just a game, don't bother trying to save them too as they're just going to drag you with them when they die.

The Deep End

The heat of the summer day had caused all the campers and camp workers of Camp Lake Bottom to hit the lake to cool off. Some of the female campers wanted to use some revealing swimsuits but the female counselors got the female campers to put on more modest swimsuits. Putting the campers in the camp's swim suits from trunks to one piece suits, seeing how they’re all still young kids.

Jake had on green trunks and was eating with Rose and Juniper who was wearing an orange Pleiades halter-neck bikini, and purple Saber bikini respectively. Spud was in green trunks with Trixie in a blue one piece, helping to give out frozen treats to the campers with Mr. Slinkman. Bill the swim teacher is teaching some campers how to swim help by Mesa, Violet, Timber Spruce, and Sawyer. The other campers and workers who are working that day are inside the cabins doing indoor activities with the fans and aircons on.

Danny in black and white trunks was introducing a bashful Dora to people. She was wearing a VERY modest golden one-piece (although to her Middle-age sensibilities, she felt naked). The two had decided to date for the moment and see where things went from there. Although the mere rumor of them dating and simple POSSIBILITY of them wedding seems to have quelled most of the in-fighting (true, it was more of ceasefire and 'let's wait and see what happens next' then actual peace... but still a HUGE step up from before, so Dora was fine with that.) so- for the moment -there didn't seem to be any rush.

Dib and Sheldon who came down to enjoy himself on Earth. Are wearing trunks and discussing strange new cave paintings discovered at Lascaux Caves, that depicted an ancient mechanical-like being shatter itself to cage another being that looked like a thousand fleshy nightmares making love to each other in a horrific, gorey orgy...

Or at least they were until Jenny who was taking a break while her sisters covered for her. Walked by wearing a grafted on Micro bikini that REALLY emphasized her curves. Which the effect was ruined by the fact that she had nothing to hide in the first place. Which Violet pointed out why she's bothering when she had nothing to hide or show.

"What's with the bikini? You don't have anything to cover," Violet said pointing it out.

Jenny glares at the spinx woman.

"...what? You don't!... you're a robot!" Violet said.

"Shut up! She's beautiful!" Sheldon said.

"Thanks," Jenny said.

"Well, it's not like it’s hard for her to maintain her looks she's a robot like a female golem she can be shape to any standards of beauty. And it’s not like you’re one of those pleasure built ones," Violet said.

"Well, you got a point there," Jenny said wondering if she should take on Misty's offer for sex bot parts.

Sheldon on the other hand continues to look up things on his laptop... keywording 'Synthesis'.

Lincoln excitedly ran in wearing orange trunks while a more subdued Ronnie and Six. Six was happy to be at a pool, dressed in a simple yellow one piece. Ronnie... well, she tried to be happy at the pool... but between the sight of Six's huge jugs for her age anyways and her own 'table' emphasized by the plain black one-piece. Such thoughts left her as Lincoln splashed them both and they both splashed back and had fun...

Oh, and Melody was swimming around the lake with a purple seashell bra like her mom used to wear. Seeing how she's in her mermaid form and is swimming around the bottom of the lake looking for things to collect. Mostly she's been finding trash, but she likes putting trash into the recycler and seeing it broken down into the raw materials in the shape of cubes. She was so busy picking up trash that she didn't notice something swimming up from behind her. Melody turns around to see nothing behind her.

If anyone was watching it would had appeared that Melody just disappeared.

Canterlot -

"At last, a time for me to take a well deserve break," Sunset said as she just leans back on the edge of the swimming pool letting herself soak in the water.

She's in the school section of the castle where after summer break is over will reopen for the next school year. She isn’t alone as her sisters have joined her in beating the heat by going into the water. The indoor pool of the school is open to the public for the summer, which is why there's a crowd all sharing the pool. As it's just easier to go to the pool then go to one of the waterparks.

Korra and Asami were both wearing cute but extra tight Jasper "pretzel maillot" swimsuit's for each other and for playing volleyball.

Star Butterfly was wearing something exotic, inspired by her friend Melody, she's wearing strapless starfish on her breasts also nothing but a strapless seashell to cover her womanhood.

Kelly at first glance was wearing a fuzzy green bikini... but really she was just wearing her hair a certain way...

Janna at first glance seemed to be wearing a surprisingly modest black one piece... but she's actually naked. It's just water-proof paint and artfully placed black tape.

Tom and Marco are reluctantly wearing the extra-small speedo's their girlfriends gave them... although Janna can't help but tease that Marco looked more comfortable in his then Tom. Much to his embarrassment.

Human Rarity and the rest of her old friends (wearing what they did in Equestria girls at the beach) were also coming into the pool area. After learning the truth behind the end of their friendship, the group was initially furious... but then Rarity calmed them down after awhile...

Eventually the reluctantly agreed with Rarity's logic. It was a bitter pill to swallow... but really... if some stupid texts were all it took for their group to fall apart... how strong had their friendship been, really? Between that and the fact that Sunset or no Sunset, merge or no merge... they probably all would've drifted apart after high school regardless... well, they decided that it would be best to just enjoy this one last summer together and forget all else... one more big hurrah before they went on to the next 'big adventure'. Help by Sunset giving them passes for all the resorts and parks that she's bank rolling. To help make it up to the girls.

Spike... well, although technically it was allowed for certain species to go buff in such places- as long as there was no 'funny business' of course he had wanted to wear swim trunks, but Ember immediately ripped them off right before they entered... as had Cynder tore off Spyro's. But while Spyro hadn't minded...

"Come on Ember, fun is fun but were in public! And you know I'm not as 'Disciplined' as Spyro is!" Spike says annoyed, while looking over as Spyro and his girls walked off to have a fun time at the pool.

Smolder comes up behind to hug him. "Well... You left your wallet at our apartment, Ember has the keys to our apartment... and you're not getting them back until after were ready to go home... so you two options: be miserable outside in this hot day... or come hang out with your two naked girls in the pool... your choice..."

The decision wasn't hard... although Smolder pressed against his back quickly made HIM 'hard'. Thankfully, both girls showed him mercy and covered him from view... but now Spike had no choice but to go to the pool with them... not that he was complaining mind you...

"So how is the new bod doing for you?" Tom ask.

"Still getting use to flying and having super strength, but it's nice to have my magic back," Sunset said. “Of course it’s hard to sleep on my back now.”

“At least you’re now on your way in catching up with your sisters,” Janna said. She couldn’t help but see how much more busty Sunset has become after her transformation.

“She’s no longer the runt,” Sunrise said who is now shorter than Sunset but is still buffer.

“Yes, that trip to the other world was a great thing to happen. I strip the museum of all of its artifacts and other valuables, earning me a good amount of money from the sale of,” Sunset said. The handful of mummies she took netted her big bucks with the Egyptians who wanted their mummies back. Which she sold them all of the artifacts she had taken for a profit.

“So, you paid off the money that was loaned to you?” Tom ask.

“I’m still several billion in the red before I’m even close to paying it all off. The sale of the artifacts only paid off a few million but it’s enough to keep the banks I took loans from, happy that I paid off such a big chunk of what I owe them. After paying taxes of course,” Sunset said.

“What’s happening with that world anyways?” Star ask.

“The SCP have taken over and doing something there,” Sunset said.

“What about your magic?” Tom ask.

“I’m going to sell my magic. I can control the weather in a local area. So places that need rain I can give them rain. But of course there are water benders who are already doing that. So I’ll be taking apart of some experiments for Professor Membrane in his research on magic. Not to mention seeing how many different kinds of magic I can master that I have been working on before the merge,” Sunset said.

"Wait I thought you couldn't use magic," Janna ask.

"I couldn't but it didn't mean I couldn't work it out in my head and notes. It's like designing a machine using just pen and paper. There's the idea just not physical object," Sunset explains. (1)

"Oh," Janna said.

"What kind of spells?" Tom ask.

"Like this. Flare Arrow!" Sunset said creating a arrow of fire in her hands.

"Wait you learned how to use spells from Slayers?" Janna asked. (2)

"Yes," Sunset said. "I figured out how to use the spells or just something just like it. I can't use the same Dragon Slave like in the show but I can get close enough."

"Why?" Tom ask.

"I was still planning on taking over Equestria by force. So I made sure that the spells that I’ll be using would be ones that would be able to kill Celestia,” Sunset said.

“You went and learn how to use magic that’s based on a made up fantasy series just so you’ll be able to beat and kill Celestia,” Janna ask.

“I did but after the merge happen and how all but a few kinds of magic work anymore. I just had to settle for dethroning her and exposing her of what she did to me to destroy her public image of a kind and caring mother figure who couldn’t be that for her own daughter. And doing the job of keeping Equestia from falling apart which she wouldn’t had been able to do. And now she’s the one who is desperately trying to make a bond with me which I no longer need as I already have a mother,” Sunset explains.

“So how much money have you made from that trip to another Earth?” Janna ask.

“If you’re looking for a handout I already spent the money I made from the sales of artifacts and other things to pay off some of the bills. Like I already said,” Sunset said. She had the banks and stores that Dipper and the others didn’t loot, strip of the valuables and got millions in copper, silver, and gold. Which she also sold with the other stuff before she let SCP to takeover.

“So you’re broke?” Janna ask.

“My lavish lifestyle is due to living off the perks of being a princess and being a leader of her own kingdom. Most of my wealth is tied up in investments and other projects. I get only a small amount of money for spending after going through the monthly budget. Why you think that even with my sisters living with me that they all still have jobs,” Sunset said.

“What about your parents?” Tom ask.

“Both are retired and living off what they got from selling the ranch and the farm animals. With how big my family is and how tight the budget was. I learn how to make the small piece of money that’s leftover after all the things that need to be paid to grow,” Sunset said.

“So you’re cash poor?” Janna ask.

“Yes,” Sunset said letting out a huff of air.

“So, any idea when it be all paid off?” Janna ask.

“With how things are going with the money the casinos and resorts are making. I should have most of the debt paid off in a couple of years to a decade,” Sunset said.

"But you're still looking for a way to make money," Tom said.

"Of course, I am. I want to pay it off fast so I don’t have that debt hanging over me,” Sunset said. "You have any idea how much money, I'm spending on getting Equestria to be modern. I'm so stress out from all the work I need to do that I'm on meds for high blood pressure."

"You are?" Rainbow Dash ask.

"I am," Sunset said before seeing one of her older sisters coming in. "Hey it's Izabella."

"Hi baby sis," Izabella said who is from the first 9 batch of sisters born and the oldest at the age of 33. Who Sunset and Sunrise only see during family gatherings.

"Came by for a visit?" Sunset ask wondering how many more of her older sisters are going to show up.

"Me and Susan had some vacation time and we're using it to spend time with you and the rest of the family. It's not like you don't have room," Izabella said.

"Well at least we're not all sharing rooms or beds," Sunset remembering how she had to share a bed with Sunrise, Alana and Oban. Both older sisters would cling to her or Sunrise in their sleep with their breasts being press against her face. Of course, it's nothing like when she use to sleep with mom.

"We also have a big surprise for the family," Izabella said.

"About what?" Sunset ask.

"Well you heard about the Willoughby family?" Izabella ask.

"Wait you mean the one with the parents who are completely in love with themselves and have nothing left for their kids?" Applejack ask who with her other friends are listening on in.

"Oh Applejack it's been years," Izabella said who use to babysit her brother Mac when he was younger. "And there's Rainbow, Pinkie, Fluttershy and Rarity."

"And you gotten bigger," Rainbow Dash said as she looks upwards where most of Izabella's face is obscured by her breasts. Making her feel intimidated as she’s has no chest to speak of. Not helped that all of Sunset’s sisters are pretty big in the curves with even Sunset and Sunrise having large chests for their ages.

"Well, I did grow a bit taller since you all last seen me but of course the last time you all saw me you all were still learning not to eat mudpies made from mud," Izabella said.

Which caused everyone to stare at Pinkie Pie.

"Hey, I only did that once," she said.

"Anyway, what about this family?" Sunset ask.

"After causing several deaths and destruction while on a trip around the world and showing how they didn't care about anyone but themselves. They were arrested and are now sitting in a Middle Eastern prison where last I heard the wife had her nose and tongue cut off and the husband lost most of his teeth and fingers, with both of them being used as their prison's toilets. Both of them are having a horrible time as they're no longer together and being badly treated. They seem to come from a world where they're able to do what they want and don't have to face anything punishment for anything they do. Not to mention their children who they cared nothing about, were left to fend for themselves. Well till me and Linda were hired by the couple as live in nannies to look after their kids and maintain the house while they were gone," Izabella said.

"Wait I thought you were working in auto," Sunset said.

"Our apartment caught on fire and both of us had no place else to live till Linda found the want ad for a live in nanny," Izabella said.

"And they didn't care about you two moving in?" Sunset ask.

"Nope, they didn't care about their kids in anyway. So, for the past year we took care of Tim, Jane and the twins both name Barnaby. Till the parents sold the house to have more money to extend their vacation as they called it. Till their luck finally ran out and they made a mess in the Middle East and landed them in jail. They lost their pass ports which they didn't even bothered to update to the new ones. And any documents that could had help them were all lost in a fire, which their kids made to make sure they would never be able to return. So now that they no longer had parents me and Linda just adopted them," Izabella said.

"And we're just hearing about this now?" Bonnie ask who had gathered around her older sister with her other sisters.

"I told mom and dad about it," Izabella said.

"And they wanted it to be a surprise for all of you," Quelle said who is with her own family.

"You knew?" Piesil ask.

"Izabella and Linda needed help in being able to adopt all 4 of the kids," Quelle said.

"Childcare services are more than happy to send kids to horrible homes but when a gay couple want to take in 4 kids at once they suddenly want to make it all but impossible to adopt. So, we just moved here taking the kids with us and Sunset got the child service of this state to give us the adoption papers," Izabella said.

"And I also got a background check on the social worker and found out that she doesn't believe that gay couples can make good parents and got her fired over it. Which also opened her department up for more background checks and it was found it most of the workers there are from worlds where people doing bad jobs are rewarded and people trying to do the right thing are punish. So, the entire department was fired and are now a test bed for robot child service workers. Seeing how that kind of mindset isn't one to be tolerated in a merged world where there are plenty of families that have different races making them up," Sunset said.

"So where are the kids and Linda?" Nora ask.

"Meeting their grandparents," Izabella said.

"Hey boss!" Private the penguin shouted out as he enters the pool with a group of people following him.

The group behind him are the members of Turk from Final Fantasy 7, Tseng, Reno, Rude, Cissnei, and Elena. Who were all brought to life during the arcade event. Turns out that in the world they came from there is a fighting game of Final Fantasy 7 that had the main cast either fighting or part of the background cast members. And now like many other video game characters are now looking for jobs. (4)

"So, they're here for the security detail?" Sunset ask.

"Yup," Rude said.

"Aren't they loyal to Shinra?" Pinkie ask.

"That's only in the game," Reno said.

"We're more like actors playing the part while on the clock," Cissnei said.

"So, we're nothing like how we are in the game," Elena said.

"And looking for jobs now. Seeing how we still have our powers and abilities from the game," Tseng said.

"I'm surprise you haven't gotten Sephiroth to be your personal bodyguard," Applejack said to Sunset.

"He already gotten a job offer," Sunset said tricked off of losing her chance.

"Sephiroth is a male model now," Rarity said.

"And he really is a sweet guy when he's not playing the villain," Fluttershy adds.

"Plus him with that black wing makes him look so hot," Rainbow Dash said drooling at the image of a shirtless Sephiroth in her head followed by her friends sharing the same thought.

"Great more fangirls," Reno said grunted as Sephiroth gets all the girls.

"Ever since we came to the real world, Sephiroth has been drowning in women," Rude adds.

"He's making tons of money in all those photo shoots and modeling he's doing," Tseng said.

"Not to mention all the yaoi fanart and comics," Elena said.

"He's not making money from that," Cissnei pointed out.

"Enough with the yaoi crap," Reno said.

"Is it because you two are written to be gay lovers?" Cissnei asked smirking along with Elena.

"Yes," Rude said as he like other videogame cast members found how much porn about them is around with many being horrified at what they found.

"Enough with the shipping," Sunset said. "You are all hired to work with the penguins."

"Work with the penguins?" Tseng ask looking down at Privet with the rest of his crew.

"They already tighten security for the castle and upgrade the defenses if there's any attack, again," Sunset said.

"What happen to the rest of the cast?" Rarity ask the Turk members.

"The heroes have signed up to run a 7th Heaven restaurant and bar at one of the casinos," Tseng said.

"Which I'm bank rolling," Sunset spoke up.

"Rufus is also working for Sunset in helping her run her casinos. And Heidegger is working security," Tseng said.

"And he's surprisingly good in helping in the workload and Heidegger is good at spotting cheaters," Sunset said.

"Reeve is working in urban planning for the city. Palmer and Hojo are working for Professor Membrane. And Scarlet is working for Mr. House at Robco in designing robots," Tseng said.

"What of the other videogame characters?" Applejack ask.

"Most of the super smart ones are working work either Professor Membrane or the government or another company. Others are working jobs that their skills in their games make them suited for, and some are working for me or I'm bank rolling them," Sunset said.

"Well, that explains why you're getting alot of say in how some of the new businesses are being run," Rude said.

"Tell me about it," Applejack said who is working for Sunset in exchange for some new machines for her farm. Which is one of the reasons why she and the other girls really couldn't do anything about Sunset breaking up their friendship, because they're all call her boss.

"So, I'm like the American Government. Both of us get the most say in most matters because we're the ones who are paying most of the bill," Sunset said. (5)

"..........," Stump said as he came into the room riding on a modified Mr. Handy.

"Oh, it's time already?" Sunset ask.

"Is that a stump?" Reno ask as he and the other Turks all stared at the piece of wood.

"And did it just talk?" Elena asked.

"This is one of my advisors, Stump. And you all come from a game world where there are people like Q*bert running around and a sapient stump is too much?" Sunset asked.

"Fair point," Cissnei said.

"So here you are," Miyama no Nyotengu said following Stump. She's a Tengu princess of the fighting game Dead or Alive.

"Hi Miyama," the Turks greeted her.

"Oh, hi guys," Miyama said.

"I'll get dress for the training," Sunset said using her wings to lift herself out of the water.

"Training?" Reno ask.

"Learning to fight from fighters and seeing how Miyama has wings and can fly. She's prefect to learn from first," Sunset said.

"Well, we could just start with what you're wearing," Miyama suggested.

"And have it come off like how many videogame characters learned that what they're wearing may look cool but, in a world, setting with real world physics at work they just come off or gets in the way," Sunset said.

"Like the ninja sisters learned as their clothes just came off when they tried using their ninja moves," Cissnei smirks.

"That was good," Reno said.

“So did you hire the ninjas for the video games so that you now have a ninja army?” Janna asked.

“I hired some of them to staff a ninja theme resort. And others got jobs working in the government,” Sunset said.

“I mean have ninja bodyguards,” Janna said.

“Oh, sure there’s Chameleon and Khameleon from the Mortal Kombat games they’re on the payroll. They’re right over there,” Privet said pointing along the wall of the pool.

“How do you keep doing that?” Khameleon ask before appearing along with Chameleon.

“You do this with every ninja that tries to hide,” Chameleon said.

“Really that’s you hiding?” Privet ask blankly.

“Yeah it was obvious that you two were there,” Pinkie spoke up causing her friends to glance at her.

“The penguins all have a strange ability to spot any ninja trying to hide themselves,” Sunset explains she's been trying to figure that one out like the ninjas.

“And Pinkie,” Rarity adds.

“And many of us just want to live normal lives after playing the same role for years,” Chameleon said.

“But trying to find a job with only experience is being a ninja doesn’t look good on a job resume. Of course others just had people offering them jobs,” Khameleon said.

"Many of the female fighters and some guys are now making big bucks as models," Elena said miff at how well some people are doing after leaving their game world.

"And I'm bank rolling the agency that they're working for," Sunset said.

"What don't you have your hand in?" Reno ask.

"Pretty much just about everything, any company that sells shares of their company. I have some money invested in it, at least around here," Sunset said.

"Are you becoming a boss?" Tseng asked.

"Already am. I'm just not forgetting to level up," Sunset said.

"......................" Stump said.

"You said it," Miyama agreed.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

Wendy groans as she puts her head in her hands as she sits on one of the pool patio tables, wearing her new favorite swimsuit with Dipper, Pacifica, Tambry and Twilight. She'd briefly considered taking the lifeguard opening... but then Dipper had a flash-forward about it. For some reason Mabel needlessly complicated things by not revealing mer-boy to Dipper.

Dipper once again gave up something to Mabel, anyway it was all a bit of a non-issue since mer-people were a 'thing' now. And Mabel has been keeping to herself since the whole pit thing. But nevertheless, she was too tired from recent events to deal with the potential drama... also, Poolcheck just seemed nuts.

Who is currently yelling at that strange faceless man with the floating head. Who had setup a booth where people have to see how many licks it takes to get to reach the center of a tootsie pop. She'd reported his kidnapping a boy and locking him in a pool filter for over a year... now they needed solid evidence before arresting.

“What I’m going to do? Mabel even after seeing what she has done she still does dumb things like in one of those tv shows. And I keep giving her the chance of doing it,” Dipper said.

“Reminds me of Family Guy,” Pacifica said.

“No that doesn’t count,” Tambry said. “The show knows it’s a show and the cast knows they’re actors. Some episodes have them showing that so they don’t count as the stuff that Peter does is all staged.”

“I wish that’s what happening. It explains why I keep going along with letting Mabel make a mess like a idiot,” Dipper said.

Twilight puts a comforting hoof on his shoulder. "Dipper you’re nothing like Mabel, the fact your willing to admit your mistakes AND that you have a problem proves that... let me talk to Stump, maybe we can work something out."

Dipper thanks Twilight, she then goes to the snack bar to get more food for anyone.

Dipper thanked her as she got him a burger. "I tell you, for all her faults Mabel did used to keep me grounded, made sure I didn't take things TOO seriously or growing up too quickly."

"And during normal times, that be great. But we’re not living in normal times. These are extraordinary times, worse these are DANGEROUS times. Not taking things seriously, being skeptical of the new norm and acting childish could actually get you killed or WORSE." Pacifica pointed out.

"Yeah, seems like it's either shape up and be an adult quick these days... or die." said Wendy with a shrug thinking about how she'd been forced to mature this summer and throw away childish things she'd taken for granted... She gives a look to her prodigal BF Tambry and thought about all they'd been through recently.

"Yeah, I mean it sucks. But what can you do? That's life." agreed Tambry as she too returned her look.

They'd sworn Dipper to secrecy... but the fact was that when Mabel's shenanigans landed Dipper in the middle of her aunts 'party'... Tambry had been there too... and they'd been 'reconnecting'...

Interestingly, Wendy leaned from her mother that this didn't make her and Tambry lesbians. Lesbians were the definition of a relationship between human girl/human girl who couldn't have children the 'traditional' way.

But Wendy was only half human, so it was more of a alien/human relationship (Or Xenophile). Plus, Tambry wasn't attracted to ANY girls... just Wendy. Well... maybe some other women that she gotten to know while attending the parties. So again, not really a girl/girl thing so much as their bonds of friendship being co-opted by the usual aura of lust that hung around deer woman.

In any case it was a moot point, after 'experimenting' a couple times both teens mutually agreed that although it was a very enjoyable, enlightening experience that really helped rebuild their friendship... they decided it wasn't for them and that they should just be friends... and maybe the occasional 'experiment' every now and again if they were bored and still both unattached. Or that they were just in the mood for some time with friends with benefits. That’s the story they both came up with and sticking to it.

Like they'd been doing that night when Dipper literally landed sandwiched between them... they were so doped up on lust magic that if not for Lillith forcibly snapping them out of it. They'd have done a lot worse then tear off Dipper's clothes.

Unfortunately the presence of a cute, naked shota boy got the rest of the party in a frenzy. Thus Wendy, Tambry and Lillith were forced to leave their clothes behind and run out of there while carrying Dipper. It was a very awkward streak home for all of them. With Lilith mad that Dipper ruined her chance to get between Wendy and Tambry in the fun way.

While the two teen girls were quietly reminiscing, Dipper was elaborating how back home Mabel was actually pretty good at getting friends. She makes dozens of friends a week actually. It was just hard for her to KEEP them.

"In fairness when you have that many 'acquaintances', it's hard to keep track of them all, eventually she neglects to them long enough for them to drift away. Course by at point she's already roped in a dozen more 'friends' so she never notices..." Dipper explains.

"Is it also safe to assume that she's a lot like Pinkie used to be and doesn't know when enough is enough when it comes to partying?" asked Twilight.

Dipper nodded, Mabel never knew when enough was enough... it wasn't unheard of for one of her parties taking things too far... and it ending in disaster... of course Mabel would just laugh it off... if she even noticed it in the first place.

Elsewhere -

Melody didn't know how it happen but somehow she got transported to another world after being eaten by an invisible shark, created by a group called 'Are We Cool Yet'. Which anything it eats is teleported to the world of the one who ordered the shark to be made, the Techno Baron. Who is a small lizardman who is making fake mermaids by having big fishes eat the bottom halves of kidnapped young women. As he couldn't captured enough real ones for his scheme, even with him kidnapping their queen.

Which he explained everything to her of the reason why she's here. After finding out from the members of 'Are We Cool Yet' about the world she comes from. He ordered the invisible shark from them and had the shark be release into the Gravity Fall Lake to get her. Her being the mermaid princess she would know where all the other mermaids are and he'll be able to capture them.

"What are mermaid worth anyways?" Melody asks as she sits in a cage. Which is inside of a factory that is making and canning fake mermaids.

"A bundle as mermaids to some races are tasty," Techno Baron said.

"You eat mermaids?" Melody asked.

"Well also as slaves," Techno Baron admits.

"Wait how did you get to my world?" Melody ask.

"I was trying to make a gateway to be able to just ship the mermaids to market without having to store them in cans for shipment by boat. I accidentally made a gateway to your world and I run into those artist who told me about your world. And well you know the rest," Techno Baron said.

"All this so you can make money right?" Melody ask.

"Yes," Techno Baron said.

"So why not just make money from trading between worlds?" Melody ask.

"What?" Techno Baron ask.

"Trade things that are rare from one world to another. Like magical items that you can just use without having to cast a spell to use it. People on my world will pay alot of money for it and you could then trade stuff from my world to this world that is rare or hard to find in yours. Making you rich without having to kidnap mermaids and getting a target painted on your back," Melody stated causing the Techno Baron to slap his face when he realized how much money he could be making right now.

“It’s so obvious, yet I never thought of it,” Techno Baron grumbles.

“You villains never thought about making money by now breaking the law,” Melody said.

"Hold it right there Techno Baron!" Shantae the half-genie the half genie said as she broke into the room using her hair to break the lock.

"Local hero?" Melody ask.

"Yes," Techno Baron answers.

"Don't worry girl. I Shantae the half-genie heroine will save you," Shantae said.

"Don't worry about it," Melody said as she kicks the cage open.

"You could have broken out at anytime?" Techno Baron asked shock.

"I don't much about the mermaids of this world but do you have any idea what secondary powers I need to be able to survive under the sea? Even if I do transform from human to mermaid I still need to be able to survive under 500 + atmospheres of pressure. Yet I don't explode when I come up to sea level? The place where I live the pressure is crush a room of this size made of metal into the size of a thimble? And me and my kind can move around like it was air. You being smart would know the physics behind this knows what that makes me," Melody said punching her fist into her palm. (6)

"I'm going to be in great pain," Techno Baron said gulping.

"Right," Melody said as she punches Techno Baron sending him flying across the room.

"Wow you're strong," Shantae said staring at the young girl.

“Hi, I’m Melody a mermaid princess,” Melody said.

“I’m Shantae a half-genie,” Shantae greeted back.

“Does this mean you can wish me home?” Melody ask.

“What?” Shantae ask.

“I’m from another world and the Baron here had a invisible shark eat me that acts as a gateway from my world to this one,” Melody explains.

“Sorry I can’t grant wishes but after I save the mermaids and the girls I’ll help you get back home,” Shantae said.

"Ok and I’ll help you in freeing the mermaid queen and the girls in those cans," Melody said.

After putting Techno Baron in one of his cages they race outside where they found the mermaid queen chained to two stone pillars with a device on her forehead with a red jewel on it. The Giga mermaid the queen of the mermaids of this world who is also a giant green mermaid. She's being kept in a lagoon and there are also hundreds of mermaids around her trying to free their queen from the chains holding her. They’re armed with tridents and using them on the chains and locks trying to break them.

“Ok we need to free the Queen from that mind controlling device,” Shantae said.

“I’m strong enough to rip it off,” Melody said as she transformed into her mermaid form.

“Hey, you get over her and help us free our queen,” one of the mermaids shouted.

“Ok,” Melody said.

“Wait you can understand them?” Shantae ask.

"Yes why?" Melody ask.

"Well mermaids don't talk to anyone," Shantae said.

"Ok, I'll...," Melody was saying but stop at the sound of snapping chains. The smaller mermaids had been attacking the locks that attached the chains to the pillars, finally weaken enough for their queen to break them.

Once freed the mermaid queen glared at Shantae. She drove into the water sending her smaller mermaid subjects flying. She rose out of the water with the red gem on her forehead glowing as it fired balls of energy from it. Shantae and Melody duck for cover as the energy balls stuck where they were standing.

"We need to get that thing off of her," Melody said having played enough games to know that's the thing controlling the mermaid queen.

“I’ll distract her, you swim up to her and try to get it off of her,” Shantae said before pushing Melody into the water as the mermaid queen tried to smash her with her fish tail.

Once in the water Melody swim towards the head of the giant mermaid queen as she did an underwater headstand. She was too busy trying to smash Shantae on top to pay attention to Melody. Who to her looks like a strange looking mermaid, thanks to how she’s the only dark hair mermaid she has seen.

The giant mermaid rights herself as she turns to raise herself out of the water, Melody managed to grab onto the giant mermaids hair as she does. Popping out of the water Melody could see Shantae using her hair to whip at the hands of the mermaid queen as she tried to grab her. Shantae began to dance and transforms herself into a harpy that flew around the giant mermaid.

As the giant mermaid swung her arms at the now flying Shantae, Melody got an idea as she grabs the clamp that held the mermaid's top together. If the mermaid queen is anything like her aunts, the moment her top comes off she will be too busy covering herself to attack Shantae. The top of the mermaid queen came off which instead of her covering herself, the mermaid queen instead grabs onto her top and began whipping it into the air trying to hit Shantae with it.

Seeing that the mermaid queen didn't care about covering herself up, Melody went with another plan. Melody climbs her way to the gem and using her super strength rips the device from the mermaid queen freeing her from the mind control. The mermaid queen stops attacking and gently grab Melody off of her head and held her in her hand.

“Thank you young one for freeing me,” the mermaid queen said as she looks closer at her. “You’re not a normal mermaid are you.”

“Well, I’m not from this world. The one who imprison you open a gateway to my world by accident and kidnap me to lead him to the mermaids of my world,” Melody explains.

“You have my thanks,” the mermaid queen said putting Melody down next to Shantae.

“We still need to free all the mermaids and women who are sealed in those cans,” Melody said pointing to the warehouse where all the can mermaids both real and fake are kept.

"Yes me and my subjects will help," the mermaid queen said.

"And you can tell me about your world. I never met someone from another world before," Shantae said.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

"How did this happen?" Jenny ask as she had to use several sight settings till she was able to see the invisible shark in the local swimming pool. Which was now visible thanks to it being dyed red.

Jenny’s scanner had picked up an emergency call from camp Lakebottom of something had attack one of the campers who was on an inflatable raft. The kid managed to escape from whatever had pop the raft. Which turned out to be an invisible shark which was swimming near the campers of Lakebottom. She scared it off from the campers from getting too close to the water with her using a megaphone to tell everyone that there's an invisible shark and began using her blaster to blast near the shark. The blast did scare the shark away from the campers but it just teleported away into any body of water large enough for it.

Using her trackers Jenny learned that the shark could like Danny transform into a ghost like form while it was teleporting. Somehow able to slow time for itself while it searches for what body of water it would teleport to. Like how in some games the player is able to slow time down so they could use something from the menu command. And she ended up chasing after the shark all over, till it finally stops at the Gravity Falls public pool.

"Who do you think!" Wendy said pointing Mabel.

As for the shark people only knew about it thanks to Mabel spilling freshly cooked hotdogs into the water which attached the shark from Gravity Lake. Mabel had knocked the plate of grilled hotdogs into the water when she was running towards the merboy, Mermando and not listening to Thomson about watching the table the plate of hotdogs on it. She ended up knocking the table over and the hotdogs caused all the swimmers in it to climb out when Mr. Poolcheck shouted that the pool was closed. He was about to lock Mabel into the pool filter jail when the shark made itself known.

The shark was traveling to Canterlot when it caught the scent of the hotdogs in the water. And like any predator, it will never say no to a free meal. Which is all unknown to the swimmers who all just figure that Mabel is the reason there's an invisible shark in the pool now. They only know that the shark was in the pool thanks to it eating the hotdogs.

"My scans shows that it's able to teleport," Jenny said.

"So, Mabel caught the attention of an invisible shark that can teleport into any body of water," Pacifica said.

"Ok that's a new one," Twilight said.

"So, what's the plan?" Dipper ask.

"The plan is...," Jenny began but her scanner picked up something coming from the shark.

Bursting out of the shark came a giant green mermaid, who literately rip the shark apart from the inside. The giant green mermaid looks around confused at where she is. The portal that was inside the shark's mouth that only activated when it's in hunting mode for mermaids, was now floating where the shark use to be. Out of the portal came more mermaids, including Melody and a strange green mermaid.

"Welcome to my world," Melody said as she rose out of the water and blinks as she found herself not in the lake where she was eaten but in a swimming pool.

“Hi Melody," Jenny said.

"So, what did I miss?" Melody asked.

"You miss this invisible shark just teleported into the pool after Mabel attracted it thanks to her dumping hotdogs into the pool. Which the giant mermaid killed thanks to the portal she came through was inside of it," Jenny explains.

"Well, I help Shantae a half-genie hero in saving the mermaids and fake mermaids created by Techno Baron who was going to sell them for monster chow and slaves. And he got the invisible shark made by that group 'Are We Cool Yet' to catch mermaids of this world after he made a gateway to this world. And after stopping him and freeing the queen who is the giant mermaid from his mind control, we freed all the mermaids and women from the cans. And after I told them about my world, the mermaids wanted to come here where they don't have to worry about monsters wanting to eat them and the queen wants to talk to grandfather about forming alliance seeing how there is now a gateway to each of our worlds," Melody explains.

"And why is she here?" Jenny ask pointing to Shantae.

"I'm here because of what happen to the genie realm after the one destroyed magic," Shantae said.

"Turns out the genie realm of one of the worlds that was merged together with the others. Had a connection to her world's genie realm," Melody explains.

"Well sorry to burst your bubble but the one who caused the entire thing to happen is already in jail," Jenny said.

"She is?" Shantae ask.

"Hey what are you doing in there?" Melody said as she spotted a boy in the pool filter.

"In pool jail," the boy said.

"I'll free you," Melody said as she lifts the heavy filter cover off.

"Hold it!" Mr. Poolcheck said reaching down to grab Melody but only ended up tearing off her top off.

"EEEK," Melody shouted covering herself and driving into the water.

"Hold it right there!" officer Public said causing Mr. Poolcheck to stop his on coming rant. "I was called in about you holding a boy against his will inside a pool filter and to top it off you rip the top from a young minor. You're coming with me."

"Well, that handles that," Dipper said watching as Mr. Poolcheck was arrested and his rights were read to him.

"Want to go to the movies?" Wendy ask.

"I'm game," Twilight said.

"Hey wait!" Mabel said as she tried to get Dipper's attention but he just walk away with Wendy and Twilight to change into their normal clothes.

"If you want to go to the movies just catch up with them," Pacifica said.

"I don't have any money," Mabel admitted.

“Wait what about the money from the stuff you been selling? How could you spend all that money in less than a week,” Pacifica asked.

“It’s not all sold yet, and Dipper only gave me 100,000.00 from my cut…. And I found lots of cute stuff online,” Mabel said looking down as Dipper told her that seeing how she can’t control herself. He’ll be keeping her cut of the money with his new bank account and when they get home, he’ll give her bank account to their parents so that she won’t just spend and spend till she has nothing left. By spending it on things that she doesn't even need in the first place, as what reason would she need a battery changer that can only charge it's own batteries? (7)

"A fool and her money are soon parted," Pacifica said walking away.

Elsewhere -

Inside an abandon hotel Professor Tokkentakker laid down on the bed of the room he has made his own. The other members of his carnival of horrors are in the other rooms. He has discovered much since the escape, like he could desummon his minions at will. It allowed him to escape unnoticed after his airship was shot down.

Since then, he's been traveling, learning about this new world and keeping his head low. Traveling the back roads and isolated towns to avoid the heroes. Tokkentakker really had no idea what to do with himself now that he’s free to do what he wants. Sure, he could summon Carnevil and his minions but than what? Slaughter people like in the game and unlike in the game there be heroes showing up to stop him. That was till he was contacted by someone interested in what he can do.

He’s watching the news about the invisible monster that had been stalking people. It targets people by something that’s passed down by people having sex. One of the victims just waited in a police station and after spraying it with a can of spray paint and tossing a cloth over it, got the police to take it down. They couldn’t kill it, but they could toss it into a cell after overpowering it. (8)

“They’re here,” Evil Marie voice called out from the door of his room.

Tokkentakker without a word got up and leaving the room is joined by Evil Marie walking to the main lobby of the hotel. Entering the room, he sees that the other guests are waiting around for the one who gathered them all together. All of whom are like him in being in the entertainment business, the circus and carnival kind.

Freakshow who has pale chalky-white "anemic" skin, is bald, and has red eyes. He’s one of the villains that Danny Phantom use to fight before the merge. He managed to escape after the merge and had been laying low since.

With the only ghost who still follows him, Lydia who is a green-skinned ghost with red eyes, she is bald with five black prominent spikes, and her most notable characteristic is that her body is covered in tattoos.

Freako who was born with extremely pale skin, swollen bright red lips, and a deformed face that makes him look vaguely like a clown. After being made fun of for it his entire life he decided to take on the monster clown persona willingly in order to get revenge. (Mighty Max)

Professor Perry the leader of a western theme traveling circus. Perry is always trying to recruit wayward youths, misfits, and freaks. (Red Dead Revolver)

Professor Screweyes, an old man dress in a black ring master suit. He has a screw replacing his left eye. He’s the most normal person in the room. (We’re Back A Dinosaur Story)

And Othello, who runs “Othello's Cavalcade of Oddities," a traveling sideshow of rag-tag misfits who breeze into town and promise the citizens the time of their life.

“Now that everyone is here, we can start,” a man said dress in a suit. The man had just appeared sitting in a chair.

“Name's Herman Fuller the owner of Herman Fuller’s Circus of the Disquieting. I gathered you all here for a job offer,” Fuller said to the group before him.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

At the home of the McGee’s Scratch is talking with Molly about something he had discovered. He’s not a ghost, he’s a wraith of a man name Todd Mortenson, meaning he can’t remain as the Chairman of the Ghost World. He would be returning to his human body and live his life with his childhood friend Adia Williams. But before he does, someone has to takeover and be the leader of the Ghost World. (9)

Jinx’s the agent of the council wanted the job but was told by Scratch that she will have to deal with Pariah Dark. Which is allied with him with other afterlife’s because of the aggression of Soul Society, who wants to bring all the afterlife’s under the rule of the Soul King. Pariah Dark while a tyrant is still the lesser evil compare to Soul Society, who while they couldn’t use their powers outside of their afterlife, their swords can kill any spirit or ghosts and have billions of soldiers they can call upon. Jinx hearing that she would have to deal with Pariah Dark face to face lost her nerves.

“Ok so the only one who can takeover?” Molly ask Scratch who is with her in her room. Libby is with them who made a list of possible chairmen.

“There is Danny, he’s powerful enough to keep everyone in line and can deal with Dark,” Libby said.

“Yeah he’s my first choice too but he is engaged to Dora who has her own ghost kingdom. So if he does marries her, he would have to step down,” Scratch ask.

“That leaves Dani, she’s is young but she does have all of Danny’s powers,” Molly said.

“True and she is powerful, ok I’ll tell her the good news,” Scratch said flying off.

“You really think that Dani is a good pick?” Libby ask Molly.

“She’s the only other ghost superhero we know,” Molly pointed out.

Author's Note

1 - I figure one can plan how a spell will work like one can do the same with like a car engine without actually building the engine.

2 - Seeing how the magic of Slayers is powerful and better then most other magic in fiction. I'm going to have Sunset be able to use the spells from the anime.

3 - One of the more Common Fan Fallacies that exists is that products that carry brand names are higher in quality, taste better, last longer, and so on than lesser known names or even generic products. Related to this is the idea that, the more expensive something is, the better it will be. Neither of these ideas is necessarily so... it is often proved that the only real difference between High Priced Brand X and Generic Product Y is the name on the label.

Sometimes it is true that the more expensive product might have been made with higher-quality materials, thus justifying the price tag as opposed to the off-brand, but this isn't always the case, as many store-brand items have the exact same ingredient list. Indeed, this trope is all about how people prefer the name brands, when the difference just isn't there. Also, it is very common for many big name companies to make a generic/store brand version of the product as well, which means that the only differences are the price and packaging.

4 - There is a fighting game where some of the cast of FF7 are fighters in it.

5 - Seeing how in real life the United States puts up most of the funding and resources in alot of things around the world. Having the most say in what happens is just what happens when most of the bill for it is being covered by them.

Like how you would want to have the most say in what happens when you're the one who is footing the bill or most of it. Unfair to the others but they're not putting in as much money as you are.

6 - Using the same rules with Aquaman and his people from DC comics.

7 - Going from being rich to poor because of bad spending habits, is an all too real thing that happens to people.

8 - The monster in the film. ‘It Follows’ could had easily be taken down if the main lead of the movie would had just lured the invisible monster into a police station and using paint or just throwing a blankie over it would show the police that there is an invisible monster in the station. And in the film it shown that while it’s strong it’s not lifting a car over its head strong. So a large group of cops can just over power it and cuffs would work and a standard cell will hold it.

9 - The show was cut short by Disney as it wasn’t preforming that good in ratings. Which is a huge double standard as they keep on green lighting box office bombs that cost them millions and kills interest in their films.

Carpet Diem

Camila Noceda and her daughter Luz and adopted daughter Vee stepped out of the bus that took them from the airport to their hotel that is apart of the casino resort. The casino resort is Dream Castle, modeled after the original castle of Ponyland in Dream Valley. Very popular with families thanks to all the family entertainment for the kids and adult entertainment for the adults in the adult section. They’re on a family vacation together just the 3 of them. With all that has happen to them and afterwards, they needed some family time together. Well for awhile till the others arrival in a few days behind them.

"So we're here huh? I'm so excited! It's been years since we last did this!" Camila said as she walked inside the lobby holding onto both Luz and Vee hands.

Behind them are their luggage on a cart being pushed by one of the workers of the resort. They have already checked into their room at the front desk which is a penthouse VIP room. After getting their bags dropped off at their room, they immediately went to explore the resort floor. The entire trip is free thanks to Sunset Shimmer the owner of the resort personally inviting them for a stay at the resort. With Luz being famous in the Boiling Isles, her staying at the resort would get word out for the people of the isles to come and spend their money at the new vacation spot. Plus the fact that it was all free made the decision easy to make.

The first thing they saw when they step foot outside was the huge dragon statue in front of the entrance of the resort. Standing over 20 feet tall, you can see him standing proudly in front of the entrance. Modeled after the legendary dragon Spike of Dream Valley. He has been sculptured out of purple and green stones and is carved with intricate details of his scales and wings. His eyes glow bright green like he can sense any danger that comes near him.

After staring up at the statues for a few minutes, Camila turns around and looks at the rest of the resort. There are many shops and restaurants all along the main strip. Some of the stores are selling food, souvenirs, or even clothes that are designed to look like the various animals of Dream Valley.

“This is what we need, some nice quality time together as a family,” Camila said leading her daughters deeper into the resort.

They walked down the main strip until they reach a large fountain that spouts water up towards the sky. Along the sides of the fountain are several benches where you can sit and relax while watching the waterfall fall. There was also a small stage next to the fountain where some musicians were playing music for the guests to enjoy. And from one of the benches a figure studied the family of 3.

Gravity Falls Brighton Junkyard -

"Plant clippings, banana peel, paper waste, a pile of fish offal, a empty can of dog food," Daggett said as he and Norbert are emptying out the trash from the back of Soos’s truck.

The trash is from the house boats on the lake, that the beavers have collected for the residents who don’t want to go to the recycling center. They're emptying out the trash, and putting it into a bin where it would be poured into the industrialized size recycler that has been installed into the warehouse that been built in the junkyard. Larger pieces of trash would be broken into smaller pieces if they couldn’t fit the slot.

Since the recycler machines been appearing all over the place. The dumps and junkyards have been transformed with the trash collected being dump into the industrialized size recyclers that breaks all the trash down into material cubes. Which are then sold to factories where industrial fabricators which are essentially large 3-D printers that produce usable items from the raw materials. Many of the landfills are being dug up for the trash underneath to make more material cubes.

"Burnt circuit boards, corroded coil, frayed wire, fried hard drive, and used plastic tubing," Dipper adds.

“Bio-hazardous and medical waste, expired plasma bags, a petri dish and test tubes,” Twilight said lifting out all the gross stuff.

“We also collected the trash that people dump into the lake,” Norbert said.

“A lemon peel, apple cores, old fruit, broken wood, a jar of rusty nails,” Mabel said sorting through her own pile.

“And an old baseball glove with a name on it. Which is a keeper as it could be a collector item,” Wendy said putting the glove someplace safe.

"Oh yeah that can be a real collector's item," Soos said.

"So much junk people still dump into the lake and we can sell it. And that strange fellow pays us money for it," Mabel said pointing to Old Man McGucket who is doing something as he brings in parts into his shack.

"Well Junkman is the one who pays us," Daggett said pointing to the protectron that actually runs the junkyard. (1)

"Then what's with the old man?" Mabel ask.

"He was already living here," Wendy said.

"So, what do they do with this stuff?" Mabel ask watching the robot name Junkman dumping a bin full of her trash into the slot where trash is poured into the recycler. The machine hum as the trash was broken down and sorted into mineral, synthetic, and organic cubes from the other end.

"The mineral and synthetic cubes are sold to factories and people who buy them to be used in a fabrication machine. That makes just about anything as long as the design is program into it. The organic cubes are also sold to factories that need them, but mostly they're used in making blaze which is a bio-fuel. Or simply used as fuel like the new bioreactor that chemically composts organic matter into energy," Dipper explains having looked into what happens to the trash.

"So now they recycle everything?" Mabel ask having never really thought about what happens to the trash.

"Just about everything," Twilight said. "They even recycle the waste from the water treatment planet and the sewage treatment plant. Seeing how the recycler doesn't get the water or liquids that's inside some of the items being recycled."

"Where does the water go?" Mabel ask.

"Glad you ask," Twilight said showing Mabel the pipe that drains the water the builds up in the machine into the sewers. "There are specially design recyclers that are made to clean up all the waste from like a chemical plant before it's empties out into like a river or the sea. The plants also make some money on the side thanks to all the materials that are produced from their waste."

"Hey what's with the purple cube?" Mabel ask spotting the purple cube that came out.

"Cool an exotic material," Daggett said.

"Exotic?" Mabel ask.

"Every now and then a purple cube comes out when a magical item is put into the machine or when something that is made of magic, or just has lots of magic on it is recycle," Twilight explains.

"Like the shavings from Twilight horn and hoof shavings, hair or feathers from a pegasus," Soos said.

"Shavings?" Mabel ask.

"My horn grows like your finger nails, I need to smooth it out and trim it now and then. The same goes for my hooves," Twilight explains.

"So where did the exotic cube came from?" Mabel ask.

"There’s a lot of stuff we have gathered up. There would bound to be something with magic that someone threw away. Or ponies toss their hoof and horn clips into the lake,” Norbert suggested.

"So do the exotic cubes sell more?" Mabel ask.

"Yes, the exotic cubes sell more because of how rare they are and how much it takes to just make a cube. It takes lots of hair, feathers and horn shavings to make a single cube. The last time I recycle my horn and hoof clippings and my hair. I only made a ball which happens when there isn't enough to make a cube," Twilight said.

"So how much?" Mabel ask.

"A cube sells for 50 each," Twilight said.

"So, what are they use for?" Mabel ask.

"Mostly they're used for making spell drives and used in magical research. Then there are people who just buy them to have them. And some former magic users buy them thinking that it can restore their spell casting magic, which no it doesn't," Twilight explains.

"But it doesn't stop people from trying to find ways of getting magic," Dipper adds looking at Mabel.

“I wanted to be a magical girl,” Mabel said.

"Yeah, these purple cube sell big," Soos said.

"Too bad uncle Stan isn’t still married to Eda the Owl Witch. She could teach us magic,” Mabel said.

“Well she did steal his money and his car,” Dipper pointed out.

“And we watch the game show he and she was on, and boy were they ready to tear each other apart,” Norbert said.

“They’re prefect for each other,” Twilight dead panned.

Elsewhere -

The faceless man with the floating head appeared in a room filled with file cabinets and bookcases filled with files and paper. There are also several computers and data storage machines from the old micro films to microchips. There are several old analog computers and digital computers all coming from different worlds of many different levels of technology. His old friend like him has changed from what they use to be, with his friend now an information broker who has ears just about everywhere.

"Terrible Trivium what can I do for you?" The Sensers Taker ask who is buried in papers and ink.

"I see you're still copying all the information you have taken on paper," Terrible Trivium said.

"Of course, I am. The ones I have taken from can do their best in spreading a virus or computer whatever to destroy what I have taken. But there is no way for them to destroy the papers I have written down. Unlike you they don't know where I am," The Sensers Taker said.

"Do you have what I need?" Terrible Trivium ask not even bothering to tell his old friend what he needs.

"Bookcase 4712 on the 3rd self," The Sensers Taker said.

"My payment is here," Terrible Trivium said leaving a box on a pile of papers.

Canterlot -

Sunset sighed it had been a ROUGH day. Sequin Land is now another world that is connected to this world now. Of course that was after the court case dealing with Star Butterfly that is. Shantae not being completely satisfied with Jenny's response at the pool did her own investigation. And learned that while Moon WAS in prison, she learned that there were two other people responsible for the Merge in that world... Mina and Star.

The destruction of magic had hit the closed off genie realm of that world. Sending all the now powerless genies to Sequin Land. Many came to live with their children who are happy having their moms back. But without full blooded genies giving birth to half genies who serve as guardians, caused things to change. As the towns and cities now only had their local half genies to guard them from danger now and no new ones would be born. Seeing how the ones who are born while being half genies, don’t have magic. Which meant the last generation of magical half genies guardians born before the lost of magic would be the last.

The court case ended up with Star while being the one who destroyed magic, wasn’t responsible. Her mother Moon and Mina had forced her hands and no one else was going to stop it before all the monsters would had been slaughtered. Shantae is grateful to Star for giving her back her mother to her.

Then there was the issue of Scratch the chairman of the Ghost World actually being a wraith and him wanting to merge with the husk of his real body. He named Dani to be the new chairman as she’s powerful enough to do the job. But with her being still a kid, Danny took the chairman role instead as he can handle it till Dani is ready to take the role.

Escorted by her new bodyguards Cissnei, and Elena, Sunset walks out of her office. As she does she looks over a message from Dream Castle resort, the Noceda family are being given the VIP treatment. Once word gets out to the Boiling Isles that the heroine who saved them stayed in one of her resorts, the free advertisement would pay off in the long run. And the rest of the Owl House party would be arriving in a few days. She already sent invites to the 3 girl’s families who were the ones who stop the robot frog army, for the same deal.

“Princess Sunset?” Mayor Mare ask who has been waiting all day for her appointment with Sunset.

“Oh yes I did had a meeting with you today,” Sunset said.

“Yes and the ponies of Ponyvile....,” Mayor Mare began saying but was stop as she was cut off.

“And I already told you that my decision stands. Seeing how you wouldn’t had done anything I had my guards round up the ponies responsible and handed them over to the human court system,” Sunset said.

“Please Princess if I could handle the matters I can give the ponies responsible their punishment,” Mayor Mare pleaded.

“I gave you a month and nothing, I know I had your office check and they found nothing of anything going to tracking down the ponies responsible for the destruction of the new homes being built. It was a good thing I had my own people looking into who started the fires, which they found in only a couple of days. I waited a month just so that all the proof of guilt was dug up before the ponies were all rounded up. Now the ponies are in the human court system seeing how you are unwilling to do anything just because human homes are being built in Ponyvile,” Sunset said.

“Princess please the ponies are just scared,” Mayor Mare said.

“And I don’t care as none of you have any choice in the matter. I’m the only thing holding Equestria as a kingdom together if you think things are bad try living outside of Equestria. Yes, I strip you ponies of many things but that was to make all races equal in my kingdom. Not just ponies having all the rights,” Sunset said.

“The ponies in Ponyvile are in a uproar over the arrests and that there are now those securitrons patrolling the town,” Mayor Mare said.

“Seeing how many towns have no law enforcement and seeing how you had no intention of pressing charges against the ponies who destroyed my building project. I'm making sure that my building projects are all being kept safe. Seeing how much money I have spent in modernizing Equestria and how little you ponies have done, I'm more then willing to force you all off of my lands and give them to races that actually will do something other then being scared of everything that's new and wanting things to be like they use to be,” Sunset said.

“What?” Mayor Mare ask shaken.

“The land that Ponyvile is on is still own by the crown. Mom never did sign the papers to give away the land so all of Ponyvile is own by me. Just like how she never gave the land to the Apples. In fact all the lands that ponies have built their homes on are all still on paper is owned by the crown. And seeing how racist you ponies are becoming in wanting no other races living next to you. I been thinking of just forcing all of you by gunpoint to all live in one place and giving the empty towns to other races. And leaving all of you ponies to fend for yourselves as you all think that you don't need anybody but ponies. So I'm going to let you all try without any support but yourselves," Sunset explains.

"How much is still owned by the crown?" Mayor Mare ask fearful.

"Just about everything, not counting the lands that I force ponies off of and give back to the races the ponies took it from in the first place. As for what's left I legally own just about all that's left of Equestria. Which I already made sure that the ownership is now falls to me and not mom, aunt Luna or Cadance, just me. So either do your job or I’ll just have all of you evicted from my land,” Sunset said.

“Yes princess,” Mayor Mare said leaving shaken.

"You’re really turning into a boss," Cissnei said.

"Showing no mercy at all," Elena adds.

"I'm tried of dealing with the whinnying ponies," Sunset said.

Sunset goes into the record room as her parents told her they'd met her there. But once she got there she only found the penguins. Confused, they explain how her parents had been helping them organize... when all of a sudden, they got BEYOND furious called her sisters together and they all went charging out of the castle.

Private hands the file they'd been looking at. Sunset looks it over... goes very pale and summons the guards, penguins, and robots to go after them.

The Maw -

Kuroko Smith sighed as she finished the paperwork, things were so much more simple back on her world. But when the UN saw how much more successful her world had been in getting monsters integrated with human society and bringing peaceful co-existence between human and monsters. So where many pre-merge organizations were disbanded. The Cultural Exchange Security Squad by contrast was given global authority over all things concerning human/monster relationships... and sweet mercy was she exhausted.

Her world already had alot of specialized technologies and societal institutions for the different races to come together. And after the merge happen her organization was able to deal with the problems that happen in Japan, on the most part anyways. All the magical girls who were now had no magic wasn't her department problem. She and her team were so busy in the first year of the merge keeping things in order. She didn't really even have time to mess around with Kimihito anymore! That was her favorite past time.

In any case she'd finally gotten the paperwork done to bring in her 'Monster Ops: Neutralization(or M.O.N. for short.) team' to work here at the states. Kimhito had done well adjusting here in this new world... his 'girls' on the other hand... she kept explaining to them how their 'sexy antic's' might have been 'okay' back in their rather hentai world... but here it was just awkward. She and her team needed a break from all the crazy that's happening in Japan, and not just from all the different monsters and non humans that had appeared.

Her team of the Commando, Zombina, (Living Dead or zombie). Sniper, Manako, (Monoeye/cyclopse). Infiltrator, Doppel, (Shapeshifter). Body Guard, Tionishia, (Ogre). All are still getting use to how things are done in the United States. They're mostly here to help with the ponies in integrating themselves in their new world. Not to mention in handing all the different races that have taken up living in the Maw, and dealing with the owner of the Maw, Mr. Davenport.

Mr. Davenport made deals to make the Maw into a tourist trap for visitors to see a unique place to visit. The Maw is still a maze of hallways and rooms that no one really knows its entire layout. Even with the new security force that now polices the Maw, there are still sectors that haven’t been explored yet. With the only operators, eyebots and Mr. Handies operating in the less populated areas of the Maw. Mainly to repair and maintain the entire structure and all the inner workings to keep the power and water flowing. Even with the Maw being connected to the power grid and water system of the area, Mr. Davenport still kept the old engines that are fueled by coal. Saying it's good to have a backup power supply, not to mention it would cost a lot of money to replace them.

There are also the Nomes that while some have taken in living outside, there are plenty left still living inside the Maw. Which no one really knows what to do with. People have been trying to help them but made no progress in changing them back to normal. The SCP has a research team in the Maw to study what kind of world the Maw came from.

"Hey boss we're back," said Zombina as she lead Manako, Doppel, and Tionishia.

"So how did it go?" Kuroko ask.

"Manako and Tionishia spent more time chasing and hugging the ponies then doing our job," Doppel said.

"Alright you two don't go next time," Kuroko said to the two.

"They were just so cute," Tionishia said.

"And colorful," Manako adds.

"We're supposed to be helping them to get use to this world. Not hug them," Kuroko said.

"Sunset did explain to us about how the ponies are like," Zombina said.

"I just didn't think all of them are such cowards and sissies," Doppel said.

"Sunset did say that the older ponies are a lost cause and to put more effort into the young ones instead," Kuroko said. (2)

“I see what she means,” Doppel said.

“The adults just scream and run around. Or just hide in their houses. The kids on the other hand are the only ones making any progress,” Zombina said.

"And here I thought coming to the states and handling the pony mess would be easier then what's happening back home," Kuroko said before thinking about it. "No forget I said that. This is easier then trying to explain to those girls that they can't just shout pervert and attack men. That Akane Tendo took going through shock therapy to stop her from just attacking anyone who even looks at her wrong. Then there's those two nutcases from the Hina's Inn case that completely refused to face reality and are now in jail."

"It took me pointing a gun to their faces and firing a bullet pass their ears to finally accept the idea that if they harm the owner in front of us I would shoot them dead," Zombina said.

"Which is why we're here. To get away from dealing with that," Kuroko said. (2)

"Now we deal with the crazy of Gravity Falls and trying to get those ponies to accept that in this world they're no longer in control of their world. And also dealing with their princess who is now a human alicorn with magical powers who looks down on the ponies. Who is very money hungry and very cheap as well. The castle is nice but it’s mostly was already there in the first place. All the new stuff she brought in is nothing more then stuff you find in a retail store," Doppel said.

"She does have to pay off all the loans she took out to improve Equestia," Tionishia said.

"And its not like she keeps tons of cash around just laying around. It's all tied up in investments and bonds. She's cash poor," Manako said.

"So she can't afford to buy expensive stuff or take a plane to Paris to shop," Kuroko said.

"She did come from a big family where the money was always tight," Zombina adds.

In Space -

Titan Station (Colloquially known as The Sprawl) was a civilian space station that was built into the last remaining fragment of Titan which was one of Saturn's moons and the site of the first planet crack. Titan Station itself encircled the Shard of Titan as a large metropolis with inner structures such as schools, malls, skyscrapers and a Unitologist church. The population of the station exceeded one million people. That was before the Necromorphs appeared and killed off all the people on the station. Which only ended after the Marker was destroyed, leaving behind a dead station.

"Come on we need to find all the shards!" XJ-9 said as she and her sisters scan the area where the marker use to be located.

After they found the station they learn all about what happen at the station and the alien marker that while a big power source also brings back dead flesh into nercromorphs and how the Unitologist church was behind the outbreak. So unleashing hundreds of operators and other robots built to work in space, they began gathering all the pieces of the marker and putting them into the recycler that broke down the shards. Even with the maker being dead and the power source of it being not in this world, they're not taking chances with it not making super zombies or drive people crazy.

They're even searching and destroying all records of the Unitologist church. So that no one would come across like a book and start the church here. Seeing how followers believe that becoming a zombie is the right thing to do, they're not taking any chances in some nut restarting the faith. Which is nothing but the maker brainwashing people to want to do what it wants. Which is just creating a giant moon size nercromorph that will devour all life across the galaxy just like the universe where the station came from.

"XJ-9 how is the clean up going?" Dr. Wakeman ask through the com link.

"In a couple of months there be no traces of the nercromorphs, the shards or anything to do with Unitologist," Jenny said.

"What about the USG Ishimura?" Wakeman ask.

"The same as there is no way I'm risking a zombie outbreak on Earth. But at least we brought back all the advance technology," Jenny said.

"The technology is very advance I would had like looking over the shard," Wakeman said.

"And you going crazy or someone else goes and builds one and starts a zombie plague?" Jenny ask.

"True," Wakeman said.

"How is Cassie doing?" Jenny ask.

Awhile ago a ship came to Earth with the crew being made up of Cassie Harrison, her father Derick Harrison and Marion the hamster. Cassie had hired Marion to find her father after pirates attack their ship, which after searching half the universe finally found him. But then the merge happen and all the old space ports they knew about were gone.

They ended up on a planet where a large spaceship had already crash landed on. The ship is name Aurora and one of the survivors of the crash had gathered resources and built a spaceship to escape the planet. Which he did only after going on a adventure where he release young Sea Emperor Leviathans to spread an enzyme that cures the kharaa bacterium that had infected much of the planet.

They also found the old seabase he built using the habitat builder which is a hand held fabricator. As well as the vehicles he also built, the Cyclops a large sub, the Seamoth a one man sub and the Prawn a underwater powersuit. Using the technology that's still in working order they used the Naptune Launch Platform to rebuild their ship, integrating all the technology that Marion had had 'picked' up here and there as well as the technology on the planet. Making the ship far more advance then it ever was before. The Ion Cubes that the ancient alien machine kept on creating after the cubes were harvested are what is powering their ship having created big Ion Power Cells that can just be recharged with solar power. They got to Earth and are now living on Talos 2 as they learned about their new home.

"I'm sure that my sister is taking care of her and her father. And those Cuddlefishes they brought with them," Wakeman said.

"You have no idea and just been studying the technology they brought with them," Jenny said. The scanner that the person who built everything on that would had lots of data on it which Wakeman has been going over.

"Well.... come back to Earth and leave the other robots to handle the clean up," Wakeman said quickly as she turns off the com.

"Got it," Jenny said contacting her sisters to return to Earth.

Camp Lakebottom -

Things were going normal at the camp as the campers were setting things up for a camp play. That was till several trees came to life thanks to spirits entering the trees, making them anthropomorphic. This scared the kids who all panic as the stage for the play was setup in a grove surrounded by trees. Mesa the tree woman recognized the trees as Cragglewoods. Tree spirits that used a park with the only ride being a carousel that transform any child who gets on it to become like them. Then the merge happen and the park was burn down but the spirits have been wandering around looking for a new place to recreate the park. (3)

"Wait a second," Ronnie said as she realized something. "If they can only takeover trees then how did they get children to go to the park?"

"They used magic to teleport the children there but now they're here they don't have that magic anymore," Mesa said who is standing with the other adults forming a barrier between them and the trees.

"And they only took little kids right?" Ronnie ask.

"Yes," Mesa said wondering what she's talking about.

"Well if they don't have magic and can only control the trees they're using for bodies. Then why are we scared of them?" Ronnie ask making everyone look at her. "They're trees and unlike Mesa they can move from where they're rooted." (4)

"It does explain why they go for young children," Mesa said seeing how the Cragglewood trees couldn't move from the spot they're root at.

"I'll handle this," Six said as she steps up and opens her mouth. The spirits of Cragglewood were pulled out from their tree host and were consumed by Six.

"When could you do that?" Ronnie ask Six.

"Learn it," Six answers.

"Hey where's Lincoln?" Ronnie ask looking around.

"Here," Lincoln said having fallen into the costume trunk and somehow gotten into a dress.

"Nice dress, suits you. After all your husbands are doing all the fighting," Max said, causing his fellow campers from Camp Campbell to laugh at Lincoln.

"At least he has a girlfriend," Dib said causing other kids to laugh at Max.

Ronnie and Six help Lincoln out of the trunk and the dress, with Six reminding them of her going to see Stump. Which Bill the swim teacher of the camp being the one who will be taking her to Scuttlebutt Island. Lincoln and Ronnie would be going with Six as Stump wanted to do a group thing for Six with those who she's close to. All three went into Lincoln’s cabin not noticing the door is different, the kids step inside and once the door close the door disappeared and replaced with the normal cabin door.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

Dipper, Twilight and Wendy had met up with Pacifica at an alleyway in the downtown area, Mabel also tagged along to see the curse door. Pacifica called about how Lincoln, Ronnie, and Six had just fell out a door that appeared out of nowhere. And that the doorway they all came out of shows nothing but a glowing portal, with Pacifica placing an empty water cooler bottle against the door to keep it from closing. They weren't the only ones who are there as Lincoln called the camp and Huntress Wizard drove into town to pick up the campers and Dib came along to see the portal. There is also Molly who is with her friends Andrea, Libby, Kat, Sheela, and Tammy. Along with Darryl who were nearby when Pacifica saw Lincoln and his girls coming out of the door.

"This is a curse door that randomly appears around Gravity Falls Brighton. The author of the journal writes that they ended up in a a desert and had to hitch hike all the way back. The doors only appear here, and you can end up anywhere. They remain open only as long as the door is open and will disappear after closing it," Dipper said reading from the book.

"So where does it go?" Wendy ask using a piece of cardboard to poke into the vortex inside the door. Dib is next to her scanning the doorway, with his pip-boy.

"I have no idea, but it will be somewhere in Gravity Falls Brighton or around it," Dipper said.

"Well, it's not magical in nature," Twilight said who didn't had her magic anymore after the pit thing, but she can detect it now.

"But what's on the other side?" Molly asked.

"Yeah, what's on the other side?" Mabel repeated.

"I can toss you in to see if it's safe for the rest of us," Wendy said.

"Hey!" Mabel said.

"I'm sending a drone to see," Dib said sending a drone into the portal. Dib open a holo screen showing what the drone is seeing.

On the screen looks to be a long white hallway. The drone is suddenly grabbed and a man in a suit with a floating faceless head is shown on the screen. Yelling could be heard and the sounds of running feet echoed in the hallway. The floating head man came walking out of the doorway, holding both the drone and one of those reusable shopping bags, closing the door behind him which disappeared once it was closed.

"Thanks for holding the door," the man greeted the gang lifting his hat as he did so.

"Hey, I know you," Dipper said having seen him in the background here and there. "I have been seeing you around, all summer."

"Yes, I have been here and there watching events as they unfold. I have been very entertained in your adventures over the summer," the man said.

"So, who are you?" Wendy asked.

"I'm Terrible Trivium," the man said.

"Aren't you the demon of trivial tasks and not important ones?" Huntress Wizard asked curiously earning her looks from the others. "I do have a life beyond archery."

"Yes, I am and I'm here to show you my thanks," Terrible Trivium said pulling out from the bag he's holding wrapped up bars of some kind, the wrapping has no label on it.

"What are these?" Dib asked.

"Oh, just some powers up, I took from some people. They randomly give anyone who eats them a power," Terrible Trivium said giving each of them a bar. (5)

"Wait why are you giving us this?" Dipper ask holding his bar.

"To show my thanks in keeping that door open," Terrible Trivium said.

"And what was that in that place you came from?" Mabel asked.

"I just took the only samples of the Adam experiment that worked. So now that group in the black market will forever repeat the experiment again and again hoping to get it right again but failing. Thanks to the fact I went and did something with the experiment to get it to work," Terrible Trivium said.

"He's the demon of trivial tasks and not important ones. Him doing this is something he will do. His kind of demon needs to have what they are to gain power. Like the more people believe in a god the stronger the god becomes," Huntress Wizard explains.

"Yes, I know I don't have to do this anymore but I do love to get my hands dirty again," Terrible Trivium said.

"Really you don't?" Dib asked.

"I use to need to get people to waste their time but in this modern age, has become the ultimate form of trivial tasks and not important ones is this age the internet age. People wasting time looking up completely unimportant information, people wasting time reading other people blogs, people wasting time looking for things to complain about. Wasting time trying to get likes instead of making something of themselves. Then there are the gamers, wasting time saving the world of a completely made-up world, and wasting so much time in completing tasks that have no impact on the game at all and just doing it to complete the game at 100%. So many wasted the best years of their lives goofing off and doing things that has no real importance. Like the kid in school who did nothing but goof off and be cool that after school they nothing and homeless once their parents kick them out. So much wasted just for stuff that doesn't matter in the long run. The best thing is that I don't have to do anything as they're just doing it themselves," Terrible Trivium said. (6)

"He's right," Dib said thinking about his world and how it rewarded deadbeats.

"Enjoy your powers," Terrible Trivium said walking away.

"Ok so what do we do with these?" Lincoln asked looking at the bar in his hands. On one hand he'll be getting powers, on the other he doesn't know what it will do to him.

"I'll test them first to make sure... Hey!" Dib said looking at Mabel who is eating hers.

"What?" Mabel asked with everyone looking at her.

"Mabel you have no idea what that will do to you," Dipper said.

"Blow?" Mabel said suddenly.

"What?" Dipper asked.

"Blow, the word just pop in my head," Mabel said.

"I know you have the power of blowing!" Luz shouted out.

"Cool!" Mabel said as she filled up with air as she took a deep breath and blew. Which while she did blew hard enough for all of them to feel it, that was it.

"Looks like you do have blowing powers but seeing how you can only hold so much air in your lungs. That's as hard as you can blow," Dib said.

"Awwww," Mabel said disappointed in the power she got.

"Might as well see what happens," Wendy said as she takes a bite out of her own bar.

"Well?" Pacifica asks.

"Don't feel different...," Wendy said before she starts hearing a word. "Ram?"

"You gain the power of ramming?" Ronnie ask.

"I got it. The powers are based around a word," Lincoln said having read enough comics.

"My turn," Dipper said taking a bite from his bar. "Fix."

"Oh good one," Wendy said.

Lincoln eats his bar. "Dumb?"

Six joins him in eating hers. "Cling?"

Ronnie joins them as well. "Soup?"

Pacifica eats hers as well. "Cloud?"

Twilight was next. "Astral?"

"Dib was next. "Boost?"

Molly was next. "Friendship?"

Andrea was next. “Fragile?”

Libby was next. “Barrier?”

Kat was next. “Clean?”

Sheela was next. “Honey?”

Tammy was next. “Slide?”

Darryl was next. “Find?”

And Huntress Wizard. "Cook? At least, I can help out in the kitchen at camp."

"If these powers are anything like the ones in One Piece, there isn't any bad powers, just bad users," Lincoln said.

"So if I train myself, I can really blow," Mabel asked.

"You already blow," Wendy smirks.

"Thanks," Mabel said before she got it. "Hey!"

Equestria -

Sunset looks over the place that would had been her home if her birth parents hadn’t given her up. She stands with her guards and robots to put a stop to her mom’s rampage, that usually has her and her sisters grabbing their mom trying to hold her back. Which is why she brought so many guards and robots. But that wasn’t what they found. They found the ponies of the town gathered around her human family with them talking with her pony birth family.

The place they’re at is a cold god forsaken place called Nibblet, a small village that was setup by Earth Ponies who wanted nothing to do with magic. The town if you could call the shacks that made up the town a town was a sad sight to see. All poorly built and hardly kept the elements out. Thanks to how hard it was for them to get supplies and goods from the outside world. With their only contact being a trader now and then.

The farmland that surrounded the town was overworked and barren. When the rains came, they soaked in and stayed. Even when the surface was dry and cracked, just beneath was sodden. They never went thirsty, but they couldn’t grow any crops that wouldn’t rot before they reached maturity. And that was before they lost their plant growing magic. And the deaths rate of the village skyrocket to the point where there is only around a hundred or so left.

“So, this is where I was born,” Sunset said turning her gaze to her pony birth parents.

Her mother and father are much skinnier and smaller than their human counterparts. As for her pony sisters, they’re all long since left the village to find a better life. The ones who stayed are buried in the family graveyard behind their shack, which has been expanded over the years as more and more children are born. The sight of their pony counterparts and how they live took the bloodlust from her human parents.

“We gave you up, so you have a better life,” her birth father said.

“Our community wouldn’t accept you and it was for the best that you grew up elsewhere,” her birth mother said.

“This is a toxic community. And not because this is a natural bog. The only reason why you all managed to survive this long in this fetid and lamented bog, was because of earth magic. Now with no magic the land has become a toxic quagmire thanks to the runoff from the chicken, pig and cow farms near here. It’s that the ponies refuse to change their ways to make their standard of life to be better. Refusing the supplies that I been sending to help improve things,” Sunset said.

“This is our town, and we don’t need your help,” an elder said.

“And none of your business,” the mayor of the town said.

“Actually, seeing how the land you’re all living on is owned by the crown which is me. And seeing how this town isn’t producing anything this place is a uselessvile. So I’m just having you all evicted from my land,” Sunset said.

“You’re going to force us out of our homes?” an elder ask.

“Of course not. I’m leaving that to the police force to do it. And you all have no choice as I see that you have no supplies coming in and only been eating wild plants to survive this long. And from the number of buildings abandon ponies either left or died. You all won’t survive another winter and I refuse to give you ponies food and get nothing in return. So, I’m giving you all no choice but to leave by force and all of these buildings be torn down,” Sunset said and turns to her party. “Come we”re heading back.”

“Sunset wait,” her pony birth mother said.

“There is nothing to say. I am grateful for you and father for giving me a better life then you could give me. What I can’t forgive now knowing why you gave me up. Is that if this village hates magic so much that already cost you many of my pony sisters because of one thing or another that magic could had done something to help. Why didn’t you just move?” Sunset asks.

“This is our home,” her pony father said.

“And that matters... why? You don’t have enough food to keep all of my pony sisters alive. They left a long time ago and the ones who didn’t are all buried. And seeing how I ended up in Canterlot where Celestia made me her daughter, shows that you two could had travel to another village and made that place your home. So why didn’t you do it? Staying here where most of my sisters died because there wasn’t enough food? Is this place really worth your children lives?” Sunset asks.

Both of her birth parents just shut their mouths and couldn’t even look at her.

“That’s what I thought,” Sunset said before walking away from her birth parents who couldn’t do what was best for all of their children. Which is why they’re all alone as they all left their foolish parents behind.

Author's Note

1 - You'll be surprised how much money you can make recycling.

2 - Seeing how crazy most of all the mangas and animes are completely crazy and most of the cast live in their own worlds. Japan would be completely crazy with all of them brought together.

3 - SCP-2571

4 - A plant monster like a living tree is something to worry about. But if the plant is rooted to the ground and can't move from that spot. Then all you need to do is keep out of range of any long range attacks or the reach of the limbs and vines.

5 - SCP-2923

6 - Having time off to relax and have fun is one thing but wasting your life when you are young just to have your golden years in school and still living with your parents, is another. It's one thing to be still living at home and working, where you help around the house and pay the bills. It's another to be jobless and living at home because you’re a deadbeat with no future but being homeless and living on the street as you have no grades, qualifications or any motivation to actually work or drive to do something that could get you a job or start your own business.

Boy’s Crazy

Since regaining the ability to use magic, Sunset has been training herself to regain her lost skills. Thanks to all the videogame characters who been brought to life, she was able to tutor under them. To see if she can’t use their brand of magic or at least be able to pull something off just like it.

Sunset learned from the turtle wizard Kamek, Shang Tsung and Quan Chi, Princess Peach Toadstool and Zelda among other magic users from games. While she couldn’t do the same spell as her tutors can do, she did figure out how to do something just like it. As she did in coming up in creating magic that’s like the spells in the anime Slayers.

It's like designing a computer or an engine without actually making the thing, just drawing up the blueprints. Something that Sunset did with spells, knowing how they're supposed to work and coming up with how to do it, on paper that is. Sunset wasn't the top student in the magic school for nothing after all, coming up with the math of how spells work and how to recreate it or close to it as she could get it to work. (1)

Currently she’s on the training mat, up against Firebrand from Ghosts 'n Goblins. She’s been training with other flyers to learn how to fight as a winged humanoid. Both of them are trading blows as they floated in the air, maintaining both their wing flaps and blocking each other’s blows.

“That’s right fighting in the air is completely different from ground fighting. You have to keep up with your flight and your opponent. And remember unlike on the ground you can attack from below and above not just on the sides,” Firebrand said.

Watching from the sidelines is Nitara, a vampire with bat wings on her back from Mortal Kombat. Who already had her turn teaching Sunset some combat moves. Along with Kowalski who is watching the match while eating cans of sardines, cheering them on.

“Hey boss!” Kollector who became one of the royal accountants of the castle called out. He now wears a custom suit fitted for his body and extra arms.

“Yes,” Sunset said landing on the mat stopping the match, Firebrand landed to take a breather.

“We need to talk,” a small man said riding on top of a Mr. Handy said who is followed by a giant of a man.

The giant is Goah the Giant who use to carry Gilius Thunderbird a dwarf around on his back in a basket-like backpack. Both came from the Golden Axe game, and both are wearing normal clothes instead of their barbarian wears. With many videogame characters without jobs, Sunset hired many to work in her casinos, theme parks, and resorts. Gillis Thunderbird is the manager of the fantasy theme casino Dungeon Fantasy that also has a theme park. It was going to be another theme casino but after the videogame characters were brought to life and Sunset hired some of them, she made some changes. That has paid off as lots of videogame fans are coming to see their favorite characters.

“What is it Gilius?” Sunset ask.

“Tyris and other women want to change their outfits to less skimpy ones. So do some of the guys who have nothing but loincloths,” Gilius explains.

“Fine as long as their new outfits fit the theme of the casino, that goes for everyone else. Anything else?” Sunset asked.

“The Mushroom Kingdom is facing some legal trouble with Nintendo,” Gilius said.

“Of course,” Sunset said as even if it is Mario and the gang wanting to make a theme park base on their game, the company Nintendo still will have some issues with it. She turns to Nitara and Firebrand. “We’re done for today.”

“See you later than,” Nitara said walking off with Firebrand.

“Kowalski make sure you clean up after yourself,” Sunset said to the penguin and the empty sardine cans around him.

“Will do,” Kowalski said looking for something to put all the tin cans in so he can dump them into the recycler.

Sunset’s office -

Still in her training clothes, Sunset is going over the reports and other paperwork that she needs to review and sign. Unlike Celestia she’s does her job instead of just kicking the can down the road or have others do it for her. Such is her disdain for bureaucracy that she'll sign most official paperwork that crosses her desk without reading it. Sunset does have a workforce of Mr. Handies who read over the paperwork and put a sticky note on it to sum it up to her. But she does spend nearly all her time dealing with the minutia necessary to run the kingdom.

A new factory had open up a subsidiary of Vim! Pop Incorporated, a soft drink manufacturer that operates out of Maine on the East Coast. Sunset on a visit to Maine was introduced to the regional soft drink and took a liking to it. Seeing how before the Merge happen the company wasn't doing well thanks to the brutal tactics from Nuka-Cola, signed a deal with the company to supply Canterlot with their soda.

All the casinos carry the soda and with good advertising, along with Sunset often being seen drinking the soda. Got many people to start drinking the soda, which came in 4 different flavors. Vim a combination of pure Maine spring water and other extracts and syrups, the flagship beverage of the Vim! Pop Corporation is slightly fermented, which helps to better bring out its unique and natural flavor profile.

Vim Refresh which is even more energizing than Vim Quartz, and is flavored with apples. Refresh looks the same as regular Vim, but with a light green color and a lime wedge design on the label.

Vim Quartz is bubble gum flavored and contained extra "oomph" (or "vim"), making drinkers more energized. The soft drink comes in a transparent glass bottle and is tinted a light yellow color that glows in the dark.

Captain's Blend that has a taste that is fishy, with marketing has the taste of Maine in a bottle. The beverage inside glows brightly purple.

Vim has proven to be a popular drink among the griffins and loved the Captain’s Blend as fish is a big part of their diet. Which is why the factory has been built to supply the demand for the drink. As well as allowing the company to get their name out there around the West coast.

There is also another soft drink that Sunset took a liking to during a visit to Las Vegas to see Mr. House for a business deal. The root-beer type soda, Sunset Sarsaparilla is also a popular drink around Gravity Falls Brighton after Sunset started ordering the regional soda to be ship to the casinos. And became a big enough hit that a small factory was built to supply the demand for the soft drink. The company is also trying out new flavors like Diet Sunset Sarsaparilla.

Another soda, Nuka-Cola can also be found but the company is still facing the fallout from Nuka-Cola Quantum having radioactive isotopes in the beverage. Not to mention the underhanded tactics that the company uses to get rid of their competition. There is also the problems found at the company’s theme park Nuka World. The company flagship drink also is very unhealthy because of the amount of sugar of over 120% of the recommended daily allowance of sugar. The CEO and founder of the company John-Caleb Bradberton has been busy making the changes and meeting the safety standards of the new worlds he found himself in.

Even with all that has happen, Gravity Falls Brighton still has people and companies moving in to setup shop. Thanks to Sunset’s making Equestria into a place that people could legally gamble, and having tax breaks for companies that operate in the kingdom, with some conditions they have to meet to enjoy the tax breaks. So that they can’t just build a factory and than shut it down to move operations elsewhere or having an one man office that does nothing just to enjoy a tax break there or backing out a deal without heavy fines filed against them.

There is also another reason why tech companies are setting up shop in Gravity Falls Brighton. A couple of months ago it was discovered that the gems that grow like some crystals that’s found all over Equestria, once crushed and refined. Could be made into microchips that can be reduced in size and their speed increased as well. Computer systems that could handle the data centers of governments and companies, that took large rooms to be stored in could be made the size of a toaster using the gem microchips.

Now after the invasion and with the rebuilding taking place. The news was released and different companies are now investing in the new microchips being created. The main investor being Professor Membrane who Sunset made a deal with to oversee the production of the chips. Thanks to Sunset knowing that she will always get a fair deal from him. She also made a deal with Mr. House to have some of the mines run by robots or partly and work with normal workers.

Las Vegas -

Inside the new factory of Robco that produces his robots, Mr. House looks over the prototype of his newest employee. It's a clockwork robot that works, of course for safety reason all weapons were removed from the robot before it was turn on. It's powered by whale oil and is amazingly advance for a clockwork robot.

"This isn't robot. This is a work of art," Mr. House said to the young man name Kirin Jindosh who he had spirited away from the Isles.

"Well, I wanted to show you what I can do with the tools, I had to work with back home," Jindosh said.

"The only problem is the sheer cost. Besides wealthy buyers who just want to order one of showing off their wealth. This kind of robot will be more of a collectors item," Mr. House said then turns to face Jindosh. "You are one of those rare minds that only appear now and then with what you're able to do with the tools at hand."

"In my world anyways. It's hard to feel you actually make a difference with someone like Membrane around," Jindosh said. Learning about the professor who is so smart that he's called an omnidisciplinary scientist because of all the fields that he has mastered.

"To be fair he was the one who kept his world from falling apart. Being one of the few people who is smart in that world and everyone else are just morons who can barely remember how to breath," Mr. House said.

“I’m surprise how he’s not crazy having to deal with morons all the time,” Jindosh said.

“Anyways you shouldn't focus on what others have done or are doing focus on your own field. You are able to build a working clockwork robot, and now with the tools from me and funding you'll be able to design even better robots. But do remember to keep it practical and as people say get as much bang for your buck as you can. In other words unless you’re designing a one of the kind robot, like the XJ sisters don’t go crazy in the design. It be like in one of those high end restaurants where the meals are all small and tasteless, costing a fortune just to have a bad meal just to show off how much money you can spend,” Mr. House explains.

“Same at the Isles,” Jindosh said.

"You'll be working in lab 6 to learn the ropes and learn to use the machines that are new to you. With how smart you are I'm sure in no time you will learn how to operate all the technology my company has to offer," Mr. House said.

"That's the plan," Jindosh said eager to learn all that he can.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

Mabel is walking away into the woods rather sullen. She, Molly and the others went to see Sev'ral Timez. But there after the show and sneaking into the backstage, they found out about Ergman Bratsman the manager of the boy band illegal boy band cloning operation. He was using clones to make the prefect boy band, and kept the boys in a giant hamster cage with the wood shavings for bedding, giant water bottle and even feeding them pellets.

Mabel had wanted to bring them back to the shack and keep them. Molly and the others on the other hand quickly called the cops which ended up with the cops arresting Bratsman for illegal cloning and abuse seeing how he kept the boys in a cage. The boys were taken into protective custody where they would go to a psychiatric hospital. Where they can be given the help they needed seeing how they lived in isolation for all of their lives with their only human contact being Bratsman.

Mabel was happy she help save the band from being slaves to their manager. But she had so wanted to have a boy band. And…

"Gah! I hate this!" shouts Mabel as she kicks the can into the bush, which lets out a familiar squeal...

Mabel's eyes widen hearing the squeal.

"Waddles?" she called out.

She jumps into the bush... and finds... a grubhog?

Mabel blinks and stares blankly and confused... then the grubhog gives a squeal of 'Mabel'.

Mabel just shrugs it off.

"Eh, close enough!" she hugs the grubhog eagerly. "I'm so happy to see you Waddles 2! The future looks brighter already!"

Tartarus -

In her office Doctor Buck is looking over the latest reports around the world of new SCPs. The SCP didn’t just going around labeling everything not normal an SCP, only the ones that are dangerous and couldn’t be controlled. With the governments and public watching SCP couldn’t operate like they use to and with Reagan Ridley in charge, she’s keeping a tight lease on the agency. Besides if they don’t play ball, they loose their funding and that’s it as many of the old higher ups in the shadow groups after the change happen, found out that without people to do their dirty work for them, they have no power. (2)

They now go around taking care of dangerous people and objects. Helping people who have been transformed or have uncontrollable things happening to them. Studying and researching on the people and objects brought to them, or locked up in Tartarus which is where the real dangerous ones are kept.

Buck looks at 3 reports in front of her.

The first is an after action report of an ancient Aztec ruins. An archeologist was nearly crushed when the temple he was in remakes itself. A swarm of exquisite cutlery and table settings would soon fly from the temple to turn anything they attacked into a twisted flesh-like Hors d'oeuvres. Later investigations would show that these abominations were a bastardized attempt by the Aztec's to emulate a ritualistic mass murder cannibal banquet ritual from an 'even older civilization' that would supposedly give them immortality.

Another ruin is razed to the ground with fire as XJ-10 sprayed a gel that can burn through ice. The ruin is home to a strange flesh eating plant that the natives kept from spreading by salting the earth around the ruin to keep it contain. XJ-10 already sprayed the ruin and flooded the temple with super weed killer that kills any plant. And now making sure by burning the entire temple. Any relics that could be recovered were already taken and are being soaked in tanks full of bleach to make sure the plant wouldn't be tagging along.

XJ-8 has toss the hibernating form of the monster known as Jeepers Creepers into the recycler. With the machine breaking down his body to the atomic scale and making it into cubes, the Creeper can’t come back as it needs to feed to heal and it now just a bunch of green cubes which are going to be used for the bioreactor that helps powers the base. Doctor Buck wishes that they had a recycler back in her home universe, would be nice to see if that would take care of the SCPs that they been trying to terminate.

Buck looks at the report of the new chairwoman of the ghost world, Dani after Scratch went back to his body. She’s being helped by Sunset in how to be a good leader and is powerful enough to keep the other ghosts in-line.

A new report came on her computer screen of the cloning of the singers in that boy band. The manager is now arrested and the company is under investigation. The clones are going to get the help to adjust to normal life. The only real question is how a manager of a boy band managed to get his hands on cloning technology.

Buck then looks at another screen, there has been readings of temporal energy popping up here and there. All being centered around Gravity Falls, and around the lake area. She sent teams to find something but they found nothing, they did find more of those giant spiders that have made their home in the forest. The locals have taken to catching them and eating them, cooking them like crabs and lobsters. Buck just asked Danny to ask Clockworks about the temporal readings to find out what’s going on. The reply was to just allow it to happen.

“I hate time problems,” Buck said as time powers are always a headache to deal with and the one in control of time just told her to just let it happen. Making it clear that it will just happen and will reveal itself later.

Buck looks at the report of the kids who ate the candy that gave them superpowers. Given to them by Terrible Trivium a demon of trivial tasks and not important ones. A list showing a picture of the kids and what their powers are appeared on screen. They were all brought in for testing and see if there are any side effects.

Dipper, power Fix. Note - twin

Testing has shown him being able to fix broken objects but only inorganic material. Using the power drains his stamina.

Mabel, power Blow. Note - twin

Testing has shown she can blow harder than normal but it is limited by the amount of air her lungs can hold.

Wendy, power Ram. Note - a deer woman.

Testing has shown her being able to fly into an object at high speed. She’s able to ram through just about any obstacle place in front of her and in her deer form increases the roaming power and speed. She is seem invulnerable to harm while using her power. Not known what her limits are due to testing stopping at a wooden barrier.

Lincoln, power Dumb.

Testing has shown that he’s able to decrease the intelligence of people. On a generator he’s able to decrease the power output. He’s able to dumb things down so they be dumber and less powerful.

Six, power Cling. Note - is already a person of interest thanks to her being one of the survivors of The Maw and taking care of SCP - 2571 Cragglewoods Park.

Testing has shown she’s able to crawl up walls and walk on the ceiling. Is able to cling onto any surface with little trouble. She needs her hands and feet to be bare for her to be able to get a grip. (3)

Ronnie, power Soup.

Testing has shown she’s able to produce any kind of soup she can think of from her hands. All soups are perfectly edible for the ones meant to be eaten. She is immune to the heat and other effects of the soup she makes. She has produce soups that can’t be consume by humans but can be consume by non humans. Using the power drains her of stamina.

Pacifica, power Cloud.

Testing has shown she’s able to create and control clouds, like the pegasus ponies of Equestria before losing their magic. She is able to walk and ride on clouds under her control and create cloud related weather. She needs a body of liquid to make into clouds for her power to work.

Twilight Sparkles, power Astral.

Testing has shown her being able to leave her body and travel the astral planes. Has gone to learn under Princess Luna who can still travel to the astral plane by her dreams.

Dib, power Boost.

Testing has shown him being able to boost the power of machines beyond their normal limits. Drains his stamina and can cause the machine to overload if he boost it too much.

Molly, power Friendship. Note - is able to leave her body as a wright.

Testing has shown her being able to win people over to her with her friendly personality. According to her friends and family she was already like that before.

Darryl, power Find.

Testing has shown him being able to find objects and living beings but only one at a time. The limit is that he needs to know what it is and has a good idea what it looks like for his power to work.

Andrea, power Fragile.

Testing has shown she’s able to make non organic objects fragile. There is no known limits to what she can make fragile enough to break. Only works on solid objects, gel like objects are immune to her power. Her power drains her of her stamina fast.

Libby, power Barrier.

Testing has shown she’s able to create a barrier around her or create barriers of energy in any shape and form she wants. The barriers are only strong as long as she can concentrate and her stamina lasts.

Kat, power Clean.

Testing has shown her being able to clean anything no matter what kind of strain or how long it has been on an object. Drains her stamina with use.

Sheela, power Honey.

Testing has shown her being able to produce honey from her hands. She can create harden objects from honey, only limited by her imagination. Drains her of her stamina from use.

Tammy, power Slide.

Testing has shown she’s able to slide on her bare feet and hands as well as any other bare body part on any surface. Is immune to the effects of sliding one’s body and a rough surface, or hot or cold surfaces. Can only use her power on naked flesh.

Huntress Wizard, power Cook.

Testing has shown she’s able to cook without any cooking tools. Note while she can cook a streak she can’t prepare it like she can with a frying pan or an oven. More like cooking over an open fire without anything but a stick. She is able to disassemble organic objects simply by touching it. Using the disassemble power on a freshly dead chicken, the body had all the feathers, meat, organs, and bones in a neat pile. Test on a live fish shows the same results where the meat, bones, scales, and organs are in a pile. Huntress Wizard has agreed to limit her use of power and lie that it only works on dead things. She did say if she used it while she’s hunting, it would just make things too easy.

Buck frowns as the candy that gives the eater a power based around a word, reminds her of those fruits in that manga about pirates. She would want to do more testing but she couldn’t as keeping them against their will when they’re not dangerous to themselves or others is against the law. Plus with them being so open about their new powers, them suddenly disappearing would be more trouble than it’s worth. And Dib’s father is a major supporter of SCP, using his vast resources and wealth to help them build up after the change happen. Mind wiping is a major crime thanks to the magic users and if the SCP were to use it to just cover things up, all funding would be cut.

“At least they all agree to update any changes,” Buck said to herself, reminding herself that the SCP she’s apart now, isn’t the one she and her group came from.

Buck brings up a screen showing Camila Noceda and her daughter Luz and adopted daughter Vee. They’re staying at one of the resorts, Dream Castle, as VIPs thanks to Sunset who is using them to get PR and spread the word of her resorts in the Boiling Isles. Buck is interested in the Titan form of Luz and the demons and witches, who unlike other magic users still retain their magic. Thanks to the extra organ on their hearts that give them their magic in the first place.

There is also the others form the Boiling Isles coming to the resort that are persons of interests.

King Clawthrone the last of the Titans who is still young but will grow into a landmass size giant. Estimated to take centuries before he reaches the size of his father. Is heavily protected as magic users who lost their magic are hoping that his blood would give them their magic back. Testing has proven it false, the same with the bile from the demons and witches hearts.

Buck had seen the game show episode where Stanley Pines met Eda Clawthrone his ex-wife, who is traveling around the states with her new boyfriend Raine Whispers. And seeing how the game show ended with fire, she wonders what’s going to happen once she and the others get to Gravity Falls Brighton.

“Still can’t believe they changed the town’s name to that,” Buck said to herself.

Author's Note

1 - Creating a spell that’s based on one fiction can work. Like how in real life someone made their own lightsaber using what they could use and getting as close as they could with the current technology.

2 - Many people in fiction and real life are only powerful because they have people who do things for them. And once they run out of money, that’s it for them.

3 - Yes it is explained why Spider-Man is able to cling onto surfaces while wearing gloves and foot coverings, but it does still feel strange how he’s able to do it.

The Land Before Swine

After having a large breakfast of eggs and ham, Hoggish Greedly was ready to get to work in his office. Since coming to this world he's been running the pig farm like clockworks, as he doesn't want to lose his job after putting so much work into it. He no longer have the wealth to start over like he did in his old world. He's been making deals and finding buyers for what the farm produces. Doctor Reichter is greatly pleased with how he's running the farm and getting rid of all the waste his experiments makes.

Thanks to Greedly’s experience and knowledge in starting up businesses and the logistics of running a company. Greedly found the suppliers to keep the farm going, from the feed to feed to the pigs and other supplies needed to keep the farm running. Finding the buyers for the meat from local grocery stores, chains, restaurants and others. Finding use for the waste product from manure for farms and those companies that make the store brought soil.

Then there the recycler which takes care of all waste, that has been making lots of cubes lately. The cubes that come out are organic with material from the iron in the blood and synthetic from the trash. All of those cubes are helping to keep the farm afloat. But Greedly had noticed that there are more cubes showing up, which he brought up to the doctor who told him that it came from his lab.

Greedly also worked in cutting cost where they can be cut. Like using the organic cubes to make feed for the pigs. He even hired people who are desperate for work and would work cheap as farm hands. Which most of their pay went for the room and board at the farmhand houses, for those who live on the farm.

Speaking of which, one of the farmhands, Parker is snoring in the pig pen.

"Wake up Parker! There's no way in frack I'm mucking out this pigsty myself!" shouted Josh, throwing a bucket of water over him.

The former Mr. Meaty employee harshly wakes up and joins his friend to another lousy day working at the pig farm.

Camp Lakebottom -

In one of the cabins both Fu Dog and Monroe are teaching a class on archaeology, with the help of A.K. Yearling aka Daring Doo. She has fallen on hard times as thanks to Dr. Caballeron revealing that Daring Doo destroys many ancient sites while she hoards their artifacts to herself. Which Sunset quickly had the police seized from her, as Ahuizotl told her how he's the guardian of the artifacts that keeps being taken by both Daring Doo and Dr. Caballeron. Not to mention that Daring Doo keeps on destroying the ancient temples.

The ancient artifacts were either donated to museums like how Dr. Caballeron wanted to do in the first place before Daring Do started stealing the artifacts from him and turning him to a villain. Or are now resting in the ruins where they came from, now turn into a tourist site by Sunset. All fix up and restored to how they use to look like, after Daring Doo's back account was emptied to pay for all the repairs that she caused.

In the end Daring Doo had to file for bankruptcy. Leaving her penniless along with any sales of her books going to paying off the still massive repair bill for all the ruins she destroyed. And she is now banned from ever going to another dig site in the fear of her destroying it to get one artifact, which she will just keep in her house gathering dust. And now she's finding work where she can like teaching history in a classroom where she wouldn't destroy or horde away artifacts where no one else but her would ever see them.

"Ok class," Monroe said to the kids who are interested in the class. "Thanks to the merge many of the old dig sites around the world, now have new things in them."

"Seeing how history for all the different worlds are, things that shouldn't be found. Like Aztec ruins found in South America, Chinese and Roman settlements found in America, and a whole horde of artifacts all found in a cave on the east coast," Daring Doo adds.

"Actually that horde belongs to a traveling elf who picked up things here and there," Spud spoke up.

"Oh yeah it is," Trixie said looking it up on her phone.

"Well that figures," Fu Dog said. "You have no idea how many people who are from long lived races or immortal, pick up stuff and leaves it someplace else."

"Really?" Daring Doo ask.

"Didn't Sunset when she emptied out the vaults and rooms under the castle found tons of stuff that her mom picked up here and there and just forgot about it?" Rose ask.

"Like my grandfather's antic shop, most of it are stuff that he had picked up here and there," Jake adds.

"You mean many of the things being found in dig sites could just be something like the princess or one of the long lived races had picked up and left behind?" Daring Doo ask.

"Yup," Spud answers.

“It never happens in the pony world?” Monroe ask.

“Some of my stuff that I picked up over the years have turned up in some dig site,” Fu Dog adds.

Mystery Shack -

Dipper gathered everyone who gain powers from those bars Terrible Trivium had given them. All of their powers are based around a single word. His power Fix has allowed him to fix things around the shack, repairing things along side with Soos. He even got the shacks Mr. Handy working better once he bypassed several broken redundant coprocessors and fixing the vent fans. The one problem with Robco robots is that they build up a lot of heat and need good ventilation.

Wendy had unleashed her power of Ram on the bounty hunters. Learning that as long as she’s using her Ram power she is unstoppable and invincible while ramming.

Lincoln learn that his Dumb power allows him to dumb things down. He could dumb down noise so that there is nothing to hear and being learning to use his power better and master it.

Six learned that Cling allows her to cling to anything. She could walk up walls and the ceilings.

Ronnie found out that she can create any kind of soup she wants with her Soup power. While this has help her in the kitchen of the camp by creating any kind of soup the campers want, she is still trying to find more useful applications to her power.

Pacifica on the other hand has found lots of useful applications with her power Cloud. Like the pegasus ponies she can create control what happens to a cloud she can create. From making it rain, snow, make fog, and cloud related weather. She can even jump on top of her cloud and ride on it.

Twilight learned that she can astral project herself thanks to her Astral power. Isn’t much besides being able to be a ghost without actually being a ghost. She has been exploring the astral plane.

Dib learned that his power Boost, allows him to boost anything. He’s been using his power to boost the processing over of his computer. But he stayed back at the camp doing something else.

Huntress Wizard with her Cook power has just been helping out in the kitchen like Ronnie. She did learn that she can dismantle ingredients, allowing her to debone a fish leaving nothing but the meat behind. And she can cook anything anywhere, and has been learning to cook different dishes.

Molly and her friends are training with Dani in mastering their new powers. Which is the reason why they’re not there with him and the others. The SCP did some testing on them and found no harmful side effects, but they do want to be informed of any changes. With Kat using her cleaning power to make anything dirty to be so clean it looks like it’s brand new. Which Darryl got her to agree to charge people to clean valuable items.

And Dib is using his power to boost the computing power of his computer systems and doing something with that Eye group he’s apart of.

“A power is only useless if the person has total lack of willpower or creativity stifles any applications their power might otherwise have,” Lincoln said to Huntress Wizard who took Lincoln and the other campers to the shack.

“Yeah but Cook is just cooking and I’m getting pretty good at it. Even if Rosebud is a pain to work with,” Huntress Wizard said.

“True,” Lincoln said.

Dipper was happy that the others have been exploring what their powers are able to do. Of course, Mabel just having the power to blow slightly harder than normal wasn’t interested in learning to use her powers creatively. Naturally, she was too busy knitting a sweater for Waddles 2 and just laughed off his concerns as silly. Dipper also told her to stop feeding him so much food as Mabel kept on feeding the bug.

When Waddles 2 first showed up, Dipper's search for it's species that came up negative. So naturally he wanted it taken by animal control to make sure it wasn't dangerous.

That Mabel refused.

Dipper insisted.

She ran crying to Grunkle Stan.

Grunkle Stan took her side...

"Come on kid, just let her have this," Stan implored.

He was at least willing to compromise to keep Waddles 2 in his small zoo when Mabel wasn't playing with him. Mabel reluctantly agreed, but only on the condition Waddles 2 wasn't chained up outside. Lest some predator get ideas and he couldn’t get away because of being chain to one spot.

Back in the present, Soos had approached Dipper asking if he was interested in investigating a pterodactyl sighting. Which while there are dinosaurs around thanks to one reason or another, they're still rare to find. Not to mention many animal parks and zoo pay big bucks for them.

Dipper was tempted... but he knew they needed to focus on Learning to use their powers. So, he thanked Soos but politely declined. Seeing Soo's disappointment, Dipper suggested he go see Sunset, this could be something she'd be interested in investing in. Soos wanders off to do just that.

Mystery Shack -

"And here, ladies and gentlemen, is our final exhibit, the most hideous creatures known to man!" Stan said to a crowd of tourists and unveils a mirror, the tourists stare and laugh once they get the joke.

"Right, right? We have fun here. But seriously, folks," Stan walks over to another exhibit. "THIS is something. I present to you, a unicorn made OUT of corn, The Corn-i-corn! I- i don't know, I'm tired."

Stan unveils the corn-i-corn and the tourists gasp. Then frown as they see the destroyed mesh of wires.

"What the!?" Stan gasp seeing his exhibit destroyed. And spots Waddles eating one of the pieces of corn and corn all over the red sweater Mabel made for him.

"What a rip off! Kids, we're leaving," a couple said as his kids drop their merchandise and the tourists leave.

"No! Noooo!" Stan turns around to face Waddles. "You!"

Waddles stares at him innocently and a piece of corn falls off his face. Stan grabs him and takes the grubhog outside and puts a collar around it's neck leaving Waddles outside in the open. Stan walks back to the shack only to hear a noise behind him. He turns around in time to see something big flying off with Waddles.

The Pig Farm -

Josh groaned as he mucked out more of the pig manure. "Well, it's official... this is worse then Mr. Meaty..."

Parker nodded as he fills up another container of manure. "Yeah, at least we could eat what we were working."

Josh groaned, "Dude, I told you! Don't eat the merchandise! You want Mr. Greedly to fire us? We only got this job after getting laughed out of interviews across the country! Just wait for lunch.“

With both of them having no job experience outside of Mr. Meaty's, their education only went up to high school level. Not to mention how the reputation of Mr. Meaty followed them around like a dark cloud.

"Well what else am I going to eat? We do get free food at the kitchen but only 3 times a day. Most of our money goes to paying for the room and board at the houses for us farm hands. We've been eating nothing but wild berries and store bought sushi for weeks!“ His stomach growls in very alerting fashion, "Uh, oh. Speaking of which, I think it's coming back up!"

Parker runs off to what he thinks is the restroom.

"NO! THAT'S THE SUPPLY CLOSET!" shouted Josh as he ran after his portly friend before he made another mess for them to clean up...

Parker, too queasy to listen, runs into the closet with Josh close behind... loud noises of retching and Josh sobbing can be heard as the door closes...

Meanwhile a hand comes from the shadow, pulling the door off the wall where the real supply closet door stood behind it. The two puppet people were too busy cleaning or causing a mess to notice. When they finally emerge from the room...

“Right, forget the bleach. It'll be easier just to torch the room and try to frame it on... faulty... wiring..." Josh was saying as he walks out of the room.

He trails off and sees they’re on a ledge overlooking a vast underground complex. There are the remains of past test subjects in glass tanks. There are tanks with organs that were tank grown to be sold in the black market. There are cages with races of all kinds inside, many are the ones from Uselessviles who found themselves homeless thus no one would miss them. There are also people dress as Klukin soldiers which the two recognized from the news reports about their old fast food chicken chain that had the workers armed with advance weapons and robots.

"Okay, pretty sure we weren't supposed to see that..." Josh said.

"How did we get here?" Parker ask looking at the door they came out of to find it glowing.

"I think it's one of those cursed doors," Josh said. The curse doors teleport people at random to different locations. (1)

"Wait I thought those doors only appear in Gravity Falls. Not to mention those doors have all been marked so they're easy to spot," Parker said.

"Maybe the curse doors can switch around and that's why the supply door became a curse door," Josh said.

"Josh look," Parker said drawing Josh's attention to the cart of bodies being toss into a industrial sized recycler. Bodies went in and cubes of organic materials came out, along with mineral and synthetic cubes thanks to iron in the blood or tooth fillings or metal plates and things like a prosthetic heart and such implants, and exotic from the magical races being thrown in.

Seeing the bodies they start to back up when several Klukin soldiers drive toward former Vietmaul Kluckin higher-up Trahn. They had cages full of new test subjects.

The first one made Josh and Drake stop and collectively gasped! It was a cowering and frightened Elmo! Who in the puppet dimension wouldn't recognize that beloved little red ball of fur?!

The next were a bit more obscure... but they could make some guesses...

Most of the cages were filled with the kid dinosaurs from the Land Before Time series. The long neck Little foot, Triceratops Cera, Pteranodon Petrie, Saurolophus Ducky, Stegasaurus Spike. They too huddled in fear.

Finally, was the tiny unicorn foal Unico. A usually quite happy unicorn with the power to bring joy to everyone. But the Gods of his world were jealous of this power and the love he received. So they ordered the West Wind to destroy him. But the West Wind refused to obey and frantically traveled the world keeping Unico safe... although being forced to take his memory of any new friends he made to make it hard for the poor unicorn to be tracked...

A portal open in front of the West Wind as she was chased by the gods who finally tracked her down. Where they found themselves in an underground cavern where all of them found their magic and other powers gone. The old gods gave chase after Unico with the West Wind thinking they're the ones who did this to them, robbing them of their powers. They chase the two into a cavern that's a nesting ground for meat eating dinosaurs. Robbed of their power and immortality, the Wicked Gods were powerless to stop a horde of Dakotaraptor from ripping them to pieces. The West Wind used the last of her fleeting power to send Unico somewhere safe. (2)

Sadly, 'safe' was a rather relative term. Unico was briefly safe were he landed. But when he ran off scared was almost immediately spotted and caught by a Kluckin patrol. The patrol came to investigate the noise coming from the Dakotaraptor breeding pen. They found some gods still alive as well as the West Wind who they also put into cages. The ones who were badly wounded were thrown back into the pen.

Trahn looked over the lot unimpressed.

"Hmmph! Little unicorn might have potential... but rest useless! Have the dinosaurs be harvested for genetic material and throw the puppet thing in with the other 'cannon fodder' test subjects! Maybe the good doctor can find use for useless junk later!" he responds coldly.

"What of the gods?" one soldier ask.

"The young female be used as a test subject as for the old men, harvest them for their... no they're all old. Just shoot them and toss them into the recycler," Trahn said. (3)

"You idiotic mortal you think you can treat gods like this?" one of the old men shouted.

"Forget shooting them just toss them in alive," Trahn said.

The soldiers salute and began to cart off the cages. The cages with the old gods were brought to the recycler where the gods were brought out one at a time, with the gods fighting or trying to flee with them being tazed and beaten or having their knees shots. In the end all the gods were toss into the recycler alive and came out as cubes.

"Okay, they still haven't seen us yet. We can still get out of here," Josh said.

"What!? No, dude! We can't leave those kids! They got Elmo for crying out loud! What kind of dick abandons Elmo!? We have to save him! And the others!... But mostly Elmo! And that hot chick," Parker said.

"Parker, were badly outnumbered and outgunned! Look, let's just run up top. Call the cops," Josh said.

Parker interrupts. "We're miles away from anyone! And that's assuming anyone listens to us or we can figure out how to reverse what got us here in the first place!"

"Parker, be reasonable! This isn't like back in our world, where everything goes back to normal when the day is over. We die here, we did for real! Look, we can still live if we leave now!" Josh said.

Parker snorts derisively. "Live and do what? A life of living on the street eating gas station Sushi till we die of a spastic colon? Josh, you do what you want. But I want my life to mean something- YOLO!"

Parker gives a small battle cry as he jumps off the ledge, slams into the cages, the shocked soldiers are so stunned they did nothing as Parkers trajectory causes the cart with the cages on them to careen away from them and shoot down a deep incline, out of control.

Josh snorts. "Whatever, idiot..."

He walks away back to the elevator...

Before suddenly turning around and running back.

"PARKER IF WE SURVIVE THIS, I'M KILLING YOU!" shouted Parker as he too jumped off and crashed into the cart, causing to go further out of control as it crashes through the complex.

Mystery Shack -

Luz was having a good day as Eda and the others finally arrived to the resort. The adults are enjoying the resort while she’s showing the kids around and showing them the hot spots. She's been showing Willow, Amity, Edric, Emira and Gus around and answering questions about the human world for the twins.

They took a bus to Gravity Falls Brighton to look around. With so much happening around the town recently, caused a boom in people coming to the town. She took them to the movies to see the Disney film 'Onward' that took place in a world where there use to be magic before people just stop using it because of how hard it was to learn to use it.

Luz then took them around showing them the sights of the town and stopping by Yumberjacks to give them a taste of the fast food. And also showing them the spelldrives which allows anyone to use magic, till the machine needs to recharge after using all of its points. Which Willow wonders if in the future the old way of spell casting in their world will be abandon like in the movie they just saw. But Luz just pointed out how in the movie learning magic was hard, while witches are all able to use magic like birds can fly and that in the movie only some people could use magic. Sure with new technologies they wouldn't use magic all the time like they use to but will still be able to use it.

Luz also has a newer model spelldrive where instead of just using the spells on the spell menu, she is able to draw runes on the surface of the screen. It took alot of testing to get a screen that wouldn't be destroyed when the rune is activated. Given to her by Professor Membrane who is doing research on the magic found in the Boiling isles. With the spelldrive she'll be able to cast any kind of spell, which is attached to her wrist like a pipboy. Luz friends want to buy their own spelldrives but once they learn how much it cost, they have to save up to get enough money. Of course they also learned how much money they could make at the recycling center with things like nail and hair clippings which makes exotic material cubes that sell real well.

They’re heading for the Mystery Shack that they heard about and Luz has been too. Eda showed up with Raine who heard about the shack and wanted to see it too. They rented a car and are driving the kids over to the shack.

"So how much do we need till we can buy our own spelldrive?" Willow ask Luz. She's sitting in the front with Gus, while the Blight siblings are sitting in the back.

"Let's see the price for a spelldrive is about 1,500.00 and only goes up from there. The money you all use in the demon world needs to be exchange first. And I really have no idea how much a snail is worth," Luz was saying till Mabel's voice ranged out.

"I'M COMING WADDLES 2!"

Or not...

Earlier -

Dipper and his group had been discussing the use of their powers. When they heard a commotion in the front of the shack. Mabel's group, consisting of Luz and her friends also heard it and showed up with Eda. At the same time Sunset and her sisters had showed up with Soos. Who told one of Sunset’s sisters about Waddles being a giant bug and if Sunset is interested in buying it, resulting in Sunset being carried off by her sisters to go to the shack, again.

Everyone gathered around to listen to Stan about how Waddles 2 was taken. With Stan saying he was taking care of Waddles 2 like a baby even bottle feeding him. When the pterodactyl who Stan figures is the one that did the deed, burst into the shack. Where Stan put himself between it and Waddles 2 and leap at the dino punching it in the face.

Which Stan faltered under Eda's skeptical, withering glare and gesturing toward Mabel. As if to say, 'Seriously? You're going to lie to her?' ...and he finally breaks down and confesses what really happen leading to Waddles 2 being taken. Even with how bad things had gone and neither one of them were happy seeing each other, she wouldn’t let Stan lie to his grandniece.

Mabel is hurt and yells at Stan, people mostly side with Mabel (or at least stay neutral). Until Eda asks why he put him outside, she knows how much he cares for Mabel and wouldn't just upset her for no reason. Stan admits that the Grubhog destroyed an exhibit of his and sending off a large amount of his customers.

And then, to both Stan and Mabel’s surprise, everyone starts to side with Stan that he was in his right to do that.

A stunned Mabel actually protests and people counter.

“Mabel, his personal property got wrecked! His business was impacted negatively! He had every right to throw that thing out! True he could had put the bug in its pen or one of the cages,” Sunset pointed out.

Eda looks sympathetic but resolved. “Sorry sweetie, but as a wise man once said... ‘Don't crap where you eat'. Or in this case... don't hurt the earnings of the man who's letting you live in his house and eat his food for FREE. But still seeing how Waddles is a pet he should had known better than just putting him out in the open and chained up. Where anything that’s hungry could easily get him.”

“I really should had just had thrown him in his exhibit pen, it does have a house for him to hide in,” Stan chuckles nervously as Eda glares at him.

"You shouldn't be throwing him anywhere! Waddles 2 is the most important thing in my life!" shouts Mabel irritated.

"Of course that's all you care about, heaven forbid you care about something that matters to somebody else!" Pacifica scoffs.

"And after what happen last time," Wendy said.

"I'm tried of this of you putting your own needs before others," Dipper adds.

"But Waddles is going to be eaten," Mabel said heartbroken that no one is going to help her.

Stan finally gets a handle on himself and the situation to speak up. "Hey, whoa! Guys, come on! Take it easy on her! This is obviously my fault."

"Yes it is but Mabel," Eda said looking at Mabel. "We have no way of tracking down your pet."

"And I'm not going to be running through the woods in the vain hope of just coming across the thing," Dipper said.

"Hey red string," Soos spoke up holding a long thread of the sweater that Mabel gave to Waddles 2. Leaving a trail through the forest.

"Quick follow the string!" Mabel shouted.

"Follow the trail through the forest?" Sunset ask.

"With that thing that took Waddles? There is a dangerous animal as well as other animals about in those woods, that potentially threatened the lives of the people of Gravity Falls Brighton. I'm not going to risk more lives and rush in half-cocked just for some dumb animal. They don't know what they're getting into and we should wait for reinforcements," Dipper explains.

"It's not Waddles it's Waddles 2," Mabel shouted out.

"I'm not going to be calling him Waddles 2 when he's the only one with that name," Dipper said.

"FRAK YOU! I WANT MY PIG-THING!" Mabel shouted and runs off before anyone can stop her. Hopping onto the golf cart that Luz and her friends were driving around in. "I'M COMING WADDLES 2!"

Everyone groans, Sunset calls Jenny and anyone else available, as well as activating 4 eyebots she brought with her. That were all stored in the lead car she came in, with her sisters cramming themselves in by 6 old school buses. It was cheaper to use old buses then buying all of them cars. Also she gave out blasters to all of her human sisters, which she had stored in her pipboy and the eyebots.

Dipper activates his pipboy, his clothes recede and are replaced with his power suit. Dipper and his group head out after Mabel, promising Stan they'd save her... and then give her the pounding of a lifetime. Stan lock the shack and put Rusty the Mr. Handy on guard duty while they're away.

"You know that flying thing might be like Rodan in the first movie where the giant bugs show up first and then the flying beast shows up to eat the bugs before turning to eat us?" Soos said as they all followed the trail Mabel left behind.

"It can’t be Rodan or any of the other Godzilla size monsters. They all died thanks to them unable to survive thanks to them finding it it hard to breath, the only ones left are the water breathers," Sunset said.

"So all the big redheads are your sisters?" Amity asked.

"They are," Sunset said.

"So you're going to be that big?" Edric ask who couldn't help but see how shapely all of Sunset's older sisters are. Which his sisters also noticed and wondered if they would be that lucky once they're older.

"I should," Sunset said.

“We’re already well on our way,” Sunrise adds.

"Nothing but sisters?" Willow ask.

"Yup our parents tried to have a son but after having me, gave up. And I have 58 sisters," Sunrise said.

"So you're the youngest?" Amity ask.

"Yup and like you had to deal with older siblings growing up. But unlike you I had to deal with amazons for sisters who are way older then me and much bigger. With the only one my size was Sunrise till my magical transformation,” Sunset said.

“At least all they do is baby you,“ Lincoln said getting Luz group to look at him.

“He’s the middle child and the only boy in his family. And you think you have a tough time with your older brother and sister. His sisters all abuse him and his parents expected him to be the family punching bag, they groomed him to be,” Ronnie explains shocking the demon children.

Elsewhere in the forest -

Applebloom sighed, she SHOULD be focusing on mining more sap that seemed to leak from this side of the mountain. It was the crucial element to her and Double 'D''s formula to make her family's apple cider last longer. Double D has been trying to make a syntactic sap, seeing how they're mining the sap sooner or later the mine will dry up and no more sap.

But more importantly they'd recently been approached by a delegation of Griffons and Dwarves. Apparently they believed her sap might be the missing crucial ingredient they need to FINALLY keep Plasmids from destabilizing long enough for it to integrate into NON-human's. And help it keep longer as Plasmids have the bad habit of going bad even being kept cold. Thus solving one of the key obstacles in marketing it! It wasn't a PERFECT solution, it currently required HUGE amounts of Sap for this process to happen. But hopefully this could be refined in time...

As Sunset had already given her the rights to the sap and the mine, selling it in such huge amounts would be a HUGE boon for Applebloom! Especially if she was smart about it by investing and help marketing this revolutionary concept right...

Yep, that's what she should be doing right now... instead...

"Dang it EMPLOYEE Applejack! Suck in that gut!" she shouts at her chubby, BIG sister who was currently stuck in the middle of the doorway of her observation post of the mine. Not being able to resist, she playfully gives her plot a smack and giggles as it jiggles.

"Hey! Y'hal knock that off!" shouted a flustered Applejack.

"Hey, not my fault your big butt could have its own zip code! Gotta do something while the boys fetch some butter and crowbars!" mocks Applebloom. She and several other people stuck in the observation post proceed to spank her plot and laugh as it jiggles seemingly non-stop.

Applejack whimpers... she'd been letting herself go... she freely admitted it. All the remaining member's of the former mane six had really... She and Rainbow weren't as bad off due to her preference for apples and their shared loved of athletics... but the others were VERY badly off... Pinkie was the worst, she weighed a couple hundred pounds, got diabetes and now is on a diet that if she doesn't follow she could lose her hoof.

Actually, a lot of ponies had gotten like this actually. They had to learn the hard way that they were no longer in a near utopian world where they could eat sweets and cakes all days with NO consequences.

Rainbow had been the most better off for awhile... but with everything that happened with the Wonderbolts, she took a downturn. She got a bit better after she somewhat reconciled with Twilight... then took another downturn when Twilight didn’t show up for the funeral of Fluttershy's pets. She sent Dipper with the message of 'I'm sorry but I'm still going through some things... I still have my issues with you.. but mostly I'm trying to rediscover who I am'.

This killed any good feeling any of them had left. It all seemed to be falling away... her farm... her livelihood... her world... her life... her family... her friendship... she couldn't even do the chicken dance. (Also Applebloom put a stop to her making her chores ten times longer for the dumbest of reasons).

People saw her as a joke now... a 'Tubby-wubby pon-waifu'... whatever the buck that meant...

In any case, finally they pulled her out. Applebloom went briefly back in the mine to check things out... only for Dib and Jenny to run past them suddenly. They shout behind them as they run, that the mine might be a crime scene soon and it would be best if they cleared it and sealed it off for now.

Applebloom quickly agrees and goes to do just that. She once again sees Applejack struggling to climb a nearby ladder. Applebloom laments how Big Mac is too busy taking care of that Equalist civil war Victim... Sugar Belle, was it? Applejack was becoming more and more useless!

"Get your fat plot moving!" she shouts and gives her ass another slap...

CRACK!

The sudden movement and the weight of Applejacks girth is too much for the ladder, it breaks. And before Applebloom can blink, her sister goes tumbling into a deep dark crevice!

"APPLEJACK!" screamed Applebloom as she rushed forward to save her... but she was already gone...

In the Woods -

Wendy ran on all fours as she tracked Mable's scent using her deer form nose. With Wendy's senses at 100%, they eventually track Mabel to an abandoned church. They puzzle over this briefly, to what is a church is doing in the middle of the woods. Dipper finds the shattered remains of what appears to be a golden tree like thing, next to the golf cart that Mabel had taken.

Dipper was side-tracked by Wendy who entered the church and finding a large hole in the ground. Getting Mabel's scent again coming from the hole. Sunset sent one of her eyebots down the hole before it came flying back up.

"There's a large cave system down there," Sunset said.

"Then we're going to need some rope," Stan said.

"Why not use magic to teleport us all down there?" Ronnie ask.

"Uses up way too much magic," Twilight answers.

"Why you think we drove if I could teleport all of my sisters?" Sunset answers as well.

"It should only be used to teleport someplace wide open and not a cave. Seen what happens to people who get teleported with something in the way. Not pretty," Eda said. She cast a spell transforming some plants into rope and tied one end to a nearby tree, tossing the other end down the hole.

"Ok, Soos you stay here and keep an eye on things," Stan said.

"We need you to be here on top to help us if we get in trouble. Like that movie where everyone got into the water leaving no one on the boat," Eda said. (4)

"Right, stay out here to call for help," Soos said.

"Keep one of my eyebots it be able to keep in contact with the other eyebots underground," Sunset said.

"That be useful," Soos said.

Making a note to investigate this place further later, Dipper hurries down the rope. And doesn't see the object he knocked loose from under a nearby smashed chair... a glittering human skull.

The Sap Mine -

"Hurry up people," Becky Rockler shouted to the sapient dinosaurs as they move the rocks and gun turrets into their places.

"How are things going?" Crow ask having come out of his workshop.

"Going well enough," Becky said.

"I wish this doctor would just cut it out. What kind of villain fights another villain?" Crow ask.

"This is the reason why the Syndicate of Malice was created so this wouldn't happen... as much," Becky said recalling how Crow fought Dr. Mechano in Winterdown before they ended up in this world.

Both of them had found themselves all alone in the ruins of the Sovereign, when the merge took them from their world. They found themselves in Gravity Falls forest. For the first couple of days they survived in the ruins of the flying ship, living off the supplies that survived the crash. With Crow repairing S.T.A.B.I.L.E. (System Technology Advancement By Increasing Levels (of) Efficiency) to help them. Thanks to S.T.A.B.I.L.E. they found the cauldron, which all of those machine animals where coming out of.

After fighting their way inside and Crow reprogramming the machines to obey him. They found a new home for themselves. Becky having brought over one of the tv's from the crash, got it working and they learned about the world they found themselves in. And seeing that they're right next to several places that had their own princesses, Crow went back to his old plan of using the power of the princesses to power his doom machine.

Which Becky pointed out that they have no minions and no funds to do it. So Crow went to work building his criminal empire from the ground up. For cover; Becky setup a cannabis farm seeing how it's legal and what's left were fed to grazers who produce blaze for them to sell. Then once they had it up and running, Becky made connections to the black market and began selling the machine animals to buyers.

Then when Crow was using Rockbreakers to expand the cauldron, he accidentally found the Sap Mine that contained dinosaurs trap in amber. Crow quickly went and freed the dinosaurs and made them into his new minions by using mind control devices to keep them from going wild. Becky made plans of breeding them and selling them or even farming them for their meat.

That's when they discovered that there are around 1000 or so sapient dinosaurs all found deeper underground, in what looks like a bunker. From what they found out they're the last remaining population of their civilization before they shot themselves in the foot. Thanks to the Wesayso company that caused long term repercussions of their destruction of nature. It all began when they killed off all the Bunch Beetles - save for one surviving a male named Stan - for a wax fruit factory. And ended with the company causing the ice age that killed off their kind.

The 1000 or so were the survivors who made themselves a bunker to wait it out and were then covered in amber thanks to the sap leaking from above them. How that happen and before the merge happen, Crow and Becky had no idea. All Crow cared about was that now he has a dinosaur army. Of course with the dinosaurs being their version of urban dwellers, they left a lot to be desired. So he mostly had them do grunt work for the moment until he could think of something else for them to do...

Naturally, they stumbled upon the doctor's operation eventually. Crow tried to open up communications, but the Doctor was not in a listening mood...

Thankfully, most of his minions were those incompetent Kluckinite soldiers. Which was good... if not for their incompetence. The Doctor's superior resources and weapons probably would have overwhelmed him by now.

But still Crow was getting worried, he knew he needed to do something soon! His villain instincts were telling him that a 'epic event' was about to happen. He knows that there are heroes in this world and he being a villain he will face them sooner or later. At least he knows why the portals are appearing throughout the mine. They're caused by his attempts of opening a portal to his world, by blasting a hole in time and space. Using his advance technology from his wreck warship and magical items he had pick here and there. Of course all he could do was make a hole and hope it's the right world he's poking into, learning as he goes.

Gravity Falls -

Juniper Lee was running across the street. Sunset and Jenny had sent out calls to everyone. Fortunately, it seems like it was 'more or less' the same place so...

WHAM!

"Oh, sorry, I didn't see you there... Mitch?" Juniper blink as it was the the Enchanted Rhinoceros who was behind the attack during Summerween. He’s also wearing a backpack holding something inside.

Before Juniper could grab him, he'd started to run again.

"Hold it right there!" a voice thundered out stopping Mitch in his tracks.

To Juniper's surprise Thor showed up and he wasn't alone. Raiden from Mortal Kombat along with Fujin, Cetrion, and Shinnok who had joined Thor's group of heroic gods. Cloacina the Roman goddess of the sewers, Joyboy the Caribbean spirit of the drum, Oya the Yoruba goddess of practically everything, Glooskap the Abenaki hero god of ecology and nature, Kremara the Slavic pig god, and Mara the goddess of milk production.

"What are all of you doing here?" Juniper ask.

"Mitch here stole an important object. So I brought as many of my buddies to handle it fast," Thor said.

"So you're just bum rushing him?" Juniper ask pointing to Mitch.

"That's right the old rules of non-interference is gone and we gods can go and help people again. Which gets people to start believing in us again," Mara said.

"The whole gods need people praying to them deal?" Juniper ask who couldn't help but notice how endowed Mara the goddess of milk production is in the chest department.

"That or what we're gods of, being used often. Everyone uses the toilet which empowers me," Cloacina said who is dress as a sewer worker.

Mitch was trying to sneak away but stop as another group of gods appeared. Gulses the Hittite Destiny Goddess, Pele the Hawaiian volcano goddess, Tu the Maori war god, Anagolay the Philippines goddess of lost things, Monkey the Chinese trickster god, Krishna the Hindu hero god, Bes the Egyptian dwarf of domestic protection, the twin Navajo war gods, Nayenezgani the slayer of alien gods, and his brother Tobadzistsini the watery war god, Kothar the Canaanite inventive god of fabrication and tech, Axo-Mama the Inca potato goddess, Kingu the Mesopotamian goddess of dragons, Ixkawkaw, the Mayan goddess of chocolate, Centeotl the Aztec god of corn, Epona the Gaulish horse goddess, Kuku Lau the Maori goddess of deception, and Hoori the Shinto hunting god. All of them surrounding Mitch leaving him nowhere to run.

"So all of you gods are just going to zerg rush him leaving him no chance of fighting back?" Juniper ask.

"Yup," Thor said as they all pounced on him.

Mitch however has already 'blinked' away when they first spotted him, what they pounced was actually a Doppelgänger. They quickly run after him and Juniper runs after them in turn, as she also has some payback to give him for Summerween.

Sap Mine -

CRASH!

"Huh, you'd think we'd have run out of things to crash into or space to veer around out of control at this point..." said Parker as they continued to try and steer the out of control cage-cart.

"Don't question it! Just grab and throw crap!" shouts Josh as he continued to... well, grab and throw crap at their ever increasing pursuers.

CRACK!

Fortunately, one of the things he throw was the cage of the tiny prehistoric terror, GON. The sight of the tiny T-rex made everyone pause in horror just before he leapt at them.

"GAH! HE'S LOSE!"

CRASH!

"BACK-UP! WE NEED BACK-UP!"

BOOM!

"NOT IN THE FACE! NOT IN THE FACE!"

CRACK!

Parker and Josh look back at the carnage amazed.

"Figures, the one time I didn't bring my cam-corder!" shouts Josh.

"We sold that a month ago for food!" reminded Parker.

"Oh, right..." grumbles Josh. Then he realizes something. "Wait, if were both watching this. Who's steering the..."

CRASH!

The boys, Unico, West Wind, Elmo, Little Foot and his friends are all thrown off the cart as it flips over. They are thrown through the air and are launched through a door just before the two guards can close it. They try to open the door again, but the cart rolls and crashes into them. Both knocking them out and shattering the door control console.

The party had crashed into a lab that had a viewing window looking into the testing chamber, on the other side of the room is another door leading deeper into the underground complex. Josh and Parker groan as they get up, they free the inhabitants of the cages, with Dipper freeing Unico from his cage and walking into the lab. All the kids then started to cry in panic over the whole situation, while the West Wind did her best to calm them down.

“No, no! Don't cry Elmo! You’re safe! I'll take a bullet for you if I have to!” Parker said and this needless to say, only panics Elmo more.

“Parker,” Josh groans.

“What about us?” Cera ask.

“Uh, okay look. Obviously getting you ALL out is the priority... but I won't lie. If I have to choose, I'm going to have to save Elmo over the rest of you,” Parker said causing the kids to cry and the West Wind to glare at him.

“Parker! What is wrong with you!?“ Josh snaps at his friend.

“Yes what is wrong with you,” West Wind ask.

“What? I was being honest!“ Parker said.

It is then they hear banging at the door.

"Crap! The controls are busted! Doors jammed!"

"Fetch the jaws of life!"

"Barrier one down!"

"Speed it up! Fetch some explosives if you have to!"

The banging and crunching outside, intensifies... the boys fumble with the control panel to open the other door, but make no progress to open it. The control panel needs a code to open it.

“Too bad you’re not Dinkleman anymore,“ Josh said as having a superhero be nice right now.

Parker got a nervous look on his face. “Uh... actually... I sorta kept them...“

“WHAT!?” Josh ask.

“Well, it was obvious me having powers were ruining our friendship... plus, the supervillian fights were starting to get old... so I faked losing my powers to get our friendship back! But it doesn't matter. Like most things in our old lives, it didn't carry over to the next episode...,” Parker said.

“But you’re NOT on your world anymore... have you actually TRIED to use your powers since then?“ Elmo ask.

Parker grows thoughtful.

BANG!

"We’re nearly through! Bring the welding torches!"

Parker gets nervous. “Well, better late then never!“

He digs deep, his powers are weak both from underused and from being taken from its home dimension... but it was JUST enough. Parker lifts the broken cart and throws it into the door and broke it open.

“Everyone in,” Parker shouted once the door open revealing a hallway with a golf cart with some boxes of lab supplies on the back just sitting there.

They all piled onto the golf cart but for Josh. He had spotted what looks to be a one of the reusable bags with the bio pig farm logo brand name on it. He looked inside of it to see that it contained an Ipad and a notebook, both with the name of Dr. Edgar on it.

"Josh hurry up," Parker yelled at the wheel of the cart

"I think the pig farm is connected to this place. Look this stuff belongs to that new doctor, it has his name on it," Josh said getting in and closing the door behind him.

"Oh great. The one place that hired us and it turns out to be a front for a villain," Parker said.

Elsewhere in the lab -

Dr. Von Reichter glares through the security camera. "Remind me to Terminate Dr. Edgar's employment... among other things..."

"Want us to get them?" the girl who able to spread a hate plague ask who now calls herself Baby Doll. She stood with the experiment Fossil. Which is why the girl called herself Baby Doll after one of the villains in that comic.

"Yes you and Fossil go and take care of them," Dr. Reichter said.

Elsewhere -

The group have been traveling through the old mine. The mine has light coming from cracks high above them, that also brought in fresh air. There are plants that look ancient and there are strange creatures that dart in and out of their sights that make the cavern their home. They also found bones of miners here and there, which explains the mine tracks and carts they been finding. There also big piles of amber with outlines that looks like they once contained dinosaurs. Stan was already making plans to make money off of any dinosaurs they find, along with Sunset.

BOOM!

A golf cart carrying a group of young dinosaurs, three puppet people, a woman, and a baby unicorn. Came rolling out of a side tunnel and stopping in front of the group.

“Quick we need to run!” West Wind shouted at the group.

"We need to get out of here before those Kluckin soldiers find us," Parker adds.

"Kluckin soldiers you mean from the fast food chain?" Sunset ask.

"Yes and short story, me and Parker here have discovered the pig farm we're working for is just the front of a lab where we found Elmo and the others," Josh explains showing them the gift bag with the farm logo on it.

"The bio pig farm?" Sunset ask.

"You know it?" Dipper ask.

"My family use to run a pig farm and my parent after selling the ranch sold all of the pigs to the farm, owned by Dr. Reichter," Sunset explains.

"I remember that much," Ruth adds.

"So lets all get out of here," Parker said.

"Wait what about Mabel?" Stan ask.

"We get help first and get the kids with us out of here before trouble starts," Eda said.

"Right," Stan said leading the group back where they came from hoping that Mabel will be ok.

Sunset tried to call Soos and her pony sisters on top but there was just too much interference to make contact. Sunset sent her eyebots to hover in the back and the front of the group to give them warning of anything in front or back of them. Little do they know, their being watched by a probe.

Elsewhere -

Back in his base, Dr. Reichter curses. He recognized this lot, no doubt their friends would be hot on their trail! True, the interference caused by those free-roaming portals that open at random would make it impossible to communicate with the surface. But even if by some miracle he killed all of them before they sounded the alarm, their disappearance would bring the other heroes to his doorstep soon enough! No... he'd learned his lessons from the old world... He launches an order for the base to begin immediate salvage of anything useful and evacuation protocol. He summons Trahn and the Kluckin soldiers.

"Listen up, were cutting our losses and scuttling the base soon. So many of my projects will be delayed or seriously set back by this. The IPad and notebook need to be destroyed. Failure is not an option! Do you understand?" Dr. Reichter said.

"SIR! YES SIR!" the Kluckinites shout as they salute, they then march off quickly to the given coordinates.

"Come on me! It's time we earn our gravy and biscuits!" shouts one of the commanding officers as they follow Trahn.

The Doctor scoffs once all the soldiers or cannon fodder left. He summons the supermutants, humans exposed to the FEV and the formal he used in creating Fixed Ideas. The new breed of supermutants look like Fixed Ideas but are yellow in color and unlike with pure FEV, doesn’t make the subjects genderless. They’re stronger and tougher than Ideas but are much smarter than normal supermutants.

"Go and kill the intruders," Dr. Reichter said to the group who obeyed without question.

Elsewhere -

Dipper's group as they backtracked found the path they came, one of Sunset’s eyebot detected a large group of men coming towards them up ahead. Forcing them to take a detour down another tunnel. There they reached a chamber that is a site of a mining operation.

The mining operation is being run by Garlons a race of underground lizard people who are operating the mining equipment. They were in one world use to work for one of the Santa’s before the merge, mining the raw materials to make the toys. Who also love to eat the elves, and after the merge we’re driven away by the other Santa’s as they didn’t need a workforce that kill and eat their elves. The Garlons since than have become monsters as they attack and devour anyone in their path. Resulting in them being hunted down, with only a few survivors. (Robot Chicken)

There are also Auto-Miners that are utility Protectrons with drills and construction claws for arms; some have Robobrain treads. They also sport a yellow paint job, but look like normal protectrons other than that. There are also industrial Operators floating around repairing mining equipment and protectrons or replacing worn parts.

Over seeing the operation is a large man dress in a what looks like a suit of power armor design to look like a miner. Even having a large drill on his left arm. On his shoulder is a large vulture, both are watching as the lizard people dig away with pickaxes, shovels, and drills on what looks like crystallized sap. It was clear that they’re looking for something.

Near the work area they spotted Mabel who is bond in chains with Waddles. They’re in what looks like a makeshift kitchen where a Garlons is preparing to put them onto the butcher block.

“Mabel once again led us to something like this,” Wendy said.

“Wow so this is how Lilith must have felt when this happen to both of us when we were kids,” Eda said.

“This happen to you?” Stan ask.

“More or less. Me finding a strange new pet and then turns out to be evil and Lilith glaring at me for not listening as the said pet wants to lay eggs in....,” Eda began but eyes the young kids with them. “It would had been horrible if it had happened.”

“I vote that we let that happen to Mabel to teach her a lesson. Like a kid who hurts themselves and is crying but gets no help from the person who told them not to do what they did that hurt them,” Wendy said.

“As much as Mabel needs some tough love where the eggs were going to be put in isn’t something that should happen to a female,” Eda said.

“I have 3 guesses where the eggs would be put in and they’re all horrible,” Willow said out loud with a look of pure horror on her face making the other girls in the group pale.

"And just to let everyone know there were some of our old friends including boys with us at the time. And they would had shared the same fate," Eda said making the boys pale too.

“Ok we save her when something life threatening is happening or horrible like that. But for anything else let’s just let her deal with the aftermath herself,” Twilight said.

“Now how do rescue Mabel?” Dipper asked.

“By surprise,” Sunset said as she and her sisters all pulled out a blaster.

“All of your sisters are packing?” Pacifica asked.

“Yes,” Sunset said.

Hearing the Kluckinite soldiers about to come pouring into the chamber. Sunset thinking fast, casted a mass teleportation spell on her group sending them to the far corner of the chambers. Leaving the Garlons to be slam into by the Kluckinite soldiers. The Garlons and robots responded by attacking them with their mining tool, letting Twilight to grab Mabel and Waddles with her telekinesis.

"That should handle that," Sunset said catching her breath drained from teleporting so many people at once.

"HEY AMERICANS! YOU LIKE CHICKEN BOKUM!?!" a voice shouted out.

They look to see a Vietnamese man riding a strange motorbike filled with cages and surrounded by an energy shield, throwing-

"LOOK OUT! HE'S THROWING CHICKENS!" someone shouted.

That was the last thing Sunset heard before the kamikaze chicken blew up in front of her as she brought up her shield.

The Kluckinite soldiers chanted...

[I don't know what I've been told!]

[But the Cournel's chicken is as good as gold!]

"HEY AMERICANS! YOU PLAY BASEBALL?! CATCH!" shouts Trahn as he throws another load of exploding Chickens at them.

[I think it's very nice!]

[To smother everything in the Cournel's sixty herbs and spice!]

"ME KILL YOU LONG TIME!" shouted Trahn as he once more threw his chickens... they tried to hit him. But his energy shield was built to withstand advanced alien weapons, so it was a dickens to wear out!

Luz and her friends try to shoot off some magical assistance.

[I'd give anything to see!]

[The Cournel's secret recipes!]

Lincoln was giving his usual support, throwing health potions and tossing supplies to everyone from the back. Fossil and Baby Doll had finally caught up with them. Followed by the supermutants.

[I GOT A GREAT BIG CONVOY, AIN'T SHE A BEAUTIFUL SIGHT?]

[WE GOT A GREAT BIG CONVOY, WERE GONNA RIDE IT THROUGH THE NIGHT!]

[BEING RIGHT-WING EXTREMIST COMMUNIST'S IS THE ONLY WAY TO BE!]

[WE'RE GONNA TEAR DOWN ALL THE CITIES AND MURDER THE BOURGEOISIE!]

"Okay! We get it! You're from a world where everything is a living parody of a stereotype! AND your the Asian Variant!" shouts Fossil annoyed.

"Yeah, give it a rest already...!" implored Pacifica equally irritated-

[NEVER!]

Elsewhere on the surface -

Dr. Reichter groaned at what he was seeing on the monitors. Interference with the portals had prevented his probes from seeing what happened when the Klukinites attacked. Nor had their communication devices have been working. But only with the Fossil and Baby Dolls more advanced equipment was he able to see what was happening... and what he saw was the makings of an absolute clusterfuck.

Not only were the hero's gaining more and more reinforcements... but if his instruments were right. There was that group of GODS heading into the caverns? Nope, writing was on the wall. He was going to have to write this whole thing off as a complete loss and make a break for it. 'Know when to fold them.' As the old song went...

He was getting a ton of combat data from his Supermutants.... but that wouldn't even come close to recoup the losses he would suffer today. He turns to his minions the Fixed Ideas, including the two twin Chefs who were busily moving things along. They're in one of the warehouses of the pig farm he's been using for cover, with transport trucks being loaded with equipment and experiments. Luckily, he had more than one shell company setup and another labs setup just incase he was discovered.

"Are all the alpha priority essentials loaded up?" he quickly asked.

Several assistants affirmed that they were. The twins using those grunts which they used instead of words, also answered. He seen what they really look like underneath those masks they wear all the time, so much that their skins have fused with their masks. They were being very careful as they loaded a tank containing a very tall test subject he managed to clone from a sample from the Maw.

"Good, changes of plans! We move out in an hour! Anything that can't be loaded up in under an hour is to be trashed!" Dr. Reichter said

The minions went to work loading everything they could grab and load them into the transports.

"If I won't benefit from this cavern, no one shall!" he presses a button and a one-hour timer starts to countdown...

Underground -

All across the caverns... from deep within the seemingly endless ocean of sap... to the tip of the caverns surface... odd devices began to beep... and wait...

Underground -

While the fighting intensified, Wendy and Dipper were making good on their training and fighting hard. Dipper's pipboy's blasters were blasting away at the monsters, robots, and soldiers. His energy shield protected him from blows that would had killed him. The only reason why they're not being overwhelmed was because of all 3 attacking groups were attacking each others.

Wendy using her ram powered both in her deer form, allowing her to just power through any attacks coming at her. It just felt right using her deer form to bowl into groups of enemies using her antlers.

The reason why no one has died yet on their side is because of Lincoln using his Dumb power. He's able to dumb anything, including how much damage everyone on his side is taking, also dumbing down the power output the weapons the soldiers are using gave out. And making them do dumb things.

Ronnie is guarding Lincoln so that he'll be able to focus on helping the others. Ronnie being able to create any kind of soup she wants out of thin air, she does have to eat more to have the energy to use her soup powers like everyone else who gain powers. She created super spicy, boiling hot soup and hitting all the attackers with it. Causing her foes to flee as they were splash with boiling hot soup and the spicy liquid getting into their eyes blinding them. And causing the robots to short out thanks to thick soup getting into their insides.

Six like Ronnie stood guard of Lincoln. Mainly using her life force sucking power to drain the life force of the attackers. As her cling power wasn’t much use for this battle, but did allow her to avoid attacks as she could climb up the walls of the cambers and large rocks.

Pacifica created a thick fog that engulfed the enemies , covering them in condensation. Then she created a thundercloud that fired off a lightning bolt that shock the enemies, made greater thanks to them being wet.

Sunset and her sisters are protecting the others, all of them having their own pipboys and shields. Each time one of their shields fail they would be shielded by their sisters till their shields regenerated. Sunset was showing what her training with the videogame bosses have done, with her slaughtering everything that comes at her while having a magical shield protecting her.

Eda and Stan were protecting the kids who are underneath a magic shield, with Huntress Wizard armed with her bow and arrows helping them out. The witch kids are enforcing the shield with their own magic. Eda and Raine are casting magic while Stan had gotten a hold of a blaster and backing them up. With Twilight using her telekinesis to lift rocks and throw them at attackers.

Fossil and Baby Doll are attacking the lizard people and the robot animals. Fossil was in the thick of things fighting the frostclaws and fireclaws, going for the heavy hitters first. Baby Doll was releasing blue clouds of from her body that caused anything living to become a berserker and attack anything that she commands them to do. Those that were effected but not under her command just attack anything around them.

Suddenly Crow and his forces show up. Made up of dinosaurs who are armed with mounted weapons and robot animals that have been repainted to be purple like Crow's armor. There are also several young sentient dinosaurs armed with long range weapons giving some covering fire.

"Plucky diverse group of misfits being attacked by monsters and villains on all sides? Is it safe to assume you're heroes?" Crow ask.

"Look, if your here to attack us. You're going to have to take a number..." Pacifica said as she rode on her cloud stomping on it to send lightning bolts to hit a supermutant.

"Not at all! Considering all the other three sides of this fight have been nothing but hostile to me...," Crow said trailing off and holds out a hand. "Temporary truce?"

Pacifica smiles and shakes it. "Temporary truce!"

"Enough! This insolence ends now! You all ruined everything," the miner shouted charging at the heroes with his drill spinning.

"If you didn't want us to ruin things you shouldn't had kidnapped Waddles!" Mabel said hugging Waddles.

"My pet was hungry and your pet was just there after that pterodactyl drop it," the miner said drilling through some soldiers. His pet the vulture is flying around the chamber.

"Enough with this," Crow said as he fires grenades at the miner, followed by his minions all firing on the boss as well.

The firepower hitting the miner even with him being in a power suit could only take so much damage before giving in. The miner fell his armor broken and in pieces. He was getting back up when a section of the wall fell right on top of him and the Mitch the Enchanted Rhinoceros riding a mining machine.

“Hey it’s Mitch the the Enchanted Rhinoceros!” Ronnie shouted pointing him out to everyone.

Mitch reached into the backpack to get something out when he was blindsided as a hammer struck him sending him flying across the cave. The hammer flew back to the hands of Thor who stood with his fellow gods who had joined him and Juniper. They had followed Mitch who fled into the mines, thanks to several gods being able to track him by different means.

The gods quickly went to work unleashing their powers on the bad guys having seen who is who so they wouldn't attack the wrong side. By using their different powers to learn all they can before they reached where the fighting was taking place. Putting themselves in front of Dipper's group and charge at the badguys.

Fossil gave out a roar as he charged at the gods only to have Monkey's power pole to extend, plunging down his gullet. Sending him flying into the wall of the cave with the staff continuing to plunge into the bedrock by punching through the Fossil's head. Fossil was still alive as he trashed around trying to free itself, only to be hit by Nayenezgani and Tobadzistsini launching their own energy attacks on him, followed by Pele encasing him in lava seeing how he's regenerating all the damage being done to him. Cloacina followed Pele's lead in blasting sewer water on the Lizard, cooling the lava and leaving him trap.

Baby Doll was releasing more of the blue gas from her body trying to turn the gods against each other. Causing Monkey to enter a rage state and attacking the other gods. Centeotl seeing how Baby Doll's power works by releasing pheromones from her body, sprayed her with corn oil, followed by Axo-Mama with potato oil and Ixkawkaw with chocolate. Leaving Baby Doll covered in oil and chocolate that kept her from using her powers. Followed by Wendy punching her out, as she is still a young girl with only the power to release pheromones from her body.

"There's too many of them sir!" a Kluckinite private shouted.

"You better not be going chicken on me boy! I will deep fry your ass!" a Kluckinite sergeant shouts. He then gets killed by a stray bullet...

This demoralizes the few remaining Kluckinites and they scatter and run away.

"Oh boy!" Kluckinite said.

Trahn in a panicked tried to get the soldiers to regroup. "Wait, comrades!"

The Kluckinite soldiers just ignore him.

"Run away!" one shouted.

"Whoever stays gets a raise!" Trahn sounding desperate shouted out.

"No way! They slap us silly!" a soldier shouted out.

Trahn tries one more time to kill them... before Tu blasted him with a beam of energy that set off all of his bomb chickens at once.

Mitch got up and was about to use whatever is in the backpack when Cetrion froze him in a block of ice. The rest of the bad guys fled seeing they’re no match for all the gods.

Elsewhere -

It's at that moment the timer runs out... and all across the caverns, the doctor’s devices activate. Some let out a shriek that was harmonically designed to cause the dinosaurs pain and cause them to rampage, others created holes leading down into the mine to allow the dinosaurs to escape and rampage through the forest. But the most important was the third set of devices... letting out a refined form of heat that immediately melted all the sap... not only letting free the rest of the dinosaurs... but also freeing what was sealed away in the amber.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

Danny and Dani were flying around trying to find their boss Sunset, when they run into Jake in his dragon form who is with Jenny's sisters who are searching with him. That's when XJ-7 detected something is happening underground. Then several holes leading down open up on the ground and dinosaurs came running out or flying out in the case of the flying ones. While most of the dinosaurs ran into the forest, others headed for the town.

"Dinosaurs on the rampage," Danny said.

"What does it say when this is just something like this isn't surprising in our lives?" Dani ask.

"Enough talk we need to save the town," XJ-8 said leading them to stop the dinosaurs from destroying the town.

The robot sisters setup force fences where the dinosaurs were either herded into or caught and put into. The Gravity Falls Brighton police unleashed a host of eyebots which they gotten after all that has happen in the town in the past few weeks. The eyebots using their lasers drove the dinosaurs away from the town before they could do any real damage, sending them either into one of the pens or into the forest.

Back to the action -

The vulture who has been flying around spotted the glowing yellow gemstone floating in the melted sap. It flew down and pluck it from the sap and flew off heading for the surface. The others were frankly too busy keeping themselves from getting crushed or drown in sap to care about this currently.

Twilight hears a familiar scream, she looks around and sees Applejack trying not to get crushed...

"APPLEJACK!?" Twilight shouted out.

"Twilight?!" Applejack shouted back surprise to see her. She's been wandering around in this mine for awhile now.

This lapse in concentration causes Applejack to get bowled over by a dino and was knocked off a nearby ledge over looking a deep pit.

"APPLEJACK!" screams Twilight as she quickly teleports over and grabs her by her hooves, she hangs precariously from the ledge as Twilight TRIES to pull up her former friend...

TRIES, being the operative word...

"For crying out loud Applejack! There's a new invention called a SALAD! Ever hear of it?!" snarks Twilight as she desperately tries to lift the rather heavy pony up.

Despite the situation... Applejack can't help but chuckle.

"Well... don't this bring back memories? The Everfree forest? We tumbled off the cliff? Well, except things are kinda reversed I suppose," Applejack rumbles off.

"Applejack! Please! Focus! We need to get you up!" Twilight implores, she tries to use her magic. But she can't really concentrate with all the commotion about... plus she's been using magic to fight off the baddies that left her drain. And Applejack, even WITH magic... was still ridiculously chubby...

In any case, her levitation fell flat... worse, the sudden motion caused Applajeck to lose her hat...

Applejack watched in devastated horror as the last piece of her former life in Equestria. The last memento she had of her parents. Fluttering away into the darkness... beyond all hope of ever being found...

And... it finally just hit her... EVERYTHING she had lost this year... and she just started to sob...

Twilight, who had also saw the hat... and remembers how much it meant to her... and looked at the sobbing Applejack concerned...

"Applejack?" Twilight ask.

"...Let me go Twilight..." Applejack said.

"What!?" Twilight ask shock.

"Just... let me go... save yourself..." Applejack said.

"Applejack, no! I can save you," Twilight said.

"Save me? For what!? My life is shit now! And I got no one to blame but myself! My sister hates me, my pride nearly destroyed my farm, my beliefs are mocked, ridiculed, proven stupid and rubbed in my face every chance I get, I'm fatter then a sumo wrestler, and I drove away the best thing that ever happened to me!" she looked at Twilight depressed yet resigned. "Me and the other girls... we considers ourselves friends... but really we were more acquaintances then anything... I see that now... we weren't really friends... weren't really family... weren't really a herd... not till you came along... you were the heart of our group Twilight... and we threw you away for some STUPID wedding! I don't know why I went along with it, I HATE FRU-FRU FANCY GATHERINGS FOR CRYING OUT LOUD!"

Twilight looked at her shocked... then just glared. For all her faults... she'd STILL been one of her first friends... as badly as it had ended... that didn't make the good times they had before that any less wonderful... "I'm NOT letting you go, Appljack.... not this time..."

Applejack sniffs... but smiles. "Course you won't... your good people Twilight... and I'm sorry for everything...."

She quickly bites Twilight's hoof, HARD forcing Twilight to let go-

"APPLEJACK!" shouted Twilight horrified.

ZAP!

Twilight's eyes widen as a surprised Applejack hovered in mid-air... being held up by Epona the Gaulish horse goddess who is flying.

"Fear not my dear follower you are not irredeemable. Friendships can be broken but it can also be mended," Epona said.

"Twilight?" Applejack ask looking to Twilight for answers.

"She's one of the human goddess," Twilight said.

"I am Epona the Gaulish horse goddess," said goddess said.

"We're ponies," Applejack said.

"Close enough," Epona said as she grabs Twilight and with Applejack flew off as the cavern began to collapse around them.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

After escaping the mine, the group headed back to the town where they were joined by Becky and a group of sentient dinosaurs. The sentient dinosaurs had no choice but to go to the surface and with nowhere else to go they all headed to the town. They had to flee from the base once the mine started shaking, with the base mostly buried or caved in, which would take weeks of digging to clear it all out. A rescue crew was already at work digging out any survivors still trap underground, Fossil and Baby Doll along with the soldiers were still trap underground. The SCP agents are all over the place once word reach them what had happen.

"Wow this is a mess," Luz said seeing the damage the dinosaurs caused.

"No this is nothing," Dipper said seeing that only a few buildings and cars were damaged this time.

“At least we’re all safe,” Mabel said hugging Waddles.

“Mabel was it really worth it to save Waddles?” Dipper asked.

“I know, I wasn’t thinking… again. But if I hadn’t than who knows what would happen to those puppets and dinos,” Mabel pointed out.

“You’re just lucky about that,” Dipper said.

When Twilight finds Applejack again, she's recovering from her injuries, with a sobbing Applebloom by her side. Apologizing for almost getting her killed. While a human Applejack who came with others to help with clean up with the latest mess that happen because of Mabel, pets her to comfort her. When she hears more of how Applejack ended up where she was and how Applebloom had been treating her since she took control of the farm...

"Geez Applebloom! Look, I know Applejack made her fair share of blunders with you that you are MORE than in the right to be mad about that... but there's being angry and then there's just being a dick about it!" Twilight said.

Applebloom droopes a bit. "Yeah... I guess I got carried away..."

"No, no... I get it. It wouldn't have killed me to be less stubborn, or more attentive, or more open-minded, or less dismissive of you," Applejack said shaking her head. "Oh, let's just say I made a real mess of things. And I'm sorry."

"Okay... I forgive you and I promise to lay off you... it was starting to get sad anyway. I mean look at you, it is literally kicking a dead horse while it's dow-," Applebloom said.

"APPLEBLOOM!" both Twilight and human Applejack interrupts annoyed.

"Last jab ever, I'm done," Applebloom said as she zips her lips.

Applejack turns to human Applejack. "And I'm so sorry for being so mean to you for just trying to help me... is there anyway you could forgive me and let me back into your family?"

Human Applejack thought about this... honestly, with everything that had happened recently... she'd more or less forgotten about Applejack... and really, if she could forgive Sunset for breaking up her 'friendship', she could forgive some harsh words said in anger one time... also, it was hard to stay mad at a big fat pony who apparently had been so depressed she'd nearly committed suicide...

Human Applejack gives her a hug... or at least TRIES to put her arms around her massive girth. "Yeah, you're forgiven... but do everyone who loves you a favor and eat a dang salad already! You're not so fat where you're out of shape, more like Sunset's mom who is fat but is still strong. But she had over 50 kids you don't have that excuse."

Applejack sighs at she looks down at her jiggling girth.

"Alright, yes... I've let myself go..." she looks up to Twilight. "But not you though. I saw you from the bushes kicking plot and tacking names... how come you managed to move on and the rest of us just fell to pieces?"

Twilight briefly remembers the familiar noise in the bushes while she'd been forced to go to the Grubhog, but answers anyway.

"Honestly? If not for my new friends, I'd probably be just as bad as you guys are if not WORSE," Twilight said remembering how the beaver brothers had found her and took her in where she got help with her issues from Stump.

"Yeah... you seem like a tight group...," Applejack smiled and there was a long, awkward pause. "There's no way we can ever go back to how things used to be... is there?"

It wasn't a really a question... more of a resigned rhetorical statement...

Twilight gives a sad nod. "No... there really isn't... but honestly? The more I've thought about it, the more I feel like that might be for the best."

Seeing her confusion, Twilight continues. "Applejack... we had great times together and I'll always cherish... but what we had... it was..."

"What is it?" Applejack ask.

Twilight looks at Applejack... and sighs. "Applejack... we and the others had great times together... but what we had... it wasn't a healthy relationship. Even from the start the whole 'people from different backgrounds and personalities coming together to form a friendship just in time to go on an epic quest and defeat an enemy'... it makes for a good story. But that's not a good foundation for a friendship! Hardwork, commitment, perseverance, compassion and communication! They may not be ALL it takes to make a friendship- but at the very least it would've made for a good solid start!"

Human Applejack sighed.

"Yeah... me and my friends had sorta the same issue... although, I actually sorta wish it had been a 'enemy infiltration during a royal wedding' that broke us up. At least that sounds more cool and less lame then 'some nasty texts got sent out and we blamed each other and broke up' that was all it took," human Applejack said and blushed at that. "Land sakes, that's just embarrassing to admit out loud!"

Applebloom giggled.

"Anyway, it's a bitter pill to swallow. But texts or marriage, if such a stupid thing was all it took for your friendship to unravel... how strong was it to begin with?" human Applejack ask.

Applejack frowned at that.

"Yeah... laughter, kindness, loyalty, generosity and honesty... we failed at all those when it really counted didn't we?" then she grows thoughtful. "Well, maybe not honesty, since it didn't really apply to the situation. But still, a dick move on my part regardless."

Twilight wonders briefly on what might've been had the merge not have happened... would she have forgiven her friends? In a world where 'magic is friendship', would she have ever seen the flaws in a relationship that could be derailed by something as stupid as a marriage?

Such thoughts were put aside as Applejack looked upon her once again. "Twilight... is there ANY way we could be friends again... or... could you at least forgive us?"

Twilight frowns for a moment...

"I don't know if we can ever be friends again... maybe someday, but not now," Applejack sighs... but hangs her head resigned. "...But that doesn't mean I need to treat you like an enemy either."

She gives Applejack a hug. "I'll help you and the others through this difficult time... just like I was helped through mine... not for friendship, but because it's the right thing to do."

Applejack sobs as she hugs back... "Thank you Twilight..."

Elsewhere in town -

Sunset was busy in figuring out what to do with the others who were saved from the mine. Josh and Parker were out of the job as the police are raiding the Pig Farm after getting a warrant to search it. Elmo and the talking dino babies are also homeless. The West Wind went with the gods after they learn about what happen in her world, as the other gods would want to hear about it too. And Unico would be staying at the castle till something could be figured out.

There is also Crow's dinosaur minions who are all sentient, even wearing clothes. Which learning that Crow is a villain, Sunset thought he was forcing them to work for him. And keeping them down in the mine so that they wouldn't learn about the world up above.

"We know all about the world," Earl said and derailing that mindset.

"We do have cable," Roy pointed out.

"Then why are all of you going along with Crow plans?" Sunset ask.

"He does feed us," Roy said.

"So you either work or no food?" Sunset ask.

"Do you have any idea how much food I need to have ship down there to feed all of them and the dino's who aren't smart?" Crow argued.

"The monthly food bill is in the hundred of thousandths," Becky adds.

"So I feed them and they work for me in return," Crow said.

"But you two enslaved them forcing them to stay here," Sunset said to the two villains.

"They're not forcing us to stay down there," Monica DeVertebrae the brontosaurus said.

"Then why stay down there?" Sunset ask making the crowd of dinosaurs to look ashamed.

"I'll tell you why," Ethyl Phillips said rolling in her wheelchair to the front of the crowd. "They're all scared of what you all will think of us for what happen that force us down there in the first place."

"What happen?" Sunset ask.

"It all started when we were all waiting for the bunch beetles to come flying in to eat the cider poppies and when they didn't the plants grew out of control. Then Stan the only bunch beetle left, inform us that it’s the babies that eat the plants. And Charlene took him to the swamp only to find that the WESAYSO company had torn down the swamp to make a wax fruit factory and sprayed all the bunch beetles to death. And to make a long story short Earl's old boss Richfield had the bright idea to spray poison on the poppies which killed all plant life on the planet. Then came up with the idea to bomb all the volcanoes to get rain. Which we got snow instead which caused the ice age to happen. The only good thing that Earl finally did before we all woke up, is gathering up everyone that wasn't frozen to death and lead us all down there. Where we're close to a hot vent that kept us all warm," Ethyl explains. "Also kicking Richfield out when he and the other heads of WESAYSO tried to get in with us."

"Then how did all of you got covered in sap?" Sunset ask.

"We're still trying to figure that out," Roy said.

"All I remember is sap pouring down on us then nothing till Crow found us," Earl said.

"It was a good thing that happen. We were running out of food," Charlene said.

"And we already eaten all the bodies around the mine," Roy adds.

"Wait you guys eat your dead?" Sunset ask.

"Yes," Earl said.

"Each other?" Sunset ask.

"Yeah but we know its frown upon," Roy said.

"Anyways we still have no idea but that's not important now. It happens and it's the reason why we're all still alive. And to answer your question the reason why we're all were still down there is that they're all scared that you all will label us as another Uselessvile, because of us being the ones that killed our world," Ethyl said.

"Well yes you are the ones who killed your world but unlike others who are living in Uselessviles. You all seem to realize what you all done either taking apart in killing off your world or doing nothing. While others just go into denial and pretend that nothing has change and they can continue on as they did before that got them labeled as useless in the first place," Sunset said.

"Well that's thanks to me," Crow spoke up.

"We made sure they know to take responsibility for their actions," Becky said.

"It's just bad if the minions keep making the same mistakes," Crow adds.

"I can't agree with you more," Sunset said.

"Now that's all taken care of, I can get back to work," Crow said.

"And what would that be?" Sunset ask.

"Kidnapping princesses!" Crow said as he zips to Sunset, grabbing her and hoisting her over his shoulder.

"For what?" Sunset ask with this being her first kidnapping.

"To power my doom weapon," Crow said.

"To takeover the world?" Sunset ask.

"Of course," Crow said.

"Is this what you guys did in your old world?" Sunset ask Becky.

"Yes we're part of the Syndicate of Malice, each member usually the villain of a kingdom with them kidnapping the princess who rules it. The local hero of the kingdom then goes and rescues the princess from said villain. With rules that both sides follow to limit the damage such kidnappings would cause," Becky said.

"You mean like in the Venture Bros?" Sunset ask.

"The Guild of Calamitous Intent that is in the show. Which is apparently an omnipotent conspiracy/trade union for all the villains seeking to conquer the world. Its regulations cover all manner of supervillainy, from deathtraps to dealing with police. They also provide services to heroes by matching them with appropriate and licensed villains. They do however set up strict rules for both protagonists and antagonists to follow? Yes ours is very much the same," Becky said.

"And with you having so much power that you'll be able to power my doom cannon all by yourself," Crow explains.

"True but you're forgetting one thing," Sunset said.

"And what would that be?" Crow ask.

"My sisters," Sunset said.

"Sisters?" Crow ask looking around to see that all of Sunset's human sisters have surrounded him.

"Dog pile on the villain!" Sunset said.

"Oh ho," Crow said as he was quickly dog piled by Sunset's sisters.

"So is this how things go in your world?" Juniper ask looking at the pile of bodies on top of the villain.

"Him losing? Yes but not this fast," Becky said.

At a safehouse -

Dr. Reichter gave a weary sigh, the move to his secondary HQ had MOSTLY gone without a hitch. But the loss of resources, manpower and the inability to continue over 75% of his high-tier projects without being physically inside Gravity Falls Brighton mystic field had basically crippled his operations.

It would take at least a YEAR before his capabilities were even back to 50%! Not to mention the world-wide man-hunt that was now after him. Cybersix had made herself known and revealed what happen to her and who created her in the first place.

He busied himself to further asses the damage to his assets... and it was even WORSE then he'd thought. Many of the prototypes, templates and equipment he'd brought with him had been damaged when Gon escaped. Speaking of which there had been no signs of the small dino since then. He can only hope he was still in the mine with it caved in or was buried in sap.

Dr. Reichter rubbed his temples. It had been hard NOT to be excited when he first found that creature trapped in the amber. Although small, he could send creatures a hundred times his size flying with a measly headbutt. He could run faster then any cheetah, lift objects many times his size, was immune to even the most deadly of poisons, could hold his breath underwater for days, practically indestructible, debatably immortal, he even seemed to have human-like intelligence!

Yes, getting his DNA would give him the means to create a far greater army! Only one problem... even diamond drills broke on his skin! And any attempt of 'manually' getting a sample ended with the 'sample taker' getting their arm bitten off!

So much resources wasted on trying to extract a sample from the prehistoric midget... and not only was he gone before he could extract anything, but he wrecked most of the bases assets before he left! He cursed those idiotic klukins! True, technically it was those two morons puppets fault. But the Kluckinites didn't exactly impress with their attempts to 'recapture' him. One of them attacked him with a SPORK for crying out loud!

No, if any good came out of today it was that he was ride of those morons for good...

"Sir! One kluckinite survived and escaped capture!" a Fix Idea informed him.

'Spoke too soon.' grumbled Dr. Reichter as he turned to the battered sole survivor of the once 'great' Klukinite regiment.

"Sir! Mission was a failure! But we fought them to the last man!" the soldier said as he saluted him.

The doctor just glared.

"Apparently not." he says darkly as he pulls out a gun to be ride of this headache... but then paused...

The still obliviously saluting soldier had a spork in his breast pocket... a VERY familiar spork... that had BLOOD on it...

He quickly did a scan... and the results were immediately apparent... there was no mistake...

A small victory snatched from the jaws of a catastrophic defeat, sure... but he'd take it.

He plucks the spork out of the pocket and immediately walks away.

"Congratulations, you're fired. Take your final paycheck, severance, and a 10% finders fee. Get your mind wiped of my operations on your way out, now leave before I change my mind...," he said leaving the confused soldier behind.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

The clean up was still going on as Sunset left with her sisters to take charge of the dinosaurs that were captured. She's having all the Earth benders she can get a hold of to create pens to hold them till she could put them somewhere else. Sunset is thinking of expanding the wild animal park that she made for many wild magical animals, she can just put them there so that it would bring in more people to see wild dinosaurs.

The sentient dinosaurs were another problem seeing how big they are, most of the dinos on average stood around 8 feet tall and bigger once full grown. Along with the dinosaurs that while sentient were more like talking animals. Who happen to be the friends and families of Little Foot and his friends. Sunset decided that seeing how the building project in Ponyvile was delayed thanks to some of the ponies there destroying the human sized buildings. The new building project would be building dino sized homes for her new subjects. And instead of hiring local ponies which she did to give them jobs, Sunset would just hire earth benders to quickly build homes for the dinosaurs. Seeing how those very pony workers that she hired last time were the ones who kept destroying her housing project.

The SCP seeing how there wasn’t any plans for how to contain the dinosaurs, went along with the plan. Doctor Buck was already have a full plate and Sunset already had a plan to handle the dinosaurs. She did wonder what Mitch had stolen but the gods took it with them when they left before anyone could see it. But at least Mitch who was behind the Summerween event is now in containment.

As for Elmo he was delighted to learn that Sesame Street is in this world. The famous street has now become both a large tourist destination AND a home for wayward puppets. There the puppets made a life for themselves along with humans and other races. Many of the puppets found jobs where they could or went to the entertainment business.

The Banana Splits tv studio which appeared an hour drive out of the city where Sesame Street showed up. Made up of several warehouses, where the Banana Splits who are robots were left in storage while the old studio was being fumigated for termites. The Muppets tv studio also appeared in the studio lot with all the muppets. The muppets rebooted the Banana Splits and are shooting their show along with the Banana Splits. Which both shows became a hit with the kids.

The muppet studio is also home to Eureeka's Castle, with said castle also showing up on the studio lot with their show being filmed then and also their home. Then there's Barney & Friends, Dumbo's Circus, and other puppet shows. There are more adult theme shows but with how many of the puppets came from more kid friendly worlds, they been cleaning up their acts.

Elmo is talking with Mr. Hopper who is on the phone with him. Who also told Elmo that he's not the only Elmo as they do have their own Elmo. Which both Elmo's are excited about as it's like having a twin brother.

Parker and Josh want to come too.

"Oh, you boys must've been from the 'other side' of the puppet dimension... we and the other's on Sesame Street never really went there... because...well...," Mr. Hopper said as he looks uncomfortable as he tried to describe this tactfully.

"It was a urine-soaked hell-hole of adult-themes and disgusting shenanigans?" Packer ask.

"Your words not mine," he says evasively. "Uh, speaking of which. If your gonna live with us, I'm gonna have to ask you to hold back on the potty mouth and lewd behavior. We have a LOT of kids and child-friendly puppets around after all."

"Fair enough," Josh said.

"So how are we going to get to the East coast?" Parker asks.

"I'll be taking you 3 there," Kronika said appearing through a portal.

"Oh thank you," Elmo said.

"Don't mention it," Kronika said.

"So why are you doing this?" Parker ask.

"As a favor and that I'm going to be guest staring on the muppets," Kronika said.

"Ohh, I got to watch that," Josh said.

"So what are we going to do for jobs?" Parker ask.

"Work in fast foods again?" Josh suggested.

"But who's going to hire us?" Parker ask.

"There's Oscar's dinner where all the grouches go to. You two will fit in there," Mr. Hopper said.

"A job!" both Parker and Josh shouted out happy to be working again.

Elsewhere -

The vulture carrying the yellow crystal that's been dipping sap, flew down to a branch of a dead tree where Him and a female demon waited for him. As Him had promise her, Mommy Fortuna was now a brass skinned demoness in her prime. She wore clothes that are modeled after what she uses to wear but her baggy clothes now hugged her now slender and voluptuous form. Which she takes great delight in, having the magic and form that she had wished for in her youth. She now has the magic and raw strength that she didn't had in her past life, and has the lifelong experience to draw upon where she wouldn't waste what she has now.

"Vultor so how did it go?" Him ask. (The Adventures of the American Rabbit.)

“It went well,” the vulture name Vultor said dropping the gemstone on the ground.

Him spat out a beam of energy from his mouth destroying the gemstone. A strange mix and matched creature appeared, it has the body of a theropod dinosaur and the head of a cobra, with a long scorpion like stinger tail. The creature looks around confused finally freed from its prison, it stops when it saw Him and his group. Then the world froze leaving only the 4 being able to move.

“LONG TIME NO SEE VERTIGO,” Bill greeted the female abomination as he appeared. (Primal Rage.)

Vertigo coming from another dimension came to Earth during the ancient past, where she had seeked to claim the planet as her own. A race of dinosaurs who had became self aware and intelligent were already there when Vertigo came to their world. The intelligent dinosaurs had already created their own belief system and through that had given birth to their own gods, who fought the invader. The dinosaur gods defeated her and sealed her up in a crystal, and the dinosaur god of trees had created the crystal which dipped holy sap that would contain Vertigo's evil powers. And planted a holy tree which also dripped holy sap onto the crystal. The cave where they put the crystal soon filled up with sap. From the crystal and the roots of the tree that was planted on top that would be known as the tree of life millions of years later. That kept Vertigo from escaping with her own power, long after the gods who had sealed her away had faded once all of their followers died off after the space rock hit Earth.

Her prison only began to weaken allowing the sap to finally start melting was when the mine was open in the 1800's. A cult formed upon the discovery of the tree of life that grew on top of the mine. The cult killed the tree in the hopes of becoming immortal by eating the core of the tree. Which did nothing and the cult all died because of all of the toxic things they mixed in with the sawdust of the tree core, to create what they thought to be a potion of life.

“Bill?” Vertigo ask staring at Bill. “How long has it been?”

“ABOUT 65 MILLION GIVE OR TAKE BUT WHO'S COUNTING,” Bill answers.

Vertigo eyed the bird before looking down at the two demons.

“And what are these two young...,” Vertigo gave the two demons a sniff as she smelled their scent. “Demons?”

“Young demon.. ah I’m blushing,” Him said.

“You’re too kind,” Fortuna adds.

“THERE’S ALOT OF CATCHING UP YOU NEED TO DO,” Bill said.

Ponyvile -

"Rule number 34: The 'complainer is always wrong' concept needs to end. None of us are flawless, we ALL make mistake. INCLUDING me. I'm not saying that having a majority vote is necessarily WRONG. But from now on, we have to at least LISTEN to dissenting opinion. Give them a chance to plead their case. Even if it's 5 against one. And as pointed out in rule #15 'never assume were experts and allow for expert opinion OUTSIDE the group'. They should be allowed to get outside help to prove their point if they feel that strongly about it... I bring up the 'Zecora incident' as an example.." listed out Twilight.

Twilight and her former friends were currently gathered in the center of Ponyville as pony Mr. Scotsdale's mayoral inauguration was taking place. Which Sunset allowed to happen as it is in the law of the town, for the new mayor to beat up the old one to take their place.

Rainbow, although still the most athletic of the bunch, was still a bit tubby and between jobs...

Rarity was the fattest second to only Pinkie Pie. Gorging so much ice cream while sobbing as her life and business continued to fail. She didn't had her hourglass figure version for a pony anymore, but having a thicc body that some male ponies like. Her booty was not huge and a huge turn own for some male ponies.

Fluttershy had long since been forced to sell her home. She'd never needed to pay rent or taxes before, seems like back home everyone had been happy to just let her live by herself with her animals. In this world this was no longer an option. Between that and the memories of all her animal friends now dead haunting her... she soon sold her house and land for whatever she could... and ended up moving back in with her parents. Human Fluttershy had been HAPPY to help her cute and cuddly pony counterpart to get use to a new way of life from living alone with animals. And showing her how to use modern things like computers and helping her to pull herself together to look for work. Although she's become increasingly concerned with the pony's increasing waistline and drowning her sorrows in youtube cat videos...

Pinkie... was the worst of the bunch, she was the fattest, and had come very close to having her leg cut off. She was currently in the circle on a 'Fatman electric scooter'. Being assisted by her sister Maud Pie.

The Pie family had been hit hard by the merge. Their lifestyle fell apart completely when the unspoken question of 'How do you farm rocks?' was FINALLY both asked and enforced. It didn't help that they could no longer eat rocks without breaking their teeth... or break stone with their bear hooves...

Well, except Maud. Maud was the only known Earth Pony who didn't lose her powers when the merge happened. This was mostly due to Maud being the only pony who hadn't just accept 'it's magic' as an explanation and actually bothered to study Earth pony powers and get it down to a science. Thus when the merge took away magic, she'd already perfected non-magic means to replicate these powers.

She never published these findings before the merge because 1. There hadn't been any real use for them back then. And 2. She'd been worried it would bring her into conflict with her more tradition-grounded family.

Maud was now seen as an important civic leader among the earth ponies now. She was currently trying to raise funds to build a earth pony school where she can pass her method down to others. Her expertise with rocks (both locating them and digging up large quantities) were in great demand as well. She's been teaching earth benders how to find and bring up various types of rocks like Gypsum, Clay, Mudstone, Granite, Salt, Quartz, Marble, Garnet, Talc, Copper, Zinc, Iron, Aluminum, Mercury, Lead, Limestone, Sand, Gravel, Coal and Graphite. All of which had their uses and gotten the attention of Sunset who is always interested in finding ways to make money.

She'd only come to support Pinkie... but she'd been quick to add her own rules and observations to Twilight's list. Mostly regarding Pinkie...

Pinkie was hurt by her suggestion of rule 95 that both put her infamous 'Pinkie Promises' under scrutiny and allowed them to be broken. But Twilight was quick to defend Maud, reminding Pinkie how the whole 'Fluttershy model fiasco' could've been avoided had Pinkie just butted out of it! She made a problem that could had been solved if Pinkie hadn't stop her from telling both Fluttershy and Rarity about how they really feel. Then everything that had happen wouldn't had taken so long.

In any case, you’re probably wondering what's happening here... Basically, although Twilight was okay with reforming the group and allowing the POSSIBILITY of their friendship being mended eventually. She also made it clear she wasn't going to be a pushover anymore. They clearly needed her more then she needed them. And for her to even CONSIDER becoming friends with them again, things HAD to be different this time around! Hence the rules...

Now, Twilight wasn't cruel. She knew she wasn't perfect herself. So in addition to having neutral experts give her advice on said rules, she was also allowing her former friends to add their own rules OR try amend or veto current rules. However, in the later case. They couldn't just say 'because I said so' - those days were over thanks to rule 7 - to get a rule amended or vetoed, they had to backup their argument with logical reasoning and empirical evidence.

Author's Note

1 - Case #28 in Journal 3 Curse Doors.

2 - Dakotaraptor are the ones that are human size in real life while the velociraptor is the size of a turkey.

3 - You can't harvest organs from old people. For the reason they're old and worn.

4 - It is dumb for everyone to go into a cave or a house. Which if there is trouble there is no one outside who can call for help.

Dreamscaperers

With so much happening in the town of Gravity Falls Brighton, the people living there had gotten use to many odd things. Fix-It-Felix has been busy in fixing all the damage the dinosaurs had caused to the town making it look good as new. Even with all what has happened in the past month or so, people continue to come to live in Gravity Falls Brighton thanks to all the new jobs being found in the surrounding area around the valley.

Speaking of the dinosaurs, there are still wild ones running around in the forest. The ones still in the mine are being dug out as the search for survivors in the mine is still underway. The authorities are very interested in the lab that the fast food soldiers were using. The pig farm is being stripped of all the equipment in the lab under it, with ownership up in the air after the doctor who owned it got away. The manger of the pig farm Hoggish Greedly, is trying to get ownership as he had no idea what the doctor was doing. Then there are the two Cauldrons where the machine animals had been coming from. Seeing how they need an expert in why there are two cauldrons in the same location, Alloy was called in to oversee the operation.

Thanks to Sunset hiring earthbenders and even getting Korra to lend a hand and paying her, the sentient dinosaurs now all have homes near Ponyvile. With the mass arrest of so many ponies in Ponyvile who had destroyed the building project of Sunset and those who were hiding them like the former mayor. Ponyvile now was smaller with empty homes, and with robot police now patrolling the streets the ponies couldn't do anything about all the changes being done.

There is also the supervillain Crow who has setup shop near Big Apple City. Crow using his engineering skills quickly setup shop in creating a factory to produce war machines, which he sells to the government. Which provided new jobs to the people of Big Apple City.

Crow and Becky learning how this world works and when Crow tried to kidnapped Sunset, he was quickly dog piled by her sisters. Then Crow tried to kidnap the pony princesses, which resulted in him getting ahold of princess Celestia. He had tried to kidnap Luna but Sunset and her family kept him from doing so, and the same went for Candance. So, Crow just went for the sun princess.

Crow's new base -

"What you mean you don't want her back?" Crow ask having prepared his base for a assault by the heroes to get Celestia back and has Sunset on video screen to give her his demands.

"She doesn't do anything around here in the first place," Sunset said who is doing paperwork in her office.

"So you're more than happy to let her stay in the cage?" Crow ask pointing to Celestia in a cage.

"She can free herself," Sunset said.

"Wow you and her, have a really bad mother and daughter relationship," Crow said.

"You're thinking of my human parents who I care about, but for Celestia. I can't bring myself to care for her as she couldn't be bothered to care for me when it would had matter," Sunset said.

Causing Celestia who is listening in to hang her head in shame.

"Sunset have you seen Unico?" Luna ask bursting into the room. Ever since Unico has been living in the castle, Luna has all but adopted the little unicorn.

"Oh, the baby unicorn? He's over here," Crow said.

"What?" both Sunset and Luna ask.

"He got on my ship after I kidnapped Celestia," Crow said.

"Where is he?" Luna ask.

"Stuck him in the daycare," Crow said. He brought up a screen showing Unico playing in the daycare with the other children. He's playing with a keyboard trying to make up a song.

"I'm going over there and pick him up," Luna said leaving the room.

"So, you're not going to come rushing over to save Celestia?" Crow ask.

"Using her as bait?" Sunset ask.

"Yeah, I tried to power my doom cannon and she doesn't work," Crow said.

"On the subject matter the only reason why a swat team isn’t breaking into the room right now is that I simply don’t care about you taking Celestia,” Sunset said.

“Tell me about it,” Crow said wanting to be a villain like in his world, but he has to play by the rules of this world or he will be facing being imprison or facing a bunch of law enforcement. "Most of my kidnappings is more for the show Discord put together with a hero picked by him coming to save the day."

"You're getting paid to get your butt kick," Sunset pointed out.

"True," Crow said.

"How's the project going?" Sunset ask as the real reason why Crow is allowed to run around free besides being a villain who follows rules of engagement. Is because of his device he created to open portals to other worlds, which he was using to get back to his. His attempts while underground in the sap mine and the void leaking out, caused portals to opens up now and then.

His base is more of a research center in studying and perfecting the portal technology. Also, thanks to Becky made some deals in making weapons and equipment either for companies that sub contract them to make their brand or selling right to the government. Which is mostly making ammo, rockets, bombs, and missiles.

"That professor Membrane is studying it and we're comparing notes," Crow said.

"Good, being able to open portals will come in handy later. It cost lots of resources to travel around in the universe and having a portal even if its limited will cut travel time down. As long as it can be done safely," Sunset said.

"Portals are something that villains in my world have been trying to master with only those who have the power in the first place able to have control and no accidents. Like that that movie with the fly thing," Crow said.

"Which is why I want it to be safe and like how Kronika can open portals anywhere she wants," Sunset said.

"And don't forget when," Crow said.

"Please using time travel like that will just cause nothing but trouble with the only way to stop out of control time travel is by going way back in the past and stop people from advancing in the first place like in Rick and Morty," Sunset said.

"Oh, you saw that episode with the snakes?" Crow ask.

"Like it," Sunset said.

"Got to admit you're like princess Tephra," Crow said.

"Who?" Sunset ask.

"She's a villain princess," Becky said appearing on screen. "She's an ogre princess of the Lava Kingdom and rules it with an iron fist. Like how you're ruling over the ponies."

"Only with the older ones. I'm putting all the work in the kids so that they unlike their parents won't be hard set in their ways and learn how to deal with things that they can't control. Celestia went and baby the adult ponies so much that now in a world they can't control and have no magic. They can't deal with anything and are screaming their heads off, with only a few able to deal with it," Sunset said. "Which is why I'm putting all of my energy in the young ones and if the adults don't like it, it's not like they're the only subjects I'm ruling over. My approval ratings with all the non ponies living under my rule is very good. Besides the only reason why there is even a kingdom in the first place is because of the deal I made with the government in the first place. And I find it very unlikely either Luna or Candance would be able to handle all the paperwork I'm doing and deals making just to keep it going."

"What about her?" Crow ask pointing to Celestia.

"She hasn't done anything of worth since the merge happen. And even before that she left all the most dangerous tasks to Twilight and the others. Then there are the arm forces which are a complete joke," Sunset said.

"We saw the video of the so fake dragon eating up the ponies while all the soldiers were hiding behind things, even one hiding behind a puppy. I can't believe they fell for that," Becky said.

"Equestria would be the kingdom that villains starting out would go to first to begin. And I'm talking about the kids of villains," Crow said.

"Old Equestia is more of a level 1 starting off point," Sunset agreed.

"But anyways you're more of the villain type," Crow said.

"Of course, I am," Sunset said shocking Celestia who is listening in. "I'm the token evil teammate. Who operates entirely within the law, that allows me to strip away the rights that the ponies use to have that allowed them to just go around taking any land they wanted even if another race was there before. Not to mention having more rights then other races. So, to the ponies the adult ones anyways I'm the villain."

"So why are they not revolting? Or want Celestia back in power?" Crow ask.

"As bad as I am to them, Celestia abandoning me is far worse of a taboo. And that she had all the chances of making things right and she never did it when it would have matter. And now that she lost everything is when she's trying to make a bond with me and be the mother I needed. Which is now a moot point since I have a family already who even learning I'm not their Sunset still accepted me into their family, and my pony family there are still my pony sisters. Celestia has proven that she can't handle anything in this new world as she stayed in power for 3 months after the merge and everything was falling apart. Which only stop after I took command," Sunset said.

"It wasn't that bad," Celestia said.

"Most of Equestria was in flames, the farmlands were dying the other races were on the brink of lynching the ponies, and Equestria was about to be invaded by the US army. I fix it all after taking the throne in less then an hour with a cake," Sunset said.

"How?" Becky ask as she and Crow tried to figure out how that happen.

"Dethrone Celestia, with both Luna and Candance backing my claim as her daughter. Talk with the president and cut a deal with her over some cake. Got Equestria to be a kingdom but apart of the country and follows the federal laws. Which the other kingdoms follow suit. Now I’m busy modernizing my kingdom and tearing down the old ways that don’t work in this world and selling off what I can to pay off the billions I owe to all the banks I took loans from. Which is where you and your portal machine comes in,” Sunset said.

“Going full on evil ruler and takeover?” Crow ask.

“Nope, make trade deals and offer a vacation destination for heroes and villains,” Sunset said.

“Only looking to make money?” Becky ask.

“You have any idea how much stress and pressure, I’m under in keeping this kingdom together and cleaning up all the messes that Celestia left for me to deal with. And that's only running a backwards kingdom and dragging it into the modern age kicking and screaming. It's way too much work already," Sunset said.

"Lots of stress?" Becky ask.

"I'm taking pills for high blood pressure," Sunset said.

"So no being the villain?" Crow ask.

"I'm already the villain. With me being the only one who can do this job, I'm too important to be gotten rid of," Sunset said.

"Then why are you learning to fight from all of those videogame characters?" Crow ask.

"Because unlike Celestia I'm not going to be helpless when I have to fight," Sunset said.

"Really?" Becky ask.

"She was powerful but when she tried to fight the Changeling queen she was quickly beaten. Which is why I'm training in many forms of combat, thanks to having so many different fighter game characters running around. I'm able to learn from fighters who can still use their reality breaking fighting styles and those who use magic while fighting," Sunset said. "Speaking of which what about my special project?"

"Hey it takes time with what you ask for," Crow said.

"How long will it take?" Sunset ask.

"About 2 to 4 weeks and Professor Membrane is still working on the design so it will work without it being too complex. Alot of villains tried to create weapons like what you're asking for but is way too complex for them to use," Crow said.

"From what I can gather from the plans you gave us you been planning on creating this weapon for some time," Becky said.

"I been trying to have my ultimate weapon built since learning about Bill. I tried talking with a Shigure Kosaka (Kenichi: The Mightiest Disciple) in Japan who only uses a traditional forge and materials who said is superior to state-of-the-art techniques and materials. But it's only true when in the world she came from, she is still gifted but her weapons aren't the type that can cut through anything and never needs to be sharpen or oiled or anything else. All of her weapons that use to be able to cut through just about anything without so much of a dent or a notch on the blade, suddenly aren't unbreakable anymore. Professor Membrane is my best bet in creating a legendary weapon that's a blend of science and magic. That or put up with Excalibur," Sunset said. (1)

"Who?" both Crow and Becky ask.

"Excalibur is a living weapon that takes the form of a sword. Anyone who wields him is pretty much unstoppable and unlike other such weapons anyone can use him. The problem is that he is completely insufferable to be around which I'm guessing he does so only those who are like King Arthur will wield him," Sunset said. (2)

“Really now,” Crow said thinking about the weapon.

“Location is in Iceland in an underground hot spring. It’s also a tourist spot around the cave because of the hot springs and hotels,” Sunset said.

“You’re just telling me?” Crow ask confused.

“Yes,” Sunset said.

“Really that bad?” Becky ask.

“He wouldn’t be the first villain to try,” Sunset said.

“Why are you treating us like this?” Becky ask.

“From what that robot of yours told Jenny. You Crow are like Bowser where you’re on the verge of conquering the world, only to stop so you and your prisoners can go for a tour in a museum,” Sunset said.

“What? We villains can be perfectly civil,” Crow said.

“And going go-karting and playing games with the princess you normally kidnap. Also Bowser wants to know if you’re interested in the next Wacky Race?” Sunset ask.

“I’ll be there,” Crow said.

“Sunset you’re being too friendly with these villains who haven't reformed,” Celesita said.

“You said the same thing about Discord,” Sunset said. “Besides, I’m doing what you always told me to do. Make friends just not the type you like. And yes they're villains but that's not that bad.”

Ponyvile -

At the Apple farm Applebloom and Double D is brokering a billion-dollar deal with a Griffins and Dwarf conglomerate. They’re testing the first non-human plasmid trail runs. The test run would use water down doses that would take several months to finish, to avoid anyone transforming into a splicer. There already are cases of splicers appearing from those who took too much plasmid at once.

Also learning that the sap they been mining came from a version of the tree of life. They're working with many gods of nature and plants to bring the tree back to life. They would be able to harvest all the sap they want as long as they keep the tree healthy. So far it's slow going in bringing the tree back to life. It turns out the tree is the oldest tree of life there is, coming from a dinosaur god of all things. Even with the dinosaur gods going with the intelligent dinosaur race that prayed to them, the tree of life they created still lived on. Till the humans of the cult that discovered the tree and killed it in the hopes of becoming immortal, which just poisoned them instead.

Applebloom is also treating Applejack better since their talk and Applejack finally admitting to herself what she failed to do. Twilight is also putting Applejack and the rest of the five in a rigorous exercise and combat regime. They all need to get back into shape. While trying to repair their relationship. Twilight has also been helping to keep the wild dinosaurs still being hunted down out of Ponyvile.

Sunset has made a deal with Jurassic Park, where the park where the dinosaurs are going to be kept be apart of the Jurassic Park company. So that the equipment and workers who know how to care for dinosaurs could be sent over. The island where the main park is located was in danger of being destroyed by the volcano waking up. Till Pele the volcano goddess moved the hot spot to the seabed so that a new island was formed nearby. Which made a grand sight as guest could watch as an island grew out of the sea, several miles away.

Sunset also has been buying up assets and stocks after the fallout in the financial world after so many big-shots and corporations got canned or arrested in the 'Fake A.I. Scandal'. The fallout and backlash of the fake A.I. attacks reached global levels as many countries are now trying to figure out how many A.I. attackers are real and not fake so that some companies could make money or ruin rivals.

Canterlot -

In the castle’s garage is the workshop of the newest castle staff member a man named Chumbucket. He came out of the sap mine in a sup up car he calls the Magnum Opus. He came out of one of Crow’s portals from a post-apocalypse Australia, just as he and the car were falling off a cliff. Chumbucket a hunchback "blackfinger" mechanic who was once the pride of Gastown until he began to have visions of the Angel Combustion, who implored him to build a body for her. The result was the Magnum Opus, but it needs far more work. He’s also a Gadgeteer Genius seeing how he managed to build the Magnum Opus, a harpoon gun, a collapsible sniper rifle, and an explosives attachment for the harpoon, all out of scrap.

Sunset heard about the strange man and the car from rescue workers looking for survivors in the sap mine. She asked her sister Izabella who works as an autoworker, along with her other sisters Euspeth, Davina, and Ardbey who work in the auto shop of Wal-Mart to look at the car. They were impressed with how well the car ran when it’s made out of junk parts.

Sunset hired him as the castle’s mechanic, giving him room and board in exchange for him keeping the vehicles and other machines up and running. As well as working at the racetracks to work on the custom go-karts for the Wacky Races. The original Magnum Opus is now on display inside one of the resorts.

“The parts are here,” Izabella said as wheels in two boxes that been delivered to the castle.

“Yes, more parts for the new Magnum Opus,” Chumbucket said working with the sisters in creating a new and better Magnum Opus using shiny parts.

Since coming to this new world Chumbucket has been learning lots of things. That he only half remembers as he was young when the fall came to his world. He enjoys working for Sunset, get to work on all kinds of cars and work on the new Magnum Opus. Opening the boxes Chumbucket saw the auxiliary tank and the special supercharger that uses exhaust gas flow to boost engine horsepower finally came in. Sunset wants him to build a better Magnum Opus with her sisters helping him so she could enter it into a car show. He wouldn’t fail her, he would create a better Magnum Opus.

Mystery Shack -

Things are slow at the shack thanks to what happen at the sap mine, and that the area has been closed down. There are still wild dinosaurs running around in the forest. Hunters and robots are busy hunting them down, which is why the road to the shack and the surrounding area is closed down. The authorities didn't want people anywhere near the forest till all the dinosaurs have been hunted down and relocated to the new dinosaur wildlife park.

So, while the shack was closed Stan took the time to fix things up and setup new exhibits. Currently he has Twilight looking over a witch's caldron that Stan brought. From what Stan learn from the seller, the ancient caldron use to be owned by a family of witches that made a living by making potions. The caldron is cast from special metals to withstand the caustic ingredients used for the concoctions. Which Twilight can tell that much of the magic used in the potion making came from the pot itself. Of course, that was before the merge and the pot is now just an ancient pot. But Twilight did point out that back in places like the Boiling Isles the pot would fetch some big bucks.

“Well can you use it?” Stan ask.

“Sure I can talk to Zecora who can use it to brew some potions and spell casting,” Twilight said looking over the pot. "Or you can just pour that bottomless bottle of cough syrup into it and sell it as a magical cough syrup."

"Good thinking and I can use some cheap jars or bottles," Stan said.

Dipper was doing an inventory check on all the merchandise, seeing how he has lots of free time to himself. The shack while closes is still visited by the hunters who needed to get something. Or use the portable toilets.

"Cool look at this," Wendy said as she held up a strange gauntlet that had a blue round gem on the part that rested on the back of the hand.

"Got that from overseas. It's called the Scepter. The seller has no idea what it does," Stan said.

"I looked it over and it would had been able to make copies of objects if it wasn't powerless in this world," Twilight said and looks at Stan. "And no I can't repower it."

"Nuts," Stan said wanting to make lots of copies of stuff he could sell.

"There's a bat!" Soos shouted as he runs out of the kitchen.

"A bat? Dipper go and scare it away," Stan said.

"Grunkle Stan why don't you ever have Mabel do any of the chores? Why is it always me?" Dipper ask.

"Because I said so!" Stan said.

"Look, Grunkle Stan... I know that you're only pushing all this work on me to 'toughen me up' and make sure when the 'world hits, I hit back'. I don't need it after what I been through," Dipper said.

Stan turns around angry. "SOOS! You blabber mouth! I'm cutting your pay!"

"No! Soos didn't squeal!" Dipper said and quickly explains how he saw it in one of his 'flashforwards' to everyone.

"I heard of this happening but only when there's time magic being used," Twilight spoke up.

And before Stan could give a respond of his own. "Look, I appreciate the sentiment behind what you're doing. And I'd be lying if it hasn't helped me get in shape."

"Thank you for his six pack by the way," Wendy says suddenly, then gives Dipper a wink.

Dipper blushes but coughs it away. "Right, anyway. As good as that is, that doesn't excuse you letting Mabel off easily and making me do all the work! Why doesn't Mabel get any work?"

"What, come on! She tough enough..." Stan said.

"We're not talking about toughness!" Twilight said.

"We mean like discipline, responsibility..." Wendy said.

Stan shrugs dismissively. "Eh, never heard of them."

"Ahmen!" Mabel said who is busy watching T.V. on her belly on the floor with Waddles.

"Dang it Stan! Do I need to remind you that things with Mabel are getting worse and worse?" Dipper ask.

“It’s not that bad,” Stan said.

“Says you,” Twilight said.

“Yeah we’re only hang around her because of Dipper,” Wendy said.

“I handle the bat,” Mabel said walking off into the kitchen.

Outside -

Laying flat on the ground a figure dress in Marine armor over a Marine wetsuit. Unlike the standard or polymer combat armor, this variant relies on a combination of hard and soft armor to provide protection. The torso assembly consists of a tactical vest from ballistic fiber covering the entire torso from the groin to the shoulders and neck, supplemented by tactical rigging combining hard ballistic armor with a powered survival system and a belt with four multipurpose pouches. Arms are protected by sleeves from the same ballistic fiber, combined with hard armor covering the shoulders, forearm and dorsal side of the hands. The hard armor is shaped to provide additional protection from the front when aiming and double as attachment points for additional carry pouches. The legs are protected in the same way, with the added benefit of thigh pouches and a pair of stabilizers on the shin. The helmet is derived from the standard combat armor variant, coming with a polarized visor, filtration mask and additional carry strap on the back of the head. Together, they combine to provide a heavy duty set of combat armor that covers almost the entire body in heavy armor, excepting necessary articulation points.

The figure is watching everything that's happening in the shack through the telescope of the cosmic cannon. The cosmic cannon has 3 different settings in what it fires, sonic, laser, and cryo beam. The figure aims the weapon's sight on Mabel, a finger tightens slightly on the trigger.

"No, you still have a part to play," the figure said getting up and walking into the forest.

Back in the shack -

Dipper demands once more why Stan seems to favor Mabel, while she’s busy in the kitchen handling the bat.

"Well...," Stan looking uncomfortable and saved by Eda who interrupts him.

"Double standards, that’s what I think,” Twilight spoke up.

"So it's double standards? Where no matter how bad Mabel acts it's ok for her because she's a girl?" Dipper ask.

"Sounds like how so many from different Japan worlds, where it's ok for girls to treat boys anyway they want but it's suddenly wrong when it's the other way around," Soos said.

"Remember when a bunch of them came here to try to get their powers back and maintained the mindset where it's ok for them to do it but wrong when anyone else does it," Wendy said.

"Oh man, they really were surprise when they were arrested," Soos said. (3)

"Also reminds me of how Lincoln's sisters got away with everything and if he did anything he would always be punish while his sisters didn't," Dipper adds.

"At least you only have to deal with one sister," Twilight said having learn of the abuse Lincoln went through with his family. With only because their house falls in The City's side, and the laws of The City are just bad. Till It all came crashing down and The City is still being rebuild.

"Well Stan, I'm not going to put up with double standards anymore. And you shouldn't be letting Mabel get away with things just because she's a girl,” Dipper said.

“Hey it’s Gideon!” Soos spoke up pointing to the tv.

Gideon's commercial shows up. Ever since his court hearing where he got off be claiming to being controlled by a mind demon. Gideon name and popularity in Gravity Falls Brighton fell, with fewer and fewer people showing up at his shows. Mostly out of towners who stop by to see what’s going on. All of his hidden cameras are still operational, but people are wearing them less and less with some even throwing them away. Gideon’s commercial ends showing the shack as a new location for the tent show.

"Should we be worried about that?" Dipper ask both confused and concerned.

"I don't think so...," Stan shrugs. “I don’t owe any money to the bank and the deed is lock away in the Canterlot bank. He can’t just break into there. The only way he could get the deed is if he knows the combination to the safe. Or he steals the key to the safes, but than he be arrested. And the combination is in my mind.”

Outside the shack -

“Darn it,” Gideon pouted as his plans of getting the deed to the shack was ruined because it being in a bank safe. He’s using a device to listen on in what’s happening in the shack.

The Canterlot bank is heavily protected and the police station is nearby. With the robot guards, it’s impossible for him to break in and steal it from the bank. But he thought of Stan saying him knowing the combination to open the safe that way.

“Yes that would work,” Gideon said.

The Shack -

Twilight told Dipper how she had convinced her old friends to attend Stumps sessions, go into a strenuous exercise and combat training program, as well as help them find new jobs. Expect for Rarity who happens to like her thicc body which has gotten lots of stallions to woe her. Twilight had helped Applejack adjust to her new more modernized jobs at the farm as well as further repair her relationship with Applebloom and Human Applejack.

She'd convinced Rarity to swallow her pride and begin to apprentice under her human counterpart to learn how to sew for humans... and to be okay with mass-producing her clothes. Also that custom clothes made to order is something that most people don't do anymore. People are use to walking past endless shops with infinite variety, then finding something you like and searching for the right size. And while there are people who go and are fitted with clothes that only fit them or someone with the same body type. Those people are few and far between, not to mention they usually only buy custom clothes for special events and not everyday wear. As doing that while impressive is just impractical to do. The only reason why Sunset is doing that with human Rarity is because of her wings and she needs clothes made with slits in the shirts or she'll be struck wearing nothing but backless clothes. (4)

Twilight was teaching Pinkie how to restrain herself, understand that not all people like fun the same way. Learn to butt out of peoples private business, respect a persons wishes if they say they don't want to be friends and overall just let things GO. And not make things worse by not reading the mood of the crowd.

Inspired by Twilight's progress and accomplishments, Rainbow Dash decided she wants to form a NEW group known as the Shadowbolt's. Even if it’s illusionary trap or not, Rainbow had always loved their uniforms more. She wanted them to replace the Wonderbolt's as Equestria's new aerial guard and be everything that the Wonderbolt's SHOULD have been. Putting the needs of the ponies before themselves AND actually being USEFUL in a fight.

Fluttershy had first tried to live with her parents... but the pegasus simply couldn't get it into their heads that the world was different now. The fact that unlike the other tribes; they could just fly away from their problems whenever they wanted and (mostly) ignore what's happening on the ground. Probably didn't help.

Their attempts to continue manipulating the weather kept falling miserably and just annoyed people below. They also kept trying to rebuild their cloud cities... but although their passive abilities still allowed them to form cloud objects and lie on them. They no longer had magical properties, so would constantly fall apart whenever the wind or weather whipped into it too much. Thus many pegasus found themselves crashing into the ground when their 'bed' is blown apart. Or yelled at by people on the ground who'd been hit by their furniture or fecal matter that was no longer being 'magicked away' by the cloud plumbing.

There is the Ponyhead cloud Kingdom which still works like it did in Mewi. But the clouds aren't real clouds, they're actually floating plant like things. But the whole floating pony heads thing just scared the pegasus. Not to mention they would be under the rule of Princess Pony Head.

After nearly crashing to the ground while sleeping for the fifth time, and her parents refusing to move to the ground. Fluttershy was forced to move in with human Fluttershy. Human Fluttershy was currently taking her in as an assistant veterinarian at her pet shop, but Fluttershy also spent her free time talking with Maud, wondering if there could be a 'non-magical' way to replicate what she did with Earth pony magic, but for Pegasus instead.

The Forest -

The SCP agents Lawrence and Carson have been helping in hunting down the wild dinosaurs, hitting them with darts to put them to sleep and transport them to a dinosaur park. Doctor Buck is using the wild dinosaurs as both as training in hunting down and recovering live subjects and to test out new field gear. The dinosaurs needed to be rounded up as they could easily interfere with missions.

The two agents have been tracking down one of the dinosaurs by using a new tracking system, when they came to a clearing just in time to see a peculiar sight. That little kid Gideon who was on the news was in the clearing. He was doing some kind of ritual having made a circle and having items in it and a book. He was chanting something that sounded like he’s talking backwards.

Gideon grunting, clasps his stomach and his eyes glow blue; chanting out the summoning spell. "Egassem sdrawkcab. egassem sdrawkcab. Egassem sdrawkcab! Egassem sdrawkcab! Egassem sdrawkcab!"

The background turns black and white, wildlife pauses in midair and a laughing Bill Cipher appears.

"OH, OH, GRAVITY FALLS! IT IS GOOD TO BE BACK NAME'S BILL CIPHER AND I TAKE IT YOU'RE SOME KING OF LIVING VENTRILOQUIST DUMMY?" Bill said laughing. "I'M JUST KIDDING, I KNOW WHO YOU ARE, GIDEON!"

"W-what? H-how do you know my name?" Gideon asked.

"OH, I KNOW LOTS OF THINGS!" Bill said as his body shows pictures of various cryptic locations. In a slow, deep voice. "LOTS OF THINGS..."

Making both SCP agents to hid before they were spotted and got their firearms ready. They calmed down when Bill's body returns to normal.

"HEY, LOOK WHAT I CAN DO!" Bill said as he gestures toward a deer, the deer's teeth then fly into his hand. And gives the teeth to Gideon. "DEER TEETH! FOR YOU KID!"

Gideon cries out in shock and drops teeth on the ground. "You're insane!"

"SURE, I AM, WHAT'S YOUR POINT?" Bill ask as he puts the teeth back in deer's mouth and the deer runs away.

"Listen to me, demon! I have a job for you. I need you to enter the mind of Stanford Pines and steal the code to his safe," Gideon said.

"WAIT... STAN PINES?" Bill asks turning around as his body shows pictures of Stan and his tattoo. "YOU KNOW WHAT, KID? YOU'VE CONVINCE ME! I'M SOLD! I'LL HELP YOU WITH THIS AND IN RETURN YOU CAN HELP ME WITH SOMETHING I'VE BEEN WORKING ON! WE'LL WORK OUT THE DETAILS LATER."

"Deal!" Gideon said.

"WELL, TIME TO INVADE STAN'S MIND! THIS SHOULD BE FUN! REMEMBER: REALITY IS AN ILLUSION, THE UNIVERSE IS A HOLOGRAM, BUY GOLD, BYE!" Bill shouted before disappearing.

"It worked!" Gideon laughs maniacally. Gideon stop laughing as two men in military gear step out of the underbrush.

“You’re coming with us kid,” Carson said.

Back at the shack -

"So no one knows why I’m having these flash forwards?" asked Dipper over the phone.

Kronika over the phone explains that while that does happen time to time when time travel happens. Him seeing a future timeline of what could had happen to him if the merge had never happened, should be happening to him. She and Clockwork have been trying to figure things out, but the problem is because of the merge the future timeline which the merge never happen has been completely erased. Not to mention how traveling backwards in time only takes the traveler back to the past of Dipper’s world and no other. Her best guess is something he did in that erased the timeline affecting him in this one.

“So it could have been something my future self did that changed his past and because of the merge happening has affected me?” Dipper asked before getting an answer back and him saying bye hanging up.

His thoughts were interrupted as SCP agents came bursting into the shack. They rush pass him to the living room to find Grunkle Stan. They found him asleep in his easy chair. Just in time for a demonic triangle-shaped shadow posses his body.

“What was that?” Dipper asked wondering what’s happening.

“An SCP,” one of the agents said calling it in that they’re too late.

Stan’s Mind -

The mindscrape of Stan’s mind is represented by the Mystery Shack, with the insides being massive and containing many doors. Bill searches the memories of Stan looking through the doors showing a memory. He came to an earlier memory of Dipper talking to Stan about Mabel and explaining his flashforwards, of a future timeline he’s been seeing of a future that happen that didn’t had the merge happening.

“Pine tree is having flashforwards?” Bill said out loud. “Now there’s something that I haven’t seen for awhile.”

A new plan began to form in his head as he learned something very interesting. Taking control of Stan’s body he took a peak of what’s happening outside and saw lots of things happening outside. Listening to the new developments happening around him, Bill decided to forgo the deal for a new plan.

The Shack -

The SCP agents have setup a perimeter around the shack and setup reality anchors and other devices. Doctor Buck is there handling the operates herself and called in some help to deal with Bill. After weeks of searching for information of Bill, he just suddenly showed up. She wasn’t letting this opportunity to just slip through her fingers.

Buck called in everyone that she could, Sunset with her bodyguards the Turks, Luna, the two Phantoms, XJ-9, and videogame characters who can help. She also called Stan’s ex-wife Eda to help with her magic, she came with her group upon hearing what happen.

“Alright everyone who could make it is here,” Buck said and explained to everyone what happen and who is inside Stan’s head.

“Bill Cipher, I heard of him. A demon who can only use his powers when he makes a contract with someone,” Lilith said.

“Which is why I called you all. We have the reality anchors setup to keep him from using his powers but with how little we know about him, it might not work. From what the tech workers have found out, the Bill we are dealing with is just a shadow,” Buck said.

“I think I read about Bill,” Dipper said looking into the journal. “Ok it says he’s a powerful dream demon.”

“Wait you have book about Bill?” Buck said looking over his shoulder and took the journal from him.

“Hey!” Dipper said as Buck reads through the journal.

“Who wrote this?” Buck ask looking at Dipper.

“I found it in the woods, in a fake tree,” Dipper said.

“Whoever wrote this, has studied the going ons and creatures around here,” Buck said looking through the journal. There’s a page about the feral hill men that the agents had taken cared of, which are named Kill Billy in the book, the Leprecorns which she wish she didn’t had to find out how that happen, the outhouses that act as portals called Portal Potty, that moss covered giant named Steve in the book. She came across the page about an underground bunker and the shape shifter that was frozen in it. She would have to send a team to find the bunker.

“Can you give it back? I did found it,” Dipper said.

“You can just make copies of it with a copier and give it back to him,” Sunset pointed out.

“Yes right,” Buck said reminding herself that taking things that aren’t dangerous isn’t how they do things anymore. “Carson make copies of this journal.”

One of the agents came up to Buck and took the journal.

“Hey it looks like the one Gideon used to summon Bill,” Carson said as he held the journal.

“What?” Buck asked.

“He used a book like this one to summon Bill,” Carson said.

“Show me,” Buck said with Carson leading Buck to the other book.

“Dipper let me in,” Stan said suddenly causing everyone in the room to look at him.

“Stan I’m here,” Dipper said hoping that Stan is fighting from the inside.

“Let me in,” Stan said as he reaches out with his hand.

“I let you in,” Dipper said taking Stan’s hand in his hand.

“THANKS!” Stan said his eyes opening showing them yellow.

Dipper’s Mind -

Bill found himself in Dipper’s mind in front of a screen that’s full of static. The screen cleared every now and then revealing a clear picture of a timeline that would had happen if the merge had never happened. Bill watched the screen seeing scenes of what would had come if the merge hadn’t happened and what would happened to him.

Bill poured his power into the screen to show him more and how did Dipper gain this power. Seeing more of Dipper’s possible future of his older self. Bill’s eye widen as he watch the future that would had happen to Dipper if the merge never had happen and what he did to prevent his future from ever happening. Bill gave out a chuckle fully understanding what had happen.

“NOW THIS CHANGES EVERYTHING,” Bill laughs.

The Shack -

Dipper was pulled free from Stan by XJ-9 while Sunset and the other magic users powered up spells. The agents who are armed have their guns pointed at Stan who is clearly being used as a puppet. Who has glowing yellow eyes and speaking in a voice that isn’t his.

“Bill Cipher?” Buck asked having rushed back into the living room.

“YUP IT’S BILL, YOUR AGENTS REALLY MESSED UP MY PLANS BUT I DID LEARN SOMETHING GOOD. SO I’M GONNA LET YOU KIDS OFF THE HOOK. YOU MIGHT COME IN HANDY LATER. BUT KNOW THIS, A DARKNESS APPROACHES. A DAY WILL COME IN THE FUTURE WHEN EVERYTHING YOU CARE ABOUT WILL CHANGE. UNTIL THEN I’LL BE WATCHING YOU,” Bill’s voice disappearing his words echoing.

Stan’s eyes stop glowing yellow and he fell back asleep, but woke up just as fast very confused.

“What happen?” Stan asked.

“Dream demon got into your head and did the same to Dipper,” Mabel said.

“Is that what happen?” Dipper asked.

“He must have seen something in your mind that just caused him to give up and leave,” Buck said.

“His flash forwards,” Twilight said.

“His what?” Buck asked.

“I been having flash forwards of a timeline where the merge never happen and events that happened to me, happen differently because of the merge never happening,” Dipper explained.

“Clockwork and Kronika are still figuring out how that happen. Clockwork hasn’t seen that happen for centuries,” Sunset spoke up.

“Why do I have the feeling that Bill knows something that we don’t,” Twilight said.

“I’ll still take it as a win,” Eda said.

“Hey what are you doing here?” Stan glared at his ex-wife.

“Came to help,” Eda said.

“This doesn’t make up for Vegas,” Stan growls.

“I do wonder what it would have been like if you two had stayed together,” Luz said.

“Oh yeah that would be fun,” Mabel said.

“No that would had been bad,” Lilith said having gotten a good idea what Stan is like and how he and Eda would had caused lots of trouble in the Boiling Isles.

Author's Note

1 - One of the dumb things I can't stand is how old and ancient weapons are better then newer ones and made from stronger metals. As no matter how good a sword made out of copper is, it's still made out of copper.

2 - Excalibur can kill anything with no trouble at all like in cannon. The problem is that, who can actually stand being around him long enough to use him.

3 - With how many animes and mangas have abuse on men and double standards being the standard. It's hard to think of a western show that follows the same rule and know it off of hand and not looking it up.

4 - It would be hard to find clothes when you have wings on your back.

Gideon Rises

In the Boiling Isles Bonesborough is a dense, medieval-style town surrounded by bone mountains and forests, with two large green arms looming over it. The houses are made of wood and stone, and can be up to four-stories high; some houses are built on the side of a cliff or on the green arms. Some houses also have monster-like architecture, donning a scary appearance with either bones, eyes, teeth, hands or a mixture. Many stone pathways intersect the narrow walls of the town. Bonesborough's more notable buildings have a gothic appearance, being made of stone and the windows are made of stained glass. Since opening up to the human world, human technology is being used around the town now.

The Night Market is a blackmarket that appears in Bonesborough after dark. It trades in items not normally available in Bonesborough's normal marketplace due to factors like rarity, authenticity, or legality. As with any other black market, caveat emptor is the rule of the day. Dealers in the Night Market are quite capable of anything from price gouging to outright fraud.

Then there’s the underground blackmarket, that sprang up after the merge and many desperate magic users seeking to use magic again. One of the ways of gaining magic, is by having a transplant of a witch’s heart. The hearts are grown and sold, as growing spare organs is a common thing in the Demon Realm. Which has lots of issues of normal heart transplants but also that for many magic users, their bodies just couldn’t handle the magic of the Demon Realm.

Resulting in many dead, from trying to use the magic that their bodies aren’t made to handle. For the ones who do survive being humans they still struggle to adjust to the new magic and if press too hard would die from a heart attack. There are rumors of other ways but those are just cons to prey on the gullible and the desperate.

Walking out of an alley is a young girl who has purple hair with a thick green streak, worn in a ponytail, and purple nail polish. Her eyebrows are very pronounced, and the same color as the stripe in her hair. She wears a red sweater dress, purple vest, purple tights, red legwarmers, and purple shoes. She also wears purple eye shadow.

The alley she came from is where a back alley doctor worked. Her heart was magically replaced with that of a witches heart and because she wasn’t fully human she could handle it. The operation was a success and she could feel her magic returning as her new heart pump in her body. She raised her hands summoning a hand mirror to her hands.

A bestial creature walk up from behind having paid the doctor the other half of the money promised, stopping right behind the girl. He is a rotund, brown-furred creature with pointy ears, a small tail, and long, hairless arms and legs. He has large yellow eyes and a batlike nose, and wears a red scarf and green aviator's hat.

"Did it work Shreeky?" the beast ask.

"Yes Beastly, I have my magic back," Shreeky said as she held up her magic mirror that is now full of magic once again.

“Can’t believe it work,” Beastly said.

“Yes this heart works great,” Shreeky said.

“Of course it works,” Kikimora said joining the two. “Now let’s complete this deal.”

Kikimora is a red-skinned biped demon of diminutive stature and child-like proportions. She stands several heads shorter than her subordinates, with three-toed, talon-clad arms and legs similar to those of a bird's. Her talons are colored dark brown. Her left eye has yellow sclera and a brownish red iris; inversely, her right eye has red sclera and a yellow iris. Her mouth, usually hidden from view by her collar, features sharp yellowish teeth and a single upturned tusk. Her most defining feature are the conjoined hands which make up her hair: one with fingers that form a fringe which hides her right eye from view, the other is clenched behind her head to form a bun-esque fist.

Following Kikimora down alleys and roads, the group reached the building where the others have been waiting for them. A ritual circle was made on the floor having a book and an amulet in the middle. Everything was prepared for the ritual, Shreeky used her mirror to bring the staff of Sacanas to her, that once belonged to the Storm King from the table it was laying on. The alicorn amulet followed and went around her neck giving her a major power boost of her magic. Shreeky placed her hand mirror on a table.

The amulet that has a very simple in design, being a round red stone on a metal triangle, floated up from the hole. A figure began growing from the amulet. A man wearing a purple and red colored robe, that hides his body and face from view. With only his arms and eyebrows being seen, both are of an unnatural greenish-blue coloration. And his glowing red eyes.

"Boss you're back!" Beastly shouted in joy.

"Yes, I'm back," No Heart said feeling stronger and more powerful than he ever felt before. Because of him being so magical, once the merge happen he just died when the magic left him.

"Yes uncle I brought you back to life as well as mom," Shreeky said as she focuses her magic onto the book next.

Bursting out of the book came out a woman. She's dress in red and black robes, that hugs her voluptuous body. Her skin is greenish-blue like No Heart but has long flowing purple hair, with green strips. With her shunning beauty and body she easily has any man wrap around her fingers.

"Mom!" Shreeky shouted as she quickly wraps her arms around her long cursed mother in a hug.

"Shreeky," the woman said looking down seeing her daughter who has grown up while she was trap in her spellbook. She then turns her attention to her brother. "No Heart did you free me?"

"I didn't Black Heart, it was your daughter," No Heart said.

"Oh my little girl you really growing up to be a powerful witch like me," Black Heart said hugging Shreeky with motherly pride.

"Well thanks to our help," Winterbolt said who has been sitting on a chair watching. By his side is Professor Coldheart who both No Heart and Black Heart knew from his past deeds against the Care Bears.

"Coldheart? You and your friend are the ones who help Shreeky?" No Heart ask.

"And us," Him said who is sitting away from the two ice villains, along with Fortuna.

"What do you want, Him?" No Heart growls as he and Black Heart prepared to cast spells on their old rival.

"Wait now, they're the ones who told us how to bring you two back and restore your magic," Beastly shouted out.

“Without their help I wouldn’t had been able to do any of this,” Shreeky said.

"Why would you help us?" Black Heart ask.

"Bill Cipher is gathering some help and your family are prefect for what he has plan," Him answers.

"He's the one?" Black Heart ask, having heard of him before.

"Yes he's been helping people like us in getting what we want," Coldheart said.

"And we're just join because you help free us?" No Heart ask.

"Mom, uncle just hear them out first," Shreeky said as without their help she'll be still living in that old shack with Beastly after uncle No Heart was destroyed when the merge happen.

"How about revenge against the Care Bears?" Winterbolt ask.

"You and your brother have history with them," Fortuna said.

"We're listening," Black Heart said looking at her brother who is interested as well in what Bill is offering.

Gravity Falls Brighton -

Deep within Tartarus, Doctor Buck is writing up the after report of the operation with Bill Cipher. After testing Stan was release from custody, finding nothing left of Bill in his mind. The boy Gideon has been arrested and a search of his home found spy equipment, with his merchandise he gives out at his shows having cameras in them. He would be sent to regular prison for minors for his crimes, instead of being in the prison wing here.

The two journals have been scanned and copies have been made of them. Lots of pages have been written in a code which cipher teams are working on to break. It was discovered that some of the pages have invisible ink on them that shows up with black light. The two journals were given to Dipper Pines, from the urging of Sunset who is also a big donor to SCP. The donation is for a write off on taxes but the budget and the PR would be in trouble if the journals weren’t given back. Buck did give him a way to contact the SCP if he discovers anything on his own.

As for Bill Cipher, the journals did show a way to summon him but that’s just his shadow and his true self is way more powerful. Bill also help the author of the journals to build some kind of a machine that can open doorways. The supervillain Crow who has been working on building his own portal to return back home, said that the science is sound from what he was allowed to see of the pages that dealt with the machine. Both books have a section with what Crow thinks is how to use the machine, but seeing how the books are just 2 and 3 without the missing 1st journal they’re useless. Not to mention there could be more.

Buck sent a team to search the area around the fake tree where Dipper found the 3rd journal. They searched the area but found nothing that would reveal who wrote the journals. They did find the bunker and calling in the XJ sisters and telling them to be on the lookout for a shapeshifter and were given the codes for the bunker. They found the shapeshifter had escaped and they found a tunnel it had dug to the surface. No trace found of the creature. (1)

The bunker is just how the journals describe it as, with the work already being done the bunker is being made into an outpost. For information of the ones who built it, the only clue found is an old laptop. The journals did reveal that the author had help in building the machine but is vague on who that person is, with the only clue that he’s a man who has a wife and a son, his name starts with an F.

So Buck is having some agents go after the best kept records, the tax records in the town of Gravity Falls before the merge happened. Thanks to a timeline in the journal showing that the author came during 1975, helps narrowed it down. Whoever the author is, would have to buy equipment and have to have left a money trail. The author mentions that he funded everything with grant money. The author wrote he started his research 6 years ago and using clues in the books and that the author had talked to Mr. Northwest about his family history and had a drawing of him as a younger man.

Talking with Mr. Northwest revealed that the one who talked to him was a younger Stanford Pines. Looking into his past, she learned some interesting things about him, first that he has a twin brother who has a long criminal record, Stanley Pines. Who from records is believed dead, due to a car he owned found with the brakes cut. Medical records also shows that while the twins look alike, Stanford has 12 fingers, 6 fingers on each hand. He was granted a very large grant money for his research.

Buck called it in, informing Ridley of her findings. Stanley Pines had replaced his brother and taken over his life, seeing how he has only 5 fingers on his hands. Scans of the shack revealed a deep underground chamber underneath. Ridley told her to monitor the shack and wait till Stan does something that would allow them to get a warrant. (2)

“At least that won’t be hard,” Doctor Buck said to herself.

A message on her computer screen pop up. Opening it she saw that the escape SCP has been recaptured. The couple and the driver have been recovered but are in bad condition. The SCP can make any living thing into a softball sized ball of meat, with a nonsensical face, unable to move but still having their senses. It does so by first eating them and the. Spitting out a meat ball. In that state they’re helpless and unable to do anything. The SCP keeps the meat balls to feed on their suffering.

The SCP is going to be sent to a research lab to figure out how it can tear apart someone but somehow spits out a meat ball containing the mind of the person eaten.

For the 3 victims the driver of the truck is part of a black market operation and the SCP was stolen from the real transport. As for the other two, the car belonged to Mat and Rosie Pines, the parents of Dipper and Mabel Pines, who reported that their car was stolen a couple of days ago. The two car jackets ended up being crashing after a girl suddenly appearing in the road in front of them and ended up crashing in the truck.

The 3 are being kept safe for now, as the lab is figuring out what to do with them. There is cloning bodies and transferring their minds into them, but the cost is high and hasn’t been done to people who had their bodies altered like they have. But if they agree to it and use them as test subjects, it could open some new fields in medicine.

In a floating cloud castle -

The castle belongs to No Heart before the merge happen making him fade and the magic that kept the castle in the air to fade. Which lucky came to rest on a mountain after the merge and not miles above the ground. Which thanks to their restored magic the dark magic family restored it to a floating one in a dark storm cloud.

Inside one of the rooms sealed in crystals are three young women known as the Trix. All three are triplets and were powerful witches before the merge took away their powers. Where they were reduced to stealing and breaking into cars to survive without their magic. As without magic to back them up they quickly found themselves on the run from the humans and others. Till they came across Shreeky and Beastly who took them back to the castle.

“You found them?” Black Heart said frowning at the triplets who she hasn’t seen for years, not after they left for that other world where their father hails from.

“Yes and when I found them they were reduced to breaking into cars and digging into dumpsters to survive. And I sealed them in these crystals after they tried to boss me around after I took them in and they also tried to take my spell drive. And did nothing to help me and Beastly in trying to restore you and uncle,” Shreeky said.

“And what have they been up to before the merge?” Black Heart asked.

“They joined a witch school in another world and tried to become the new Ancestral Witches in that magical universe they went to and got their butts handed to them by a bunch of goody good magic users the Winx Club. After the merge they ended up on earth somehow,” Shreeky said as she told her mom all about what the Trix have been up to since she was sealed away.

“Better let them out then,” Black Heart said darkly.

Shreeky pulled out her spell drive which she still kept as it’s still a useful tool. She turned off the status crystals that kept things inside of them frozen in time till it’s turned off. Or if something strong enough breaks the crystal.

The first to be freed is Icy who is the eldest of the trio and their leader, whose powers are derived from ice. She despises Bloom and is the most competitive with the Winx. Icy is more aggressive than Darcy but calmer than Stormy. Icy's skin is pale; she has light-blue hair tied in a high ponytail, and wears a blue and teal outfit.

Darcy, the middle of the trio, derives her powers from shadows and darkness. She enjoys tormenting pixies and is less aggressive than her sisters, preferring subtle and manipulative techniques. She has fair skin, long brown hair, and a dark purple outfit, which is sometimes accompanied by glasses.

Stormy, the youngest of the trio, has power over stormy weather. She is the hottest-tempered of the group and is prone to violent outbursts. Her impulsiveness often leads the trio to trouble. She has tan skin, a cloud-shaped purple hairstyle, and a reddish-violet outfit.

All three fell on their hands and knees as they recover from being sealed away. They look up and glared at Shreeky who is standing in front of them. Remembering how she had used that spell drive on them before everything went blank.

“Hello bimbos you three have been sealed away for the last 5 months,” Shreeky said to the older girls.

“Wait till we get our hands on you,” Icy growls as she, Darcy, and Stormy got to their feet.

“Down,” Shreeky said as she’s eyes glowed green and green magic surrounded the sisters that forced them on their hands and knees in front of the younger girl.

“How?” Stormy asked unable to move.

“Got my magic back and now, I’m the one in charge of you three,” Shreeky smirks at them.

“You really think we would listen to you?” Darcy snaps at her.

“You three are to listen to her,” a voice behind the Trix spoke that caused all three to turn pale hearing a voice they haven’t heard since they left home.

Turning their heads to look behind them, the Trix sweated as they look upwards and into the glaze of Black Heart their mother.

“Hi mom,” the three said gulping.

“Unlike you three your sister went and spent all this time looking for a way to restore me and your uncle. Which she did and thanks to this new world both of us no longer being held back,” Black Heart said.

“Uncle no longer feels the pain of others caring and loving like he did before. And I even got this new magical staff and amulet,” Shreeky smirks showing off her new stuff to her sisters.

“While you three keep being beaten by a bunch of those fairies from that magic school. No matter what kind of power boost you three gain. And unlike you three once you three lost your magic you showed that you’re nothing without it. And to make sure that you three don’t run away again,” Black Heart said as she cast a spell on her elder daughters making them scream in pain as magical runes are curved into their flesh.

“Mom what did you do?” Icy asked.

“The same spell I used on your father. That weak excuse of a man only had his bloodline being of anything of value. I had hoped that you three would had not only my power but that of your father’s bloodline as well. But you three are just a disappointment, especially with you three running away after you helped your father to seal me away in my book. Of course he died since he believed that just by sealing me, it wouldn’t activate the fail safe. Which now you three will have to remain in the same dimension as I am or the fail safe be activated and you three will just die, just like your father,” Black Heart said as she cause the runes on her three eldest daughters scream in pain.

“Yeah mom give it to them,” Shreeky said as she watches her elder sisters scream in pain.

“Now Shreeky sit back and watch as I teach your useless sisters who is in charge,” Black Heart said before thinking of something, “But first be a dear and hand over that amulet and staff. I need the power to use a spell I haven’t used in a very long time.”

“Sure mom,” Shreeky said handing the magical items to her mom.

Black Heart put on the amulet and took hold of the staff, increasing her magic to levels she never knew before. She couldn’t believe that her daughter was able to use these two magical items without losing control. It made her proud that her youngest daughter has that much potential.

“Return to me my children!” Black Heart shouted as she summons her other daughters to her.

Causing a tall redhead dress in a grey long sleeved shirt and a long black skirt to appeared. And three ghosts two very old looking and the other middle aged.

Dark Princess (Rainbow Brite)

Vor (Sofia The First)

Zhan Tiri (Tangle)

Shuriki (Elena of Avalon)

“What where?” the redhead said as she looks around and gasp seeing the three ghosts who look familiar and then saw her younger sisters the triplets and Shreeky.

“Hi Dark,” Shreeky said to her older sister.

“Shreeky? Icy, Darcy, Stormy? Did you used mom’s old summoning spell?” Dark Princess asked.

“Summoning spell?” Shreeky asked.

“Yes mom put it on all of us so that she could summon us to her whenever she wants,” Dark Princess explained before turning to the three old ghosts and looking at them closely. “Vor? Zhan Tiri? Shuriki?”

“Ewww what happen to you three?” Shreeky asked.

“This is what happens when you go to a world where time flows differently,” Black Heart said looking at her four older daughters who all left home before she was sealed away.

“Mom?” Dark Princess asked becoming meek facing her mother again. Her ghostly sisters also were shock seeing their mother after so many years has passed.

“So you do remember. Seeing how you and your sisters never once contacted me or learned that your sisters the triplets help your father to seal me inside my book. Leaving Shreeky all alone,” Black Heart said glaring at her adult daughters.

“I have been busy trying to takeover Rainbow Land. Making everything colorless so that the people of Earth will lose hope,” Dark Princess said as she steps back as she could feel the amount of power that her mom now has.

“So why are you dress up like that?” Shreeky asked.

“I lost my magic and had to find a job ok,” Dark Princess said as she didn’t want her family to learn how she lost to a bunch of kids.

“And you didn’t lose to a bunch of kids?” Black Heart said as she’s using a spell to show images of what happen to her being played on a screen that appeared above her.

“Yes,” Dark Princess said as she glances at her ghost sisters smirking at her. But she smirk as mom used the same spell on them showing how they were sealed away and escape only to be killed again.

“Those color kids all have powers that aren’t magical,” Shreeky said having learned about Rainbow Land as she was looking up things about Gravity Falls Brighton.

“And you three got yourselves killed,” Black Heart said as she cast another spell.

The spell summoned strands of hair from their old combs that they left behind. Using that she created new bodies. The bodies are young being young adults in physical age. Black Heart clothed the bodies in her daughters in their old clothes. Then she used the staff to merge the spirits of her dead daughters into their new bodies, giving them life again.

“Yes it’s good to have a body again and so young,” Vor said as she looks herself over liking how shapely her body is now.

“I haven’t felt this good in years,” Zhan Tiri said.

“But my magic,” Shurik said as she tries to use it and found nothing.

“I restored you all to life and gave you all bodies that you had when you were all young women but I didn’t restore your magic, yet,” Black Heart said as she looks over her daughters.

"Why mother?" Zhan Tiri ask.

“All but Shreeky who has proven herself to me, as a worthy daughter, while you my older daughters have all failed or betrayed me,” Black Heart said looking at the triplets. “I am proud that you three are evil enough to betray me and sealed me in my own spell book, but look at you three. No grand plans just doing what you want and nothing to show for it? Nothing more than common homeless thieves when your little sister found you three. And before that being beaten by those Fairies, repeatedly, even when you had them at your mercy and unlike in our old world, with some kind of law or something that kept all of us from actaully being as evil as we should had been. Your sister Dark Princess was beaten but at least once she lost her magic she didn’t become homeless and dig through garbage for food. As for your other sisters they died but at least they didn't become like you three, homeless street trash. I refuse to have common street trash as daughters.” (3)

“We didn’t eat from garbage,” Stormy said as she looks around at her older sisters laughing at her and their sisters.

“That’s what I saw when me and Beasty ran into you on that shopping trip,” Shreeky smirks.

“And why you and your sisters will remain powerless as you three are utter disappointments. As for the rest of you,” Black Heart said as she casted a spell that sent a green ball of magic at Dark Princess that struck her and made her body glow.

“My magic is back,” Dark Princess smiles feeling her powers are back. And she looks down at her body as her clothes felt tighter, she smirks seeing how not only her mom restored her magic but also gave her a rich voluptuous body to go with it.

What about us mom?” Shurik asked as she, Vor, and Zhan Tiri stared at their older sister's new body.

“You three have been living in those other worlds and have no idea what has happen since you three been gone. You are all remain powerless till after you know what’s happening,” Dark Heart said before turning to the triplets. “But first it’s time for me to show you girls how to punish those who betray you so that they know their place.”

"What's with giving her a voluptuous body?" Vor asked green with envy. Dark now has a body like their mom, which none of them gotten once they became adults.

"Just undoing the curse that your father's side of the family took from her," Black Heart said as she always had a voluptuous body but all of her daughters took after their father.

"So when you restore our magic you'll give us a figure like Dark?" Zhan Tiri asked.

"Yes when you all are ready," Black Heart said.

"What about me?" Shreeky asked.

"You're still a young girl, Shreeky you have a few more years of growing and might take after me instead of your father," Black Heart said. "Also I'm keeping the staff and amulet to master their powers. So that I can teach you what I learn in controlling their powers."

"Ok mom," Shreeky said missing not having those powerful items anymore but knows that her mom will teach her how to use them and she can refine what she learned from there to be even greater.

"Now for you three," Black Heart said as she opens a portal in front of the triplets.

Their faces turn pale as they show what's coming out of it. Their sisters quickly back away from them so that they wouldn't be caught up in what's coming. All of them pale seeing what their mother had summon, some of her failed experiments in creating minions and people who she cruelly transformed with her magic. Which she kept lock away in a timeless pocket, to let out whenever she needed them, all very loyal to her.

The thing walking towards the Trix, stood several shambling inches taller than seven feet, with broad shoulders. Its hair straggled down either side of its face, lank and matted with glittering streaks of orange ooze. One lidless eye, weeping a colorless liquid, was roughly in the middle of its left cheek. There was no nose, just a semicircular hole above the chin, fringed with tendrils of pale skin that trembled in time with the thing's breathing. It didn't have a proper chin. The lower jaw was missing, and a row of jagged stumps protruded from the set-back upper jaw. Where it moved it left a trail of thick, jellylike slime, like that left behind by a gigantic snail. The thing had two seemingly ordinary arms that ended in crooked fingers. Beneath the normal arms it had several sets of paddle like, residual arms, becoming progressively smaller. The horde behind the first showed that the first was a prince among its peers. And all of them are very much all males, very large ones at that.

"Time to teach you three what happens when you betray your mother and do a bad job at it. Minions take them but don't kill or maim them, other than that do as you like with them," Black Heart said coldly as she watch as her daughters were engulf in the horde and began their muffle screaming as the minions piled on top of them.

For a brief moment, one of the the girl’s arm and hand were yet visible in the sea of twisted horrors, then it too disappeared into the mass of twisted, moving flesh.

"You all may leave and say hi to your uncle," Black Heart said to her other daughters who all quickly left the room.

Leaving her alone, watching as her three failures for evil daughters are ravaged by her minions. To make sure that they wouldn't kill or maim them. It wasn't for any sort of motherly love, it was to make sure that they didn't had an easy way out from what she has planned for them.

Beneath the shack -

Stan lead Rusty the Mr. Handy down the tunnel behind the vending machine, that leads to an elevator. Rusty is the only one beside him who knows about the hidden room and what it leads to. In his hand he carried the journals he borrowed from Dipper.

Stan opens a panel besides the elevator and inputs the alchemical symbols for 'composition,' 'pulverize,' 'digestion,' and 'fusion’ followed by the 'down' button. Both enter the elevator that took them down to the deepest level, where the lab is that is filled with complex machines and sensors. Stan had used Rusty to fix up the machine and keep it in working order. He had tried to turn it on after the merge using the different technologies available to him, but nothing worked and he couldn’t risk destroying the machine. Stan walks over to a desk next to a switchboard and pulls out from the small bookcase above it, the other journal, more worn and has a 1 on the cover.

“After all these years,” Stan said as he lays the journals down open to the pages with the strange drawings. That only made sense when all three are together. "Finally, I have them all."

“The power supply is ready,” Rusty said working over the different generators that Stan has connected to power the machine.

Hearing that Stan begins typing at the controls activating the machine on the other side of the window of the control room.

“It’s working,” Stan said seeing the machine glowing with green energy.

“Power is steady,” Rusty said.

“Yes,” Stan said running into the room.

Rusty follows him to the machine, where he flips a large lever in front of it. The machine crackles with large bursts of electricity sending beams of light in every direction, and finally turns on completely; a bright, white light emanating from it's central hole, blowing a steady stream of air at Stan and Rusty. Stan stands proudly in front of the machine as it sparkles with life. His hands on his hips and smiles in satisfaction.

“Here we go,” Stan said smiling as the machine is once again working.

Unknown to him a small insect like camera is watching his every move.

Elsewhere -

High on a cliff of the valley, a figure is watching what’s happening underneath the shack.

"This is the part where things get real," the figure dress in the Marine armor said looking down at the valley below. By the figure is a suitcase with something special.

A large purple jaguar came walking out of the tree line. On her back she carried two black kids a boy and a girl, a giant bug, at her side is a four eyed pig. (4)

"So how you all think of the world?" the figure ask.

"Foods good," the girl wearing the skin of a wolf said.

"Well, I'm going to need you, Wolf, Kipo, and Benson to look around the town and get what we need," the figure said.

"What about me and Mandu?" the bug ask.

"You're staying with the rest of us, Dave. We can't afford to be seen," a woman adds who has long black hair.

"Too many questions will come up if people see us. We got lots of work to do," another woman with short brown hair and wearing glasses said.

"Yes you all do," Rosalind Lutece said appearing with her brother Robert Lutece.

"We have put much effort in keeping all of you from being detected," Robert said.

"And the last thing we need is for your younger self to see you Lisa or your brother," Rosalind said to an older Lisa Loud.

"Same goes for you Olga," Robert said to the other two.

“It would be strange to meet my younger self or my brother,” Olga "Lalavava" Astronomonov said.

"Which is why we all need to stay hidden till it's time to reveal ourselves and make sure that what Mabel cause doesn't happen this time around," the figure said opening up the suitcase and began taking parts out and attaching it to the helmet it’s wearing. A mouthpiece and what looks like an artificial unicorn horn.

“What’s that?” Olga ask.

“Need a new name while we’re here can’t let people know who I am till it’s time or things will become a mess isn’t that right,” the figure said turning to the time twins.

“We are trying to get the best outcome,” Robert said.

The figure turn showing what the parts did to the helmet. Making it look like a unicorn.

“Call me Uniscorn,” the figure said.

Author's Note

1 - Never made sense that the shapeshifter never just dug its way out. If you’re trap underground you need to start digging yourself free, the only reason why that couldn’t work is that the surroundings are solid rock.

2 - The SCP is now apart of the government and has to follow the law like everyone else.

3 - Seeing how the Trix are all about magic and stuff, without that they really aren't able to do much.

4 - Kipo and the age of wonderbeasts

Scary-oke

Inside the bookstore, Book Marks the Spot, that her friend Libby Stein-Torres family owns, Molly McGee is with Libby, and her brother Darryl. Since gaining the power ‘Find’ Darryl has been using it to find things around the town, mostly valuable things that he could make money off of. Which he found some magic items and sold them to Sunset who pays big bucks for magical items.

So far he has found a Magic Ring, allows the users to use less energy while using magic.

Magic Necklace, protects the wearer from any form of magic by absorbing it and restoring the wearer's health and energy.

Intelligent Ring, raises the intelligence of the wearer.

Wisdom Ring, raises the wisdom of the wearer.

Darryl brought the magic items to Twilight so she could tell him if they’re magic or not. And she contacted Sunset for him and got money for the magic items. Causing Darryl to go out looking for more to sell to Sunset, so far he hasn’t found anymore magic items but he did found other things like coins.

On the table he’s sitting at with his sister and her friend are all the coins that he has found so far and brought them to the bookstore to show off. Also Libby’s mom Ms. Leah Stein-Torres, is a coin collector and might know the worth of the coins he has found. The kids are sorting the coins as they wait for Ms. Ms. Stein-Torres to get back to them.

Some of the coins came in silver and gold which had a Roman theme to them. The silver ones had a head of a man on one side and three men on the other side. The inscriptions on the coins are in Latin, "Caesar Dictator"meaning "Dictator Caesar" or “Absolute Ruler Caesar" on the front and "Magnum Chasma" meaning "Great Abyss" or “Great Fissure" on the back.

The gold coins have an older looking man on one side and a bull on he other. The inscriptions in Latin again reads, "Aeternit Imperi" meaning “For the eternity of the empire" on the front and “Pax Per Bellum" meaning “Peace through War" on the back.

The other coins are all silver that have a Scroll, Sword, and Key, on one side and a an angel with all three items on the other side. There are also other coins that all look different from what is normally used but are still used around as they are made out of valuable metals. A gold coin that’s stamped with a lion on one side and a sunburst on the other. A copper coin in the shape of a hexagon. A couple of gold coins with bananas on both sides. A silver coin in the shape of a square. And a gold coin in the shape of a triangle. (1)

“I’m back kids,” Ms. Leah Stein-Torres said as she came back with her iPad.

“You found out how much the coins are worth?” Darryl asked.

“The coins seem to be from other worlds, so they’re worthless as currency here, but are still valuable for the metals they’re made out of,” Ms. Stein-Torres said.

“Or you can just put them on sale on eBay,” Libby suggested.

“At least it be something, I wonder if Sunset be interested in these coins?” Darryl asked out loud.

“Unless they’re magical, no,” Molly said.

“Or keep them for a rainy day, they are still gold and silver coins,” Ms. Stein-Torres said.

“Yeah, might come in handy later,” Darryl said.

Trolberg a walled Scandinavian city -

Hilda and her friend Frida had another amazing adventure as they helped the Librarian who's name is Kasia get a late book, from her old teacher Matilda Pilqvist. They also discovered the reason why the witches of the witch tower hidden beneath the library, are still able to use magic. They're using borrowed magic from Seshat the Egyptian goddess of wisdom, knowledge, and writing, who is the head god of the gods of libraries. With the god in charge of the witch tower library being Radigast the Slavic god of sound advice and though. He’s easily recognizable he carries a two-headed axe, has a bull’s head on his chest and wears a flying swan on his head. They can only hope he’s doing it for a bet.

“So all the witches here use borrowed magic?” Hilda ask Kasia.

"Of course," Radigast said. "The witches here use the magic that me and the other gods of our group lean them."

"It also means that we have to follow the rules that the gods give us if we want to keep our magic," Matilda Pilqvist or Tilly as many call her adds.

"So no throwing people into the void or you all lose your magic," Radigast said to the 3 head witches.

"Yes sir," the middle witch said.

"So what do witches here do?" Frida ask, since the merge the witches and other magic users have been viewed in a bad light especially since what happen in England.

"They been giving aide to the government here when it comes to magic and helping when it comes to magic matters. Some good PR helps to get people not to see that witches around here aren't like the ones in England," Radigast said. "In fact you showed the makings of a fine witch."

"Me?" Frida ask.

"Yes dear you kept your head while in the maze and your friend Hilda makes the prefect familiar," Tilly said.

"Oh that's good," Hilda said.

"So what do I do to join?" Frida ask.

"Here kid," Radigast said making a spelldrive appear in his hands. Which is one of the newer models that's the size of a large Iphone.

"Cool, I always wanted a spelldrive," Frida said.

"But where's the wand?" Hilda ask.

"It's the pen," Kasia said, showing her own spelldrive and pulling out the small pen attachment which acts like a wand as well as to write with.

"Or you can just go with the old fashion wands," Radigast said pointing to how the older witches used wands.

"No thanks," Frida said looking through the spells on the spelldrive. "So this is it? No like going to magic school?"

"No... not anymore," the witch on the right said of the 3 head witches.

"Next year there is going to be a magic class at the school where students using spelldrives can learn to safely use them," the witch on the right said.

"But don't you just point and click to use a spell?" Hilda ask.

"Yes but that's a new model you're using that allows you to use spells by chanting the words of the spell. Of course you still have a limited supply of energy before you used it all up. The class is to give students who want to use magic better understanding how to use it as well as knowledge of the different races and creatures," Kasia explains.

"The magic users around here need to get themselves out and show that they're not like the ones in England. And instead of just hording everything instead of helping others around them," Radigast said.

"Wait," Hilda said remembering how some of the witches she saw were dress as utility workers. "I been seeing utility workers using spelldrives to fix up things around the city."

"That's us," the middle witch said. "As part as the agreement with the government we witches use our magic to help around. Mostly as a cost cutting utility service."

"It's a paycheck," Tilly said having been called up to help.

"We get paid?" Frida ask.

"Yes it's a government job and we get paid using our magic in fixing things or enhancing something," Kasia said. "Mostly we been called to help find thing using a find it spell."

"Well that's useful," Hilda said.

"And its a job," Frida said.

“With a health plan and pension,” Tilly adds.

The Maw -

Since the Summerween event, the Maw has been busy in construction, reinforcing the metal shell and supports, repairing the broken parts, reconnecting wires among other things. An army of operators and Mr. Handy's annd other robots have working around the clock in restoring the Maw. They're replacing and putting in lights so that there wouldn't be any dark areas that had been made livable. They also been draining the Maw of water that even after so long there are still areas that are flooded. Many of the pipes that cover the inside of the Maw like spiderwebs needed to be replace and fix, a project that was started when people first started to move into the Maw and still on going.

There are also workers from the many races that make their home working in fixing up the Maw. Seeing how the Maw is a self contain city onto itself some of the workers are being paid with vouchers that they can use in stores, vending machines, or the new pay fabricators. Which work like vending machines with the fabricators making just about anything once the right amount of money is paid.

The Maw still has many rooms that hadn't been open yet and many rooms that still are full of junk, in the unopened areas of the complex that are guarded by robots. Many Material Recyclers are working overtime in breaking down the piles of clothes, shoes and other refuses that have built up in the Maw. The organic cubes are being used in the many furnaces as the cubes burns good and long. The furnaces provide both power and heat for the Maw as well as supplying power to the surrounding area for a price that is.

With Mr. Davenport making deals with the power companies to be paid for the power that the Maw gives to the power grid. Which besides renting the apartments made livable by the robot workforce, is how the Maw makes money. Using the many boilers around the Maw, to provide power both for itself and the local power grid.

Talos 2 -

Wisteria Wakeman the sister of Nora Wakeman and aunt to the XJ sisters, was busy looking over the shipments heading for Earth. While the XJ sisters play hero being called to places that called for help, as part of a UN group and paid for their services. The space station that serves as their home still needed more funding to keep it working and getting the things they need.

So Wisteria made a side business in selling the produce that the station produces. She has one of the girls take a cargo container down to Earth where it ends up at an Amazon wellness center. And the food produce are selling well.

The engineered Siskak Eels which helps clean the waste from the toilets and later used as food. After the new fabricators were installed from that ship that came from the ocean planet Subnautica, which removes all the bones and harmful things from the eels. Allowing them to be eaten whole and already has a market for the eels.

Then there are the engineered plants that are all been engineered to thrive in conditions aboard Talos I. The Jamon Tomato a tomato engineered to taste like Iberian cured ham. Methuselah Apple a shiny and crisp red apple, Moonshade Lemon a bright yellow lemon, Skyking Pomegranate a blue pomegranate, and Sunburst Banana a pristine specimen engineered to never develops unsightly brown spots.

All making lots of money after getting the ok from the FDA. She’s still waiting approval to be able to sell the alien plants also coming from the Subnautica. The marblemelon, Chinese potato, and the glowing bioluminescence Lantern fruits from the Lantern Tree. All still being tested before the ok is given to take them to the market.

Ghost Zone -

Pariah Dark stares at the viewing screen that Sidney Poindexter brought up for him, who works as his computer expert. The war with Soul Society is still on going with neither side gaining ground. It is thanks to the mortals that they learned about the plan with those legless giants against them, and was able to counter that attack. And with the return of his crown he was at full power now. But they're still at a stalemate.

"Technus have you made any progress," Pariah said to his head scientist.

"Yes, I have made it so that the ghost traps won't work on us anymore just those shinigamis," Technus said.

"Good now those shinigamis won't be able to use those traps on my forces anymore," Pariah said.

"Sir there's a call from Skulker," Poindexter spoke up.

"Put him on," Pariah said.

The screen change to that of the best hunter of the ghost zone.

"This better be good," Pariah said as he doesn't like his time wasted, especially when he's talking with one of his competent minions.

"I have captured one of those captains," Skulker said showing Rukia Kuchiki chuffed by two of Walker's guards. After he released her from the ghost trap she found herself in the ghost zone where her powers didn't work anymore and was easily chuffed by the guards of the prison she found herself in.

"This is good news," Pariah said, he learn early on that while the army of the Soul Society is vast. It's the captains and lieutenants who do most of the fighting during the raids they launch. (2)

"Caught her trying to recruit the human hybrid in Japan and ambushed her after she step back into Soul Society," Skulker said.

"You will be well rewarded for this. You didn't cause a scene in Japan capturing her did you?" Pariah ask.

"Don't worry when her mortal friends tried to stop Skulker. I just started to rock out causing a crowd to form between them and stopping them from reaching the portal before it closed," Ember McLain said who has been playing in Japan as she's a big star over there. "Which is why, we're splitting the reward."

"Agreed," Skulker said as he had enough trouble making it back to the ghost zone after he captured the captain.

"Good, I better things to do than having to deal with the mortal leaders about having this war spill out to the mortal world," Pariah said having made a deal with the mortal leaders of not having the war spreading to the mortal world, in exchange for things that he needed to fight the war.

Pariah actually likes having this war as before after he had conquered the ghost zone there was little for him to do. But now with this war where the enemy forces only able to use their powers in their afterlife that made it easy to fight them. But also made attacking them in their realm hard because of that fact. He actually has something to do in and the ghosts of his realm are actually looking to him for his leadership. Many other afterlife realms are coming to him for help in fighting off the army of Soul Society with their leaders bending the knee to him for his protection. He has been listening to his minions in lightening up his image from a tyrant to harsh but fair ruler. Which with each passing day he's starting to think more and more as the way to rule, so that what happen before wouldn't happen to him again.

In space -

Orbiting Jupiter the gas giant planet, is the super max prison for being too dangerous for any other prison. The prison orbits the Goldilock zone where if the prison were to go lower the gravity of the planet would pull the prison down where it would be crush by the pressure. The entire prison is run by robots with the life support being able to be turned off at anytime. The only way to travel to the prison is by starship, there is a teleportation pad but that is kept far from the prison and heavily defended on its own space station.

To keep prisoners from thinking they can escape by stealing a transport, all the transports are nothing but shipping containers that hold a limited supply of air thanks to air tanks, and for the ones who don’t need to breathe. The containers that are ship between the two stations can’t move on their own, needing robots to transport them. Which are always watched by drones that are armed with lasers that can cut up the containers in seconds.

In case of a riot or a breakout, the entire prison is design to be destroyed easily. The metal of the station is only strong enough to keep the station together and mainly rely on the forcefield to keep it safe from anything that drifts too close to it. The life support systems would release poisons into the air and water supply, right before cutting it all off. There are bombs that are buried deep in the right places that will cause the prison to break apart. Not to mention the rockets that keep the station in orbit, would reverse and fire at full blast to send the station down into the gas planet. Then there are the auto cannon drones that surround the station that will fire on the station when the alarm goes off. Making it impossible for the prisoners to escape, on their own. Like in Doctor Who, with The Beast prison that hovers above a blackhole, it breaks free it dies. The prison station follows the same idea, the moment the prisoners try to escape, they die. Making it the prefect prison, that no prisoner could ever escape from without outside help. Which is why the two stations are also protected by an army of robots and drones that would attack anything that came too close to either stations.

A new prisoner was being transported into the prison. Yujiro Hanma who before the merge was an unstoppable fighter, who could slug off bullets and punch through tanks. But like many others once the merge happen they found all the superhuman things they use to be able to do didn’t work anymore. And that bullets work on them like everyone else. He had laid low as he felt a drive to become strong in this new world and spent a year training himself.

Yujiro went to Gravity Falls to fight all the people that came out of those fighting games. In one of the casinos that was hosting a fighting ring where some of the fighters of different games could fight each other. He had watched at first and was glad to see that they still had their powers, but saw how they held back like in American wrestling so not to really hurt or cripple someone. Bored he hopped into the ring and introduced himself and accepted anyone who wanted to fight him.

What he got was Princess Sunset flying into the ring and pointed out that he’s a wanted man still. And by exposing himself made him an easy target to capture. Which she did by simply creating a bubble around his head and held it there till he simply ran out of air. And when he woke up he was chuffed and in a force field cage. With Sunset telling him that she can’t believe that no one in his old world ever just gas him as she doesn’t care how strong he is, he still needs air. Which he admits even before the merge would had worked on him as he needs air, like everyone else. (3)

Yujiro on a gurney being wheeled by a pair of robots, took him pass several cells. And strap down as he is, Yujiro could only look into the cells of his fellow inmates. Who are all too dangerous to be kept on Earth, and we’re going to be just executed.

Princess Kaguya the source of chakra or whatever it’s called. She was captured during the first year of the merge.

Cronus the Greek god of time and unlike his kids didn’t lose all of his powers.

Chase Young a evil magic user and fighter who can transform into a dragon.

Wuya a powerful witch before the merge took away her magic.

Hannibal Roy Bean a living bean that is much more dangerous than he appears.

The Dark Dragon the only evil dragon in his world.

Then there is that small old pervert who went around stealing underwear of women in Japan. Happo- something who is a very skilled fighter in his own right in his world and somehow even being very old is still strong. Strong enough that he could fight himself, but was quickly captured and just disappeared. Well Yujiro did wonder where he was sent off to after he was captured.

After being placed in his cell Yujiro sat down on his bed and waits. He knows that escaping from this prison is impossible from the inside. He was shown the video explaining what will happen if any of them try to escape. They escape, they all die, or if immortal trap in the high gravity of the gas giant they’re above.. no if there be an escape from this place it be by outside help.

On the East Coast -

Once again Doctor Von Reichter lab is fully operational. Which is now using the cover of a fish packing plant instead of a pig farm, as he does need to be able to get rid of all the bio-waste that his experiments produces. The Fix Ideas now working along side the workers that were already working at the plant, while his lab is hidden in one of the nearby warehouses used for the plant. He has setup several meat base plants like this all over the country so that he always has another safe house to make his new base. The meat part was to make it easier for him to get rid of failed experiments and bodies.

Bringing up a screen showing the conveyor belts busy at work getting rid of the organic waste. Unlike before he's being careful by having the Fix Ideas only working at night when the normal workers had all left. The conveyor belts fed the industrial recyclers breaking down all the organic waste, into cubes. Richter rather like the recyclers as they made it so simple to get rid of bodies that he rather not have anyone find, even if he is only having the homeless being used as lab rats. No one misses them but there is always the bodies to get rid of, so that people don't catch on that something is happening.

He switch to another screen and brought up his new partner in crime, Dr. Luther Paradigm also known as Dr. Piranoid arch villain of the Street Sharks. He's working off shore in an underwater sea base, with his seaviates a group of mutant sea creatures. Slobster, a anthropomorphic monster lobster, Slash a mutant swordfish with a drill nose, Killamari a mutant squid who is able to project natural "spears" or "harpoons" from his mouth and the many suckers covering his body, Repteel who use to be human before he was merge with the genes of a moray eel and electric eel, and Shrimp Louie a mutated shrimp.

"Dr. Piranoid how are things on your end?" Reichter ask.

"I have been making progress with the mutagen and mixing it with my own gene research. I'll be able to control how the mutagen works so that instead of it being random, the mutants created by it will not be wild or uncontrollable. I been working on the sample you gave me but it will take sometime for me to perfect what you want me to do," Dr. Piranoid said.

"Good, we can't risk the heroes finding out about this. It was by sheer luck that the heroes learn about my operations near Gravity Falls. I don't want this operation found out," Reichter said.

"At least the recycler also takes care of the mutagen so that there won't be any trace of it," Dr. Piranoid said.

"There is that. Give me an update when you make a breakthrough," Reichter said as he turns off the screen and walks over to the tank holding his latest masterpiece, a tall woman with long black hair.

Canterlot -

Sunset walks into the lab of Crow who has made a breakthrough with his portal machine. With her are the Turk members Tseng and Elena, while the others had the day off. Crow was laughing as a portal was opening in the gateway he made, with the help of other smart people from the video games.

“They finally did it,” Becky said to Sunset.

“And it opens to your universe?” Sunset ask.

“Should,” Tails said having help build the portal.

“Can’t wait to get back home,” Crow said as the portal open up to reveal a surprise princess Mayapple, princess Apoidea, princess Ariella, and prince Malachite all looking up in surprise at the portal that had opened up before them.

“Crow?” Mayapple ask.

“That’s right I’m back,” Crow shouted as he leaps into the portal and lands on the table the royalty are all sitting at. “Back and ready to kidnap you all again.”

“Boss,” Becky said getting his attention as she pokes her head out of the portal.

“Yes?” Crow ask looking at her while she made hand signs to look around him.

Which he did and saw that he’s in a room full of princesses all sitting at tables and all looking at him.

“You do have the excuse of being gone for awhile, but this is a meeting of the Council of Virtue,” princess Virtue the head of the council said from the middle of the room.

“Oh this is embarrassing,” Crow said as the Council of Virtue is one of the times where the villains don't do anything, taking a break from being villains.

“Excuse me,” Sunset said as she flies out of the portal. “I am princess Sunset and acting as the diplomat for my world.”

“Has Crow been causing trouble for you?” Mayapple ask.

“No he’s been a big help since he started working for me,” Sunset said appearing in the portal.

“You work for her?” Apoidea ask.

“Different rules from here and I couldn’t just kidnap princesses anymore,” Crow said.

"He tried that with me and all that did was him ending up being dog piled by my sisters," Sunset said.

"Don't remind me," Crow said embarrassed at being beaten up by Sunset’s sisters.

“Is the portal stable?” Sunset ask Becky who is still on the other side of the portal.

“Yes it is,” Becky said.

“Turn it off and see if the radio works. And turn it back on after 3 minutes,” Sunset said.

The portal closed and Sunset called using the radio which works and the portal reopen.

“Ok, I call you when to reopen the portal. Crow and Becky you two go and contact the other villains. While I talk with the other princesses here,” Sunset said.

“Sure,” Crow said as he and Becky left the room. Leaving Sunset with the rulers of his world for some diplomatic talks.

Big Mountain -

The Big MT Research and Development Center was built inside a cave system running underneath a large mountain peak that gave it its name. The goal of the facility was to build the future of mankind and create the technology of tomorrow without restraints, either moral or technical. It welcomed some of the most gifted scientists, who plumbed the depths of many experimental technological fields. The research conducted within was as groundbreaking as it was unethical, conducted in part on living humans (both American volunteers and Chinese-American detainees). Big MT even included a concentration camp of its very own, safeguarded by lucrative contracts with the US Army, such as the X-42 giant robo-scorpion. However, due to budget cuts in the later years of its operation, Big MT had to improvise alternate means of funding and research. The executives began to strike deals with third parties, exchanging experimental technology for money and other privileges. Due to budget cuts, they even began assassinating non-military targets Project Hare to procure research subjects, and exhuming buried US citizens Project Burketo procure test subjects.

Of course after the merge happen, the R&D center fell onto new management as a new government was made, with Robco acting as the front company. Some of the prisoners were released and given new lives as the crimes they committed against a government that was no longer there. But some prisoners were kept because of them not being the likes that you want to live next door. Many prisoners that are sent to Big MT are the same who would make better as lab rats than anything else, mostly death row prisoners who had the choice of surviving for 10 years before being cut free or go back to death row.

"I must say I thought the game setting we were in was something," Professor Hojo said as he and Scarlet are the newest members of Big MT after Membrane's Lab went bankrupt. Both of them are in the weapon testing area to see the new robots.

"Just don't start acting like we're back in the game," Scarlet said who unlike how she acted in the game is actually meek about exposing herself.

"Don't remind me. Since coming here people think I'm like that off camera," Hojo said.

"Ah good you two are here," Doctor Bright said who is one of the researchers of Big MT.

The amulet that held his mind is now inside his new synth body. He isn’t apart of the SCP that Doctor Buck and her team came from, but a different one, along with the site and personal. And because of the lack of funds and resources after the merge happen, him and the others of site command decided to join with the new SCP. They did need to work by new rules and such but it’s basically the same stuff they use to. Just not with all the cloak and dagger stuff.

"Of course it might not be my department but it's nice to see some of the old robot bosses," Hojo said.

"Well we couldn't make them as they are in the game but close enough," Scarlet said joining the two at the viewing window.

The first robot model being presented to the suits in the other rooms is the Scorpion Sentinel using the robot scorpions that Big MT had already made as a base.

The second robot model is the Airbuster.

The third is the Valkyrie.

The forth is the Arsenal.

"So how much are they?" Hojo ask.

"I managed to keep the cost low to that of a tank by just using the operating system used in the PDQ-88b securitrons. So each cost under 10 million," Scarlet said.

"That is impressive," Bright said as he ate something from a jar.

"What is that?" Hojo ask.

"Oh this?" Bright said holding up a jar containing green slime or jelly in it. "This is something that, I came up with it's plant material that's been broken down into its base components. I call it Salient Green, a universal and easily convertible nutrient source."

"That be useful,” Hojo said.

“Yes a new money maker to help funding. I got the idea from the recyclers,” Bright said.

“Makes things so much easier, I sure wish we had that in the game. The remake really shows how slum life is like and how much trash piles up,” Scarlet said.

"So which food company are you going to sell that green stuff too?" Hojo ask.

"Well many of the food companies from my world are having a hard time to meet the standards of food safety of this one," Bright said.

"The amount of preservatives in the food will make them last for hundreds of years. Seeing how the USS Constitution had food onboard that still be eaten even if they're very unhealthy. Not to mention like that processed meat, Cram that are shipped in cardboard boxes. I don't get how that was ever approved. Than there's the Sugar Bombs, I can't believe the amount of sugar those boxes contain. Its like the bake goods from Equestria, over 100% of the recommended daily amount of sugar," Scarlet said.

"Mad because it's so fattening?" Hojo ask.

"I do not want to end up like the ponies," Scarlet said.

"Well the Sugar Bombs are now have less sugar than they had before," Bright said. "Speaking of which how is the test going with those two headed cows?"

"The Brahmin are quite a product of the nuclear fallout but with some work and selective breeding the perks that the Brahmin have over the non-two headed cows can be pass down to a new breed. Not to mention the radiation they have in their bodies makes them harmful to even try eating. The other animals from that bad future world are something else. I would expected it more from a game world than anything else," Hojo said.

"What about those other creatures? From the eggs that were stored away on the USS Constitution?" Scarlet ask.

"Very dangerous to handle from the ones that were hatched. Need to research them more but it does seem that most have been effected by something that Bright's pre-merge government had been working on," Hojo said.

"Like the samples of Adam it needs to be researched more before it can ever be used. Those creatures born from the fallout and what else were released after the bombs fell, are stuff of nightmares," Bright said.

"Which is why they're all locked away in here. I might be a mad scientist in the game but off the clock, I know better than letting loose those horrors," Hojo said.

Mystery Shack -

Dipper sat next to Luz as both of them stared as Stan and Eda are lead away in handcuffs. The karaoke party to bring in more money ended with Stan, punching out Raine and Eda going harpy on him. Ending with them wrecking the party and ending up arrested for the fight.

“Coming here was a big mistake,” Luz said.

“I thought that they could make up, she did came to help Stan when he was possessed,” Dipper said.

“Did you see any of this happening with your flash forwards?” Luz asked.

“Nope, the time line I saw was one where the merge never happen, and I don’t remember Eda at all,” Dipper said.

“Stan is something, he just took on Eda in her harpy form without a second thought,” Luz said.

“Well she did stole his car and his winnings,” Dipper said.

“I wonder what it would had been like if they had stayed together,” Luz said.

“By the way, where does her clothes go when she transforms?” Dipper asked.

“I don’t know,” Luz said thinking about it and wondering herself.

Author's Note

1 - Coins from Fallout, Bioshock, Dragon Age, Dishonored, and Donkey Kong.

2 - The big flaw is that in Bleach it’s only the captains and lower rank officers who are the threat with all the others just cannon fodder.

3 - Needing to breathe isn’t something that comes up in stopping someone who is very strong and powerful. As how many people in world settings where punching good makes you a one man army why no one ever just gas them.

The Merge

A lone purple unicorn walks down an empty hallway. She's been abandoned by everypony as they all cared about the wedding. After everything she had done for them, they never seem to take her side when it matters. She stops as she notices the lone mirror up against the wall. She often seen her teacher staring at the mirror with the look of regret and guilt on her face. She remembers researching about it and finding out it is a portal mirror. For whatever reason she walks up to the mirror and press her hoof against the reflective surface and gave it a zap of magic to see if she couldn't turn it on.

At that very moment -

On the other side of the mirror, a young woman presses her hand against the base of the statue where she first enters. She often does it before she enters the school where the statue is located, pressing her hand against the base to make sure the portal was still close to her. Soon she would return to her world and make her mother, the only mother she had ever knew in that world, pay for abandoning her.

At that very moment -

A ghost child regains his powers after wanting to rid of them and live a normal life. His two friends and sister escape from the ghost zone after failing to get help from the ghosts there. The plan to turn the entire planet intangible so the big space rock would just passed through it. Back on Earth as his sister and friends talk about how great he has his powers back. Inside he began thinking that they only care about him for his powers and without them, he was not important to them. He went ghost and flew into the sky he reached high in the air and gave out a ghostly wail to let it all out. For he wanted a normal life which even if his plan with the planet works, his friends and sister would still want him to keep his powers even if he did not want them.

At that very moment -

A robot girl was left alone to clean up the mess cause by the battle she won. It seems that no matter what she does, the people of Tremorton would never accept her. She keeps saving them and they just don't care about her. Even her mom was quick to replace her when that boy controlled her to wreck the holidays. Not to mention what she did with her sisters. She tosses the piece of the richter scale that was broken during the fight. It struck the portal machine that Queen Vexus used to go back to her home planet, activating the machine.

At that very moment -

A young girl is facing the leader of the ghost world, the Chairman who feeds on misery. She became a "Wraith" to be able to enter the ghost world to save her friend from being thrown into the Flow of Failed Phantoms. The ghost council banish both of them into the flow, forgetting everything that she touches, turns to joy. Destroying the flow and freeing the ghosts within, and the Chairman who is all but the incarnate of Misery was bop on his face by the girl.

At that very moment -

The American dragon could only watch as the girl he loves disappears after he made the wish for the Huntsclan to have never kidnapped her. Creating a new timeline where she never was a member of the Huntsclan. Then it hit him, everyone just expects him to give up so much for others while getting little in return. Because he is the American Dragon, a title that he never wanted. Having to keep the magical world apart from the non-magical one because the ones in charge believe the humans would just go to war. And right now, he would give up anything just so he and Rose could be together.

At that very moment -

A young girl who just revealed herself to her friends and others to save them from the Auntie Roon. Instead of freaking out, they all thought it was pretty cool. But her grandma the past Te Xuan Ze told her because of the ruling of the elders of the magical world. They would need to forget everything, because they fear the humans would go to war with the magical world. Both she and her grandma step close together as a magical gateway open around them. With her wishing she doesn't have to do all this and because of old laws she couldn't tell her friends about her adventures. She just wants a normal life where she could be a kid.

At that very moment -

A young man sat in the alien craft that he's been working on, trying to get it fix. Ever since the whole Florpus thing happening, the Earth being teleported and teleported back. He knows that... he stops as he begins to reflect on his life and what he's doing. Why is he even doing this, who is he doing this for? No one cares about him, no one does. He slams his head onto the controls activating the upgrade he installed using parts from those bracelets that allowed the teleportation of Earth.

At that very moment -

A young boy looks through the trashcans for something to help to keep himself warm. He's been kicked out of his home because his family thinks he's bad luck. As he thinks to himself, he slowly realizes that his parents care more about his sisters then him. With all the things his sisters can do and him... just being... He wasn't even thinking when he picked up one of Lisa's machines and press the button on it.

At that very moment -

A young woman jumps in front of the firing energy cannon protecting the mad general who fired it. She used her avatar form to block the energy of the spirit vines that powered the weapon. She's been fighting for so long and given so much, because she is the Avatar. When it comes down to it no one will help her because its just how things are supposed to happen, even the spirits refuse to help her when she needs them. The cannon is affecting the spirit world but none of the spirits are even helping, because it’s her duty as the avatar to handle everything herself as it was for all the past avatars. But all she wants now is to give it all up and stop being the only one who does anything. She wanted a normal life, without the weight of the world on her shoulders and no one will help her.

At that very moment -

A trio of friends had saved a world populated by amphibians, using the last of the energy from the three gems that brought them to the world. Opening a portal to return to their world, they said their goodbyes to the friends they made and step into the portal.

At that very moment -

A woman starts up the machine that changed the timeline, using the robot president to reset it back to how it was before. Project Reboot doesn't allow for time travel. Rather, it randomly changes things in the past and the results of those changes ripple back into the present. She activates the machine to reset everything back to how it was before.

At that very moment -

A man who wanted to change the past so that the hell he's living would never happen. Robbing the grave of an old friend for the time machine that was buried with him. And to get the bomb his late uncle made to kill or at least keep the dream demon from ever appearing back to Earth. The time trip work as he appeared right before it happens. Where she cared more about herself then others that he couldn't see till he was trap and wasted most of his life just for her. He tosses the active bomb just as she was handing the snow globe to the demon who's using the time agent as a meat puppet. He saw her turn to look at him, her eyes widen as she sees his face and the bomb, he just threw at her, that would rip open a hole in time and space. Just long enough to make sure the piece of the portal would be gone for good taking her, the demon, the time agent, and him with it. His past self would never have to live his life.

At that very moment -

A young man on a skateboard screamed as the portal he's been racing to, exploded in a big flash of light. He cried thinking he lost his chance to be with Star. Then as he stared into the sky dragons with bike wheels for legs flew past. He sat up and saw Star there on the other side where the portal had been. All around the two, people and places have been merged together. With lots of confusion happening because of the sudden change. From creatures of legend becoming real, like the unicorn running by followed by a car. To a helicopter turning to avoid crashing into the sky kingdom of the ponyheads. But all that matters to them right now was each other.

"Hi," Marco said to Star.

"Hi," Star answers back.

But unknown to them because of events that happen right at the moment. Caused more than just the dimensions they be going to by the portal scissors, to all merged together. Taking several other universes and bits and pieces of others along for the ride.

All across the new world -

Twilight blink as she rushes outside to see strange monkey like creatures in Canterlot that looks to be merged with another city.

Sunset blink as she suddenly was standing in front of Canterlot Castle that's been combined with the school. Ponies and humans are all in shock seeing each other.

Danny Phantom stared down at the change world below him.

XJ9 activated her scanners and weapons as suddenly strange creatures suddenly appeared but they all look as confused of her as they are to her.

Molly McGee’s family and the rest of the town of Brighton Suddenly found themselves in a new place with a whole other town merged with theirs.

Jack Long blink as the portal stop pulling Rose into it and he caught her before she hit the roof. Both of them look at each other before they saw the entire city in a panic as the magical creatures and the humans could see each other. And how new and strange buildings had just appeared out of nowhere.

Juniper Lee blink as the magic just shut off leaving her grandma just as confused. Hearing something happening outside she ran outside and stop seeing the change city before her. The others in the mall had followed and stop as well seeing the change landscape and the magical creatures that could now be seen by everyone.

Dib Membrane blink as suddenly there was a house in front of him where there wasn't one before. He also saw a white-haired boy with his hands in a trashcan and holding what looks like a remote in his hands.

Lincoln Loud stared back at the boy with glasses around his age sitting inside what looks to be a spaceship.

Korra blink as she and Kuvira look around. The cannon stop firing but the entire city suddenly changed around them. There are strange creatures and buildings around them. There were people too but they all dress and look different from anyone they had seen from the four nations.

Anne Savisa Boonchuy, Sasha Elizabeth Waybright, and Marcy Regina Wu found themselves back in L.A. but not the one that they remember. There are different buildings and there are other creatures running around besides humans. All three are worried that the portal brought them back to the wrong Earth.

Reagan Ridley and her co-workers suddenly found themselves in a city where there use to be nothing but a desert for miles around. She check the computer and saw that she did reset the timeline but something happen that caused several other dimensions to merge together. Along with smaller merges happening that brought some towns and people along for the ride, creating a merged world.

Dipper Pines woke up in a cold sweat after having that nightmare. It seems so real to him and... why would he do that and who was that man? He headed for the bathroom but was stop as his sister Mabel grab him and pulled him outside where their parents were also there staring at something. Dipper blink then rubbed his eyes and saw their neighborhood was suddenly in a city they never seen before and there are strange creatures here and there. Not to mention there's two women in the middle of a creator in a strange forest right in front of them. His dream was quickly forgotten as he takes in the new world, he and his family suddenly found themselves in.

Luz Noceda and her mother Camila Noceda return back to Earth after saving the Boiling Isles. Both blink as they saw the town in a panic as other worldly creatures and buildings now dotted the landscape.

“What happen while we were gone?” Luz said.

“You’re back!” Vee shouted running up to them.

“What happen?” Camila asked.

“Don’t know? Suddenly creatures and buildings just appeared out of nowhere,” Vee said.

A young girl known only as Six walk away from the vessel known as the Maw. The sea going vessel suddenly was grounded, leaving Six to climb down from the top and walk into the woods that surrounded the vessel. She walked in the direction of the lake she saw from the top of the Maw.

It began raining as she reached the shore of the lake and could see a town across the lake. She also saw a lighthouse on a cliff overlooking the lake and she began walking towards it.

Author's Note

1 - The merge of the different Earths also effected the universes they're in. So there be aliens and space empires that are new for those worlds that are use to having aliens visit.

With the release of the final for The Owl House, I’m rewriting the story and changing the plot from the old story.

The Legend of the Gobblewonker

The Apple family's farm Sweet Apple Acres which is both a farm and an orchard, which is the reason why the town of Ponyville was even built in the first place. Had fallen onto hard times since the merge happen. Ponyvile is now on the edge of the human city of their counterparts that stretches all the way to Canterlot. Which once was built on a mountain but now in their world had merged with the cliff of the valley that Ponyvile is now inside of, with the castle forming a slope leading outside of the valley.

Things have changed for the ponies since the merge, princess Celestia stepping down from the throne with her estranged daughter Sunset who thanks to magic was transformed into a human and stayed that way after the merge, taking her place. Some of the changes are good as the town no longer have to share one water system where one person doesn't use up all the hot water for a bath. And electric power for the homes and buildings, with things that made life easier for the ponies now that the magic that lets them control their world is mostly gone from their lives.

Which is why the Apple farm wasn't doing well, without Earth pony magic to help plants grow the farm was failing. The ponies farming ways is low tech farming that is so dependent on magic that without it, many of the Earth pony farms quickly turn to waste. Seeing how they didn’t even know how to rotate crops to restore the soil. Which plunge the economy of Equestria downward, seeing how most of the income came from the food traded to other countries.

Once Sunset took over, she began reforms with the farms still up and running either changing hands to human farmers or the ponies learning new farming ways. With the pony farmers hiring human and non-human farm hands for the jobs they no longer able to do without magic. Seeing how many of the modern farm equipment aren’t made for ponies.

Applejack being who she is and Granny Smith not liking new things, just stuck to their ways. The old ways they use to farm just no longer work without magic, they could still grab things with their hooves that the other pony tribes couldn't, without their magic to make the plants grow and the crops to ripen fast. They and the other farm ponies now had to wait for the plants to be in season and that they only bare their bounty every few months then the few weeks at the most between harvestings.

"I keep telling you, I don't need help," Applejack said to her human counterpart.

"Look at your farm," human Applejack said waving to the barren fields with only the farm animals and the apple trees the only things left.

"We're in a tough spot but we'll pull through," pony Applejack said.

"The only reason why the farm is still up, and running is because of the zap apple harvest. Which thanks to me and the others helping to pick the apples before they disappear, with people paying to harvest them while they're there. Raising enough money to keep your farm from foreclosing. But the next time that happens won't be for a year," human Applejack said.

"We don't need all of that fancy farming tools," pony Applejack said.

"I can't believe how much of a hard head you are. This is you trying to harvest all the apple trees again," human Applejack said having heard of what happen.

"And I'm telling you I don't need your help! YOU'RE NOT A TRUE APPLE. NO TRUE APPLE WOULD EVER WORK WITH THE FLIM FLAM BROTHERS, IN MAKING CIDER WITH AT MACHINE OF THEIRS AND NOT THE RIGHT WAY," Applejack snap at her human counterpart.

"And my family farm is doing better than yours," human Applejack said. Her family apple farm is an organic farm with a greenhouse that allows them to grow year-round. With them growing those new fruit trees with the blue fruit call Ancient Fruit coming from that Stardew Valley place. Takes awhile to grow and for them to bear fruit but it pays off. They even have several beehives on the farm that in the wintertime they put in the greenhouse.

"YOU DEAL WITH THOSE TWO CONS," Applejack shouted.

"And I'm offering you a way to keep your farm afloat. Sell to the brothers juice factory, I talk with them and they agreed to buy your apples," human Applejack said.

"NEVER AND YOU GET OUT I NEVER WANT TO SEE YOU AROUND HERE AGAIN!" Applejack shouts.

"Fine," human Applejack said turning to walk away but stop when she saw Discord flying towards them.

"Hello my two apples," Discord said.

"Discord what do you want?" pony Applejack said glaring at him.

"And what's with the black tophat and cloak? You look like an old-time villain from one of those old black and white movies," human Applejack said.

"Oh this," Discord said tipping his hat to her and cloaking himself in his cloak. "Just setting up the mood for this."

"For what?" pony Applejack ask. The humans might see him as just a harmless trickster with his own tv show. But she knows he's still a villain.

"This!" Discord said as he hands Applejack a piece of paper.

"Foreclosing!" Applejack shouted out.

"That's right foreclosing because of all the late payments. Sunset ask me after I drop in on her, to deliver this to you. If you can't make the down payment by the end of the month, you'll lose your farm," Discord said as he poses with the cloak covering his lower face. “I must have the rent.”

"Sunset can't just take away the farm," Applejack said.

"She can as it turns out that Celly never did gave you the land the farm is on. It's still belongs to the castle on paper, she forgot to make it official which would be an easy fix if she was still the princess that is," Discord said.

"Then I'll just talk with Sunset then," Applejack said.

“She must have the rent, and you don’t have the rent,” Discord said acting like an old-time villain.

"Don't bother she won't listen," human Applejack said. Then saw Discord using a phone.

"Yes, I just gave her the paper and she thinks she can talk to you about it," Discord said before putting it on speaker and presenting it to pony Applejack's face.

"Princess Sunset please don't take the farm. It's been in the Apple family's hands for generations," Applejack pleaded to her.

"Seeing how you are clinging to old fashion traditions that are counterproductive in making any money, with the farm still being own by the throne making me your landlord. Discord’s old time villain outfit tells you that I’m in no mood to hear why you don’t have the rent. I'm going to sell your farm to someone who can actually turn a profit. The Zap Apples are only found on the farmland which you all only allowed others to pick last year because of being short on money. I'm going to have the farm grow zap apple trees by tearing down all the other apple trees or selling them as transplants. That way the farm will only be growing zap apples which will be sold as a rare delicacy food item," Sunset said over the phone.

"But we're the only ones who can make the jam," Applejack said.

"I had the apples I had pick be made into jam which didn't followed all those steps your old granny came up with and in a blind taste test no one could tell them apart. All that stuff you have been doing is just a waste of time, as it’s all just a placebo in this world. Any magic that hoping over water cans and singing while doing it doesn’t work here. And it won't be just jam that will be made, but selling them as they are, as wine and other apple related products. That you have already proven that your family won't ever change in how you run the farm. So, I'm just going to kick you out and bring in people who can make the farm into a money maker. I'm only giving you the end of the month to make the down payment because of what you had done in the past," Sunset said. (1)

"But what are we going to do? Where are we going to live?" Applejack asks.

"You have plenty of family members which some have made changes to how they do things at their farms and are making money who can take you in. Or you can be stay and work at the farm as farmhands which from what I understand is one of the things you refused to do that could had saved your farm when it would have matter. So, as I said your family have to handle all the things you'll need to do before at the end of the month. And no there is no way but giving the minimum payment, for you to keep the far,. Also don't go to one of the casinos, you'll just lose what you have left in your savings," Sunset said. Thanks to the deal Sunset made making Equestria like Native American own land, she was able to open up casinos to help bring in money.

"But it's over 4000 bits," Applejack said.

"Yes, and it has to be paid by the end of the month. And it's in dollars not bits. Come up with the money or start looking for a new job," Sunset said as she hangs up.

"This is rich, because of you're old fashion ways you'll losing the farm," Discord laughs. "Unless you come up with the money."

"Applejack?" pony Applejack turn to her human counterpart.

"No, I'm not an Apple remember. You got into this mess for refusing to change and being so full of pride that it has come to this point where you're losing everything. And when I offer to help you went and told me off because you couldn't shallow your pride. Well forget it, I don't have to help someone like you," human Applejack said as she walks off.

"Oh, this is priceless. She was trying to help you, but you went and burn down that bridge with your pigheaded ways," Discord said.

"Are you just going to laugh?" Applejack asks.

"Yup," Discord said as he laughs in her face while pointing at her before stopping. "But of course, you could earn the money by being on my show."

"Your show?" Applejack asks fearful of what he's planning.

Ponyvile -

Applejack wasn't the only member of the mane 6 who was dealing with financial problems since the merge. Many of the residents of Ponyvile had to change from using bits to dollars and get use to using paper money and credit cards. Then the biggest change was that the jobs that they use to do and got paid for, are no longer needed or been replaced by something that did the job better. Ponies were forced to look for new jobs outside of their talents, which with all the new businesses and resorts opening up there are jobs to be found. But many of them had to do job training or go back to school to be able to get a new job.

Rainbow Dash dream of being a Wonderbolt was dash to pieces with Sunset disbanding them and forcing them to put on air shows for one of the resorts that have open up since the merge. Rainbow Dash did manage to get a job at the resort and became a Wonderbolt but it is just an empty job title now. Her human counterpart works at the resort/casino too for a summer job at the food court.

The air shows don't pay like what the Wonderbolts were used to but with so many of them losing their jobs and the dressing down Sunset gave to all of them before firing them, they needed the money to keep a roof over their heads. Seeing how their pensions also went with the disarming of the Equestira arm forces. With Sunset telling all of them that seeing how none of them bothered to fight the Changelings when they attack the castle then why should she be paying them anything or give them benefits for service that they never did in the first place.

Which cause many ex-guards who were already retired having look for work. That caused some guards to try to start a revolt against Sunset, who responded by having one of those Chinese dragon floats show up at the rally and while the civilians were being 'eaten'. The so-called defenders of Equestria just disappeared from sight or showed up to fight the 'dragon' which the rampage only ended when some of the ponies who were eaten came out from under the costume and revealed that there were humans underneath holding poles to hold up the dragon and others controlling the jaw. Which were some of the students from the school she went to who went along with it, seeing it as something fun to do.

The guards finally showed up trying to get control of the crowd and figure out what happen. Which was when Sunset showed up on stage and revealed she was behind everything to show how useless the so-called guards of Equestria are at their jobs. She revealed she had cameras filming everything and showed that while the fake dragon was attacking which the humans in the crowd couldn't believe that the ponies actually fell for it. With many thinking it was just a show and were laughing at the panicking ponies.

The guards and wonderbolts were all hiding behind things while the fake dragon was eating ponies. Any and all support for the guards and Wonderbolts quickly evaporated after the pony army showed that in the end of the day, they're just cowards who rather save their own lives then do their jobs to protect others. With a picture of one of the high-ranking former guards hiding behind a puppy, becoming a popular meme. (2)

Fluttershy who use to take care of the animals, suddenly found herself jobless once the animals started to take care of themselves. But found work at the new zoo that open near the new Everfree Forest resort. The castle of the two sisters was made into a tourist trap, after all the valuables were strip from it. Which Sunset couldn't believe that were just left there to gather dust for all of those years, she ended up selling off most of the stuff.

The castle where the tourist can explore the forest in the fence in areas or in the campsites or rent a cabin, which are protected by human rangers armed with weapons that the local wildlife soon learn to avoid. Zecora who lived in the forest was hired as a tour guide to lead walks through the woods. And for those who didn't want to go into the woods, the Everfree zoo where captured animals found in the woods are housed in pens were some like being fed everyday and being cared for by the staff.

Fluttershy is forced to deal with interacting with others and the scary humans and animals or lose her home. She also works with her human counterpart who unlike her works well with both animals and humans. Also that she has to feed the meat eaters meat, which in the past she used fish to feed them and not chunks of meat. She is told that the animals of the human world aren't sapient and are viewed the same way as fish are in her world, which many meat eating races feed on.

Rarity on the other hand found that with mass produced clothes being a thing that humans had for a very long time, that her skills in clothes making wasn't in demand anymore. Plus that since the merge her being able to use her horn to lift things no longer as good as it used to be and she had to focus to do things that she use to be able to do without effort. And those who did buy custom made clothes already had people they go to for it. She tried to get Sunset to wear the dress she designs for her to wear, but found that her human counterpart had beaten her to the punch. Which Sunset explained to pony Rarity that the dress isn't what she likes and that the taste if more pony then human, which she is.

The human Rarity has been given the job to make up for what she use to do to her and her friends before the merge. Not to mention that Sunset held her and her friends as responsible for the Changeling as with Celestia, for caring more about the wedding then the warnings that Twilight was pointing out. Rarity had to relearn how to make clothes so that they would be suitable for humans as well as other non-ponies. Right now, her shop is selling hats and shirts that have cutie marks on them to the tourist which turns out to be big sellers. But Rarity wasn't living the dream of her making wonderful designs as she's been reduced to selling cheap clothing to pay the bills.

Then there's Pinkie Pie who is still a party planner, but she found that the humans who are now her main customers have very different tastes then ponies. Like for example when she was arrested when she broke into one of the human homes that appeared in Ponyvile. She learned that humans don't like people who break into their homes even if its to throw them a party. Which also happen when she tried to throw Sunset a party for her becoming the new princess by breaking into her office and while the party still took place, Pinkie spent the enter party in the dunk tank or her head sticking out of a hole where people would hit her face with pies.

When the party was over Sunset told her that they were laughing at her not with her. With Sunset mocking her for being a dumb crazy party pony who only thing is being just that and that she only cares about the party and not if the person wants it in the first place like her. Pinkie after that was ban from the castle and now only throws parties when someone ask or pays her to throw one. Her human counterpart is working at the new party supply store that open up for a summer job.

And just to add insult to injury, they learn that the pony Trixie has become a big star using her stage magic which they made fun of before. The humans and other races like her act and made her a big star at the casino where she works at. Also turns out that Trixie is one of Sunset's old friends when she was still a pony. Her human counterpart is also working at the casino as an assistant to her pony counterpart, for a summer job.

At Camp Lakebottom -

Inside one of the boys’ cabins Dib was laughing as he was looking at his Ipad. They’re all waiting for their trip down to the lake. Fishing season had started, and they will be joining the rest of the town at the area of the lake where fishing is allowed. Seeing how there are people who can breathe underwater and are living in the lake, fishing is now only allowed in some parts of the lake with buoys and cables with bright red and yellow floaters showing where fishing is allowed and blocking off areas where it isn’t allowed.

"What's so funny?" Lincoln asks from his bed as he's using his Ipad.

"My former classmates are still sending 'selfies' for some reason of how terrible their lives have become! They lost everything when the City’s currency became worthless and when their parents tried to 'get involved with the worlds economics... they were almost immediately got blacklisted for their stupidity! And when the Skool was shut down and dealing with Bitters, they all ended up being sent to remedial schools or kindergarten," Dib explains.

"What did happen at the skool?" Lincoln ask.

"No idea all, I know is that the skool isn't there anymore and neither is Bitters," Dib said.

"Didn't they build the skool around her?" Lincoln ask.

"That's what I heard," Dib said.

"Bet they believe you now," Clyde said from his bed.

"Actually, half still flat out refuse to believe anything supernatural, they'd rather believe the rest of the world are just gullible idiots," Dib said rolling his eyes.

"You can't be serious," Clyde said.

"Whatever, if they can't look past their own idiocy, they deserve all the misery they can get. That's just how my world is, most of the people are dumb and the few smart people are the ones who actually do the things needed to be done to keep everything working," Dib said waving it off.

"Wait, you said HALF of them, what are the other?" Lincoln ask trying to figure it out. "The other half is the GIRL half, isn't it?"

"The gold digger girl half, you mean," Dib said giving out a snout. "Since my dad is one of the few people doing well and my newfound fame, they're desperately throwing themselves at me to improve their own lousy life... the same girls that mocked and ridiculed me for years... Yeah, like that would ever happen."

"Besides you can find much better girls, instead of those dumb ones of your world," Clyde said.

"Just don't try with any girl like my sisters," Lincoln said who still hasn't forgiven his family for kicking him out. And thanks to their houses being so close together, he can hang out with Dib anytime he wants. Which is hanging out in the garage which became their clubhouse where they with Ronnie and Clyde look up the supernatural and aliens.

"Don't worry about that. There's no way I'm getting near your sisters," Dib said.

"Hey guys have you two been keeping an update on what's happening around the world?" Clyde ask.

"Not really. There's alot happening around here," Lincoln said.

"Well according to this news article. That African country Fanka that's like the Marvel comics Wakanda..." Clyde said but was cut off.

"That's not how you say the name," Dib said.

"Yeah, yeah whatever," Clyde said waving it off. "The country's ruler prince Erial.... however, you say his name has finally gotten his country to start to recover from the merge."

"Isn't that the country that like in the comic cut itself off to the rest of the world and somehow became super advance for some reason. But once in this world after the merge, the entire country went bankrupt?" Lincoln ask.

"Yup the same," Clyde said.

"That place shouldn't had ever work and become a utopia with super advance science and technology. With the mindset that everything that doesn't happen in their country doesn't matter. Which after the merge all the resources that they use to have at their fingertips just dried up. That magical metal Orihalcon which allowed them to be so advance in the first place once in this world turn into tin. And seeing how they never cared to help others in the past no one was going to start giving them aid when they had their own problems after the merge. I still can't understand how they got so advance in the first place with just that metal," Dib said.

"Well, there are plenty of online videos that explain why it shouldn't had work in the first place," Clyde said. (3)

“Like how they could make a computer when it needs all sort of materials just to make one. They don’t have all the resources just there all in that one spot. And that’s not even getting into how they have people kept being born in that country who are on the same level as my dad. Even they can’t explain it when asked how all of that happen to allowed them to become advance in the first place,” Dib said.

"Makes a good backstory for a comic but in real life, it doesn't make a lick of sense," Lincoln said.

"But then again Fanka is using the alien tech from the spaceship to get some of their old technology working again and the country's leader made a vow to share their technology instead of hoarding it. Seeing how no one wanted to help them after learning what they could had done but decided to hide it for themselves. Like the guy who hordes things to themselves when everyone else is suffering around them, and being surprised that once people learn about it that no one is going to help them when they need help. Not to mention it's all that they have to offer to trade now," Dib explains.

"From what I know about Africa most of it is poor and third world. Which if the old rulers of Fanka had cared would be completely different. I hope that just about losing everything because of how they were had open their eyes," Clyde said.

"Well to earn money and some goodwill. The current ruler is sending people with skills to help improve the standard of life around Africa. From building wind farms to digging wells, and opening schools," Lincoln said reading about what's happening over there.

"It's a start, he needs all the good PR he can get," Clyde said.

"Hey guys ready for the trip to the lake?" Nate the local teen working at the camp for the summer.

"Ready to start fishing," Lincoln said as he and the rest of the boys in the cabin exited.

Outside the kids are piling into the buses to take them to the lake for the opening day of fishing. Lincoln waved to Ronnie as she was with the other girls whose cabins are on the other side of the camp. The one driving one of the girls bus is Gwen, she'll be one of the adults coming with the kids for a day of fishing, with Violet, David, and Bill. Violet is coming along, as being the only one of the camp counselor who can fly she can easily rescue anyone in trouble in the water.

Lake Gravity Falls -

Surrounded by cliffs on three sides, with a beach on the side without a cliff, Lake Gravity Falls is the main source of fresh water for the town of Gravity Falls Brighton and the surrounding region. It's also the fishing spot for the residents when fishing seasons starts, which the fish came to the lake by the river that empties into the lake making a waterfall. The lake also houses a small island that is known as Scuttlebutt Island, that is home to a colony of beavers. And the lake also contains the Island Head Beast, that disguised itself as another small island.

Since the merge the lake had gone through some changes like the rest of the world. The Island Head Beast was found and captured with it being wrap in chains and cables that are connected to large anchors used for big ships to keep it from floating. It's now on display in a fence off pond that was dug to house it.

The fish found in the lake are the usual lake fish, trout, bass, catfish, but what draws the people looking to fish are the paddlefish and sturgeons. Those fishes who usually found in rivers thanks to the waterfall emptying into the lake and floods after rains. Thanks to the merge there have been new water life that appeared in the lake or been swept into it by the waterfall.

Then there are the freshwater merfolks who had moved into the lake. Who unlike their sea cousins have adapted to living in freshwater. There are also some water serpents who ended up living at the like Steven Magnet and there are some sea ponies living there as well. They're not the only water dwellers who have moved in, as there are several water nymphs, frog people and others who had moved in as well. Living on a floating platform made up of houses on rafts and houseboats all join together, near the cliff face where the lone lighthouse sits on top of.

The settlement is led by a 30 foot tall water giantess named Canyon who had moved there. She wears a headband, a lime-green dress, black shorts, a belt with a blue gem in the center, and brown knee-high boots. She also carries a small, dark-blue strap bag. Canyon has long, dark-cyan hair, light-cyan skin, and a yellow crescent moon on her forehead. Her eyes are green, and her ears are pointy like an elf's, she also has an overbite. As a water giantess she is able to control water like a water bender, thanks to her magical spring water that she wears like a scarf.

Canyon spends her days fishing and writing her adventures with her old hero boyfriend Billy, using online books. The merfolks make a living fishing from the lake or the fish hatchery they made to farm them or the farming of the aqua plants that they grow. Canyon came from the same world as Huntress Wizard and it took awhile for both of them to realized it. Which is why Huntress Wizard is spending her day off with Canyon, to talk about things to make sure they're not from the same world but from different timelines, seeing how often a hero that both of them know, Finn the human had to deal with that.

"Looks like the whole town is here," Stan said as he and the twins walk over to the pier where their boat is at.

"10 hours on a boat with Stan with a joke book," Dipper said to Mabel.

"There has to be something that would get us out of this," Mabel said.

"I seen it! I seen it!" old man McGucket shouted. He's the old, deranged hillbilly who lived at the Gravity Falls junkyard.

"Dad what did I told you! You're scaring my customers," his son the owner of the boat renter shack shouted.

"The Gobblewonker went and ate my boat!" McGucket shouted drawing everyone's attention.

"Hey the gobblewonkers didn't," Steven Magnet said who next to the pier. He let out a whistle and Slimey the gigantic octopus like creature who lives in the lake, who is Camp Lakebottom's mascot pops up. "Slimey can you call up the gobblewonkers?"

Slimey gave a nod and let out a bellow underwater and soon a herd of gobblewonker heads pop out from underwater.

"Alright did any of you attack this man's boat," Steven Magnet ask them which all of the gobblewonkers shake their heads saying no. "There you have it."

"Not those," McGucket shouted. "The one that lives on Scuttlebutt Island."

"Mister there is no way any of the gobblewonkers can live on land. They all have flippers and are as fast on land as a sea turtle," Steven Magnet said as the gobblewonkers all raise a flipper out of the water.

"Well that's good enough for me," sheriff Blubs said who's in a police boat with deputy Durland.

"You shouldn't be going around saying that the gobblewonkers are attacking people," Durland said as he pats one of the gobblewonkers on the head.

"Dad they're friendly like dolphins, expect they don't go around killing baby porpoises," McGucket Jr. said. (4)

"Looks like we just have a crazy old man," Blubs said as he and the crowd started laughing at him.

"Hey Mabel remember that add in the paper?" Dipper ask.

"The giant hamster ball?" Mabel ask.

"Not that one. The one offering 1,000 dollars to anyone who can take a picture of a new creature," Dipper said.

"Monster hunt?" Mabel ask.

"Monster hunt," Dipper repeated to her.

"Monster hunt!" both twins said together.

Elsewhere on the lake -

The buses from the camp had arrived and the campers all burst out ready for a day at the lake. The kids split up from those who wanted to fish on a boat and others on the docks. Lincoln and Ronnie are part of the last groups both of them wanted to fish away from the crowd. Both of them grown closer as Lincoln all but cut himself off from his family for what happen to him. They been trying to make it up to him but he refuses to forgive them.

"I can't believe your mom was thinking of moving before the merge," Lincoln said to Ronnie.

"Yeah, she was looking for a better job till the merge happen and she managed to get a higher paying job, but it is in the City, but she is working for Dib's dad company," Ronnie said.

"I still find it hard to believe how smart he is," Lincoln said.

"Well, he didn't believe in aliens," Ronnie said.

"Well, he has gotten better, and he is a great dad now that he isn't as busy as he was before, when he was basically the only one who kept the world running," Lincoln said.

"It explains so much why Mr. Membrane is how he is," Ronnie said. "So, want to go swimming instead of fishing?"

"Sure, I'm wearing my swim trunks," Lincoln said.

"Me too," Ronnie said taking off her clothes to reveal that she's wearing a one-piece swimsuit.

Both of them left their clothes together on top of their fishing gear to keep them off the dirt. Lincoln and Ronnie enjoyed their swim in the lake away from the people who are fishing. Both of them were watching as a frog swam by them when they noticed some beavers numbering in the dozen or so swimming around them.

"Hey, look beavers," Lincoln said as he pets one of them.

"Hey watch it!" Ronnie snap as one of them rub its head against her chest. Which she responded by punching it, causing it and the other beavers to get mad.

"Ronnie, I don't think that was the right thing to do," Lincoln said watching as the beavers closed on in on them.

Lincoln and Ronnie screamed as the beavers attack them with their biting teeth. The beavers swarmed around the two kids before swimming away, which the two kids were relief they weren't bitten. Then they noticed that they're completely naked as the beavers had bitten off their swimwear. Both kids couldn't help but stare at each other before looking away.

"Is the water really that cold?" Ronnie ask as she couldn't help but make fun of Lincoln.

"Hey!" Lincoln said glaring at Ronnie. "How about you? You're flat as a table!"

"Hey!" Ronnie snaps at Lincoln as she covers her chest. "I'm still growing!"

"Me too. I'm going to get bigger once, I get older," Lincoln said.

"Come on let's go before we're seen," Ronnie said.

They swam to shore where they left their clothes at, but once they got there, they saw the beavers making off into the woods with their clothes. The two kids not wanting to be seen naked ran after the beavers, running through the woods naked. They ran through the woods trying to find the beavers but lost them with only them managing to find a shoe.

"What are we going to do?" Lincoln ask not wanting to face the crowd back at the lake.

"Hey what's that," Ronnie said suddenly as she points to a girl wearing a yellow raincoat who is kneeling next to the body of a giant spider the size of a small dog. She was sucking something black and smoky from the spider.

The girl noticing them drops the spider and stares at them. Both Lincoln and Ronnie also stared at her both of them not knowing what to do. A dart suddenly struck the girl in the yellow raincoat and she fell to the ground out cold. Spiders the size of large dogs suddenly sprang out from the bushes surrounding Lincoln and Ronnie before they could react.

"There is no place to run," a voice called out causing the two kids to turn to the voice.

The voice came from a red anthropomorphic cat, with purple dots around his body and on his nose, with very, very bright yellow eyes. He is tall, slender and has a long tail that poke out from the hunting outfit he wore. He's armed with a dart gun which he's pointing at the two naked kids in front of him.

"And there is no place to hide," Katz said as he fired two more darts at the kids.

The Lighthouse -

Inside the living room of the lighthouse, Maxine Caulfield is sitting on the couch with a folding table in front of her as she ate a freshly boiled giant spider that Six had caught and brought back home. Maxine has no idea where the giant spiders keep coming from but the spiders once cooked like their crab and lobster cousins taste like them. The one she cooked for Six is still in the pot, making Maxine wonder where Six is as the sun has already set.

The whole merge thing that pulled her and the lighthouse to this world, isn’t the first strange thing that happen to her. Once she was just a 18-year-old girl that recently moved back to her hometown of Arcadia Bay, Oregon, Max as she like to be called back then was a shy student with a passion for photography. However, her introverted nature and interests make her somewhat of an outcast at Blackwell Academy. Max's mundane life is turned around one day when she somehow gains the ability to rewind time, and begins seeing visions of the town's destruction.

After she stop herself from getting her powers in the first place, she continue to live her life at the cost of her old friend’s life. She worked as a freelance photographer for a number of years, and she in her early 40’s moved back to her old home town. She taught at the school for awhile before she settled down working at the lighthouse as the keeper.

After the merge happen and somehow ended up in a valley with a large lake, she stayed as the lighthouse keeper for the days when the lighthouse was needed. A dock and a rest area was built near the cliff where the lighthouse is, allowing lost boaters to have a safe place to dock. And there is also the floating platforms and house boats where the merfolks live, Maxine often goes down there to buy fresh fish. Making friends with the people there.

Maxine fell into a new routine, exploring the nearby towns and cities, losing money at the casinos, meeting non humans and learning that magic is real in this world. In all her life was mostly the same before the merge happen, till Six came into her life. Turns out after the merge happen Six wandered away from the Maw and ended up at the lake where she made her way to the lighthouse. She’s been sleeping in the rest room that was built near the lighthouse for the many people who like to visit the lighthouse.

Maxine did alerted the authorities about Six, where when the child services tried to take her, Six revealed that she has powers as she teleported away. Screaming that caused the glass around her to break and power to go out, using telekinesis and covering herself with darkness to hide. After a search the child service workers reported to the local police to be on the lookout for Six. But with her powers she would easily be able to escape.

Maxine kept seeing Six around the lighthouse and began leaving food for her. She even setup a tent for her with a sleeping bag for Six, so that she wouldn’t have to sleep in the cold. It took her a long time to gain Six’s trust, as she’s an adult and in her world adults are scary and do nothing but harm to children.

Long story short, she became the legal guardian of Six, after a wild and crazy adventure and dealing with the child services. Six now sleeps in her own room in the house for the lightkeepers, and is learning how to deal with the new world she’s in where children aren’t seen as prey. Maxine is planning on sending Six to school when it starts up again, she has been going to a special school for children who have been mentally stunted. Six has been making progress and Maxine has grown close to her.

A knock at the door got her attention, the knocker saying it’s the police.

“I hope it’s not Six,” Maxine said getting up as Six likes to wander around and picks through the trash.

Elsewhere -

Doctor Von Reichter who in his past life before he changed bodies was Josef Mengele. He was a former member of the SS and the Nazi party in World War II. An expert in genetic engineering, he initially began his work in concentration camps, implanting cybernetic organs in the bodies of deceased prisoners in an attempt to bring them back to life to serve in the Fuhrer's army. However, the Allied forces intervened to defeat the Nazis, now a wanted war criminal, he escaped capture and fled from Europe to South America into the Brazilian rainforest. There in his secret laboratory, he continued his genetic experiments.

One of his creations were the Cyber Series, five thousand children meant to be his soldiers in a bid for world domination, but at the age of nine, it was discovered they had an error in their genetics that caused them to become rebellious. With this, Von Reichter ordered for their total destruction. Two children avoided the cruel method of elimination, Cyber-6 and Cyber-29.

Before the merge he was living in Meridiana a city in Argentina, where Cybersix and Cyber-29 now Data 7 and in the body of a black panther, rose up to stop him. To survive Cybersix needed to drink the fluids that all of his creations have inside of them to live. Which is why they been fighting his plans to takeover the city then the world. In the end his son/clone Jose betrayed him when he tried to destroy the city of Meridiana and was left at the mercy of his creations but then the merge happen which saved him.

Since then, he's been on the run and ended up in Gravity Falls Brighton after hearing about the magic found there. The merge granted him a new start in a brand new world, filled with so many new creatures to experiment on. Using money he had hidden away that were mostly still in the places where he had hidden them, he brought a pig farm from a large family which he used as a cover where all the new bio-engineering machines he buys is written off as being used to create bio-engineer pigs. Which the man he hired to run the business end of the operation Hoggish Greedly, sells as a fat free meat, which the pig meat are created to be to keep up the appearance of being a bio-farm, Bio-Pigs. It brings in money as well as supplying his creations fresh meat as well as bio-matter to use in his experiments, also allows him to laundry money. Not to mention allows him to conduct some experiments in the open that he uses on his real work.

Deep underground is the reason why Von Reichter chose this location. Hidden underneath a gas station that appeared during the merge, was a vault created by a company called Vault-Tech. The vault's residents were already all dead by the time Von Reichter discovered it, thanks to a Fix Idea stumbling upon it. Von Reichter had the Fix Ideas rebuild the station as part of the research building with the entrance to the underground part being disguised as waste disposal. Because of it being where all the biowaste ends up, the entire place is staff by the Fix Ideas who wear hazmat suits to hide in plain sight, and his failed experiments and others could be gotten rid of in either the treatment pool, the recycler or the incinerator. Which the waste are sold as fertilizer to add more income to fund all of the projects going on, which he needs seeing it's easier to buy then to steal while he's in hiding. (5)

Von Reichter walk past the cages that held the animals collected from around Gravity Falls Brighton, which is filled with the strange. In one cage is a duck with it's face on it's stomach, in the next cage is a quail with a question mark on it's head, a owl with the head and utter of a cow, even a hawktopus. They're studied by researchers that have been hired to work at the farm to see if there couldn't be anything to learn from them. Those animals are on display for the lab that is public known which the staff who works for him do given him useful knowledge ever so often, while the real work is done by him alone.

In his real lab are the sapient test subjects that he has to keep hidden away. He took care not to draw attention by hiring out people with them only being in contact with middlemen who are in contact with other middle men so they won't be able to trace it back to him. There's a black market for non-humans with some companies doing it legal by paying for live test subjects but there is always those like him who need more then what people are willing to give. To those who take part in the human and non-human trafficking, he pays for samples so that he can just clone the subjects as many times as he wants and never have to deal with people looking into the disappearances of the person that was cloned as they be looking for the real person not the clone. Of course, there are those with special abilities and powers that the clone wouldn't have which he has no choice but to take the subject alive when possible. Like the current subject he's been tracking down for sometime now.

Entering the real laboratory Von Reichter walk over to the computer that controls the eyebots he uses to spy and to track things. The target is a young girl who always wears a yellow raincoat, who has the power to suck the life out of her victims, with teleportation, telekinesis, controlling shadows, from what he has managed to catch on footage. The ones who kept their powers after the merge are the ones that he has his eyes on. Some like those unicorns of Equestria have the power to lift things using their horns, what's left of their magical abilities which his cloning has shown is something that all of them can do it.

But for casting magic, it seems that at most unicorns can only cast a limited amount of spells usual under 5 before they’re done for the day. Only those whose special talent is magic can cast more spells than the normal limit. And the clones he created of the unicorns whose talents are magic, didn’t had the same cutie marks on their rumps.

Then there are those who for some reason or another their powers aren't past down by cloning. As according to his two new lackeys, the power the girl had came from their old boss. The girl somehow manage to take the power to absorb the life force from others and more. The nomes creatures that infest the Maw and the surrounding area around it, were all created by the Lady who ruled over the Maw before.

Looking at one of the screens that showed what's going on around the farm. His two new minions are in the kitchen preparing food for the pigs. They use to work as the chefs at the Maw and were obese, bulbous creatures when he first discover them, searching for the girl. Some work in the lab and they're now look like the Fix Ideas but much bigger as they already stood at around 10 feet tall. He change their faces, change their skin tones to green and slim them down so that any pictures found at the Maw couldn't be used to identify them. They still wear their white smock, an apron, and chef's hat.

Both of them are in charge of getting rid of the dead test subjects by chopping and slicing the bodies apart, tossing the meat into the grinders, bones and all. Where the grounded up pile of meat and bones is fed to the pigs. Seeing how despite their occupation, their personal hygiene is as questionable as the source of their ingredients, shown when they openly cough around food, rip open a large piece of raw meat with unwashed hands, and unclog a washing station's drain with a toilet plunger. So, they're now feeding the pigs who can eat anything. There is also something wrong with them as they would talk about the Maw now and then, about it needing to be fed and made whole again.

The bodies that are too contaminated or couldn’t be eaten by the pigs without making them sick or making their meat go bad. Those are thrown into the material recycler that breaks down the body into useable material cubes, organic cubes and mineral cubes from the bodies with synthetic cubes from any artificial implants and exotic from magical in nature bodies. And are sold to companies that have use for the cubes, or used around the farm using the new fabricators.

Hearing about the girl who killed the Lady and stole her power from the cooks, he's been tracking down the girl who must be the key to the Maw somehow. He's been using hidden cameras and drones to locate her, till he discover that she's around Gravity Falls Brighton. She seems to like being around the lake and feeding on the fish she catches. There isn't anyone he can hire to catch her in the area at that time. But then she became the ward of the lighthouse keeper and is known to the law enforcement. Making her too much of a risk in grabbing from the lighthouse. He could send his men to attack the lighthouse but unlike back in his world there are heroes around, he doesn’t want the Phantoms or any other heroes looking around for the girl. So he just has to wait where he can do it quietly and won’t have the heroes tracing it back to him.

He did discovered a strange reptile like creature that was killed thanks to the merge, which for some creatures thanks to either them being magical or warping reality or like that, once the merge hit the new reality caused them to die. The reptile creature remains gave him much to work with as its cells are able to change and adapt to just about anything before it's destroyed.

Von Reichter knew he had discovered something amazing and began experimenting. He used the creature that's known as a deathclaw as the base and gave it an enhance dose of the virus he discovered inside of it that caused it to transform in the first place in it's world. Making it intelligent and able to speak like the test subjects before it. But also combine it with the adaptation ability that came from the reptile like creature. He also used the Adam he managed to get his hands on to make the new creature stronger. And getting his hands on people that have powers would allow him to learn how to copy them.

There is also the substance known as mutagen that he's been trying to get his hands on. The mutagen is found in New York after the merged and the mutants that were created from it started showing up. He's been having people search the city looking for the mutagen for his experiments, but they're being stop by those crime fighting anthropomorphic ninja turtles. He's been trying to make contract with the villains that the turtles fight which is now out in the open as they no longer have to hide themselves, but it has proven difficult in getting in contact with any of them.

A beeping on his screen causes him to turn his attention to his other experiment in the form of a young girl who he created who is able to spread a rage plague to anyone she touches. With the failure of his son Jose, he decided to try with a daughter this time around. He also made sure she'll be loyal to him and won't turn on him like what happen with her brother. He did the same with all of his creations, giving them a powerful post-hypnotic suggestion that made it impossible for them to attack him.

He turns his attention back to the main screen with target and saw that someone else beat him to capturing her. His eyes narrowed as he saw it's that cat name Katz who leads a group of giant spiders that he feeds people to for fun. Katz is one of the people he hires to capture samples for him through third parties. He knows that he needs to get in contact with Katz before... his eyes narrow as Katz gave a wave to the camera as his spiders drag the target away away, along with two other kids a boy and a girl. Then Katz fired his dart gun at the camera cutting the feed.

He doesn't like working with Katz as he seems to know more then he lets on.

Canterlot Castle -

Sunset is talking to the old royal advisor Raven Inkwell who because of her being good at her job kept it. They're talking about the current economic situation of the nation when Raven realized something. Sunset had told both Luna and Cadance about what she's been up to while living in the human world and she remembered something about her telling them about her interactions with the human counterparts of the element bearers.

"Your majesty, whatever happened to those teens who's friendship you broke," Raven ask.

"Oh, them? With everything that happened, I completely forgot about them... during a break," Sunset said shrugging her shoulders. "I did and toyed with telling them the truth and fixing their friendship... then I realized something. My 'scheme' wasn't really that complicated, all they would had to have done is given each other the benefit of a doubt and talked rationally for a minute to realize no one sent those texts... but they didn't. So... how strong could their friendship have been in the first place? Even if I did, who's to say they just wouldn't immediately turn on each other and forget all previous friendship and Aesops, or whatever the next time things got bad for them? No, the whole 'friends from different backgrounds coming together makes for a good story, but unless you’re willing to work hard, trust each other and set a solid foundation for said friendship... it's doomed to fail."

"So, you're not going to fix their friendship?" Raven ask who seems aghast.

"Look Raven, I know friendship was the closest thing we have to a religion. And if we still lived in a magical fairytale world where the rest of the worlds issues simply didn't exist or put themselves on hold whenever a friendship issue popped up. Then sure, I could handle friendship problems," Sunset said as she holds up all the documents regarding her duties. "But in case you haven't noticed, I have a kingdom to run! We're still recovering from the merge! Anything small like that will either have to handle itself or be delegated by someone else! I am not like mom in being the only one who does anything, everyone has to be able to do something themselves. Which is why so many ponies who worked in the castle are now out of the job as they didn't do anything while expecting me to do it instead."

"Yes, the castle staff is now much smaller now," Raven said being one of the handful of ponies who still work in the castle.

"Besides it's a moot point, I looked into it when I had the chance and they've all more or less moved on. The crisis of the merge brought them closer with friends who they had more in common with and by the looks of it most of them are planning to leave town to pursue their various interests after college. Pinkie Pie and Cheese Sandwich are going to some clown college, Rainbow Dash becoming a professional athlete, Rarity, Sassy Saddles, and Coco Pommel going to beauty school, Flutteshy, Tree Hugger, and Wallflower going to veterinarian school, and Applejack is staying at the farm. So even if I had fixed their friendship, at best they would've been 'acquaintances who only ever talk like once a year at best', which is the fate of most high school friendships if you think about it. It's sad, but that's life, so what can you do?" Sunset explains.

"I see," Raven said while still looks uneasy, but not able to find a hole in the logic.

"Besides, after finding out that they're the human version of the ponies who abandoned Twilight. I gotta say, I just stopped feeling guilty about what I did. Maybe that's not being fair to them... but on top of everything else... it was just the straw that broke the camels back on me cutting them from my life. Besides Rarity the human one is my tailor which will put her name out in the fashion world and all the others are either working at one of the resorts or supplying them like Applejack's family farm is doing. So, I'm already helping them in a way," Sunset said.

"Sunset?" Luna ask as she enters the room. With her no longer having to move the moon around or have to look after the dreams of others as her dream magic doesn't work unless she next to the dreamer. She now doesn't have to sleep all day and work only at night.

"Yes aunty," Sunset ask. Her relationship with her aunt is much better then Celestia or Cadance but Sunset doesn't like how she tries to get her to mend the relationship with Celestia.

"There's a man and a.... woman here to see you. They're waiting at the entrance. They say that they're your parents," Luna said.

"My parents!" Sunset said as she rushes to her feet and rush past Luna who followed her along with Raven.

At the entrance of the castle is a large man with red hair that borders on being orange, a big and powerful body with a big belly. He's dress in a trucker's shirt and overalls which went with the big truck with a big trailer at the back of it that he had park right in front of the castle. There's a line of vehicles from cars, vans to pickup trucks behind the big truck. The human guards are standing around him waiting for Sunset to get there, they're staying back as the man is very big being over 7 feet tall.

Then there's the larger woman with him, who is dress in a large brown dress, she wasn't what you expected. She's actually taller than her husband at over 9 feet, and more muscular than her him. She also had deep red hair, harsh green eyes, a boil on the side of her cheek. And she is currently being held back by her husband and several younger women who look to be their daughters from beating the pony guards who are shattered around the entrance.

"FAT! FAT! I'LL SHOW YOU!" the woman shouted as she tries to free herself from her family who are holding her back.

"Alright who called mom fat?" Sunset ask walking up to her mom.

"Sunset!" her mom said snapping from unstoppable rage to loving mama. Her husband and daughters let her go as she rushes over to Sunset and lifts her up in her arms.

"Hi mom," Sunset said as her mom held her in her arms.

"So, she's your mother?" the human guard Sam ask.

"Yes, and what happen here?" Sunset ask.

"The pony guards wanted them to leave which ended with Rosewood over there saying there is no way someone like your mother could be your mom, saying how ugly and fat she is for a human," Sam answers.

"Rosewood you're fired," Sunset said looking at the still form of Rosewood. "Well, someone tell her when she wakes up."

"So, you're the ones who adopted Sunset?" Luna ask walking up to them.

"Actually, they're my birth family counterparts," Sunset answers.

"What?" Luna ask.

"Didn't Celestia tell you how she adopted me?" Sunset ask.

"No," Luna said.

"Well, the family I came from are all Earth ponies from a town who hate magic, so when I was born thanks to some unicorn in the family. They disown me and sent me to the orphanage where Celestia discover my high level of magic and took me in. And once she decided that I was too much trouble to raise and kick me out and me going into the mirror. In the human world after fending for myself for a couple of days on my own. One of my human sisters found me sleeping in a cardboard box and brought me home, thinking I’m my human counterpart. Which led to a great amount of confusion when I met my human counterpart. Long story short, I told them about me being a pony and when the portal opens up again, I showed them and they still accepted me as part of the family," Sunset explains.

"She isn't the daughter I gave birth to but she's still my little baby girl," Sunset's mom said holding Sunset like a baby.

"She is the runt," one of Sunset's sisters said smirking at her 'little' sister. Sunset and her twin are the only member of the family who isn't an adult yet.

"Shut up, Ruth," Sunset glared at her bigger sister. Ruth like all of her other older sisters despite being extremely tall and well-built, these girls are very busty and curvy. And all are statuesque stunners that when they were all going to highschool they were known as the amazon brigade. Which during the school games against the rival school Crystal Prep, they won all the physical part of the games. And why Sunset was able to become queen bee thanks to her bigger and stronger sisters around till they left for college.

“Well, you are smaller than me,” Sunset’s human counterpart said who had come out of the car she was riding in. Unlike Sunset her human counterpart is much buffer than her and is dress in overalls.

"And all of these other women are your sisters?" Luna ask looking at all the young women.

"Meet Ruth, Flora, Maeve, Isla, Bradana, Murdina, Alana, Oban, Ardbey, Fiona, Assie, Bonnie, Lorna, Mawina, Shona, Nora, Piesil, Shanath, Euspeth, Edme, Freya, Gilbartha, Gesha, Grizela, Innes, Dawntha, Cora, Davina, and Kina," Sunset said as she points to her sisters as she name them.

“And me Sunrise,” Sunset counterpart said.

“Sunrise?” Luna asked.

“Mom and dad already call us the wrong name enough, and having both of us having the same name would just be confusing. So Sunrise decided to have her name change,” Sunset said.

“Why haven’t I seen her around?” Luna asked.

“I went to the school closer to the farm,” Sunrise said.

“Our kids couldn’t all go to the same school,” the mother said.

"How did you have so many, Ms...?" Luna ask looking at all the daughters.

"Helga Scotdale. And all but Sunrise are all multiple births from twins to two pairs of octuplets and a nonuplets," Mrs. Scotdale said.

"And this is normal?" Luna ask looking at Sunset being held like a baby.

"Mom treats all of us like we're still kids. Especially Sunset seeing how she's the smallest, mom can't help but see her as the baby of the family," Isla said.

“Sunset is my younger sister,” Sunrise adds.

"Cut that out," Sunset snaps at her two sisters, who just laughs with the rest of her sisters.

"This explains so much," Luna said seeing how with a family like Sunset has, is the reason she is so willful, forceful and gives off the aura of being bigger than she really is. With her being the smallest and youngest she has to be seeing how there's no way she would ever match any of her older sisters in strength. Even Sunrise has more muscles over Sunset.

"So, the deal with the ranch is all set?" Sunset ask.

"Yes, we sold the last of the pigs to that new bio-farm and sold the ranch to the owner. So now we're all going to get to live together as a family again," Mrs. Scotdale said.

"Is this the reason why you fired so many staff members? So that the rooms would be free?" Luna ask.

"No, I fired them for not doing their jobs or just sucking at it. Besides at the old house even with expanding the house we still had to share rooms. And the castle has plenty of room now that it's more of a home then a seat of government," Sunset said.

"It be so nice to be able to be all together without having a long trip between here and the ranch," Mrs. Scotdale said.

"Tell me about it," Sunset said. Who lived with her sister Gesha in her apartment so she didn’t have to take a long bus trip to the ranch.

"Sunset have you told Celestia about this?" Luna ask.

"Why bother? I'm only her daughter because she adopted me. She only saw me as a way to free you from being Nightmare Moon, which instead of getting rid of your evil side right then and there instead sent you to the moon for a thousand years by yourself. Celestia isn't a good sister or mother but we're struck with her as she's family. But it doesn't mean she's the only family we have. I have my family of choice as they unlike her never took the easy way out by just giving up on me unlike her as she did with you in just sealing you away instead of trying to save you. As once you did come back after being alone for all of that time you went with trying to bring a never ending night to the world, which unless you like mushrooms that don't need light to grow would had ended badly," Sunset said.

"She is still my sister and your mother," Luna said.

"She is, seeing how my biological pony family didn't want me. But she was anything but one as in all of that time I was in the human world, not once she tried to find or contact me at all. I still have the journal that we use to use to write to each other and not once she tried writing to me. It's only now that she lost her magic and is no longer the princess that she suddenly wants to mend our bond. Wanting to be the mother she should had been when it would had mattered, it's too late for that to happen now. I found my real family a long time ago and I don't need her to be my mother anymore. The only good thing about being her daughter is that it allowed me to takeover and save Equestria from falling apart, which under her rule would had fallen apart at this point," Sunset explains.

"She still wants to be apart of your life," Luna said.

"I'm still waiting for her to make it up to me and her attempts at buying my forgiveness is pitiful. Not to mention she's trying using things that I like when I was a pony," Sunset said as she finally frees herself from her mom. "Come on lets get the stuff unpack and, I'll show you around the castle and your rooms."

Luna seeing the family be busy for awhile walk back into the castle where near the entrance she found her sister who had been listening in. Looking at Celestia's face she could see the guilt of her many failures written on her face. Ever since the merge and losing her powers and crown to Sunset, she's been trying to be the mother she should had been to her. But with the human family that took Sunset in after Celestia had thrown her out, now living in the castle. Celestia knew now that any chance of her being Sunset's mother was long gone, as the woman who was the mother Sunset needed when it did matter already beat her to it a long time ago. And Luna couldn't think of anything to say to her sister, whose mistakes had cost her the only daughter she ever had.

At the Lake -

After joining Soos on his boat and after he and Mabel threw most of the disposable cameras overboard. Finally got to Scuttlebutt Island where after Soos tied the boat so it wouldn't drift off and they set off into the island to find the gobblewonker. They walk around the island as they look for the beast, till they heard a strange noise which lead them to the lake shore where they discovered, a big beaver lodge.

"Wow this looks like a beaver den but crossed with a house," Soos said.

"It has windows and a door," Mabel said pointing to one of the doors being a car door.

The lodge while built like a normal beaver home is also has things that no wild animal would have. The dam part of the lodge created a small lagoon, which is used as a pool. There are several solar panels on the roof to provide power as well as a gas-powered generator which is inside a shack built on the dam to protect it from the weather. A motorboat next to the lodge tied to the small dock built onto the lodge. There is also a garden outside of a greenhouse where there are beehives inside, with openings to let the bees out.

"Wonder who lives there?" Dipper ask.

"Oh, we do," a voice behind them said.

Turning around they saw two beavers standing on two legs. One is a dark brown with a red nose and yellow eyes. While the other is light brown with a purple nose and both of them are around the twins size.

"Hi, my name is Norbert and this is my brother Daggett," the light brown one greeted them.

"Cool they’re the two talking beavers that I have seen at the grocery store," Soos said.

"What are you people doing here?" Daggett ask.

"We're looking for a gobblewonker that can go on land," Dipper answers.

"Gobblewonkers can't go on land… not well anyways," Norbert said.

"Yeah, we're hoping that it's some kind of new creature and we can get a picture of and sell to the newspaper," Mabel explains.

"Nope sorry we been living here since the merge and we never seen any gobblewonker walking on land around here," Daggett said.

"But maybe, Twilight knows something," Norbert said.

"Twilight?" Dipper ask.

"Our roommate," Norbert said as he invites them into the house.

Inside is a big and wide room where sitting in front of the tv on the couch is a purple unicorn who is watching the Discord show. On the tv screen is an orange earth pony humiliating herself on live tv as she was playing what looks like a more wild Double Dare obstacle course. Which has her being up to her chest in slime as she is being pelted by pies and the people in the stands watching laughing at her.

"Applejack is really desperate for money," Twilight said watching her exfriend taking all of the humiliation to win the prize money.

"Hey Twilight, have you seen any gobblewonkers or like them walking around on dry land?" Daggett ask.

"Nope haven't seen any," Twilight said.

"Well looks like there isn't any land walking gobblewonker," Norbert said.

"That old man was a bit crazy," Mabel said.

"Let’s head back then," Dipper said as he and Mabel walk back to the boat.

"See you guys when you're in town," Soos said leaving as well.

"What was that all about?" Twilight ask.

"They were looking to take pictures of a new creature that some guy said was around here. From what I got out of it," Norbert said.

"I have the new orders printed out," Twilight said pointing to the computer.

"Who knew perfume companies would pay so much for our musk," Daggett said.

"It does allow us to afford all the new stuff we been buying," Norbert said.

"As long as you all don't spend more then you're making," Twilight reminded the brothers.

"Yeah, yeah we're using your budget," Daggett said.

"Well remember the reason why I'm keeping you two from spending like crazy is because I don't want you two to end up losing everything when people come in and take all the things because you can't afford them. Its the least I can do for what you two done for me," Twilight said.

"True," Norbert said as he and Daggett join her on the couch.

On the tv screen Applejack had made it to the final round where she has to pick one of 5 treasure chests that only one has the prize money. Each chest is different one is gold, silver, bronze, copper and wood. Which Applejack figuring out that the plain wooden one is the one with the prize money and open it to reveal a voucher that's good for a single family dinner at the all you can eat buffet at the Everfree casino/resort. Which caused Applejack to start yelling at Discord saying that he cheated. That ended when Discord showed her that all the rest of the prizes that she could had gotten with the prize money being in the gold one with other less valuable prizes in the others like an all paid stay at one of the resorts and gifts. Discord explains that she just pick poorly in thinking that he would do anything in making the treasure chests making sense in how he would put the prizes in which one. He never does anything that is expected from him and he does have to mix it up so that the next contestant won’t be able to learn from her mistake.

"Hey where's Stump?" Daggett ask.

"Oh, he's out doing something like he always does. He did say he might try exploring a cave system he found near the waterfall and study those rock creatures," Twilight said.

They heard screaming coming from outside and rush out where a log came flying at them which they drove into the water. The log block the door and once they surface they saw the humans running towards them. Behind them is a big gobblewonker that has web feet instead of flippers, chasing after them. The beavers and unicorn scream as they got out of the water and into their boat, where they're joined by the humans. They started the motor and took off with the gobblewonker still chasing them.

In the cave behind the waterfall -

Katz sighs as he put the phone down after talking with the buyer about the girl he had just captured for his pets. He walks up to the cage where he's keeping the 3 kids inside, who had all woken up. The girl in the raincoat is trying to free herself from the collar that’s keeping her from using her powers, while the boy and the other girl held each other as the spiders around the cage stared at them. The cave is filled with spider webs and the remains of their last meals. The cage they're in is on the edge of the water where the remains of the spider meals are dump into.

"Sorry my pets. Business called and you all have to make do with only two," Katz said as he picks up the dart gun again.

"You're going to eat us?" Lincoln ask as he holds Ronnie both too scared to care that both of them are still naked.

"Of course not. You two are going to be my pets meal, but to be kind you two won’t be awake when they do it," Katz said as he aims the dart gun at them. "Now excuse me I have a business deal to take care of."

Bursting through the waterfall came the motorboat that Dipper and the gang are on, which flew out of the water and slam into the mass of spiders, causing the ones that weren't hit to scatter in all directions away from the cage and the boat. Then came the gobblewonker who was too big to fit through the entrance of the cave, it struggle to free itself causing rocks from the ceiling to fall crushing many spiders. One of the rocks hit the cage freeing the kids, with the girl in the yellow raincoat running off deeper into the cave, while Lincoln and Ronnie ran for the safety of the group of the first boat.

Dipper and the others seeing the giant spiders turn the boat over and hide under it as a shield as the spiders regain their footing and advance on them. Before the spiders could attack, the gobblewonker was knock free as Steven Magnet came crashing through with sheriff Blubs and deputy Durland following by boat. The impact cause the gobblewonker to slam head first into some rocks, revealing that it's a robot as the head came off, which landed on some more spiders causing the spiders to retreat again.

"Hold it right...," Steven Magnet was yelling having gone after the gobbewonker chasing after the boat, till he saw the cave full of giant spiders. "Spiders!"

"That cat wants to feed us to the spiders!" Ronnie shouted out getting everyone's attention.

"Hold it right there!" sheriff Blubs shouted as he and Durland pulled out their guns.

"Get them my pets!" Katz shouted causing his spiders to attack.

"Oh no you don't!" Steven Magnet shouted as he started breathing fire on the spiders killing them, joined by the two cops firing at the spiders.

Katz was about to fire his dart gun at the dragon when a stump in cave gear came falling on top of him. Katz knock the stump away but was tackle by Blubs and Durland who cuff him. Steven Magnet fire breathing killed most of the spiders and caused the rest to flee deeper into the cave. Dipper and the others had gathered around the robot gobbewonker using it as a shield during the fight.

"Dang it," McGucket said as he crawls out of the wreck robot.

"Wait it's been you this whole time?" Dipper ask.

"Hey, it's the old guy who keeps building giant robots to get attention," Soos said.

"Why?" Mabel ask.

"To get my son to pay attention to me," McGucket said.

"I still don't understand," Dipper said.

"Well, first I just hootenannied up a biomechanical brain wave generator, and then I learned to operate a stick-shift with ma beard!" McGucket explains.

"Ok, yeah. But why did you do it?" Ronnie ask wondering why as well.

"Well, when you get to be an old fella like me, nobody pays any attention to you anymore. My own son hasn't visited me in months! So I figured maybe I'd catch his fancy with a fifteen ton aquatic robut! In retrospect, it seems a bit contrived. You just don't know the length us old-timers go through for a little quality time with our family," McGucket said.

Both Mabel and Dipper look at the fishing hats Grunkle Stan gave them and sighed.

"Dude. I guess the real lake monster is you two. Heh, heh! Sorry, that just like--boom--just popped into my head there," Soos said.

"McGucket you been warned about your robots," Blubs said as he and Durland walked over with Katz in cuffs. "But if you didn't build the robot. Then this cat would have gotten away in feeding these kids to those spiders."

"So, I guess some community service is called for this time," Durland said.

"He did save us," Lincoln said as he looks at Ronnie then at the girl they were with. "Wait what happen to the girl?"

"She ran off after we were freed from the cage," Ronnie said.

"Stump here says that there's a way to the surface if you go deeper into the cave," Norbert said as he and Daggett help the stump with a face on it and wearing cave gear into their boat where Twilight is at.

"Stump?" Dipper ask looking at... well a stump.

"Good job at tackling this guy Stump," Steven Magnet said.

"The stump is alive?" Lincoln ask.

"Well, yeah," Twilight said causing the ones who didn't already know Stump to stare blankly at the unmoving tree stump.

"I will remember this Stump," Katz said as he was escorted to the police boat where he was cuff to the railing.

"We got you on attempted murder, kidnapping and just to be safe pedophile," Blubs said.

"What?" Katz shouted.

"You have two naked kids," Blubs said as he pulls out the emergency blankets and gave them to Lincoln and Ronnie who remembered that they're naked who began blushing as they realized that they been standing around naked this whole time.

"They were like that when I caught them," Katz shouted out.

"You still had us in a cage naked," Ronnie said as she wraps the blanket around her body like a toga.

"And were going to feed us to your pets," Lincoln said copying Ronnie.

"That is more than enough to put you in jail for pedophile," Durland said.

"I'll go look for the girl," Steven Magnet said going deeper into the cave and breathing fire now and then at the spiders that he missed.

“Wait for me,” Durland said following right behind.

"You all should head back. I’ll wait here with the prisoner till backup comes here. But I will need you to give your statements of what happen here," Blubs said. “I’ll radio ahead for an officer to meet you at the docks.”

"Come we'll give you all a lift," Twilight said as she started the motorboat.

"Yeah, me and Mabel have an uncle to fish with," Dipper said.

"Duds can you take me back to the island? I need to pick up my boat," Soos ask.

"Sure," Norbert said.

"And we had enough adventure today," Lincoln said holding Ronnie's hand as both of them are relief of coming out of this alive.

On top of the cliff -

Durland pop out of the tunnel, while below Steven Magnet, is handling what’s left of the spiders. On the surface he found a bunch of dead spiders, some are crushed and others been killed with arrows. The ones who killed the spiders are Canyon, Huntress Wizard, and the lighthouse keeper Maxine Caulfield. She’s hugging the girl Six who is always wearing that yellow raincoat.

“What happen here?” Durland ask.

“Maxine came over and ask for help in finding Six,” Canyon said.

“We came with her and found these spiders attacking her,” Huntress Wizard said.

“Is she ok?” Durland ask rushing over to Maxine and Six.

"Help me get this collar off of her," Maxine said as she tries to get the collar that's preventing Six from using her powers off.

Huntress Wizard and Canyon shared a look with each other, both of them having come from a world where magic is real, and there are candy people running around among other things. But what Maxine showed them is something that is rare even in their world, very hard to use even for the magic users from Wizard City. Yet Maxine is able to do it and all she gets is a nose bleed, if she doesn't overuse it.

The Ghost Zone -

In his fortress Clockwork the ghost of time watch the scene playing out before him. He seen the possibilities of that choice would make, how it would affect the timeline. The power she had given up is now back, after a lost that cause her to snap like before. The lost of her friend cause her to become despondent, desperately looking for a purpose in her life, which she didn’t find in her old world, but in this one she found Six.

“How will you handle her this time Time Baby?” Clockwork ask the giant baby that appeared next to him.

“I will leave that to you, this time around,” Time Baby said.

“Don’t worry with Six, with her. Maxine will be more stable then she was without her,” Clockwork said.

"I hope you know what you're doing," Time Baby said returning to the future.

Author's Note

1 - Making jam like Granny Smith does in jumping and singing the A, B, C song really wouldn't make the jam taste better. It's the placebo effect where it just taste better to the person who did all of that hard work and people who believe it makes it taste better.

2 - Seeing how the guards never showed up at anything important like when the Storm King attack. I'm going with them being cowards who run at the first sign of danger.

3 - Wakanda only works in fictions as there is no way any place in real life at the size of that country would have everything they need to build up to a super advance culture. There is no way all of the metals, materials, and other goods that you only realize you need when they're gone would all be located in one place at once. Not to mention how if they're cut off from the rest of the world how did they get the knowledge to create all the advancements in the first place. As unless they keep getting people born in the country who all have minds that make breakthroughs in all fields of science all the time there is no way it would happen.

4 - That part of dolphins killing baby porpoises is true. In the wild adult dolphins will kill baby porpoises, for no good reason.

5 - Most villains with bases usually don't have ones that pay for themselves. Which doesn't really make sense unless the villain has something that pays for it or they're just rich. I don't like how like in Totally Spies the villain of the week somehow has the money and resources to do what they do without any reason how they did it. Like a highschooler who somehow has the money and resources to build an entire underground city just for his revenge plan. Doesn't make sense at all.